.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Ma Xiaowei, minister of the National Health Commission (NHC) and secretary of the CPC NHC Leadership Group

Wang Jiangping, vice minister of industry and information technology

Liu Xiaoming, vice minister of transport

Li Bin, vice minister of the NHC

Chairperson:

Xi Yanchun, spokesperson for the State Council Information Office of China

Date:

Jan. 26, 2020

Xi Yanchun:

Ladies and gentlemen, friends from the media, good afternoon. Welcome to the press conference. News media have paid great attention these days to the outbreak of pneumonia caused by the new coronavirus (2019-nCoV). The safety and health of the people, especially of Wuhan residents, have become a shared concern to all of us. Today, we have invited Mr. Ma Xiaowei, minister of the NHC and secretary of the CPC NHC Leadership Group; Mr. Li Bin, vice minister of the NHC; Mr. Wang Jiangping, vice minister of industry and information technology; and Mr. Liu Xiaoming, vice minister of transport. They will explain the joint efforts to tackle the pneumonia outbreak and answer your questions.

First, I will give the floor to Mr. Ma.

Ma Xiaowei:

Friends from the media, good afternoon. Since the outbreak of the new coronavirus-related pneumonia, the CPC Central Committee and the State Council have given earnest consideration to prevention and control work. General Secretary Xi Jinping has concerned himself with the pneumonia situation and the treatment of patients, making important orders and instructions on prevention and control work. Yesterday, which was the first day of the Chinese Lunar New Year, the Standing Committee of the Political Bureau of the CPC Central Committee held a meeting on the work surrounding the pneumonia situation. General Secretary Xi Jinping chaired the meeting and heard reports on the prevention and control of the outbreak. It was decided in the meeting to set up a CPC Central Committee leading group to oversee the work, and also send groups to Hubei province and other hard-hit regions to direct the work on the ground. These decisions have made a great impact to curb the epidemic through synergy and coordinated actions. Premier Li Keqiang presided over a State Council executive meeting, making arrangements for the prevention and control of the outbreak with measures typically used for category-A infectious diseases even though the outbreak has been classified as a category-B infectious disease. Vice Premier Sun Chunlan made multiple studies on the issues related to the pneumonia situation, and visited Wuhan to inspect the work and make necessary arrangements. Under the strong leadership of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, the NHC and other departments within the joint prevention and control network acted swiftly to cooperate on implementing preventive and control measures, with an emphasis on localized administration. We have made efforts in the following areas:

First, we investigated the origin of the infections and offered technical guidance. We had experts evaluate the pathogen test results, and preliminarily identified the new coronavirus in just over a week since the outbreak. Then we issued plans for diagnosis and treatment, emergency monitoring, epidemiological investigation and management, as well as sampling and detection. We developed kits that help facilitate diagnosis, and distributed them to medical institutions after evaluating them so as to improve the efficiency of case detection.

Second, we gave guidance to Wuhan on implementing preventive and control measures. Taking the prevention and control work in Wuhan as the top priority, we set up a front-line working group. It urged local authorities to close relevant markets, strengthen regulation on the breeding, sales and consumption of wild animals, crack down on illegal trade, as well as suspend airports and railway stations to outgoing passengers. We coordinated the transfer of protective clothing, masks, gloves and goggles from the central medical reserves to Wuhan. The Finance Ministry also allocated a total of 1 billion yuan to support Hubei province's battle against the outbreak. We mobilized and deployed medical resources across the country. More than 900 medical workers in seven groups have been dispatched to Wuhan, and medical staff for future rotation are ready to leave for the city. 450 medics from the military have arrived in Wuhan, and eight medical teams comprising more than 1,000 people are on standby.

Third, we strengthened prevention and control work across the country. Currently, a total of 30 provinces have launched the level 1 public health emergency response (the highest level of response). We have drafted and implemented prevention and control measures among communities, launched "grid-style administration" and "blanket management," and kept track of the health situations of people from Wuhan, and worked to manage the health situations of people who have traveled to the area. We also promoted the prevention and control experiences of Beijing and Hebei, in order to discover cases as soon as possible. Passengers who have previously booked trips by air, train, roads and waterways can cancel their trips and get a full refund, and travels of tourist groups have been suspended. Large public gatherings are also restricted to reduce crowds. We have also published public prevention guides, which cover six aspects including travel, family, public venues, public transport vehicle, and stay-at-home medical observation. We also strengthened ventilation, sterilization and the checking of body temperatures in key places and tried to curb the spreading of the virus by public movement. Meanwhile, we intensified market control on wild animals. 

Fourth, we spared no efforts in the treatment of patients. We have revised diagnosis and treatment plans, and released the lists of designated hospitals above-county-level and fever clinics. We have strengthened medical treatment, and strictly followed the rules of "concentrating patients, experts, medical resources and treatment." We have combined treatment of both traditional Chinese and Western medicine, and practiced case-by-case treatment regarding those in critical condition, in order to reduce the number of deaths as much as possible. We implemented medical assistance policies for patients, to ensure that no one is left untreated due to medical expenses.  

Fifth, we accelerated scientific research on the new coronavirus. We have set up a national expert team on related research, and launched emergency projects. We are adhering to the problem-oriented principle, and have carried out scientific research on tracing the source of the virus, screening potential drugs, prevention and control of the disease by using traditional Chinese medicine, treatment of critical cases and research of vaccines. 

Sixth, we worked on information disclosure. Every day before 8 a.m., the National Health Commission releases data of the outbreak that is collected the day before, and organizes experts to popularize prevention measures among the general public. 

Seventh, we deepened exchanges and cooperation. We have informed the World Health Organization (WHO) of the situation of the outbreak and continue to share technical information in a timely manner. We have also shared with the WHO the whole genetic sequencing of some strains. WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus thanked the Chinese government for the measures taken in responding to the outbreak. We also invited WHO experts to visit Wuhan, and organized experts from Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan to make field trips to Wuhan. After assessing the virus-related information, the WHO decided not to declare it as a "public health emergency of international concern."

The prevention and control of the outbreak is currently in a critical stage. Experts believe that the Spring Festival holiday week is the best window for large-scale quarantine and sterilization measures to work out, and it is also the key period for curbing the spread of the virus in regions outside Wuhan. In the next stage, we will work under the CPC Central Committee leading group overseeing the work, put the prevention and control of the disease in the first priority, give different guidance according to different situations, carry out targeted measures and prevent and control the outbreak in a legal and scientific way. 

Ma Xiaowei:

First, we are keeping a close eye on the situation in Wuhan. We have urged Hubei province and Wuhan city to maintain the most stringent prevention and control measures in accordance with the laws, supervise strict home quarantine for close contacts , reduce various gatherings by the general public, identify and keep cases and suspected cases in quarantine in a timely way, and take strict and resolute measures to curb the spread of the epidemic.

Second, we are keeping a close eye on the whole country. We have mobilized and arranged resources nationwide, strengthened prevention and control in communities, and managed people traveling elsewhere from Wuhan to other provinces within 15 days. We are motivating various communities to identify the people, record their information for community management, and closely observe their health condition. The patient, once detected, has to be transferred to a qualified hospital for quarantine. We are also stepping up efforts like alerting hospitals in counties and townships as well as strengthening the leadership of township governments to curb the spread of the epidemic in rural areas.

Third, we do our best to treat cases. Severe cases are gathered for treatment in the best local hospitals, or safeguarded by teams of local respiratory experts around-the-clock. We are trying our best to reduce severe cases and fatalities by adopting both traditional Chinese medicine and Western medicine in treatment. Medical staff in Hubei province, in Wuhan city in particular, have been fighting on the frontline, trying their best to cure patients and control the epidemic through their hard work, showing universal love. We will send an additional 1,600 plus people in 12 teams over the next two days. Relevant government departments are also mounting efforts to ensure a sufficient supply and timely delivery of materials urgently needed for the prevention and control of the epidemic.

The outbreak of the epidemic is like a call for action, and the prevention and control is our responsibility. We will make full use of the strengths of socialism with Chinese characteristics, apply experience we accumulated in dealing with major public health events over time, rely on the concerted efforts of the medical staff and the general public, and do our best to win the battle against the epidemic. We have the confidence, determination, and the ability to win.

Xi Yanchun:

Thank you, Mr. Ma. Now, let's move on to questions. Please identify which media outlet you work for before asking your questions.

CCTV: 

The standing committee of the Political Bureau of the CPC Central Committee made many important arrangements for the prevention and control of the epidemic yesterday. What specific measures would be taken to implement the arrangements? Thank you.

Ma Xiaowei:

The worth of any plan lies in its implementation. Effectively implementing all arrangements of the central government is the key to controlling the spread of the epidemic and winning the battle against it.

First, we will give full play to our institutional strengths. The CPC Central Committee has decided to set up a leading group to deal with the epidemic, which will carry out its work under the leadership of the standing committee of the Political Bureau of the CPC Central Committee. At the same time, we are sending working groups to guide areas with severe outbreaks in Hubei. We also have a joint prevention and control mechanism comprising many government departments. Such a leadership system is conducive to coordinating and mobilizing national and military resources and medical materials, and ensure the need for epidemic prevention and control through close and dedicated cooperation.

Second, we will further implement the system of territorial responsibility, and highlight those of local Party committees and governments at all levels in particular. It is not only the requirement of the central government, but also in accordance with the provision of the law on the prevention and control of infectious diseases as well as the demand of the current situation. As far as we know, many provinces have established a leadership system, with Party committee and local government leaders taking major responsibility, and a joint prevention and control mechanism involving multiple government departments.

Third, we will increase guidance in regard to local actions. The National Health Commission has conducted the first round of supervision on the prevention and control in all provinces. Relevant government departments under the joint prevention and control mechanism of the State Council will continue to conduct supervision as appropriate. At the same time, we will send out working groups to each province to guide local efforts in prevention and control. The medical staff have been working hard since the outbreak of the epidemic, and residents in Wuhan and other areas under traffic control have actively cooperated with the prevention and control measures, contributing their share to epidemic control. We believe that with the strong leadership of the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at the core and the strong support of the Chinese people, we will surely win the fight against the epidemic.

Liu Xiaoming:

I will supplement this question. Since the convening of the meeting of the Standing Committee of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee， the Ministry of Transport has paid great attention to the prevention and control of the new coronavirus-related pneumonia. The important instructions given by General Secretary Xi Jinping and Premier Li Keqiang have been conscientiously studied on the same night and their implementation and deployment made in a timely way. Resolving the epidemic currently is in itself the most important order and the prevention and control work the greatest responsibility. From January 22 to 25, Party secretary Yang Chuantang and Minister Li Xiaopeng of the Ministry of Transport have convened six consecutive working meetings concerning the prevention and control mechanism, and strengthened dispatch with local transport departments through video, in particular with the transport department of Wuhan, Hubei province. Our work priorities are in the following areas:

We have carried out the timely deployment of prevention and control work. On January 21, the Ministry of Transport activated a level II emergency response to prevent and control the pneumonia outbreak caused by the new coronavirus, established the joint prevention and control mechanism for the ministry, and made work deployments overnight. We have carried out ventilation, sterilization and temperature-taking measures in vehicles including buses and ships and in transport hubs such as stations, ports and highway service areas. At present, we are in a critical period where we need to prevent and control the epidemic and also ensure smooth transportation during the Spring Festival travel rush. We hope that the vast numbers of travelers can improve the ways they protect themselves, be cognizant when planning their trips and voluntarily cooperate with inspection and isolation work. I have confidence that with the concerted efforts of all we will certainly win this tough battle. 

Wang Jiangping:

Since the outbreak of the epidemic, the Party Leadership Group of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology has placed great importance on prevention and control work. Our task is to take the lead in guaranteeing the supply of goods and materials needed for the emergency response. Against an obvious imbalance between the supply and demand of prevention and control goods and materials due to the Spring Festival period, we have taken the following measures to strengthen our security work.

First, the national industry and information technology system has taken the lead and various organizations and manufacturing enterprises have overcome all kinds of difficulties to resume work and production.

Second, the system of deploying key prevention and control goods and materials among manufacturing enterprises has been established.  

Third, efforts have been made to promote the establishment at the national level of a temporary reserve system of prevention and control goods and materials to guarantee the purchase and reserve of such goods and materials. 

Fourth, efforts have been made to provide guidance to e-commerce platforms to control the price and flow and to ensure the reasonable delivery of prevention and control goods and materials, as well as to establish an e-commerce supply and demand mechanism. 

Fifth, we have made every effort to meet the need for prevention and control goods and materials in Wuhan. Since January 23, we have received the list of demands for four batches of goods and materials. In general, the list contains four categories of goods and materials in more than twenty varieties. While the supply of the majority of goods and materials can be fulfilled, goods such as protection suits and masks are still in high demand. As is known to all, China is a huge producer. But as we are now experiencing the Spring Festival holidays, our productivity isn't at its optimum level. We have made efforts in these days to bring about the resumption of work and production of 40% of our total production capacity. However, such capacity is still not able to meet the demand for products such as protection suits. According to Hubei province's list of demands, 100 thousand medical protection suits are needed every day, this works out to be three million a month. However, there are only forty enterprises whose production capacity permits meet Chinese standards. They are currently distributed in fourteen provinces across the country and can produce a total of 30 thousand protection suits every day. As such, there is clearly a large imbalance between supply and demand. 

In addition, a part of what we produce is for export, which comes up to about fifty thousand protection suits every day. However, without the permit that meets Chinese standards, it would take some time to convert and allow them to be sold in the domestic market. 

As for our next step, we will do everything possible to ensure that we meet the needs of the places facing the epidemic. Upon learning what hospitals in Wuhan lack in goods and materials, our colleagues in our material security group have been having sleepless nights. So as a next step, we will take more measures to ensure that Wuhan's needs are always satisfied. First, we will draw on the central reserve to ensure the needs of the areas facing the epidemic are met. Second, we will do everything possible to resume work and production and rapidly improve our production capacity from the current 40%. Third, we will promote the connection between export standards and Chinese standards so that exports that are up to the EU standard or U.S. standard can be used in some areas in China. In the end, we will strengthen international cooperation. In fact, we have strengthened international procurement to make up for our present domestic deficiency. That's all I wanted to add. 

Xi Yanchun:

Are there questions from the foreign media?

AFP:

Thank you. Two questions from AFP. The first is about transport restrictions. Currently a number of cities have announced a variety of restrictions on inter-provincial buses and public transport. And of course, Wuhan now is under effective quarantine. So, the question is, will these restrictions expand to the whole country? The second question is about the severity of the new coronavirus epidemic. Will the novel coronavirus epidemic be more severe than SARS in terms of its death toll and the number people affected? Thank you very much.

Ma Xiaowei:

Thank you for your two questions. Let's give the floor to Mr. Li Bin.

Li Bin:

Thank you. Your concerns in fact relate to the measures taken currently, of which transportation-related management is one aspect. All the measures taken are constantly adjusted based on the epidemic situation, and these adjustments are made in accordance with our laws and regulations. The measures taken are by far the strictest, and are based on the actual past experience both internationally and domestically in fighting epidemics. It is estimated by experts that, if fully implemented, these measures will be able to curb the spread of the novel coronavirus, weaken the intensity of its spread, and delay the arrival of the epidemic peak, so as to give us more time for more effective prevention and control during the next stage.

In addition, your second question regarding the virus also relates to the further development of this epidemic, and we place great importance on it. As we have very limited knowledge of this new epidemic, it is not yet clear how it will evolve and the development of the epidemic is not under our control. Nevertheless, we will continue to adjust our policies and improve the measures in accordance with the ongoing epidemic situation, implementing every requirement to prevent and control this new virus. In this way, we will be fully prepared and will build our capacity to deal with the changing epidemic situation, thereby effectively preventing and controlling it.

Liu Xiaoming:

I would like to add a few words to your question. As transportation is a potential way of spreading the virus, it is therefore necessary to put transport restrictions in some regions and cities in order to effectively cut off the transmission of the virus.

As you have noticed, Beijing suspended the operation of long-distance buses yesterday. In the past, long-distance buses departing from or arriving at Beijing were only suspended from the first to the fourth day of the first lunar month, and would start operations on the fifth day. But this year the starting date of operation is yet to be determined. Also, the metro line from Shanghai to Suzhou was suspended from 1 p.m. this afternoon. All these measures aim to cut off the transmission of the virus. We believe that these measures are effective. Various measures will be adapted by the local governments and party committees in accordance to the local conditions. 

Apart from what has been mentioned, China's transport departments have implemented ventilation and sterilization measures on long-distance passenger buses, passenger aircraft and railway trains. We have also established observation stations at bus and railway stations as well as flight terminals. Those with abnormal body temperatures will be kept in observation room for further monitoring, and if necessary, could be referred to health departments, which will take further appropriate action.

I want to point out that although some cities have implemented control measures, the general day-to-day operation in cities is still guaranteed. This includes, within reason, residents' travel as well as the transportation of important goods. The transportation of people's daily supplies will also be prioritized. 

To reduce passenger flows, it's known that railway, civil aviation and road traffic departments have refunded the fares for cancelled tickets. Originally this was just for trips to and from Wuhan, but has now expanded to the whole country. This shows the government's deep concern for the people's travel, health and safety. Thank you.

Ma Xiaowei:

Since the epidemic broke out, scientists, especially virologists in China have worked hard to learn more about the virus. They successfully extracted the novel coronavirus from a sample given by the patient and discovered the pathogen one week after the outbreak. Using gene sequencing, the novel coronavirus, a new member of the coronavirus group, is a different strain compared with SARS and MERS. By consulting clinical epidemiology materials, it is inferred that the virus was probably transmitted from wild animals to people in its initial phase, but has since adapted to the human body and now entered into the phase of people-to-people transmission. Looking at the clinical cases, we can see that some are severe and some are mild, and the virus can now spread among people. According to recent clinical data, the transmission capacity of the virus has increased and its toxicity and virulence need to be further analyzed based on more clinical data.

Currently, the transmission speed of the epidemic is fast, which poses challenges and puts pressure on prevention and control work. Experts predict that the epidemic has entered a complex and severe phase and the preventive measures implemented in Wuhan play an important role in controlling the epidemic. Looking at it on a national scale, the epidemic is still in the early stage. Now stricter measures have been implemented across China which should be able to control the epidemic at a lower cost and faster speed to achieve the final victory of containing the virus.  

CRNTT:

Would you please tell us why Wuhan started to implement lockdown procedures when the number of confirmed cases of the pneumonia caused by the novel coronavirus had barely passed 300? Did the authority conceal the true figures regarding both confirmed and suspected cases? What is the exact number of people in Wuhan infected by the virus? Thank you.

Li Bin:

The exact number of people in Wuhan who have been infected by the disease can be found on the official website of the National Health Commission. Nevertheless, I would like to share the data again with you. As of 24:00 on Jan. 25, based on the report from the Hubei Health Commission to us, the confirmed cases of pneumonia caused by the novel coronavirus in Wuhan, capital of Hubei province, had increased to 618, with 40 being discharged from hospitals, 533 remaining in hospitals and 45 dead. For those in hospitals, 140 of them are in a critical condition. Meanwhile, 112 people in the city are suspected of being infected.

The city's headquarters for the control and treatment of the pneumonia caused by the novel coronavirus announced on Jan. 23 that the city temporarily stop the operations of buses, subways, ferries and long-distance coaches. Since then, local people have not been allowed to leave the city unless they can offer a quite important reason. Meanwhile, flights and trains for outgoing passengers have been suspended, and many expressway entrances have been closed. Those measures are necessary to prevent and control the virus from spreading further, and will play a part in constraining the rampant outbreak of the epidemic both in Wuhan and the rest parts of the country. Thank you.

TASS:

How long will it take to deal with the epidemic? Any comments on this? Thank you.

Ma Xiaowei:

The epidemic situation is severe and complex, and is in a critical stage of prevention and control. With regard to its spread and scope, there have been local outbreaks in Wuhan and sporadic outbreaks nationwide. Both confirmed and suspected cases have been reported in 30 provincial regions, with the exception of Tibet autonomous region. Cases have also been found in Hong Kong and Macao special administrative regions and Taiwan province, as well as in some neighboring countries. As for its transmission characteristics, some patients in the early stages of the infection have low-grade fever or normal body temperatures, and there are also many mild cases as well as recessive infections. Currently, the infectivity of the virus is on a rise and the "walking sources of infection" have greatly increased the difficulty of preventing and controlling the epidemic. The disease is mainly transmitted through the respiratory tract, but our knowledge of the new coronavirus is still very limited. The source of infection has not yet found, and its pathogenic mechanism and how the virus mutates are still not clear. As a new infectious disease, we cannot rule out the possibility of the virus changing over a period of time. There may be some new developments and the extent to which the virus affects people of different ages also varies. We have experience in fighting SARS, which took three to four months from discovery to outbreak. As for the pneumonia caused by the new coronavirus, there are patients who have milder infections but observations show that the virus is also infectious during its incubation period. This period lasts roughly 10 days, with the shortest being one day and the longest, 14 days. This is quite different from the SARS virus. At present, the rate of the epidemic is accelerating and will probably continue for some time. There may be an increase in new cases.

With the adoption of personnel control measures in Wuhan and the first-level public health emergency response widely activated in most provincial regions, corresponding measures have been taken and our prevention and control efforts will be further strengthened. It is expected that the preventive control measures will take effect one after another over a period of time.

Xinhua:

We have been paying close attention to the prevention and control situation in rural areas. There is a concern being raised by news media that, among the vast number of migrant workers who returned from cities to rural areas before the Spring Festival, some may have contracted the coronavirus. It is very common for people in rural areas to pay visits to friends and relatives during the Spring Festival. What is worse, there is a lack of experience in fighting the virus, people's awareness of fending off the coronavirus is very low, and medical conditions are not satisfactory, which means rural areas may become the vulnerable front in this battle. All these things will affect the prevention and control work. What do you make of that? How should we cope with that? Thanks.

Li Bin:

Let me answer your question. Prevention of coronavirus in rural areas is one of our key tasks. Public health in rural areas is of paramount importance in China's public health campaign, which has always given priority to the rural areas. In public health, especially in the prevention and control of infectious diseases, we should increase our efforts. At present, we have planned in an integrated way the prevention and control measures in both rural areas and urban communities. Mr. Ma stressed this point just now. To do this, we will step up efforts in the following three aspects.

First, we will raise farmers' awareness of health, especially their awareness and capabilities in regard to disease prevention. We are launching a publicity campaign to popularize the knowledge of disease prevention and control and are compiling various publicity materials for the new coronavirus-related pneumonia. Through multiple means such as "A Letter to Rural Areas", we will enhance health publicity and education, reduce large-scale gatherings and encourage people to go to the hospital immediately they experience symptoms that appear related to the disease. As to the vast number of migrant workers who have returned home from cities, we, together with the media, call on them to raise their personal awareness, voluntarily put themselves under medical observation after returning home, seek timely medical help, and support the preventative measures adopted by local governments.

Second, we will trace the migrant floating population, especially those returning home from Wuhan, and put them under medical observance. For those coming back from Wuhan, local governments will see to it that health alerts are issued and medical screenings are performed to check if they have symptoms of fever, coughing and breathing difficulties. We will keep health records via health cards which will be managed by local township hospitals and village doctors. A system of daily screening and reporting will be put in place to improve health management.

Third, we will improve diagnosis, treatment, tracing and screening of patients, confirmed or suspected. Medical institutions above county level should strengthen pre-examination triage and establish fever clinics to provide convenience as well as protective equipment for patients. Those who suffer respiratory symptoms but no fever should go to the township hospitals for treatment, and those who have fever should go to the fever clinics. Any infected person must be sent to the designated hospital and close contacts must be effectively quarantined. Meanwhile, we will strengthen infection control within medical institutions of various levels, and launch training programs for medical workers. We have recently increased efforts to train rural medical workers. Two rounds of prevention and control training programs have been completed nationwide. We have used videos for technical guidance training as well as clinical prevention and control training. The video training programs have already been launched in county and district level hospitals. As a result, the service capabilities of medical workers at grass-roots level have been remarkably enhanced. Meanwhile, we will put in place a close-knit network by implementing training programs at the township and village levels. Health authorities at county levels should provide guidance for medical workers in township hospitals and village clinics to perform medical screening and tracing. In particular, they will see to the health management of migrant workers returning home and make sure all the prevention and control measures are implemented meticulously. Thank you.

People's Daily:

During the Spring Festival travel rush, what measures have been taken by the transportation departments to avoid the spread of the virus? The traffic is expected to peak when the festival holiday ends and people return to workplace. What measures will be taken to deal with the situation? Thank you.

Liu Xiaoming:

At present, dealing with the high traffic load during the Spring Festival travel season and curbing the spread of the virus are two important tasks facing the transportation departments. I have briefed on some of the work we've done so far, and now I will provide more information. Currently, 30 out of 31 provincial regions have launched a first-level emergency response – the highest level for a public health emergency. The only one which activated a level II public health emergency response is Tibet autonomous region where there are no cases so far. In response to the problem reported in the early stage that some of Wuhan's medical people and patients could not be guaranteed efficient transportation, we communicated with Wuhan Transportation Department and instructed them to establish an emergency taxi fleet. A total of 310 buses and 4,700 taxis have been requisitioned to meet travel needs. According to the latest statistics by 7 a.m. this morning, the national transportation system has assigned 263,500 people in prevention and control work, and established 6,672 quarantine stations in expressway rest areas and waterways and highway stations. In order to ensure the transportation of goods, 4,196 non-obstructive passages were set up along the expressways. A total of 54,700 vehicles for emergency transportation are on hand, including refrigerated trucks and freight transport vehicles, to ensure the emergency transportation.

Your question shows the media's concern about the prevention of virus amid Spring Festival travel. Because public transport may play a role in the spread of coronavirus, we have taken some emergency measures, and now we see that the passenger volume of this year has decreased. According to our statistics, the total volume dropped by 28.8% on the first day of the Lunar New Year compared with the same period last year. Normally speaking, compared with last year's first day figure, this year's should have been slightly larger, but this is not the case: this year, passenger volume of railways have decreased by 41.5%, road transport 25%, and civil aviation 41.6%. Even though the number of people on the move is reduced, as Mr. Ma has just mentioned, the virus will continue to impact on people for some time. In the next step, to ensure the entire economic and social development, people must continue to work. Rural migrant workers will go in the cities, employees will return to the workplace, and those who visited families in their hometowns will return as well. In this process, the transportation departments must do well in both ensuring transportation and curbing the spread of the virus.

Firstly, we will further strengthen ventilation and disinfection of vehicles, and make sure the observing rooms are well used and the work of monitoring passengers' body temperature is efficiently carried out.

Secondly, we will work even harder to help curb the spread of virus. For example, as I said, the resumption of long-distance coaches of Beijing is delayed. Because the space on coach is small, so we decided to put off the resumption of services. For those vehicles which have larger space, we will increase the transport capacity. According to the current situation, the passenger volume is on the decrease, so the space between people will be even wider.

Thirdly, we hope that passengers can raise consciousness of self-protection and cooperate with the transportation departments, such as having their temperature taken. Together with the National Health Commission and relevant local departments, we have established a system of information registration of the passengers. All passengers who take the plane, train, or long-distance coach must register their information on the card to protect themselves and others.

Fourthly, we will further strengthen protection of drivers, attendants and conductors. For one thing, they can help ensure the efficient transportation, for another, the passengers will be protected as well. What's more, I would like comment on another measure. In some places, in order to protect certain communities or areas, some isolation facilities have been set up. We understand this. Mr. Li Bin also said that it is very important for the communities, especially in rural areas, to strengthen their own protection. It is a responsibility of everyone to ensure the safety of the community. I think this is a good measure. However, from the perspective of transportation, I think we should work in accordance with the principle of "one block and three continuations": "one block" is to firmly block the channel of virus transmission; "three continuations" refers to that the road transportation should continue to operate to ensure that society can function normally; the non-obstructive transport passages for emergency goods should continue to operate; the channels for transporting necessities of production and living should continue to remain open. Mr. Jiang said that we must resume production, so the raw materials must be available and the products must be delivered as soon as possible. In this regard, I think that we need to stick to the above-mentioned principle. Thank you.

The Dong-A Ilbo:

As far as I know, the situation of clustered outbreaks has already appeared. Based on this, is it possible that the epidemic situation has entered the next stage? How do you determine the current transmission ability of the virus? Is there also any mutation of the virus? Please give us more specific information. Finally, what prevention and control measures will Beijing take in the next stage? Thank you.

Ma Xiaowei:

These questions can be answered separately. Mr. Liu Xiaoming will answer questions about transportation, and Mr. Li Bin will answer questions about the virus.

Liu Xiaoming:

I have spoken about the transportation issue earlier. There were related reports last night and this morning because of the temporary suspension of Beijing's inter-provincial highway passenger bus services. As you know, Beijing is the most developed city in China in terms of transportation, for example, its roads, railways and civil aviation are very well developed. Every day, with the exception of small passenger vehicles, the number of trips by road transport is about 30,000 - 50,000, and during the peak period, this number hits 70,000 to 90,000. The number of trips by civilian aircraft is 300,000 or more. The number of trips annually from the Beijing Capital International Airport is more than 100 million. If we include the trips made from the new Beijing Daxing International Airport, we calculate that the daily volume exceeds 300,000. In addition to this, the number of trips by train is 500,000 - 600,000. In order to do a better job in prevention and control, the Beijing Municipal Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) and the Beijing Municipal People's Government have placed great importance on this and adopted a series of measures. You may have noticed that Beijing has issued corresponding public notices and releases. Judging from the measures taken, the demands for passenger traffic have decreased, and the temporary suspension of trips by road will not have much influence on Beijing. The Beijing transport system has been able to continue providing good and smooth services, and everyone can still buy their travel tickets. This is the overall transportation situation.

Li Bin:

After the outbreak of the virus in Beijing, the CPC Beijing Municipal Committee and the Beijing Municipal People's Government placed great importance on the disease, established a leading group led by the secretary of the CPC Beijing Municipal Committee, and also took effective prevention and control measures. Beijing's measures serve as a good guide and important reference for other cities across the country. The ten major prevention and control measures taken by Beijing have been forwarded to other local governments via the State Council's joint prevention and control work mechanism. Just now, Mr. Ma introduced the prevention and control measures across the country. It can be seen that many regions have learned from Beijing's practices. You can go to the relevant websites of Beijing for more information.

At the last press conference, our media friends were very concerned about a mutation of the virus and we communicated the situation to them. At present, we have been closely monitoring the mutation of the virus, because this issue is extremely critical. Now our information is consistent with the information given to our media friends last time -- no evidence of virus mutation has been found yet. Thank you.

Ma Xiaowei:

A mutation of the virus is a matter of great concern to all of us. Mr. Gao Fu, an academician at the Chinese Academy of Sciences and director of the Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention, has led the successful isolation of the novel coronavirus strain. Let's invite him to brief us on the mutation of the virus.

Gao Fu:

Thank you for your question. We are all keeping a close eye on this issue. Just now, Mr. Ma spoke about the process of the discovery of the virus. I am a virus researcher. Every virus has its own characteristics, and from what we know about coronaviruses, they mutate as they spread in humans. That is what we have previously known about other coronaviruses, and we are watching very closely to see whether this novel coronavirus mutates or not. We can see all its changes very quickly thanks to third-generation sequencing technology; however, this coronavirus is different from other viruses, such as the avian influenza virus. In the latter, we can observe whether it has changed and in what ways. For the novel coronavirus, we have seen no obvious changes since its discovery, regardless of whether it is isolated from the environment or the human body. That is our current understanding of the novel coronavirus. Based on our previous knowledge on coronaviruses or virology, we have not found any mutation so far, because the differences between the viruses are very small and less than 1%. We are still screening the differences, and will continue monitoring any changes. Thank you.

CNBC:

How can we address the lack of medical supplies in hospitals, especially when there is an increasing number of infected patients? Thank you.

Ma Xiaowei:

To cope with the new coronavirus-related pneumonia, large numbers of medical staff are fighting at the front line day and night and sticking to their posts. Their jobs are very stressful, they are overloaded with work, and many also face the risk of infection. We want to pay great homage to their professional spirit of health care, which is embodied by the motto, "reverence for life, save the patient, dedication to devotion, and boundless love". At the same time, we are also very anxious and worried about the lack of medical resources in Wuhan, Hubei province. The National Health Commission supports and guides local health departments to coordinate the allocation of medical beds and other medical resources. As of last night, the allocation of medical resources in Wuhan had seen a clear improvement with an addition of 2,400 new beds in hospitals. More than 2,360 medical staff have also arrived in Wuhan from the military, and other regions of China. Over the next three days, Wuhan may also be able to offer nearly 5,000 additional medical beds. The shortage of medical resources and the overcrowding in hospitals will ease.

Wang Jiangping:

As I said earlier, the most daunting challenge is the severe shortage of protective suits in Wuhan. The daily demand for these suits now stands at 100,000 but only 13,000 suits are currently being produced each day. Previously, we were able to ensure that the demand for protective suits was met by dipping into our reserves. As a next step, we will do everything we can to ensure the needs of the front line are met. The first is to send all the protective suits in the central reserve to Wuhan. Second, materials will be sent there from other provinces and regions. With the emergency starting today, more than 10,000 sets were sent to Wuhan from surrounding areas and 220,000 pieces which were purchased abroad are also on the way. Third, we will deal with the issue of exports. Some of our protective suits made for export are not in line with Chinese standards. We will solve this problem so that these protective suits can be domestically deployed in stages so as to maximize the effectiveness of limited resources. Thank you.

CGTN:

The outbreak is of international concern. I wonder how China has cooperated with the international community to respond to the novel coronavirus outbreak. Thank you. 

Ma Xiaowei:

In the wake of the outbreak, we have carried out ample communication and cooperation with the WHO and related countries, as well as China's Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan. First, we shared the situation of the outbreak and technical information in a timely manner with the WHO. I spoke to WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on the phone several times. We informed the WHO of the isolation of the new coronavirus once we had completed it, and shared the whole genome sequencing of the virus with the WHO. We also made arrangements for Chinese experts to speak with WHO experts on technical issues surrounding the virus, and invited WHO experts to carry out field trips in Wuhan. This facilitated the WHO's understanding of the outbreak, and enabled us to jointly address the situation. At the invitation of the WHO, we participated in two meetings of the International Health Regulations Emergency Committee, during which we briefed the committee on the situation of the outbreak and the response measures. 

Second, we have worked on bilateral communication. We have kept close contact with health authorities in Japan, Thailand, the Republic of Korea and the United States as well as their embassies in China. We have shared information with them, verified information on suspected and confirmed cases, and gave timely responses to issues they are concerned about. Meanwhile, we have strengthened cooperation with China's Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan. In addition to sharing information with them, we have also invited experts from these regions to take field trips in Wuhan and have in-depth exchanges with local medical workers. Also, at the request of the Hong Kong and Macao special administrative regions, we provided them with free diagnostic kits. 

In the next stage, we will continue to keep our close cooperation with the WHO and the related countries and regions, share information in a timely manner and disclose information on the prevention and control of the outbreak in an open, transparent and timely way. 

Xi Yanchun:

This will be the last question due to time constraints.

TV Tokyo:

I have a question about page No. 4 [which relates to the] strict management of Wuhan people who went outside. How does the government do this? Can you please give us more details. Thank you.

Ma Xiaowei:

I would like to invite vice minister Li Bin to answer this question.

Li Bin:

About this question, Mr. Ma has actually covered it just now. About the management over the people travelling from Wuhan, we will trace and register every one of them; place them under close observation; deal with them according to standards as well as check whether they have some abnormal medical care records. The key is to make sure that these measures can be implemented at communities in urban areas as well as in rural areas, as such areas are the first defense line, and it has been proven an effective way of managing such disease. The government has attached great importance to the management of communities, especially concerning travelers from Wuhan. We've made plans and serious measures will be taken as followed: 

First, tracing every traveler from Wuhan so as to identify the patients as soon as possible, and make early diagnosis, isolation and treatment. The government requires county-level medical institutions to strengthen pre-examination and triage, and set up fever and respiratory diseases departments so as to make it easier for potential patients to receive treatment.

Second, we have to ensure the effectiveness of the management of close contacts. After a case is confirmed, the most effective way of containing the spread of infections to effectively manage the close contacts. We need to let local officials and the health workers at both town and village-level communities to play their role so that they can work as a team to effectively handle those confirmed and suspected cases as well as the close contacts.

Third, we will strengthen management of travelers from outside the community. We will enhance health monitoring in communities, tracking residents' travel history, and take targeted measures to prevent and control infections. That is to say, we will stay ahead of the situation, mainly focusing on those travelling from Wuhan and ask them to stay at home for a 14-day medical observation. During this period, the health workers at the community-level will monitor these people's situation every day and take relevant measures as required.  

Fourth, we will launch health awareness campaigns. We will provide alerts for those travelers from Wuhan, asking them to take necessary measures by themselves, including medical observation at home, contacting community-level medical and health institutions in urban areas or town and village-level medical organizations so as to help implement these prevention and control measures. We will release health notices and medical guides through various channels to raise public health awareness, assisting people to do more to protect themselves so that they can work together with the government to implement the prevention and control measures and manage the situation effectively. 

Through these measures, we will fully mobilize the community-level authorities and health workers, carry out grid-based model management, exercise blanket tracking so that each household and individual can be monitored. Communities, sub-districts, households and individuals will work together to create synergies, and all the officials and health workers will fulfill their responsibilities so as to ensure that the prevention and control measures can be implemented sufficiently and contain the spread of the infections. Thank you. 

Xi Yanchun:

I know that friends from the media have a lot of concerns, many of which may require our response through concrete actions and specific measures. We will go all out to live up to the expectations of our people and in releasing more information. Starting tomorrow, the National Health Commission will hold a press conference every morning, as will Hubei province and some places with more severe epidemic situation.

Today, we also invite Mr. Gao Fu, director-general of Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention and an academician of Chinese Academy of Sciences, to take your questions afterwards. I'd like to take the opportunity to express my thanks to the Chinese and foreign media for their hard work in reporting the epidemic situation. Thanks again to our speakers. Thank you for your attendance today. The press conference is hereby concluded.

Translated and edited by Zhang Liying, Zhang Lulu, Zhang Jiaqi, Chen Yinjun, Zhu Bochen, Mi Xingang, Wu Jin, Duan Yaying, Liu Qiang, Wang Yiming, Zhang Rui, Gao Zhan, Gong Yingchun, Guo Xiaohong, Wang Qian, Li Huiru, He Shan, Wang Yanfang, Zhang Junmian, Huang Shan, Kenneth Teh Chiu Soong, Geoffrey Murray. In case of any dispute over a discrepancy, the Chinese version is deemed to prevail.

.

Read in Chinese

Speaker:

Ning Jizhe, head of the National Bureau of Statistics

Chairperson:

Hu Kaihong, spokesperson for the State Council Information Office of China

Date: 

Jan. 17, 2020

   

Hu Kaihong:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to this press conference. Today, we are delighted to invite Mr. Ning Jizhe, head of the National Bureau of Statistics (NBS), to introduce China's economic performance in 2019, and answer your questions. Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Ning.

Ning Jizhe:

In 2019, China achieved overall economic stability and reached its main expected targets for economic development. Amid mounting risks and challenges both at home and abroad, different regions and government departments , under the leadership of the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core, fully implemented the decisions and plans made by the CPC Central Committee and the State Council. They stuck to the general working guideline of making progress while maintaining stability, followed the new development philosophy, focused on supply-side structural reform, promoted high-quality development and strengthened efforts to maintain stability in employment, the financial sector, foreign trade, foreign and domestic investments, and expectations. Significant breakthroughs have been achieved in three tough battles. The national economy was generally stable, the quality of development has improved and the main expected targets have been achieved, thus laying a solid foundation for building a moderately prosperous society in all respects.

According to preliminary calculations, China's gross domestic product (GDP) was 99.09 trillion yuan in 2019, an increase of 6.1% over the previous year at comparable prices, and meeting our expected targets of 6% to 6.5%. The four quarters saw growth rates of 6.4%, 6.2%, 6.0%, and 6.0% respectively. The added value of industries were 7.05 trillion yuan, 38.62 trillion yuan, and 53.42 trillion yuan for the primary, secondary and tertiary industries, respectively, with growth rates of 3.1%, 5.7%, and 6.9%.

First, grain output reached a new record and the production of beef, mutton, poultry, eggs and milk increased.

Last year's total grain output was 663.84 million tons, up by 0.9% over that of the previous year and an increase of 5.94 million tons. This ensured that output levels were maintained above 650 million tons for five consecutive years. Summer grain output was 141.6 million tons, an increase of 2.0%; early season rice 26.27 million tons, down by 8.1%; and autumn grain output 495.97 million tons, up by 1.1%. The output of wheat was 133.59 million tons, up by 1.6%; corn 260.77 million tons, up by 1.4%; soybean 18.10 million tons, up by 13.3%.

The total output of pork, beef, mutton and poultry was 76.49 million tons, down by 10.2% over last year. In particular, the output of beef was 6.67 million tons, up by 3.6%; mutton, 4.88 million tons, up by 2.6%; poultry, 22.39 million tons, up by 12.3%; eggs, 33.09 million tons, up by 5.8%; milk, 32.01 million tons, up by 4.1%; and pork, 42.55 million tons, down by 21.3%.

Second, industrial production continued to increase, and high-tech manufacturing and strategic emerging industries grew rapidly.

In 2019, the industrial output increased by 5.7% over the previous year. The value-added of the state-holding enterprises went up by 4.8%, that of share-holding enterprises by 6.8%; enterprises funded by foreign investors or investors from Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan up by 2.0%; private enterprises by 7.7%. In terms of sectors, the value-added of the mining sector increased 5.0%, that of manufacturing sector was up 6.0%, and that of producing and supplying electricity, heat, gas and water grew by 7.0%. The value-added of high-tech manufacturing sector rose by 8.8%, strategic emerging industries by 8.4% over the previous year, or 3.1 and 2.7 percentage points faster, respectively, than that of large industrial companies. In December, the industrial output grew by 6.9% year on year, or 0.7 percentage points faster than the previous month, marking an increase of 0.58% month on month. In December, the sub-indexes of the Purchasing Managers' Index (PMI), the Production Index, the New Orders Index and the Supplier Delivery Time Index reached 53.2%, 51.2% and 51.1% respectively, all staying above the threshold. The Business Activity Expectation Index for Manufacturing was 54.4%, staying within the expansion range.

In the first 11 months of 2019, the total profits of large industrial enterprises reached 5.61 trillion yuan, down by 2.1% year on year, but the decline was 0.8 percentage points lower than that of the first ten months. The profits of large industrial companies grew by 5.4% in November year on year, while that of October was down by 9.9%.

Third, the service sector grew fast with modern services sector gaining momentum.

In 2019, the Index of Service Production increased by 6.9% over that of the previous year. The value-added of information transmission, software and information technology services, leasing and business services, financial services, transportation, storage and post services grew by 18.7%, 8.7%, 7.2% and 7.1% respectively, or 11.8, 1.8, 0.3 and 0.2 percentage points faster than that of the tertiary industry. From January to November, the revenue of large service enterprises increased by 9.4% year on year. In particular, revenues of enterprises engaged in strategic emerging services, science and technology services and high-tech services increased by 12.4%, 12.0% and 12.0% respectively. Their growth rate was respectively 3.0, 2.6 and 2.6 percentage points faster than that of all large service companies. Profits of large service companies increased by 3.5%.

In December, the business activity index for services was 53.0%, continuing to stay above the threshold that separates growth from contraction. Specifically, the business activity indexes for sectors like railway transportation, lodging, telecommunication, broadcast, television and satellite transmission services, internet software and information technology services, financial services and leasing and business services all stayed within the high expansion range of 55.0% and above. From the perspective of market expectations, the business activities expectation index for services was 59.1%, maintaining a sound growth momentum.

Ning Jizhe:

Fourth, market sales demonstrated stable growth with online retail sales taking up a notably bigger share of the overall sales.

In 2019, the total retail sales of consumer goods reached 41.16 trillion yuan, up by 8.0% over the previous year. The retail sales of consumer goods by enterprises above the designated size was 14.80 trillion yuan, an increase of 3.9%. Analyzed by different areas, retail sales in urban areas reached 35.13 billion yuan, up by 7.9%, and retail sales in rural areas stood at 6.03 billion yuan, up by 9.0%. Grouped by consumption patterns, catering revenue was 4.67 trillion yuan, up by 9.4%; and the retail sales of goods was 36.49 trillion yuan, up by 7.9%. Upgraded consumer goods grew fast. The growth of retail sales of cosmetics, communication appliances, sports and recreational items, as well as household appliances and audio-video equipment by enterprises above the designated size rose by 8.7, 4.6, 4.1 and 1.7 percentage points respectively. In December, the total retail sales of consumer goods increased by 8.0% year-on-year and 0.53% month-on-month.

In 2019, online retail sales reached 10.63 trillion yuan, a year-on-year growth of 16.5%. In particular, the online retail sales of physical goods was 8.52 trillion yuan, up by 19.5%, accounting for 20.7% of the total retail sales of consumer goods, and was 2.3 percentage points higher than that of the previous year.

Fifth, investment in fixed assets witnessed steady growth and investment in high-tech industries grew fast.

In 2019, the investment in fixed assets (excluding rural households) reached 55.15 trillion yuan, up by 5.4% over the previous year. In particular, the investment in infrastructure was up by 3.8%, manufacturing up by 3.1% and real estate development up by 9.9%. The floor space of commercial buildings sold reached 1.72 billion square meters, down by 0.1%. The total sales of commercial buildings was 15.97 trillion yuan, up by 6.5%. The investment in the primary industry went up by 0.6%; the secondary industry up by 3.2%; and the tertiary industry up by 6.5%. Private investment was 31.12 trillion yuan, up by 4.7%. The investment in high-tech industries grew by 17.3%, or 11.9 percentage points faster than total investment, of which the investment in high-tech manufacturing and services increased by 17.7% and 16.5% respectively. The investment in social sectors went up by 13.2%, or 7.8 percentage points faster than the total investment, among which the investment in education and in culture, sports and entertainment went up by 17.7% and 13.9% respectively. In December, the investment in fixed assets grew by 0.44% month-on-month.

Sixth, foreign trade witnessed growth despite downward pressure and the proportion of general trade has continued to grow.

In 2019, the total value of imports and exports was 31.54 trillion yuan, an increase of 3.4% over the previous year. The total value of exports was 17.23 trillion yuan, up by 5.0%; and the total value of imports was 14.32 trillion yuan, up by 1.6%. The trade balance was in surplus of 2.92 trillion yuan. The imports and exports of general trade accounted for 59.0% of the total value of imports and exports, an increase of 1.2 percentage points compared with the previous year. The exports of mechanical and electrical products increased by 4.4%, accounting for 58.4% of the total value of exports. In particular, imports and exports with the European Union and ASEAN went up by 8.0% and 14.1% respectively. Imports and exports with countries along the Belt and Road has maintained a sound momentum, increasing by 10.8%, or 7.4 percentage points faster than the growth of the total imports and exports of goods. The export delivery value of industrial enterprises above the designated size reached 12.42 trillion yuan, up by 1.3% over that of the previous year.

Seventh, the growth in consumer price has met the projected target and producer prices for industrial products declined slightly.

In 2019, consumer price went up by 2.9% over the previous year, meeting the projected target of around 3%. Specifically, consumer prices went up by 2.8% in urban areas and 3.2% in rural areas. Grouped by commodity categories, prices for food, tobacco and alcohol went up by 7.0%; clothing up by 1.6%; housing up by 1.4%; articles for daily use and services up by 0.9%, transportation and communication down by 1.7%; education, culture and recreation up by 2.2%; medical services and health care up by 2.4%; and other articles and services up by 3.4%. In terms of food, tobacco and alcohol prices, prices for grain went up by 0.5%, fresh vegetables up by 4.1% and pork up by 42.5%. Core CPI excluding the prices of food and energy went up by 1.6%, which was 0.3 percentage points lower than that of the previous year. In December, the consumer price went up by 4.5% year-on-year, and maintained the same level as November month-on-month. In 2019, producer prices for industrial products went down by 0.3% over the previous year and for December, down by 0.5% year-on-year, and maintained the same level as November month-on-month. Purchasing prices for industrial producers went down by 0.7% over the previous year, and in December, down by 1.3% year-on-year, and was at the same level as November month-on-month.

Eighth, employment was generally stable and the surveyed unemployment rate in urban areas met the projected target.

In 2019, the number of newly employed people in urban areas totaled 13.52 million, which remained above the 13-million mark for seven years in a row. This notably exceeded the projected target of 11 million and achieved 122.9% of the entire year's target. In December, the surveyed unemployment rate in urban areas was 5.2%. In 2019, the monthly surveyed unemployment rates in urban areas stayed within the range of 5.0% to 5.3%, achieving the projected target of around 5.5% and below. The surveyed unemployment rate of the main labor force aged between 25 to 59 was 4.7%. In December, the urban surveyed unemployment rate in 31 major cities was 5.2%. At the end of 2019, the registered unemployment rate in urban areas was 3.62%, or 0.18 percentage points lower than at the end of previous year, meeting the projected target of 4.5% and below. At the end of 2019, the total number of employed persons was 774.71 million and the number of urban employed persons was 442.47 million. The number of rural migrant workers reached 290.77 million, 2.41 million more and up by 0.8% compared to the previous year. Specifically, local rural workers totaled 116.52 million, up by 0.7%; migrant workers employed away from their homes totaled 174.25 million, up by 0.9%. The average monthly income of migrant workers was 3,962 yuan, up by 6.5% over the previous year. 

Ning Jizhe:

Ninth, residents' income grew at the same pace as the economy and the urban-rural income ratio continued to narrow. 

In 2019, the nationwide per capita disposable income of residents was 30,733 yuan, a nominal increase of 8.9% over the previous year. The growth rate was 0.2 percentage points higher than the previous year, and actual incomes saw a real increase of 5.8% after deducting price factors, which meant they generally grew at the same pace as the growth of the economy and per capita GDP. By permanent residence, the per capita disposable income of urban households was 42,359 yuan, marking a nominal growth of 7.9% and a real growth of 5.0% after deducting price factors. The per capita disposable income of rural households was 16,021 yuan, marking a nominal growth of 9.6% and a real growth of 6.2% after deducting price factors. The per capita disposable income of urban households was 2.64 times that of rural households, a decrease of 0.05 from the previous year. The median of the nationwide per capita disposable income was 26,523 yuan, a nominal increase of 9.0% over the previous year. Looking at the per capita disposable income of nationwide households by income quintiles, the income of the low-income group was 7,380 yuan, the lower-middle-income group 15,777 yuan, the middle-income group 25,035 yuan, the upper-middle-income group 39,230 yuan, and the high-income group 76,401 yuan.

In 2019, the nationwide per capita consumer spending was 21,559 yuan, marking a nominal increase of 8.6%. It grew 0.2 percentage points faster than that of the previous year, and had a real increase of 5.5% after deducting price factors. Specifically, the per capita consumer spending of urban residents was 28,063 yuan, which was a nominal growth of 7.5% while the per capita consumer spending of rural households was 13,328 yuan, marking a nominal growth of 9.9%.

Tenth, key reforms and crucial tasks were further advanced and the country's economic transformation and upgrading maintained its momentum.

Notable achievements were made in supply-side structural reform. In 2019, the industrial capacity utilization rate nationwide was 76.6%, 0.1 percentage points higher than the previous year. Specifically, the industrial capacity utilization rates of extraction of petroleum and natural gas and the smelting and pressing of ferrous metals were 91.2% and 80.0% respectively, or 2.9 percentage points and 2.0 percentage points higher than the previous year. The asset-liability ratio of enterprises also declined. At the end of November, the asset-liability ratio of industrial enterprises above the designated size was 56.9%, or 0.3 percentage points lower year-on-year. At the end of 2019, the floor space of commercial buildings for sale reached 498.21 million square meters, down by 4.9% over the end of the previous year. The unit cost of enterprises also continued to decline compared with early 2019. As for strengthening certain weak areas, the investment in these areas grew fast. In 2019, the investment in ecological protection and the treatment of environmental pollution as well as in environmental monitoring and treatment services increased by 37.2% and 33.4% respectively, and grew 31.8 percentage points and 28.0 percentage points faster than the overall investment. The dynamism of microeconomic entities was also strengthened. In 2019, there was a total of 23.77 million newly registered market entities and an average of 20,000 newly registered enterprises per day. The level of activity reached about 70%. By the end of the year, the number of market entities totaled 120 million. Major breakthroughs were also made in the three critical battles against potential risk, poverty, and pollution. In 2019, a total of 11.09 million rural poor were lifted out of poverty. According to preliminary estimates, the share of consumption of clean energy such as natural gas, hydro power, nuclear power and wind power as part of the total energy consumption was 1.0 percentage point higher compared with the previous year. The energy consumption per 10,000 yuan of GDP continued to decrease compared with the previous year by as much as 2.6%. By the end of November, the outstanding local government debt nationwide was 21.33 trillion yuan, within the limit approved by the National People's Congress.

The economic structure has continued to be optimized. In 2019, the value-added of the tertiary industry accounted for 53.9% of the total GDP. This was 0.6 percentage points higher than the previous year, 14.9 percentage points higher than in the secondary industry and contributed to 59.4% of GDP growth. The role of consumption as the major impetus for economic growth was further consolidated. The final consumption expenditure contributed to 57.8% of GDP growth, 26.6 percentage points higher than the gross capital formation. Household consumption was also upgraded and had improved in quality. In 2019, the national Engel coefficient was 28.2%, 0.2 percentage points lower than in 2018. Service consumption expenditure accounted for 45.9% of per capita household consumption expenditure, 1.7 percentage points higher than that of 2018.

Eleventh, China's population grew steadily, and the urbanization rate continued to rise. 

By the end of 2019, the mainland population (including the population in the 31 provinces, autonomous regions, municipalities directly under the central government, and PLA personnel, but excluding the population of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region, Taiwan province and overseas Chinese) stood at 1.4 billion, an increase of 4.67 million from the year before. There were a total of 14.65 million births and 9.98 million deaths reported in 2019, and the birth and death rates reached 10.48 and 7.14 per 1,000, respectively. In terms of gender distribution, there were 715.27 million males and 684.78 million females, putting the gender ratio at 104.45. The working-age population (people aged between 16 to 59) stood at 896.4 million, representing 64% of the total population. About 253.88 million people were registered as being 60 or older, accounting for 18.1% of the population; 176.03 million were 65 or older, which made up 12.6% of the population. There were 848.43 million urban residents, a 17.06 million increase from the previous year. The rural population fell 12.39 million to a total of 551.62 million. The urbanization rate was 60.6%, 1.02 percentage points higher than the previous year. About 280 million people resided in places away from their places of residential registration for over six months, 6.13 million less than the previous year. In particular, the floating population was 236 million, 5.15 million less than in the previous year.

Generally speaking, the national economy in 2019 has sustained stable momentum by pursuing progress while ensuring stability. However, we should also be aware that global economic and trade growth is slowing down and sources of instability and points of risk are increasing. Domestically, the national economy has witnessed a combination of structural, systematic and cyclical problems and is facing mounting downward pressure. As our next stage, we will follow the guidance of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, implement the policy decisions and plans of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, and remain committed to the general principle of pursuing progress while ensuring stability. We will also follow the new development approach and push forward high-quality development, continue to pursue supply-side structural reform as our main task, continue to draw strength from reform and opening up, and be committed to winning the three tough battles (preventing financial risks, reducing poverty and tackling pollution). We will also intensify efforts to maintain stability in employment, the financial sector, foreign trade, foreign and domestic investments, and market expectation. Also, we will take coordinated steps to achieve steady growth, advance reform, make structural adjustments, improve living standards, guard against risk and ensure stability. This will allow us to keep the economy performing within an appropriate range, successfully reach our goal of building a moderately prosperous society in all respects and fulfill the 13th Five-Year Plan. 

Hu Kaihong:

Thank you, Mr. Ning. Now let's move on to questions. Please identify your media organization before asking your questions.

China Central Television:

The domestic and foreign environment for China's development faced severe challenges in 2019. Mr. Ning, what do you think of China's economic performance last year and did China achieve its goals set early in 2019? Thank you. 

Ning Jizhe: 

In 2019, under the strong leadership of the Central Committee of the CPC with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core, we stayed committed to the underlying principle of pursuing progress while ensuring stability, continued to pursue supply-side structural reform as our main task, strengthened the role of macroeconomic policies in making counter-cyclic adjustments, and maintained stability in employment, the financial sector, foreign trade, foreign investment, domestic investment, and market expectations. The national economy maintained stable growth, with a steady increase in the quality of development, and all the major targets and tasks were fulfilled. The country's overall economic performance demonstrated the following six features.

First, the economy maintained medium-to-high speed growth. As I said before, the GDP in 2019 reached 99.09 trillion yuan, increasing 6.1% year on year, which was within the government's target of 6% to 6.5%. It was significantly higher than the global average, and ranked among the fastest growing among the world's major economies. China registered the fastest growth among trillion-dollar economies. You may have noticed that in 2019, the United States saw an economic growth of 2.3%, Japan and the Eurozone grew slightly more than 1%, and India a bit higher than 5%. Thus, China was still the No. 1 in terms of economic growth. Also, China's per capita GDP reached 70,892 yuan. Measured by the average annual exchange rate, that was $10,276, crossing the $10,000 mark. This is a new breakthrough. 

Second, job growth continued to expand. In 2019, the urban unemployment rate each month hovered between 5% to 5.3%, realizing our target of keeping the rate below 5.5%. In December, that number stood at 5.2%. Throughout 2019, the number of new jobs was 13.52 million, exceeding the 13 million mark for seven years in a row, and significantly higher than our target of 11 million. As I said earlier, the number of migrant workers is still growing and it reached 291 million in 2019. 

Third, prices were generally stable. The CPI expanded 2.9% in 2019, realizing our target of keeping the rate below 3%. Food prices rose by 9.2%, and non-food prices grew by 1.4%. CPI excluding food and energy rose 1.6%, lower than in 2018. 

Fourth, foreign trade and investment increased despite the overall trend of decline. In 2019, the total value of imports and exports of goods increased by 3.4% over the previous year, with exports increasing by 5% and imports increasing by 1.6% respectively, thereby achieving steady and higher-quality growth and meeting the targets set early last year. The trade surplus also increased by 25.4% over 2018. In terms of foreign investment, against the global backdrop of steep declines in cross-border investment, China's utilized foreign investment increased 6% from January to November and the total amount last year is expected to top $130 billion. By the end of 2019, foreign exchange reserves stood at 3.11 trillion yuan, an increase of $35.2 billion from the end of 2018.

Fifth, the income of Chinese residents grew at a similar pace with the national economic growth. In 2019, per capita disposable income reached 30,733 yuan, registering an inflation-adjusted growth of 5.8%. This is similar to the growth rate of GDP and on par with the growth rate of per capita GDP. As GDP rose 6.1% last year and the entire population grew by more than 0.3%, the country's per capita GDP rose 5.8% or so. This achieved our target of keeping residents' income growth on par with economic growth. An especially heartening piece of news is that the per capita disposable income of rural residents registered a real growth of 6.2%, continuing to be higher than that of urban residents. The income gap between urban and rural residents is continually narrowing.  

Sixth, our economic growth demonstrated higher quality and efficiency. With the pushing ahead of supply-side structural reforms, the gains made in the five priority tasks – cutting capacity, cutting excess urban real estate inventory, de-leveraging, cutting costs, and strengthening areas of weakness – were consolidated. As I said earlier, the rate of industrial capacity utilization reached 76.6%, higher than in 2018. Measured by the debt-to-asset ratio of industrial enterprises above the designated scale (annual revenue of 20 million yuan or more coming from their main business operations), the micro leverage ratio stood at 56.9% at the end of November, down 0.3 percentage points from the same period in 2018. The ratio between urban and rural residents' per capita disposable income was 2.64, down 0.05 from that in 2018, demonstrating a narrowing gap between urban and rural incomes. Industries, investment and other major indicators in central and western China registered faster growth than in the country's east, showing that the gap in development among different regions is narrowing. 

Noticeably, major macroeconomic indicators showed positive changes in the fourth quarter, especially in November and December. From October to December last year, GDP rose 6%, this was equal to that in the third quarter and had exceeded expectations. In the last three months last year, the value-added of industrial enterprises above the designated scale grew 6% year on year, which is a 1 percentage point higher than in the third quarter. In December particularly, the added value rose 6.9%, up 2.2 and 0.7 percentage points from that in October and November, respectively. The total annual retail sales of consumer goods in the fourth quarter grew 7.8% year on year, 0.2 percentage points higher than in the third quarter. In particular, that number in December was 8%, up 0.8 percentage points from October and equal to that in November. The total fixed-asset investment (excluding rural households) grew 5.4% last year, which was 0.2 percentage points higher than that from January to November. Foreign trade in December rose 12.7%, 10.7 percentage points higher than in November. The PMI in December was 50.2%, exceeding the 50-point mark which indicated that there was economic expansion for two months in a row. The non-manufacturing business activity index was 53.5%, continuing to be in the promising range.

Therefore, all the major macroeconomic indicators met expectations and fell within the targets set in early 2019. In particular, these indicators showed positive changes in November and December. Thank you. 

Xinhua News Agency:

As we have observed, China's per capita GDP exceeded $10,000 in 2019 and its gross domestic product was approximately 100 trillion yuan. My question is: How should we interpret these two landmark figures? In other words, do they bring about any change in China's development stage at present? Thank you. 

Ning Jizhe:

You have asked a good question. As we have all noticed, China's GDP in 2019 did reach 99.1 trillion yuan, or approximately 100 trillion yuan, which translates to $10,276 per capita based on the average exchange rate. That is to say, our per capita GDP in 2019 did exceed the $10,000 milestone. This not only signified the continuous expansion of the size of our economy, but also marked the stable improvement in the quality of our economy as well as our people's livelihood. The Chinese people's efforts in this regard have not only laid a solid foundation for China's realization of a moderately prosperous society in all respects but also contributed to the development and progress of mankind. Yes, this is of landmark significance, and we can understand it from the following four aspects: 

First, this achievement marked the enhancement of China's national strength. China's GDP totaled 99.09 trillion yuan in 2019, which was close to 100 trillion yuan. Converted at the prevailing average annual exchange rate, our GDP in 2019 reached $14.4 trillion, ranking second in the world. Based on our calculation and comparison, this figure is basically equivalent to the sum of the GDPs of Japan, Germany, the UK and France in 2018, which ranked third to sixth respectively in the world that year. China's economy is rapidly developing; it is politically stable, culturally progressive, and socially harmonious; its environment and ecology are fast improving and its national defenses are strong. China's pace of progress cannot be stopped. 

Second, this achievement marked the improvement of China's social productivity. Our agricultural foundation has been consolidated. In 2019, the total grain output was 660 million metric tons. This is the highest grain output in Chinese history and has made China the largest grain-producing country in the world. Our industrial system is also continually improving and we have all the industrial classifications in the world. Our infrastructure is more complete. By the end of 2019, the total operating mileage of China's high-speed rail reached 35,000 kilometers, accounting for more than two thirds of the world's total. The length of China's highways reached 140,000 kilometers, ranking first in the world. Our installed power capacity was close to 2 billion KW, also ranking the first in the world. With 860 million internet users, our modern information and communication system is constantly improving. 

Third, this achievement marked the improvement of Chinese people's living standards. The improvement in the quality of employment is reflected in the rise of the proportion of residents employed in cities and towns. In 2019, 440 million people were employed in urban areas, accounting for 57.1% of the total employed population, which marked a year-over-year increase of one percentage point. Residents also saw an improvement in their income level and quality. The national per capita disposable income surpassed 30,000 yuan in 2019. This year also witnessed the improvement of people's consumption quality as well as an upgrade of the consumption structure. This can be proved by two data points. The first is that the proportion of service consumption expenditure in per capita consumption expenditure reached 45.9%, marking a year-over-year increase of 1.7 percentage points. The second is that the proportion of income spent on food in total consumption expenditure, which is the Engel Coefficient, was 28.2% in 2019, a year-over-year decrease of 0.2 percentage point. The increase in the consumption of services and decrease in the consumption of food indicate that the overall consumption structure has been upgraded. People's livelihoods have also been improved. Generally speaking, residents now have houses to live in, they use private cars as a convenient means of transportation and an increasing number of people can now afford to travel within and outside China. In 2019, the per capita floor area of residents was close to 40 square meters , and the number of private cars in the country reached 200 million. 2019 also witnessed 5.8 billion Chinese traveling around China and more than 140 million Chinese traveling abroad. This shows that the size of the middle-income group is ever expanding. 

Fourth, this achievement marked China's increasing contribution to the development and progress of mankind. According to World Bank data, the combined population of countries with a per capita GDP of more than $10,000 in 2018 was nearly 1.5 billion. As China, with a total population of 1.4 billion, entering the ranks of countries with a per capita GDP of more than $10,000, the world will now have nearly 3 billion people at this income level. This marks a major progress in social and economic development over the course of human history. China, as an emerging developing economy, has made its contribution to the world. That is why we say developing China is in itself contributing to the world at large.  

In summary, China's 2019 GDP is expected to account for more than 16% of the world's overall, and the rate of China's contribution to world economic growth is expected to reach approximately 30%. China remains the most powerful engine of world economic growth. China's per capita GDP is now among the ranks of the world's middle-income countries, and its human development index status has further improved. 

At the same time, we must see that China's basic national conditions remain clearly unchanged. To be more specific, China is currently in and will remain in the primary stage of socialism for a long time, it still has a large population and under-developed productivity in general; and China still faces the prominent problem of unbalanced and inadequate development. Therefore, our status as the world's largest developing country remains unchanged. Although the gap of per capita GDP between China and higher-income countries is narrowing, we are still among the ranks of middle-income countries. Therefore, we must strive long and hard to build China into a modern socialist country and achieve the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation. Thank you!

Bloomberg:

I have two questions. First, can you please tell us the fourth quarter's numbers for the contribution of net exports, consumption and investment? What was the nominal GDP growth, and what was the GDP deflator? My second question is that, you said the full year final consumption contribution was 57.8%, which is below 61.4% in the third quarter and way below the levels in 2018. Is that decline because real disposable income per capita is below real GDP growth? What will you do to increase real incomes in 2020 so that consumption can expand and how will it help to re-balance the economy? Thank you.

Ning Jizhe:

You are concerned with the contribution rate of consumption, investment, and import and export to economic growth in the fourth quarter as well as for the year 2019. Since these three aspects complement one another, a falling statistic will inevitably lead to a rising one. As you may notice, the final consumption expenditure in the first three quarters constituted 60.5% of economic growth, meanwhile the contribution rate of the final consumption expenditure through the year was 57.8%, lower than 60%. The total capital formation contributed to 31.2% of economic growth last year, showing a rising trend. The net exports of goods and services, that is, the exports of goods and services minus imports, was 11% in 2019. Compared with the statistics in the first three quarters, the data in the fourth quarter is different. Nevertheless, consumption is still the biggest driving force for China's economic growth, and its contribution rate stood at around 60% last year.

Regarding your second question, as I mentioned just now, the nominal growth rate of residents' disposable income per capita was relatively high. However, due to the expansion of the CPI last year, the actual growth rate was 5.8% in real terms. I mentioned earlier that the growth rate of GDP per capita also stood at 5.8%, thus these two indicators shared the same growth rate.

You are also concerned about trends in the consumer sector in 2020. Looking at the data in 2019, we found that final consumer expenditure contributed nearly 60% to overall economic growth. Consumption has played a fundamental role in China's economic development and is the primary driving force for China's economic growth. Looking forward to 2020, the steady growth of residents' income will drive the improvement of consumption capacity. With the continuous upgrade of the consumption structure of residents, consumption will continue to expand, and as reform in this area is further advanced, the consumption environment will only continue to improve. Coupled with the improvement in market expectations and the rise in consumer willingness to consume, it is foreseeable that the fundamental role of consumption in China's economic development will further grow. Thank you.

CNR:

We have noticed that 2020 is the decisive year for building a moderately prosperous society in all respects. May I ask Mr. Ning, judging from the results of 2019, could you tell what progress has been made in this regard? In 2020, what areas will we work harder on? Thank you.

Ning Jizhe:

Building a moderately prosperous society in all respects is our Party's first centenary goal. The past 2019 was a crucial year for the cause. After a year of efforts, new and significant progress has been made, especially with respect to the three major battles to overcome difficulties. Below I will specifically introduce the progress we have made in building a moderately prosperous society in all respects.

First, the expansion of the economic aggregate and the growth of residents' income go hand in hand. In 2019, China's GDP increased by 6.1%, which works out to be an increase of nearly 7.2 trillion yuan. This is more than $1 trillion at the average annual exchange rate. As I said just now, China's economy is growing the fastest among economies with a value of more than $1 trillion, and our increase is equivalent to the economic aggregate of a moderately developed country in a year. Looking at each quarter of the year, the four quarters have increased by 6.4%, 6.2%, 6.0%, and 6.0% year-on-year. Looking back at the past few years, we can see GDP growth has remained between 6-7% for 18 consecutive quarters. The resilience of China's economic development continues to shine. This not only indicates that new progress has been made in expanding the economic aggregate when building up a moderately prosperous society in all respects in 2019, but the economic development in 2019 also provides a strong guarantee for the decisive victory of our mission to build a moderately prosperous society in all respects in 2020. In terms of the people's livelihood, in 2019, the per capita disposable income of China's residents exceeded 30,000 yuan, which also laid the foundation for the eventual completion of building a moderately prosperous society in all respects in 2020.

Second, outstanding results have been achieved in the fight against poverty. In 2019, poverty alleviation efforts reached a new level. Funds, projects, and measures in the areas facing deep poverty have increased. Poverty alleviation by industries, employment, education, and health have progressed steadily, and 340 counties have been removed from the list of poverty-stricken counties across the country. The task of poverty alleviation through relocation as outlined in the 13th Five-Year Plan has been completed. I have just introduced that, according to the latest statistics, 11.09 million of the rural poor across the country have been extricated from poverty. For the seventh consecutive year, the number of people who have escaped poverty has exceeded 10 million. According to current poverty standards, the number of the rural poor has dropped to 5.51 million by the end of 2019.

Third, the ecological environment continues to improve. In 2019, new achievements have been made in ecological protection and pollution prevention. According to preliminary calculations, the proportion of clean energy consumption in the total energy consumption over the whole year was about 24%, an increase of about a 1.0 percentage point over the previous year. The average number of days with excellent air quality in 337 cities at or above the prefecture level stood at 82%. The average concentration of fine particles, which is the PM2.5 in cities at or above the prefecture level which fail to meet the PM2.5 standards, decreased by 2.4% compared with the previous year. The proportion of the water quality categories 1 - 3 increased by 3.9 percentage points compared with the previous year, and the proportion of the five inferior water categories decreased by 3.3 percentage points.

Fourth, fiscal risks are controllable. In 2019, positive results were achieved in preventing and resolving major risks. China's macro-leverage ratio is basically stable, while its micro-leverage ratio has steadily decreased. I just introduced the asset-liability ratio of industrial enterprises above the designated size. In the field of finance, banks and financial institutions have low non-performing loan ratios, high provision coverage ratios, and relatively stable asset quality. At the end of November, the nation's local government debt balance stood at 21.3 trillion yuan, which was within the limits approved by the National People's Congress. The overall financial system is healthy and risks can be prevented and controlled.

Fifth, people's lives have continued to improve. In 2019, the improvement to people's livelihood guarantees has been strengthened. While promoting large-scale tax and fee reductions, governments at all levels have ensured that the people's livelihood expenditures have increased reasonably, social construction has achieved remarkable results, and the people's sense of gain, security, and happiness continues to increase. In terms of learning and teaching, the gross enrollment rate of pre-primary education has further increased from the base of 81.7% in the previous year, and the consolidation rate of the nine-year compulsory education has increased from a base of 94.2% in the previous year. In terms of income from work, the per capita of urban residents salary income now accounts for more than 60% of per capita disposable income, and the sum of per capita wage income and operational income of rural residents accounts for more than 70% of per capita disposable income. In terms of medical treatment, the number of people covered by basic medical insurance is now about 1.35 billion. In terms of elderly care, there are now 967 million people covered by a basic endowment insurance. I also introduced relevant data about living quarters and housing. Shantytown renovation and public rental housing construction have been further promoted. The per capita housing construction area of urban residents is now about 40 square meters. In terms of helping the weak and poor, the urban and rural minimum living guarantee standards have continued to increase.

This year is the decisive year for the building of a moderately prosperous society in all respects, and also the final year for the 13th Five-Year Plan. While we have seen significant progress in building a moderately prosperous society in all respects, we also need to ensure that we must succeed this year and overcome the toughest of difficulties. It is necessary to build on the existing foundation, strengthen our determination to win, highlight the key points, make up for shortcomings, strengthen area of weakness, and ensure that the goal of building a moderately prosperous society in all respects is successfully completed. 

First, we must implement a proactive fiscal policy and a sound monetary policy, as well as strong employment, industry-related, and regional policies. We need to ensure that the economy operates within a reasonable range, and we must achieve a reasonable increase in volume and a steady improvement in quality. Second, we must continue to promote supply-side structural reforms, accelerate reforms in key areas such as state-owned enterprises, state-owned assets and finance, and continue to promote coordinated regional development. The third aspect is to resolutely fight the three major difficulties. We shall concentrate our forces to fight the battle to eradicate deep poverty, continually consolidate the results of poverty alleviation, fight the pollution control war, and focus on the battle to reclaim the blue sky, clear water, and clean land. It is also necessary to improve the risk management mechanism and do a good job of preventing and controlling the risks at the source. The fourth aspect is to unswervingly implement the new development concept. We will continue to implement the innovation-driven development strategy, continue to stimulate the endogenous power and innovation vitality of economic development, continue to promote high-quality economic development, and achieve a steady improvement in economic quality. Fifth, we must ensure that the people's livelihoods, especially the basic living needs of people in need and facing difficulties, are effectively guaranteed and improved. We will strengthen the social security guarantees of the needy, maintain employment stability, and boost efforts to make up for the shortcomings in aspects affecting people's livelihood such as in education, medical care, and housing.

Thank you.

Reuters:

According to the second paragraph on the first page of your report, during the course of last year, GDP growth in China slid from 6.4 percent to 6 percent. What is the government going to do to stop this slide? Also, what's your prediction for what GDP growth will be this year? And finally, a trade deal has just been reached between China and the U.S., however, according to reports, many of the tariffs will remain at least until after the US election which will take place towards the end of this year. How worried are you about the effect of the remaining tariffs on China's economy? Thank you.

Ning Jizhe:

Seasonal fluctuations in GDP are common. GDP data released by other countries in the world can show even more volatility. To measure GDP growth, you can use not only year-on-year and month-on-month, but also annualized rate of quarter-on-quarter change and month-on-month change. The statistics you have observed with growth dropping from 6.4 percent in the first quarter to 6.2 percent in the second and 6.0 percent in the third and fourth quarters are based on a year-on-year method. However, despite the slide, they have remained within an appropriate range, given that China's economy is still facing downward pressure. To lessen the pressure, the Chinese government has made notable progress by securing employment, defusing financial risks, ensuring the stability of foreign trade, overseas capital and investments and safeguarding confidence in its economic forecast. As a result, the 6.1-percent growth achieved last year has ranked top among the economies with a size above $1 trillion. That is amazing indeed. Meanwhile, we have transformed our economic growth from one that focuses on speed to that of quality, seeking quality growth within a reasonable range. 

The economic growth in 2020 as you mentioned will maintain sound momentum as its trajectory towards a promising future in the longer term remains unchanged. Despite the downward pressure we have faced, actions will be taken to give a boost to the economy. Complying with the principles of the Central Economic Work Conference, the governments at all levels will make sure that all the policies will be fully put into effect. As we run a market of 120 million people, we'll work concertedly to press ahead with economic growth that focuses on quality and efficiency. Therefore, we can predict that this year's economy can achieve stable growth.

The phase-one economic and trade agreement between China and the United States, as you have asked about, has been reached reciprocally after rounds of negotiations on a fair and equal basis. This did not only result in a more positive prediction of China's economy but also that of the United States and the rest of the world. Positive reactions can also be observed from global capital markets as well as in analyses and forecasts by major international economic organizations. As you know, the International Monetary Fund has forecast that China's economic growth will increase by 0.2 percentage points in 2020.

Regarding the tariffs, the two countries have adopted measures to exempt and rule out some custom duties since last October, creating ways for the economy and bilateral trade to run normally. We'll fully implement the economic and trade deal reached in the first phase, which is conducive to deepening Sino-US economic and trade cooperation, securing the economic and trade development of China and other counties and ultimately benefitting the stable growth of the global trade and economy. Thank you.

Ta Kung Pao and Wen Wei Po:

We have noted that based on the Central Economic Work Conference, China's economy, which is securing stable and sound momentum, is expecting better development in the long run. And its course has in no way been changed. However, we have noticed, at the same time, that the rate of economic growth in China has been trending down over the past few years. In addition, the internal and external environments remain complicated. Therefore, Mr. Ning, how would you respond to such a situation?

Ning Jizhe:

Thank you for your good question indeed.

As I mentioned, China's economy has a stable and sound momentum and the trend for its continued development in the long run has remained unchanged. That mirrors the actual current situation and also predicts its future course. It is supported by a solid foundation and several strong conditions. I'll explain them to you in the following aspects.

First, this is a result of the Party's strong leadership and the institutional advantage of the socialism with Chinese characteristics, whose great asset is the centralized and unified leadership of the CPC. The socialism with Chinese characteristics combines socialism with a market-oriented economy, which could increase enthusiasm on all fronts, focus on major tasks, continuously unleash productive forces, and effectively confront different kinds of external impact. Looking back, we have already successfully coped with the Asian financial crisis in 1998 and the international financial crisis in 2008. In recent years, we have faced adverse effects caused by the complex and changeable economic environment at home and abroad, maintained sound and sustained economic development, and accumulated a rich experience in macro-economic regulation. Currently, with a low fiscal deficit ratio, abundant foreign exchange reserves, rich and high-quality property holdings, a stable debt level, adequate policy means and regulation tools for macro-economic regulation, as well as the active efforts of micro-economic entities, the Chinese economy is able to maintain stable growth and move toward high-quality development.

Second, it's a result of a solid material foundation. China has the largest grain output in the world, and we increase food crop production based on farmland management and the application of technology to always have control over our own food supply. China's industrial system covering extensive fields is independent, complete, and features a strong capacity for collaboration. Its output of more than 200 kinds of industrial products is the largest in the world. China's service sector continues to grow, serving the needs of agriculture, industry, and people's livelihoods, and has contributed to nearly 60% of the overall economic growth. The infrastructure in China has been improved, water conservancy systems, transportation, communication, energy, municipal administration, and environmental protection have been strengthened, while new types of infrastructure like network platforms have grown rapidly.

Third, there is huge potential in the hyper-scale market and domestic demand. China has a population of 1.4 billion, with the largest middle-income group and market in the world. Given the fluctuations in external demand, China's domestic demand, especially consumption, has been serving as a ballast in its economy. In 2019, domestic demand contributed to 89% of China's economic growth, of which the final consumption expenditure constituted 57.8%. The six major “happiness industries”, namely tourism, culture, sport, elderly care, health and education, have maintained strong momentum with huge potential. The key role of investment has been steadily leveraged, and a large number of effective investments are still needed to shore up points of weakness, address inadequacies, and improve people's living standards.

Fourth, China boasts substantial human resources and professional talentdividend. As we have introduced earlier, the working-age population of China stood at 896 million in 2019, which makes it the world's largest potential workforce. China's population of 775 million employed workers is also the world's largest. The number of migrant workers has reached 291 million, and is still increasing. More than 170 million people are high-quality professionals who have received higher or vocational education. In recent years, more than 8 million students graduate from universities each year, and the number of secondary vocational school graduates has reached over 4 million. As these high-quality professionals enter the labor market, they will inevitably become the intellectual support and provide strong human resources needed to promote high-quality development, as well as to build a modernized economy.

Fifth, the synergy of innovation-driven development has been unleashed. In recent years, we have implemented the new development philosophy, pooling talents and strength to support business startups and innovations by the general public. In 2019, there were about 20,000 newly-registered companies every day. The number of unicorn companies, gazelle companies and the world's top 500 companies is increasing in China every year. The number of patents per 10,000 people reached 13.3. We also saw a constant stream of major scientific and technological advances throughout the year: The Chang'e-4 lunar probe successfully landed on the far side of the moon; the Xuelong 2 icebreaker set sail on its maiden voyage to the Antarctic; the country's first self-developed aircraft carrier was commissioned; and the commercial applications of 5G technology are increasing. China ranked 14th in the Global Innovation Index, up 3 places from the previous year. The new drivers of growth as well as new industries have continued to develop. The value-added of high-tech manufacturing and strategic emerging industries grew by 8.8% and 8.4%. Online retail sales grew by 19.3%, and the digital economy, network economy, platform economy, sharing economy as well as the smart economy are booming in China. As long as we leverage our strengths, consolidate and build on what we have achieved, there will always be hope when facing the complex and changing economic situation. We will certainly be able to turn risks into opportunities and continue to forge ahead. Thank you. 

Yicai TV:

According to the report presented to the 19th CPC National Congress, China's economy has been transitioning from a phase of rapid growth to a new stage of high-quality development. How much progress has been made in high-quality development? In addition, what important work are we going to do to promote high-quality development in 2020? Thank you.

Ni Jizhe:

Thank you for your question. High-quality is the current theme of China's economic development. Currently, China's economy has been transitioning from the phase of rapid growth to a new stage of high-quality development. All the achievements in 2019 as we introduced earlier can be summarized in two sentences: the national economy was generally stable and the quality of development steadily improved. It is fair to say that in 2019 all localities and departments adhered to and implemented the new development philosophy, and were engaged in building a modernized economy and promoting high-quality development. The quality and efficiency of development have been continuously improved.

First, the major economic indicators stayed within an appropriate range. All sectors remained committed to the general principle of pursuing progress while ensuring stability, stepping up efforts in stabilizing employment, finance, foreign trade, foreign investment, investment and expectations. Four major categories of macroeconomic indicators, namely those of GDP growth, job creation, consumer prices and international balance of payment, match each other. These statistics have been introduced earlier, and I'll bring them up again for your reference. China's economy grew 6.1% year on year in 2019. The surveyed urban unemployment rate nationwide stood at 5.2% in December. China's consumer price index (CPI) rose 2.9% year on year in 2019, and China saw a stable and better foreign trade structure with positive growth. Therefore, all major indicators were in line with the projected targets, and remained within an appropriate range. This shows that China's economy has been transitioning to a stage of high-quality development.

Second, the industrial structure in China has been upgraded. The service sector saw rapid growth. In 2019, the added value of the service industry, or the tertiary industry, increased by 6.9% over the previous year. This was 1.2 percentage points faster than that of the secondary industry, and accounted for 53.9% of the country's GDP. According to the economic census, the service industry accounted for 53.3% of the GDP in 2018, thus it increased by 0.6 percentage points. The service industry's contribution to economic growth is even higher, reaching 59.4%, which is 22.6 percentage points higher than that of the secondary industry. Therefore, the growth of the service industry has become an important stabilizer of economic growth. The industrial structure continues to optimize. Among the industries above the designated scale, the growth rates of the added value of equipment manufacturing and high-tech manufacturing are higher than that of industries above the designated scale as a whole. These two industries accounted for 32.5% and 14.4% of the overall industries above the designated scale, which reflected the transformation and upgrading of the industrial structure.

Third, the demand structure is being optimized. Consumption acted as a major driving force for economic development. In 2019, the final consumption expenditure contributes to 57.8% of the economic growth, 26.6 percentage points higher than the contribution rate of gross capital formation. The consumption structure has also been continuously upgraded, which is reflected in the rising levels of service consumption. Investment in high-tech industries and the social sector has also grown rapidly. In 2019, the investment of high-tech industries increased by 17.3% over the previous year, which was 11.9 percentage points faster than the total investment. The investment in the social sector increased by 13.2%, which was 7.8 percentage points faster than the total investment.

Fourth, the gap between urban and rural development is narrowing, and the level of urbanization exceeded 60%. By the end of 2019, permanent urban residents accounted for 60.6% of the total population, exceeding the 60% mark for the first time. This is also a landmark statistic demonstrating the progress of China's industrialization and urbanization. The growth of per capita disposable income in rural areas outpaced that in urban areas by 1.2 percentage points, and the central and western regions saw faster growth than the eastern region. In 2019, the added value of industrial enterprises above the designated scale in the central and western regions increased by 7.7% and 6.2%, faster than that in the eastern region by 2.9 and 1.4 percentage points respectively. Among the 11 provinces and cities along the Yangtze River Economic Belt, the added value of industrial enterprises above the designated scale in 10 provinces saw a faster growth rate than the national average level. It is fair to say that high-quality development has been achieved based on the ecological protection in the Yangtze River Economic Belt.

Fifth, the drive for innovation continues to be strengthened. Emerging industries, new commercial activities and new models have also developed rapidly. In 2019, the value-added of industrial strategic emerging industries rose by 8.4 percent over the previous year, 2.7 percent faster than that of industrial enterprises above the designated size. The output of emerging industrial products also increased rapidly, with urban rail vehicles rising 32.6 percent and solar batteries rising 26.8 percent. From January to November, the business revenues of strategic emerging industries, science and technology and high-tech services increased by over 12 percent. In 2019, online retail products sales increased by 19.5 percent. The total volume of express deliveries amounted to 63 billion pieces, up 24 percent year on year.

Sixth, the economy continues to benefit from the dividend of reform and opening up. The reforms - featuring streamlining governance and delegating power, integrating the delegation of power and strengthening management, and optimizing services — have gone deeper. The business environment has also improved significantly. According to the World Bank report 2019, China ranks 31st and has soared 15 places from last year. The reform of the finance and taxation system has made solid progress and a trend of multi-dimensional opening-up has been steadily growing. It is estimated that the total tax and fee cuts will surpass 2.3 trillion yuan. China hosted the second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation, the Conference on the Dialogue of Asian Civilizations, and the second China International Import Expo. It has also set up another batch of pilot free trade zones and expanded the Shanghai Pilot Free Trade Zone. Economic and trade exchanges have been active between China and the countries and regions involved in the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). In 2019, the total volume of trade in goods between China and other BRI countries increased by 10.8 percent, growing 7.4 percent faster than the overall growth of imports and exports. According to statistics from January to November, Chinese businesses' non-financial direct investment in BRI countries accounted for 12.9 percent of China's total non-financial FDI during the same period.

In 2020, we will surmount difficulties to successfully fulfill the 13th Five-year Plan and to win a decisive victory for the completion of the goal of building a moderately prosperous society in an all-round way. We will lay a solid foundation for the development of the 14th Five-year Plan and for the opening of the second Centennial goal. We must also promote reasonable growth of the economy and the steady increase of the quality of its growth, as well as the high-quality development of the economy. We must adhere to stable macro policies, flexible micro policies and basic social policies, so as to improve the effectiveness of forward-looking and targeted policies. We must accelerate the implementation of key projects, improve the basic industrial capacity and the quality and capacity of consumption. We must also drive end consumption to unleash strong domestic market potential. We will increase investment in research and development, speed up the transformation and application of scientific and technological achievements, give full play to the principal role of the technological innovation of enterprises, and promote industrial upgrading and development. At the same time, we will continue to deepen supply-side structural reform, secure progress in critical battles against potential risk, poverty, and pollution, and work to make up for weaknesses. We will continue to promote reforms to streamline administration, delegate powers, improve regulation, and upgrade services, so as to optimize the business environment, actively explore diversified markets, and expand a high-level of opening up. We will promote the optimization and adjustment of the economic structure, accelerate industrial upgrading, and keep the economy moving towards high-quality development.

The Financial Times:

I notice that China's birth rate has dropped to 10.48‰ in 2019, its lowest level in history. My question is, what effect will this have on China's economy? China's birth rate has continued to fall since the country implemented a comprehensive "two-child policy" in 2016. What measures will the Chinese government take to address the situation?

Ning Jizhe:

There were 14.65 million births in China in 2019 and the country has a high birth rate of above 10‰. You also mentioned that this figure was 0.58 million less than that of 2018. Having said all this, we should not lose sight of the relatively large number of newborns last year. If you pay attention to the number of births reported these years, you will find that the figure for 2018 was 2 million less than that of 2017, while the figure for 2017 was 0.63 million less than that of 2016. Compared to previous years, 2019 saw a slower decrease in the birth population due to the implementation of the comprehensive "two-child policy" you have just mentioned. The second child (or more) in families accounted for 59.5% of total newborn babies in the past year, a relatively high level which shows the success achieved by China's birth policy.

Of course, we still face changes in our demographic structure, especially the ageing of our population. We have published the proportion of our ageing population, that is, the percentage of people aged 60 or above and the percentage of people aged 65 or above. Here I would like to call to your attention that 2019 saw a relatively smaller increase in the number of people aged 60 or above than in most previous years. Of course, these statistics should be analyzed under their respective historical circumstances.

Demographic statistics are collected to truly and accurately reflect the changes in the size and structure of China's total population, as well as its geographical distribution, transfer and mobility. These figures are essential for analysts to study the trend of population development and providing statistical support for population policy-making. 

The State Council has planned to conduct the seventh national population census. Chinese Vice Premier Han Zheng hosted a meeting of the leading group for the seventh national population census in Beijing on Jan. 6, 2020. The census will begin at 12am on Nov. 1, 2020. The census, carried out every 10 years, will survey the total amount, structure and distribution of the population using modern scientific statistical methods, providing a scientific basis for us to formulate the 14th Five-Year Plan and move forward to the next step of reaching our three strategic goals for achieving the socialist modernization in China. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

Today's press conference concludes here. Thank you Mr. Ning, and thank you all.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Zou Zhiwu, deputy head of the General Administration of Customs (GACC)

Huang Guohua, deputy head of GACC Department of Statistics

Chairperson:

Shou Xiaoli, Press Bureau of the State Council Information Office

Date:

Jan. 14, 2020

Shou Xiaoli:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to this press conference. This is a routine conference on China's annual economic data. We are delighted to invite Mr. Zou Zhiwu, deputy head of the General Administration of Customs (GACC), to introduce China's import and export performance in 2019. He will also answer some of your questions. Also present is Mr. Huang Guohua, deputy head of GACC Department of Statistics. 

Now, I give the floor to Mr. Zou Zhiwu.

Zou Zhiwu:

Ladies and gentlemen, friends from the media, good morning. It's a great pleasure to meet you here. This is the first press conference of the year for the GACC. I'd like to take this opportunity to thank you for your care, attention and support for our work in 2019. I also want to take this opportunity to wish you a happy Spring Festival. Now, I'll first make a brief introduction of China's import and export performance in 2019, and then answer some of your questions.

In 2019, the total volume of the import and export of goods reached 31.54 trillion yuan, a year-on-year increase of 3.4%. Total export volume was 17.23 trillion yuan, a gain of 5%, while the import volume was 14.31 trillion yuan, up 1.6% from the year before, resulting in a trade surplus of 2.92 trillion a year-on-year gain of 25.4%.

Last year's foreign trade saw steady development with higher quality, showing six specific characteristics.

First, the scale of imports and exports rose quarter by quarter. Broken down into quarterly figures, the total volume was 7.03 trillion yuan, 7.68 trillion yuan, 8.26 trillion yuan and 8.59 trillion yuan respectively. The figure of December alone was 3.01 trillion yuan, a month-on-month increase of 12.7%. Specifically, the total volume of exports last month was 1.67 trillion yuan, up 9% from the month before, while imports rose 17.7% to 1.34 trillion yuan. In December, the volume of foreign trade, imports and exports all set historical highs. 

Second, the ranking of China's major trade partners changed, with ASEAN moving into second place, but the E.U. remained China's top trade partner, with the total volume of foreign trade increasing 8% to 4.86 trillion yuan. In regard to ASEAN, the total volume increased by 14.1% to 4.43 trillion yuan. The figure for the United States fell 10.7% to 3.73 trillion yuan. Japan was our fourth largest trade partner with the total volume up 0.4% to 2.17 trillion yuan. The total volume of foreign trade with countries along the Belt and Road was 9.27 trillion yuan collectively, increasing 10.8%, 7.4 percentage points higher than the total growth rate for the year.

Third, for the first time in history, private enterprises surpassed foreign-invested enterprises, and became the largest group involved in foreign trade. In 2019, the total trade of private enterprises reached 13.48 trillion yuan, a year-on-year increase of 11.4%, accounting for 42.7% of China's total, 3.1 percentage points higher than that achieved in 2018. Specifically, the volume of exports was 8.9 trillion yuan, up 13%, while imports were valued at 4.58 trillion yuan, up 8.4%. In comparison, total imports and exports handled by foreign-invested enterprises was 12.57 trillion yuan, accounting for 39.9% of the national total, while the volume of State-owned enterprises was 5.32 trillion yuan, or 16.9% of the total. 

Fourth, the trade structure further improved, with general trade accounting for a larger share. In 2019, in the general trade sector, the total trade volume was 18.61 trillion yuan, a year-on-year gain of 5.6%, and accounting for 59% of China's total foreign trade, a figure 1.2 percentage points higher than 2018. Specifically, the volume of exports was 9.95 trillion yuan, up 7.8%, while imports reached 8.66 trillion yuan, up 3.1%. In comparison, in the processing trade, the trade performance was worse, declining 5.1% to 7.95 trillion yuan, accounting for 25.2% of the total.

Fifth, the majority of exported goods were mechanical and electrical products and labor-intensive products, with the former category accounting for nearly 60% of the total. Last year, the total volume of exported mechanical and electrical products was 10.06 trillion yuan, up 4.4%, accounting for 58.4% of the total export volume. Specifically, the volume of exported electrical and electronic products was 4.63 trillion yuan, a gain of 5.4%, while that of mechanical products was 2.87 trillion yuan, up 1.4%. In regard of seven labor-intensive products, including textiles and garments, the total export volume was 3.31 trillion yuan, up 6.1% yearly.

Sixth, the import volume of iron ore, crude oil, natural gas, soybeans and other commodities increased. In 2019, 1.07 billion tons of iron ore was imported, a gain of 0.5%; that of imported crude oil was 506 million tons, up 9.5%; that of imported natural gas reached 96.56 million tons, up 6.9%; and that of imported soybeans was 88.51 million tons, a gain of 0.5%. The import of meat products increased rapidly, such as pork (2.11 million tons, up 75%), while imported beef rose 59.7% to 1.66 million tons.

These are the major characteristics of China's foreign trade in 2019.

In the past, the GACC carefully implemented the decisions and plans made by the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee and the State Council. We put enormous energy into shortening the time needed to clear customs. We continued to carry out reforms to streamline administration, delegate powers, and improve the regulatory framework and services. We further improved the business environment of various ports. In 2019, the time needed to clear customs for importers and exporters was reduced by 42.3% and 42.4% to 41.4 hours and four hours respectively. The change was remarkable.

Generally speaking, despite growing risks and challenges domestically and abroad, last year, China's foreign trade achieved steady improvement in quantity and quality. Currently, world economic development continues to slow down, while more and more factors have become uncertain. In the future, the GACC will continue to uphold Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era. We will fully implement the decisions of the 19th CPC National Congress, the second, third and fourth plenary sessions of the 19th CPC Central Committee, as well as the Central Economic Work Conference. We remain committed to the general principle of pursuing progress while ensuring stability. We will continue to focus on supply-side structural reform. We will work to ensure stability in employment, financial operations, foreign trade, foreign investment, domestic investment, and expectations. We will also continue to improve the business environment of various ports. We will work to advance higher-level reform and opening-up. We will promote a steady, quality development of foreign trade. We will better serve the economic and social development of the country, and make a contribution to building a moderately prosperous society in all respects.

Thank you.

Shou Xiaoli:

Now, the floor is open to questions. Please identify your media outlet before raising questions.

CCTV:  

According to the latest data you have just released, the total value of imports and exports in 2019 increased by 3.4% year-over-year. What's the main reason for the growth of China's foreign trade when the economic situation is not favorable? In addition, facing the complicated and severe economic environment at home and abroad, how do you see the trend of China's foreign trade in 2020? Thank you.

Zou Zhiwu:

Thank you for your questions. In 2019, the external environment for China's foreign trade development is indeed complicated and severe. Economic growth globally has continued to slow down, and risks and challenges at home and abroad have risen significantly. However, even in such a situation, China's foreign trade still maintains steady growth, and the quality of that growth is being improved. Now that the domestic figures have been released, we also need to consider international data. Based on our preliminary analysis, China is still expected to maintain its position as the world's biggest trader of goods in 2019. As we said just now, our imports and exports increased by 3.4%, denominated in RMB. If the total value is denominated in U.S. dollars, it falls slightly. However, our exports still showed a positive growth of 0.5%. According to the latest WTO data for the first 10 months of the year, China's export performance is the best among the top 10 traders in the world.

In my opinion, there are three main reasons behind this good performance:

The first is the stability of the Chinese economy. The basic development trend remains unchanged. As is shown in the data of the previous 11 months, value-added industrial output increased by 5.6% year-over-year, total retail sales of consumer goods increased by 8% year-over-year, and fixed asset investment increased by 5.2% year-over-year. 

GDP continues to rise rapidly, with a higher growth rate than other major economies. The strong leadership of the Communist Party of China, the significant advantages of the socialist system with Chinese characteristics, solid material and technological foundations established since the reform and opening up, large-scale market and the potential of domestic demand all laid a solid foundation for foreign trade growth. That, I believe, is the main reason.

Second, speaking overall, China's economy is relatively resilient and this is also reflected in the field of foreign trade. We are the world's largest manufacturing country with a complete industrial system. More than 220 kinds of industrial products rank first in the world, and the domestic industry has provided strong support for the development of foreign trade. We have a large number of foreign trade enterprises. Last year, the number of enterprises with actual import and export activities reached 499,000. In particular, private enterprises with more flexible production and management show a stronger sign of vitality in foreign trade development. We also said that one of the characteristics of foreign trade in 2019 is that for the first time, private enterprises have surpassed foreign-funded enterprises to become the largest foreign trade entity, with the proportion of exports exceeding 50%. Our trading partners are all over the world. In 2019, while the trade with our main partners such as the European Union and ASEAN grows, the imports and exports to emerging economic markets -- countries along the "Belt and Road", Africa and Latin America -- increased by 10.8%, 6.8% and 8% respectively.

Zou Zhiwu:

Third, policies created to ensure stability in foreign trade have produced continuous effect. Since 2018, China has introduced a host of policies to ensure stability in foreign trade and foreign investment, and taken strong measures to cut taxes and fees, effectively reducing the corporate burden. Specifically, we raised the export rebate rates for some products in two batches, lowered import tariffs for consumer goods and accorded zero tariff treatment to some imported medicines. These policies and measures have produced obvious effects. For example, the export value of the products enjoy higher rebate rates grew up by 7.7%, and the imports of consumer goods and medical supplies increased by 19% and 25.8% respectively.

Meanwhile, China has deepened reforms to streamline administration, delegate powers and improve regulation and services, in order to energize market entities, create a more business-friendly environment at the ports, and facilitate cross-border trade. According to a report released by the World Bank, China's ranking on "trading across borders" index under the "doing business" heading climbed nine places to 56 in 2019, after jumping 32 positions in 2018. 

Since there is no clear customs clearance efficiency between European Union (EU) countries, the customs clearance time among the 28 members is considered as "zero". So, if all the E.U. countries are counted as a single economy, China will achieve a further improvement in its ranking.

As to the foreign trade situation in 2020, I think global economic growth continues to slow, and the world economy is still in a period of deep adjustment following the 2008 financial crisis. Amid growing uncertainties, risks and challenges across the world, China continues to face a complex external environment for developing foreign trade. However, the country is continuing its efforts to deepen supply-side structural reform, and implement policies to ensure stability in employment, financial operations, foreign trade, foreign investment, domestic investment and expectations. This means continuous improvement in the business environment, ensuring the vitality of market players and the structure of foreign trade. The trend of accelerated change of growth drivers will continue for a long time. China's foreign trade is expected to maintain stable growth in 2020, with the quality of development further enhanced. Thank you.

Guangming Daily:

We noted that there was a notable rise in China's imports and exports in December, recording double-digit growth year-on-year. What are the specific drivers behind the growth? Thank you.

Zou Zhiwu:

Thank you for the question. I would like to invite Mr. Huang to answer it.

Huang Guohua:

Thank you for the question. China's foreign trade did indeed register a double-digit growth in December, with the monthly value of both imports and exports reaching a new high. The following are the main reasons.

First, the purchasing managers' index (PMI) for China's manufacturing sector rose for two consecutive months – November and December, - fueling imports of some raw materials and energy products. For example, the imports of iron sand, copper grit and refined oil increased by 17.2%, 31.9% and 10% respectively, boosting overall growth.

Second, as commodity prices rose in the international market, the average import price of some major commodities also went up. For example, the average import price of iron sand increased by 18% in December, and its import volume grew by 17.2%, thus contributing 1.5 percentage points of total import growth.

Third, China-US trade negotiations sent out encouraging signals, bolstering the confidence of companies. In December, the exports of toys, plastic products and furniture increased by 26.1%, 22.7% and 14.2% respectively. China's Central Administration of Customs conducts an online questionnaire survey of 3,000 foreign trade companies each month. Statistics of November and December showed that the number of companies optimistic about the export situation in the next two to three months increased, and the rise in December was the highest since the second half of 2018.

In addition, China's imports and exports decreased by 1.4% in Dec., 2018. Based on the weak performance, the foreign trade actually achieved a resumption of year-on-year growth in Dec., 2019.

Thank you.

Bloomberg:

I have two questions. First one, you mentioned that the changing U.S. dollar, or the foreign trade volume in U.S. dollars was less than in the yuan. Can you tell us the U.S. dollar value for 2019 trade in exports and imports?

My second question is, with the trade deal signed with the U.S., since China will agree to increase imports from the U.S., can this be done without diverting trade from other countries? Will China have to buy less from other nations to buy more from the U.S., or can China's total trade increase enough to cover the increased imports from the U.S.? Thank you.

Zou Zhiwu

Thanks for your questions. I would like to invite Mr. Huang to answer the first one, and I will answer the second.

Huang Guohua:

Thanks. Based on international rules, Chinese customs calculate the foreign trade value in the yuan. At the same time, we also calculate in U.S. dollars to compare with other countries.

As for your question, we calculate the value of exports and imports both in the yuan and U.S. dollars at the exchange rate released by the State Administration of Foreign Exchange every month, instead of the average exchange rate at the end of the year.

Zou Zhiwu:

As Mr. Huang has said, this is consistent with international practice. All countries use their currencies to measure trade statistics. Based on last year's data, there was a decline in China-U.S. trade.

However, since last November and December, imports from the U.S. resumed growth. In particular, imports in December totaled 78.83 billion yuan, an increase of 9.1%, of which agricultural products were valued at 14.1 billion yuan, a two-fold increase; 23,000 vehicles were imported, a 1.5-fold increase. On Dec. 6th, 2019, the Customs Tariff Commission of the State Council lifted the punitive tariffs on soybeans, pork and other goods purchased from the U.S. Therefore, in December, imports of American soybeans, pork, etc. all increased significantly.

The Sino-U.S. trade friction has indeed brought some pressure on China's foreign trade and foreign trade companies focusing on the American market. Although our exports to the U.S. declined, companies have explored market diversification. Exports to non-U.S. markets have increased, and overall exports continue to grow. We believe that the signing of the phase-one trade agreement will have a positive significance not only for China and the U.S., but also for the whole world, both in terms of trade and future economic development. Will it affect exports from other countries and markets to China after the phase-one trade deal? The answer is no. China has a huge market and multiple trade partners. I believe that with the joint efforts of both sides, China-U.S. economic and trade relations will achieve new progress amid mutually beneficial cooperation, which will promote the trade and economic development of countries around the world. Thank you.

CRI:

Would you like to brief us on the latest trade data between China and other countries along the Belt and Road routes. In addition, what's the highlight of your work? And how will "smart customs" serve the construction of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI)? Thank you.

Zou Zhiwu:

Thanks for your questions. Firstly, I'll answer your question on China's trade with the BRI countries.

Since the BRI was proposed, the trade scale between China and countries along the Belt and Road routes has expanded continuously. In the 2014-2019 period, the total trade volume exceeded 44 trillion yuan ($6.40 trillion), with an average annual growth of 6.1%. China has become the biggest trading partner of 25 countries along the Belt and Road routes. Last year, trade with BRI countries was 9.27 trillion yuan ($1.35 trillion), an increase of 10.8%, or 7.4 percentage points faster than the country's aggregate foreign trade growth rate. It accounted for nearly 30% of the country's total import and export value, two percentage points higher than 2018. We can see that trade with countries along the Belt and Road routes has maintained robust growth.

We have implemented and promoted cooperation among customs and related supervision departments of countries along the routes in various fields, including inspection and quarantine, so as to facilitate trade and enhance border security. Last year, 198 documents were signed on inspection and quarantine cooperation, among which 89 were related to the BRI countries. As of last year, we had signed Authorized Economic Operator (AEO) agreements with 42 countries and regions, including 18 along the Belt and Road routes, ranking first worldwide. We have expanded the "single-window system" for international trade, connected with the platforms of 25 ministerial-level departments for sharing data, and provided almost 600 enterprise service items in 16 categories such as declaration of cargo, and payment of taxes and fees. We have opened seven "green channels" for fast passage of agricultural and sideline products with Kazakhstan, Vietnam, Mongolia and other countries, promoted China-Europe freight train services along the Belt and Road routes, and carried out coordinated vector surveillance with bordering countries along the routes, aiming to build a "healthy" Silk Road.

Just now, you mentioned "smart customs", which was initiated by Ni Yuefeng, head of the General Administration of Customs, at the second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation in April, 2019. With a core of intelligence construction, "smart customs" is a new concept for customs cooperation among different countries, and also a pragmatic measure taken by Chinese customs to serve the BRI's high-quality development. After the white paper on "smart customs" was released, we will further promote international cooperation on innovation and application of new technologies, jointly build information exchanging and sharing platforms with more countries, accelerate the construction and connection of the "single window system", and gain early harvest from pilot cooperation projects of "smart customs" with countries along the routes, in order to realize intelligent supervision, governance and cooperation, facilitate trade connectivity, and inject new impetus to the BRI construction. Thank you.

Phoenix Television:

According to recent statistics, private enterprises have become the biggest actor in China's foreign trade. What are the specific characteristics of private enterprises in terms of imports and exports in 2019? What are the new measures adopted by the General Administration of Customs of the PRC (GACC) to support the trading activities of private enterprises? Thank you.

Zou Zhiwu:

Thank you for your question. As you've mentioned, private enterprises have become the biggest actor in China's foreign trade in 2019. As far as we are concerned, their characteristics lie in the following three aspects:

First, they display growing vitality. The number of private enterprises engaged in foreign trade transactions reached 406,000 in 2019, up 8.7% year-over-year. The total number of private enterprises experiencing significant increase reflected the continuous improvement of the domestic business environment, and also showed China's internal driving force and the vitality of its foreign trade. The aggregate imports and exports generated by China's private enterprises went up 11.4% year-over-year in 2019, contributing to a 4.5% increase on our overall foreign trade.

Second, private enterprises in central and western China achieved rapid growth. Due to the Belt and Road Initiative, as well as their comparative cost advantage, the imports and exports of private enterprises in central and western regions achieved the strongest growth. In 2019, the foreign trade generated by private enterprises in the central and western areas surged 28.3% and 22.4% respectively, 19.5 and 13.6 percentage points higher than that of the eastern region. The top four provinces with the highest growth rate in this regard were Tibet, Hunan, Guangxi and Anhui.

Third, private enterprises also show a growing ability to tap emerging markets. In 2019, their exports to all the major markets registered a growth trend. While maintaining the advantages to the traditional markets, private enterprises' exports to ASEAN countries, Latin America and Africa rose 25.6%, 11.4%, and 15.6% respectively, outpacing the national average growth in this regard.

Customs implement the decisions and arrangements made by the central government and strive to create a more favorable development environment for private enterprises. For example, we have introduced a lot of favorable measures, because micro and small enterprises account for a relatively high proportion of private enterprises engaged in foreign trade, but there are certain pressures facing them, such as capital turnover, taxation, and financing. To improve the situation, we have introduced a reform of tariff guarantee insurance and introduced commercial insurance mechanisms to the tax system. Private enterprises are major players and benefit most from such reform. This action clarified that, as long as the enterprises have a credit rating of BBB and above, they can claim customs guarantee insurance to guarantee their customs clearance and taxation. This reduces the financing cost of the enterprise. Moreover, it can greatly improve the efficiency of customs clearance because it provides important guarantees. For another example, the Customs implemented the central government decision of reducing taxes and fees. At present, administrative fees have been completely cancelled. A column on the portal website is set up to show publicly the fees charged according to regulations. "No notice, no fees." The Customs will make sure that the tax burden of private enterprises is effectively reduced.

In the next step, we will continue to follow the instructions of the Central Economic Work Conference and implement the work arrangements made by the CPC Central Committee and the State Council to support the development of private enterprises. We also plan to introduce more specific, targeted and favorable measures to resolve the concerns of private foreign trade companies. We will do our best to improve supervision, provide better services, and further optimize the business environment of private enterprises. Thank you.

Prasar Bharati:

I have two questions. First, can you provide us with the data of the bilateral trade of India and China. Second, what steps is China taking to reduce the trade deficit with India?

Zou Zhiwu:

Thank you for your question. Mr. Huang please answer this one.

Huang Guohua:

According to our statistics, the total trade value between China and India in 2019 was 639.52 billion yuan, an increase of 1.6% year-on-year. China's exports to India were 515.63 billion yuan, an increase of 2.1%, and imports were 123.89 billion yuan, a decrease of 0.2%. The trade surplus in China's favor was 391.74 billion yuan. The two countries are important emerging economies. Strengthening exchanges and cooperation are of great significance to both countries, and will promote global progress and prosperity.

In October last year, President Xi Jinping was invited to India to attend the second informal meeting with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, which enhanced the in-depth communications between the two countries, and promoted mutually beneficial cooperation in various fields. At present, China's export products have a relatively strong competitive advantage in the Indian market. At the same time, we also welcome more Indian high-quality products to enter the large Chinese market. We believe that deepening our economic and trade cooperation is conducive to promoting a healthier, smoother and more balanced development of China-India trade. Thank you.

China News Service:

We have noticed that China recently issued the "Guiding Opinions of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council on Promoting High-quality Trade Development." What new progress was made in this regard in 2019? Thank you.

Zou Zhiwu:

Thank you for your question. Last year, the trend of high-quality development and steady improvement in China's foreign trade was obvious. I think it is mainly reflected in the following aspects:

The first is the continuous optimization of the trade mode and structure. In 2019, the import and export of general trade, which with a longer industrial chain and higher added value, can better reflects the independent development capabilities of enterprises, increased by 5.6%, accounting for 59% of our foreign trade, and this proportion increased by 1.2 percentage points when compared with the statistics of 2018.

Second, new trade dynamics increased significantly. Last year, new forms of foreign trade, such cross-border e-commerce, continued to flourish. Imports and exports through the Customs' cross-border e-commerce management platform reached 186.21 billion yuan, an increase of 38.3%. Imports and exports through market procurement methods reached 562.95 billion yuan, an increase of 19.7%. Together, they contribute an increase of nearly 14% to overall foreign trade growth.

Third, the trade market has become more diversified. While Chinese companies continue to cultivate their traditional export markets, they also continue to develop new ones with remarkable results. Just now, we talked about the Belt and Road Initiative. In 2019, China's exports to the countries along the Belt and Road, as well as Latin American countries, saw an increased proportion of the total. This is a very obvious result of opening new markets.

Fourth, there has been a significant increase in the international competitiveness. In 2019, the price index of China's exported commodities rose by 2.8%, the price index of imported commodities rose by 1.4%, and the terms of trade index stood at 101.4, indicating that, with the same amount of goods being exported, we can exchange them for a greater number of commodities. From this perspective, our competitiveness has been further improved. According to the latest WTO data, from January to September 2019, the global market share of China's mechanical and electrical products, and labor-intensive products increased by 0.2 and 0.9 percentage points, respectively. At the same time, exports of some high value-added products maintained good growth. For example, last year, China's integrated circuit exports increased by 25.3%, semiconductor device exports by 26.3%, solar cell exports 47.5%, and metal processing machine tools nearly 15%. The effect of export brand building is also quite significant. Last year, the export of Chinese-brand products was 2.9 trillion yuan, an increase of 12%, accounting for nearly 17% of total export value. This number has also increased by 1.1 percentage points from 2018.

Fifth, imports of consumer products for people's livelihoods have grown rapidly. Last year, we successfully hosted the second China International Import Expo, benefiting from the lowering of the import value-added tax rate and the cancellation of some pharmaceutical import tariffs. We actively expanded the import of consumer goods, enriched the supply of domestic goods, and better met the people's growing needs for a better life. In 2019, China's imports of consumer goods increased by 19%, including imports of fruits, cosmetics and aquatic products that increased significantly, reaching 39.8%, 38.8% and 37.6% respectively. The import of electric manned vehicles increased 1.2 times, and the import of human vaccines increased by nearly 90%, which show that our huge consumer market has played a very important role in driving the growth of consumer goods imports. Thank you.

Market News International:

It was reported this morning that the United States has dropped its designation of China as a currency manipulator. My question is, what effect it will have on China's export in 2020? Could you please elaborate on China's export prospects this year? Thank you.

Zou Zhiwu:

In regard to this move, I can simply tell you that it is the correct choice and is of positive significance.

As for exports, with the anticipated signing of the phase one economic and trade agreement between China and the United States, I believe the good news will have a positive effect on the bilateral and even global trade. Thank you. 

Press Trust of India (PTI):

You have just said the India-China trade grew at about 1.6 percent last year. There was a logical expectation that China-India bilateral trade in 2019 would exceed $100 billion for the first time. What was the reason that the final figure turned out to be lower than the expectation? Could you please brief us some data of specific goods exported to China by India, such as the Indian medicines exported to China? 

Zou Zhiwu:

Thank you for your question. In regard to China-India bilateral trade, Mr. Huang has already given you a general introduction. As for the detailed data, especially of some specific products, we may talk about it after the press conference. Thank you. 

Shou Xiaoli:

The last two questions.

Economic Daily:

As Mr. Zou mentioned just now that there are still severe internal and external challenges in regard to China's foreign trade. My question is, from what aspects will customs agencies focus on next to stabilize the growth and promote the development of foreign trade? Thanks.

Zou Zhiwu:

Thanks for your question. In recent years customs agencies all around China have resolutely implemented the decisions and arrangements of the CPC Central Committee in regard to modernizing the national governance system and its capabilities, taken a series of reform measures, improved the business environment at ports and promoted the quality of foreign trade while ensuring continued stability. Now, please allow me to introduce to you the key emphases in our work:

First, efforts have been made to continuously deepen the reforms to streamline administration, delegate powers, improve regulation, and upgrade services. We have canceled 92 certificates out of a total 116 in regard to customs clearance, simplified administrative review and approval procedures, and realized full coverage in all pilot projects in regard to the separation of business licenses and certificates required for starting a business. At the same time, we have further simplified regulatory documents related to the import and export trade, reducing them from 86 types to the present 44 to be examined at the ports. Except for an individual document or two being highly confidential, all can be verified online. This frees enterprises from such cumbersome procedures formerly handled with paper documents. Besides this, we have cut down the checking catalogue, implemented the practice of "clearance first and casual inspection later" concerning bulk imports of resources, thus greatly reducing the time goods are detained at port. We have also deepened the spot check mechanism, meaning the object to be checked is chosen at random, the checker is appointed at random and all information that can be open to the public shall be so handled with no exception. By now, 29 administrative spot check items have already been opened to public scrutiny. 

Second, as the inspection and quarantine function and personnel are now a part of the customs arrangements, we have organized our work as required by the CPC Central Committee, in particular in accordance with the idea that there should be "chemical reactions" in reform put forward by General Secretary Xi Jinping. We have combined the items required to be certified or written into the original customs inspection arrangements and items in the original customs clearance into one, reducing customs-related matters from more than 200 in these two aspects down to the present 105. As the same time, by following the advanced examples of some countries, we have implemented five innovative practices. For instance, in the reform of "declaration in two steps" now, when a cargo arrives at port, a brief declaration can be made based on logistics information as the first step, and, after declaring nine items, the clearance procedure can be then handled, so that the complete declaration can be made within 14 days even when the enterprise has already taken the delivery of the cargo. This practice greatly reduces the time needed for a customs declaration as well as the cost of goods detained at port. 

Third, we are dedicated to China's regional development. By studying customs regulatory plans, we have given full support to the construction of Hainan free trade port. We have formulated and promulgated customs supervision, control and statistical methods and measures in Yangshan Special Comprehensive Bonded Area to support the construction of the surrounding areas related to Shanghai Pilot Free Trade Zone. We have formulated 26 customs measures and an integrated working mechanism exclusively for customs to support integrated development in the Yangtze River Delta Region. We have earnestly implemented the development plan for the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, established a cooperative mechanism between customs agencies of Chinese mainland and Hong Kong and Macau and between other regulatory authorities thereof, and promulgated special measures in this regard. 

Fourth, efforts have been made to promote the high-quality development of comprehensive bonded zones. We implemented the policies released by the State Council on boosting the high-level opening-up and high-quality development of the comprehensive bonded zones, coordinated with relevant departments in formulating more than 20 supporting measures, and promote the measures to be carried out as soon as possible. Last year, the total import and export value within the comprehensive bonded zones throughout China reaches 2.6 trillion yuan, a year-on-year increase of 13% and the growth of import and export figures in the comprehensive bonded zones are, in general, higher than the national average by 9.7%. In the frontline of comprehensive bonded zones, there are more than 2,500 enterprises with export and import records or performance ratings, 25.3% higher than that in the entire country. 

Fifth, efforts have been made to innovate the regulatory system and boost the development of new business formats. We have positively adapted ourselves to the development of new business formats, such as comprehensive foreign trade service platforms. Just now we mentioned market purchasing, which matches well with the development of cross-border e-commerce. We have recently developed and implemented a measure concerning the return of goods in cross-border e-commerce, securing a smooth channel. This measure has now been through pilot work in more than 10 customs agencies and will soon be spread to the whole country. 

The sixth is to support the development of small and medium-sized enterprises. As I have introduced work in this regard when I talked about private enterprises just now, I will say no more. 

In order to stabilize employment, finance, foreign trade, foreign investment, investment and expectations, a target set by the CPC Central Committee, we will roll out some new measures in 2020. First, we will further refine and implement the reform measures that have been introduced; second, we will put forward targeted reform plans to address the practical needs of enterprises. Generally speaking, we will follow the guidance regarding streamlining administration, delegating power, strengthening regulation and improving services, deepen the inspection and quarantine service's integration with the Customs, and ensure the Customs administration becomes more optimized, synergetic, and efficient. Thank you.

Xinhua News Agency:

My question is related to President Xi Jinping's upcoming visit to Myanmar. Can you brief us the trade between China and Myanmar in 2019 and any special arrangements this year? And you just mentioned that the private economy has become the largest part of foreign trade, and private enterprises in the central and western regions are particularly dynamic. However, this is not backed by the availability of statistics on foreign trade in the eastern, central, western, and northeastern regions in 2019. Can you give us a brief introduction on it? Thank you.

Zou Zhiwu:

Mr. Huang will give you details on the trade between China and Myanmar. As a whole, this is progressing smoothly in various aspects. As for the performance of private enterprises in eastern and western China, I will provide you specific statistics soon after this press conference concludes. 

Huang Guohua:

I'd like to talk about the bilateral trade between China and Myanmar. In 2019, the trade volume hit 128.91 billion yuan, up 28.5 percent year-on-year. Exports reached 84.9 billion yuan, up 22.1 percent and imports totaled 44.01 billion yuan, up 42.8 percent. China and Myanmar are good neighbors supporting each other. The two countries share a high-degree of mutual political trust, seek to further deepen economic cooperation and closely collaborate on global and regional issues. Over the past 70 years, the relationship between China and Myanmar has continuously developed based on mutual respect, mutual trust and mutual assistance, setting a model of a relationship between big and small countries featuring peaceful coexistence and win-win cooperation. President Xi's visit will further promote connectivity between the two countries. I believe the two sides will advance high-quality Belt and Road cooperation, boost the building of the China-Myanmar Economic Corridor with three-end support, facilitate major connectivity projects, and bring benefits to the two countries and their people. Thank you.

Shou Xiaoli:

Thanks go to the two speakers and the media representatives, and that's the end of today's press conference.

Translated and edited by Chen Xia, Wang Yiming, Zhang Liying, Cui Can, Lin Liyao, Zhu Bochen, Zhang Rui, Li Xiao, Chen Yinjun, Fan Junmei, Zhang Junmian, Li Huiru, Wang Yanfang, Zhou Jing, He Shan, Wang Qian, Wang Wei, Geoffrey Murray. In case of any dispute over a discrepancy, the Chinese version is deemed to prevail.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Huang Hong, vice chairman of the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission (CBIRC)

Zhu Shumin, CBIRC vice chairman

Xiao Yuanqi, CBIRC chief risk officer, director of general office, and spokesperson

Mr. Ma Xueping, CBIRC chief accountant

Chairperson:

Xi Yanchun, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

Jan. 13, 2020

   

Xi Yanchun: 

Ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. Welcome to this press conference. Today, present with us are: Mr. Huang Hong, vice chairman of the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission (CBIRC); Mr. Zhu Shumin, CBIRC vice chairman; Mr. Xiao Yuanqi, CBIRC chief risk officer, director of general office and spokesperson; and Mr. Ma Xueping, CBIRC chief accountant. They will introduce how China's banking and insurance sectors have performed, how they have served the real economy and controlled risks.

Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Huang Hong.

Huang Hong:

Friends from the media, good afternoon. It's a great pleasure to meet you here. I'd like to thank you for your long-term attention and support toward the work we do in the area of financial regulation. Last Friday, the CBIRC convened a meeting to discuss our work in this field. At the meeting, we reviewed last year's work, analyzed the current economic and financial situation, and made plans for our work this year. 

In 2019, the CBIRC continued to uphold Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, carefully implemented the decisions and plans made by the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee and the State Council, and further improved the leadership of the CPC and the building of the Party in the banking and insurance sectors. We continued to enhance the financial sector's service to the real economy, made resolute efforts to guard against and defuse financial risks, further carried out reform and opening-up, and promoted the quality development of the banking and insurance sectors. So far, both sectors are developing well and their ability to serve the real economy has been further enhanced. In major areas, progress has also been made in the managing and tackling of risks. Supply-side reform in the financial sector has also been deepened and the management of the financial sector has been improved. Overall, a solid foundation has been laid for the continued quality development of the industry.

In 2020, the CBIRC will rally even closer around the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core. We will strengthen our consciousness of the need to maintain political integrity, think in terms of the big picture, follow the leadership core, and keep ourselves aligned with it. We will also increase our confidence in the path, theory, system, and culture of socialism with Chinese characteristics; resolutely uphold General Secretary Xi Jinping's core position in the CPC Central Committee and the Party as a whole, and resolutely uphold the CPC Central Committee's authority and its centralized and unified leadership. We will give high priority to achieving the goal of building a moderately prosperous society in all respects and remain committed to the general principle of pursuing progress while ensuring stability. We will give our full support to the quality development of the Chinese economy, further implement the reform and opening-up policy, and stay alert to guard against and defuse financial risks.

Now, I'd like to answer some of your questions with the help of the other spokespersons. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

Thanks for Mr. Huang's brief introduction. Now, the floor is open to questions. Please identify your media outlet before raising your question.

CCTV:

This year is the last year for the three tough battles on risk management, poverty reduction and pollution control. What did the CBIRC do last year to guard against and defuse major financial risks? And what are the plans for this year? Thank you.

Huang Hong: 

Thank you for your questions. I'll answer them. In 2019, the CBIRC carefully implemented the decisions and plans made by the CPC Central Committee and the State Council. We continued to enhance financial regulation, resolutely rectified unlawful market practices, and carefully tackled major risks. We have achieved a balance between stable growth and risk control, and won the crucial war of guarding against and defusing financial risks. Generally speaking, we have accomplished the following:

First, we have placed effective controls on credit default risks and increased our efforts to identify and address non-performing loans. In 2019, the total value of non-performing loans we handled hit 2 trillion yuan. All loans that remained unpaid 90 days after their due date in commercial banks had been regarded as non-performing loans. We have also steadily reduced enterprise debt risks. We established the creditor committee mechanism, with approximately 19,200 creditor committees set up nationwide. The total amount of market-based swapping of debt has reached 1.4 trillion yuan. Overall, these measures have helped enterprises reduce their leverage and debts and increase their profits.

Second, we continued to dismantle high-risk shadow banking. We further standardized interbank, finance, off-balance sheet and trust businesses; reviewed and cut financial assets with complex structure, tending to divert from the real economy, or involving contagion risks. As a result, risks from shadow banking and cross-industry financial businesses have continued to diminish. Over the past three years, the size of shadow banking dropped by 16 trillion yuan from its historical peak.

Third, we effectively managed risks in the online lending industry. Risks in the online lending industry have declined dramatically. By the end of 2019, China had 248 online lending agencies in operation, a decrease of 76% from the beginning of the year. The number of agencies and borrowers as well as the debit balance all fell for 18 consecutive months.

Fourth, we made consistent efforts to address acute problems in the financial sector. The number of problems in the market have fallen steadily, and any increases have also been effectively contained. A number of major illegal fund-raising cases have been severely investigated and dealt with. We have also intensified our oversight and accountability mechanisms. Last year, we punished 2,849 banks and insurance agencies, held 3,496 responsible officials to account, and handed out a total of 1.45 billion yuan in fines and confiscations. 

Fifth, we gradually dealt with troubled financial institutions. The CBIRC, in collaboration with the People's Bank of China, took over control of Baoshang Bank, and steadily pressed ahead with the restructuring and risk mitigation of Hengfeng Bank and the Bank of Jinzhou.

Sixth, we resolutely curbed the financialization and any potential bubbles in the real estate market. We investigated and punished the illegal flow of banking and insurance funds into the real estate sector. Consequently, the growth rate of real estate loans has decreased by 3.3 percentage points year on year.

Huang Hong:

2020 is the final year for us to finish the building of a moderately prosperous society in all respects and complete the tasks set out in the 13th Five-Year Plan. 2020 will also be a year for the decisive victory against financial risks. The CBIRC will continue to guard against risks as planned, make efforts to win the hard battle against potential risks with determination, and adhere to the bottom line of preventing systemic risks. The following are the tasks that are high on our agenda this year.

First, we will properly deal with high-risk institutions, enhance accountability of various parties, do a good job on coordination, cooperation and policy guidance, as well as optimize the recovery and resolution mechanism of banking and insurance agencies.

Second, we will continue to dismantle shadow banking and significantly reduce high-risk businesses to prevent its resurgence.

Third, we will strengthen the supervision over the quality of assets, continuously increase penalties for non-performing assets, and improve the accuracy of asset classification.

Fourth, we will firmly implement policies to contain housing market speculation, strictly observe regulatory rules such as the management of credit risk concentration, and prevent the illegal flow of credit funds into the real estate market, as well as continue to curb its financialization and any potential bubbles that may emerge.

Fifth, based on the premise of national stability, we will severely punish or prosecute activities of financial groups that were illegally established that are in violation of laws and regulations. We will also manage their liquidation well, retrieve illicit money and losses, as well as promote their reform and restructuring.

Sixth, we will push forward the campaign against online lending and do a good job in disposing their existing assets. We will also ensure that closed financial institutions exit the market or transform themselves into other businesses, as well as enhance regulations on online insurance.

Seventh, we will continue to work together with local governments to deepen the reform of state-owned enterprises, accelerate economic restructuring, and defuse hidden debt-related risks.

Eighth, we will guard against and defuse external risks, step up stress tests for banking and insurance agencies, and improve our response plans to stabilize market expectations.

Ninth, we will further strengthen weaknesses in regulation by promoting the use of supervision technologies, speeding up the building of a regulatory big data platform, improving regulatory systems, and enhancing the ability of regulatory officials to impose stronger and more effective regulation. Thank you.

Economic Daily:

At present, China faces increasing downward pressure on economic growth and some enterprises have even faced difficulties in their operations. Against this backdrop, what concrete measures have been taken by banking and insurance agencies to support the real economy, and how can profitability and gain for enterprises be increased? Thanks.

Zhu Shumin:

Under the current circumstances where economic growth is slowing in our country, the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission has taken the initiative to motivate banks and insurers to continuously strengthen their support in the key areas and weak links in China's economic and social development. It is also urging them to help fulfill the effective financial needs of the real economy and to help ensure stability in employment, financial operations, foreign trade, foreign investment, domestic investment, and expectations. In 2019, the banking industry witnessed an increase of 17 trillion yuan in loans, which marked a year-on-year growth of 1.1 trillion yuan. The insurance industry provided about 6,470 trillion yuan in insurance for the entire nation, and claims and payouts totaling 1.29 trillion yuan. These are the main areas of our work: 

First, in the transition period when new economic growth drivers are replacing the old ones, efforts have been made to provide better financial services for high-quality economic growth, to strengthen financial support to the advanced manufacturing industry, strategic emerging industries and low-carbon circular economies, and to promote industrial transformation and upgrading. By the end of last year, loans provided to the manufacturing sector by banks increased by 780 billion yuan compared to the beginning of the year, and the green credit balance of 21 major banks exceeded 10 trillion yuan. In terms of promoting financial services for technology enterprises, over 750 technological branches of banks and specialized technological financial institutions have been set up throughout the country. The outstanding balance of bank loans to technology enterprises exceeded 4.1 trillion yuan, an increase of 24% compared to the beginning of 2019. In addition, strong financial support has been given to the coordinated development between regions and construction of major projects. By the end of 2019, the outstanding balance of bank loans to infrastructure construction reached 29.2 trillion yuan, an increase of 2.8 trillion yuan compared to the beginning of the year. We have also promoted the establishment and launch of various investment plans by insurance agencies. At present, they have supported the Yangtze River Economic Belt and Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei Coordinated Development Project with more than 600 billion yuan and 250 billion yuan in capital respectively.

Second, efforts have been made to effectively alleviate the problems of difficult and expensive financing. We have continuously standardized the fees charged by financial institutions and encouraged banks to provide separate credit lines for inclusive finance. We have also implemented preferential internal pricing for internal capital transfers, increased support for renewals, and increased the proportion of credit loans. As we all know and as has been widely reported last year, by the end of 2019, the outstanding balance of bank loans to small and micro enterprises was 11.6 trillion yuan, marking a year-on-year increase of 25%. The number of enterprises with credit balances was more than 21 million, an increase of 3.8 million compared to the beginning of the year; and the average interest rate of loans granted for first time to small and micro enterprises decreased by 0.64 percentage point compared to the 2018 average. 

Third, efforts have been made to continuously strengthen financial services for private enterprises. Adhering to the "two unwaveringly" requirements; which are to unswervingly consolidate and develop the public sector, and unswervingly encourage, support, and guide the development of the non-public sector; banks and insurance agencies are required to be non-discriminatory and equal in their treatment of the different economic sectors. By establishing a mechanism that ensures no one who has fulfilled their duties is held liable, strengthening internal performance assessments and innovating on products and services, we have driven banks to establish a long-term mechanism under which banks dare to, are willing to and able to grant loans to private enterprises. At the same time, by setting up creditor committees and implementing debt-to-equity swaps, we have helped some enterprises overcome their difficulties. At present, there are about 19,000 creditor committees nationwide and 14,000 of them concerning privately-owned enterprises. 

Fourth, efforts have been made to support the development of public programs. We have conducted home service financial innovations in ten pilot cities including Beijing, Tianjin and Shanghai to help develop community services such as elderly care, housekeeping and childcare. We have also continued to develop commercial pension insurance and commercial health insurance. From January to September of 2019, the pension annuity insurance and commercial health insurance premiums were 41.5 billion yuan and 567.7 billion yuan respectively. We have also cooperated with the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs to strengthen support to hog production and deepened the pilot program that uses insurance capital to support small agricultural enterprises. From January to November of 2019, agricultural insurance provided 3.5 trillion yuan worth of risk guarantees for 178 million insured agricultural households and paid 52.5 billion yuan in indemnities to 44 million agricultural households. 

As our next step, the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission will, based on the arrangements of the Central Economic Work Conference, focus on developing policies concerning the real economy. These policies will aim to help provide effective financial services, solve the financing problems of private enterprises and small and micro enterprises, and improve the financial services in the manufacturing and social service sectors so as to improve the quality and efficiency of financial services for the real economy. Thank you. 

Market News International:

I have two questions. We recently learned that the CBIRC mentioned at a meeting that it will cooperate with local governments to resolve hidden debt risks. How will this be implemented? Another question is that since the second half of last year, commercial banks have increased loans to help local governments refinance their debts. Is there any relevant information and data to share in this area? Thank you.

Xiao Yuanqi:

Thanks for your question. Your question is one of the topics mentioned in this work meeting. Regarding the hidden debts of local governments, the CBIRC mainly guides banks and insurers to deal with them in accordance with existing regulations and policies. On the one hand, we must "open the door" and encourage these institutions to actively participate in some projects with good performance and cash flow. We encourage the issuance of local government bonds, which can be sold in commercial banks so that local companies and individuals can purchase them at bank counters. For the special bonds issued by local governments, banks and insurance institutions are the main investors. On the other hand, we must prevent relevant risks. Especially for hidden debts that violate regulations, banks and insurers must follow their own risk management process to strictly control risks in accordance with existing regulations and policies. The data you just mentioned will be provided to you after the meeting. Thank you.

China News Service:

As financial products have now entered the lives of millions of families, all sectors of society are paying more and more attention to the protection of the rights and interests of financial consumers. We would like to know what measures the CBIRC had taken to protect the rights and interests of these consumers for the past year? In particular, what achievements have been made in protecting consumers from the infringement of their rights and interests?

Huang Hong:

This question is for Mr. Ma to answer.

Ma Xueping:

The protection of consumers is indeed one of the priorities of the regulator. In 2019, the CBIRC focused on the main consumer pain points and the challenging issues. It adopted special measures, on-site inspections, interview mechanisms and public disclosure to punish and rectify the behavior of banks and insurers that infringed on consumers' rights and interests.

First, we opened channels for complaints and placed great importance on the demands of the public. In the past year, the regulator directly received 31,300 complaint cases related to the banking and insurance industries, which marked a year-on-year increase of 69%. We have carefully dealt with every complaint and replied to consumers promptly.

Second, we conducted targeted inspections and interviews. Last year, we carried on-site inspections that were closely related to consumer rights, such as fees, the credit and consignment business, financial services, sales compliance, and the authenticity of customer information. Such supervision was carried out during the whole process of bank and insurance operations. At the same time, in accordance with the principles of early warning, early identification, and early disposal, we made inquiries with 63 institutions to discuss the hidden risks we uncovered during our inspections. We also urged financial groups to establish and improve their consumer protection systems and mechanisms, and enhance their consumer protection management levels.

Third, we increased the level of public disclosure. In response to social concerns, and to give full play to the role of public supervision, we released reports on consumer complaints every quarter, and urged institutions to strengthen control over their businesses and take responsibility for handling complaints. We even published five cases of infringement to deter bad actors in the industry. We also carried out risk warnings based on the cases, and improved public awareness on risk prevention and self-protection.

Fourth, we cracked down on infringements on the rights and interests of consumers. Last year we launched a three-month-long campaign to focus on the key areas where consumer rights had been infringed on over the years. By the end of last year, all banks and insurance institutions had completed their self-inspections. We carried out spot checks on 2,096 banking and insurance institutions, including more than 50,000 branches. We urged these institutions to revise 2,520 items, and some relevant personnel were also held accountable. 

In general, last year, through the rectification of the chaos that infringed on consumers' rights and interests, special campaigns to tackle the problem of ignoring the interests of the public , on-site inspections and supervision on how consumers' complaints were addressed, the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission urged banks and insurance institutions to check and pay consumers 4.09 billion yuan in refund and compensation. This has helped improve the people's sense of gain.

I will report on this year's work plan. This year, we will continue to strengthen the supervision of consumer protection as a continuation of our work last year. First, we will establish rules and regulations and systems to urge institutions to fulfill their main responsibilities and to improve the consumer rights protection system and mechanism. Second, we will introduce a consumer protection supervision evaluation system, which is an innovative approach to supervision, to carry out the multi-dimensional evaluation of consumer protection work by the institutions. Third, we will promote the development of a multi-resolution mechanism for financial disputes, and provide people with multiple and efficient channels for resolving complaints and disputes. Fourth, we will continue to promote the follow-up rectification of problems found in the rectification of irregularities concerning consumer protection, and urge all institutions to analyze the existing problems, find the root causes of the problems, tackle areas of weaknesses, improve the governance system, and establish a long-term effective mechanism, so as to ensure that illegal behaviors which violate consumer rights and interests are curbed.

Finally, I would like to take this opportunity to talk about the issues related to financial consumer education. As a regulatory authority, we have helped consumers acquire financial knowledge and improve their financial literacy through various financial knowledge education activities. At the same time, we also hope that the financial consumers can actively learn and acquire financial knowledge, learn to examine and evaluate their own ability to bear risks, establish a sense of risk, and cultivate their habits around rational consumption and investment. Thank you.

Hong Kong Economic Herald:

Mr. Zhu just mentioned increasing support for private, small and micro businesses in renewing loans, which is also the "last mile" in solving the financing difficulties faced by small and micro businesses. What measures have been taken to help private, small and micro businesses get first-time loans? This is also the "first mile" in helping them tackle financing difficulties.

Zhu Shumin:

The first-time loan is a bit more demanding than the renewal loan. In this area, all banks attach great importance to the first-time loan business. Some media outlets may have noticed that, under the guidance of the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission, the China Banking Association has advocated the nation's banks and financial institutions to launch a special financing campaign --"Hundreds of banks go into tens of thousands of enterprises". This was fully implemented nationwide last November. At the early stage, we had 5 provinces and municipalities carry out pilot trials and they achieved very good results. Next, the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission will guide the China Banking Association to advocate the improvement of banking services across the country. Based on the basic accounts opened by small and micro enterprises, a one-to-one docking mechanism will be established to allow banks to change their operations from that of being a "zuo shang" ("sedentary merchant") to "xing shang" ("itinerant trader") and conduct in-depth studies on the financing needs of small and micro enterprises. Voluntary docking on the basis of the full exchange of information between banks and enterprises will help realize a positive interaction between banks and enterprises. Preliminary statistics show that nearly 8 million small and micro enterprises operating normally and paying taxes have been included in the financing campaign. This data is mainly given to us by the tax bureaus. We will continue to look at enterprises' financing situation according to their tax records. If there are tax records but no bank loans, we will provide relevant information to the bank where the company has opened a basic account, and this bank will go to the enterprise to learn about its financing needs and offer services.. In fact, this is what you just mentioned -- the release of the first loan. At present, the majority of banks are taking the initiative to go to the enterprises and provide their services and carry out docking. This work is expected to be completed by the end of April this year. The campaign is carried out across the whole country, and is a very popular project that is welcomed both by the government as well as enterprises.

Yicai TV:

The new rules on asset management have been implemented for almost two years. How is the current implementation of banks' stock assets? The transition period is set at the end of this year. I want to know how we can ensure that banks can smoothly pass through this transition period before this date. Will the restrictions be relaxed if banks cannot reach what is expected of them in time? Or will you relax other criteria in the aspect of implementation?

Xiao Yuanqi:

All aspects of the transition period of the new rules on asset management are of great concern. On the whole, after the introduction of the new rules on asset management and the subsequent measures issued by the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission on relevant bank wealth management subsidiaries and bank net capital management, all the banks have progressed smoothly and in an orderly manner. The stock asset management business is also being regulated in accordance with the new asset management rules and related regulations and requirements. This year is a very important year for the transition of the new asset management regulations. We require banking institutions to conscientiously implement the new asset management regulations and related financial management rules, seriously defuse the risks of stock assets, and successfully fulfill related tasks during the transition period.

On the other hand, some banking institutions have a relatively large stock inventory of asset management products. Before the introduction of the new asset management rules, the inventory was relatively large. If you want them to fully resolve it during the transition period, certain individual institutions will still have some difficulties. But we require them to formulate rectification plans, including medium and long-term solutions. And the requirement is that, in principle, they must resolve this during the transition period. For some institutions in particular with large stocks and which face difficulties during the transition period, we will also study related arrangements to ensure that asset management products, especially bank wealth management products, can be regulated in a smooth and orderly fashion in the future. Some flexible arrangements will also be given to certain individual institutions as deemed appropriate. Thank you.

Bauhinia Magazine:

Earlier Mr. Zhu spoke about the difficulties and high costs of financing faced by enterprises. 

Could you please give some details about the achievements made by the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission in serving the real economy and alleviating the difficulties faced by enterprises in accessing affordable financing? What substantial results have been achieved and what measures have been taken?

Zhu Shumin:

We have taken many measures, and this year we will start by focusing on improving regulations. We are drawing up the measures on the supervision, administration and appraisal of commercial banks' financial services for small and micro businesses. We will develop an evaluation method and index system which centers on credit services and covers the overall business processes of financial services provided by commercial banks for small and micro businesses. The measures will be released in the near future. The regulation will incorporate many of the effective measures we have adopted in the early stages, including the renewal of loans and first-time loans that people are concerned about, as well as some work requirements for commercial banks. There will be more clarity when the measures are unveiled. I'll stop here. Thank you. 

CNR:

The Spring Festival is coming and the issue of banks attracting deposits has become a hot topic again. Small and medium-sized banks may face difficulties in winning over savers. My question is what measures are the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission taking to deal with this. I noticed that the auto insurance was talked about specifically at the recent 2020 national banking and insurance working conference. Why was the issue of the marketization of auto insurance ratio raised, but not of health insurance and commercial pension insurance? Are there any specific measures to help develop and improve the "third pillar" of China's pension insurance system? Thanks.

Huang Hong:

You asked three questions. I will give the floor to Mr. Xiao for the question about banks' attracting deposits. And I will answer the other two.

Xiao Yuanqi:

The race to attract deposits and win over savers is not as serious as in the past. Because we have regulations and require banks, especially small and medium-sized banks, to enhance their ability to manage assets and liabilities, there has been much letup in such race these years. You mentioned that there would be a "war to attract deposits," which reminds us to study our measures taken during the holiday period. On the one hand, we must ensure that there is enough capital in the market to meet the peoples' demand during the holiday. At the same time, banks, no matter big or small, should have sufficient and reasonable liquidity because of the demands during the holiday. According to the regulatory data, small and medium-sized banks' indices of liquidity are good, and indices such as liquidity coverage ratio are well above the regulatory requirements. However, we will pay more attention during this period. In the matter of attracting deposits, we have requirements and regulations. Banks should not do anything in violation of these provisions and a red line must not be crossed in an effort to win over savers. There are stiff penalties for offenders who fail to maintain the normal order of the deposit market.  

Huang Hong:

Let me answer the latter two questions. We are all familiar with motor vehicle insurance or auto insurance for short. Motor vehicle insurance has long been a main type of insurance for property insurance companies. In terms of the actual figures last year, the incomes from auto insurance premiums reached 818.9 billion RMB, accounting for 63% of the total premium of property insurance. In other words, 63% of the premiums of property insurance companies came from auto insurance. Auto insurance plays a crucial role in people's daily travel, and it is a very important issue for millions. In recent years, the CBIRC has strengthened its supervision of auto insurance. Although our supervision is relatively stricter than before, the long-standing deep-seated problems have not been fundamentally resolved. The media often reports that the problems of high prices, high fees, extensive management, disorderly competition, and distortion of data still exist. Hence, accelerating auto insurance reform is an urgent task for the CBIRC. Therefore, in 2020, we are placing the regulatory work concerning auto insurance system on the agenda. Auto insurance system has undergone some reforms over the years, but I think they have not been enough. The reforms that really touch on the fundamental interests and that target deep-seated issues, have in truth not yet begun. In 2013, we carried out a thorough reform of our health and pension insurance systems, that is, the reform of the life insurance rate formation mechanism. The auto insurance system reform should also be market-oriented, that is, it should adhere to the direction of market-oriented reform.

In general, to undertake the next steps of reform, we need to first understand the overall requirements for reform. The basic principles of the reforms should be to keep the auto insurance system market-oriented, supervised, and guided. We should adjust the total volume, optimize its structure, expand the scope of guarantees, improve the efficiency, streamline its administration and coordinate its promotion with other reforms. The second issue is to pay attention to the main content of the reform. We need to coordinate and adopt a combination of reforms in the compulsory insurance for vehicle traffic accident liability and commercial insurance, a combination of terms and exchange rate reforms, a combination of guarantee and service reforms, as well as a combination of market and regulatory reforms. The third is to ensure the pace of reform. At present, we are formulating a specific plan for the comprehensive reform of auto insurance system, and this plan is being widely consulted. The CBIRC will formally implement comprehensive auto insurance system reforms at an appropriate time this year. This is the answer to your second question.

The third question you raised is about the reform and development of the third pillar of the pension system, the individual commercial pension insurance. In the speech I made at the FORTUNE Global Forum on Saturday, I spoke about opinions and suggestions for the next step of reform of the third pillar. To sum up:

First, we must accelerate the top-level design of the third pillar reform to incorporate it into major national reforms, at the same time, taking the development of the third pillar as a key national strategy and incorporate it in the "14th Five-Year Plan" .

Second, we must strengthen policy support. In recent years, some policies have been introduced on the construction of the third pillar. For example, pilot programs for individual tax-deferred pension insurance schemes that the media has concerned about have officially been launched in Fujian, Shanghai and Suzhou.

Third, we must increase our efforts to promote the third pillar, especially individual pensions. We have not done enough in this area in the past.

Fourth, we must establish an individual pension system. On the first working day of 2020, I attended a policy briefing here, during which I gave some opinions on the development of commercial pension insurance. I would like to emphasize again today that the development of the third pillar, the establishment of various types of pensions, is both an opportunity and a major challenge for commercial insurance institutions. The liability cycle of personal pensions is very long, it has to cross multiple economic cycles and undergo a series of tests such as longevity and interest rate risks. Therefore, the capacity building of commercial insurance institutions is the main task currently facing the CBIRC, which includes investment capacity, actuarial pricing and professional team-building ability. These are four aspects of work related to the third pillar of the pension system.

21st Century Business Herald:

Among the nine key areas that the CBIRC will work on to guard against and defuse financial risks mentioned by Mr. Huang earlier, the first is to properly deal with high-risk financial institutions. How do regulatory bodies view the risks in small and medium-sized banks as well as insurance institutions? What are the measures taken in this regard? Also, Mr. Huang mentioned that strict measures will be undertaken to investigate and deal with financial groups that have been established in violation of prevailing laws and regulations. How do the authorities identify these financial groups and what are the measures that are in place to deal with them?

Huang Hong:

Thank you for your two questions. Let's give the floor to Mr. Xiao.

Xiao Yuanqi:

Thank you. Establishing risk monitoring for the banking and insurance sectors is one of the main responsibilities of the CBIRC. Mr. Huang, Mr. Zhu and Mr. Ma are all experts in this field.

Regarding your first question on how regulatory bodies view risks in high-risk financial institutions, generally speaking, risks in banks and insurance institutions are manageable on the whole. The indicators, either on these institutions' performance, or of the risk regulation, have remained within an appropriate range. According to a series of data points we released recently, the operations, performance, as well as core indicators of risk regulation toward commercial banks and insurance institutions have stayed promising. Nevertheless, there are indeed some small and medium-sized institutions facing comparatively high risks, and some of these risks are emerging due to various reasons. In regard to these problems, the CBIRC has remained vigilant and investigated the institutions concerned, managing them through a list system and defusing the risks accordingly. In many cases, this has been achieved by conventional means. For example, 2 trillion yuan of non-performing assets were disposed of last year, which, in essence, resolved the credit risks of the related institutions. Risks related to non-performing assets, either existing or newly-added ones, have all been defused through proper disposal and management. In addition, these institutions are also required to conduct strict screening management and risk control to newly-added loans. There are also many other existing conventional regulatory measures to defuse the risks. 

In addition to conventional methods, some proactive measures need to be taken toward the high-risk small and medium-sized financial institutions. For example, as Mr. Huang mentioned earlier, last year, the CBIRC, together with the People's Bank of China, took over Baoshang Bank Co., Ltd in accordance with the law. It also handled risks, carried out reforms and the reorganization of HengFeng Bank Co., Ltd and Jinzhou Bank Co., Ltd. These are all major moves in this regard. For other institutions, we also managed non-performing assets, introduced new strategic investors, and carried out mergers and reorganizations based on market principles and the rule of law. As for the risks in small and medium-sized institutions, we will also adopt comprehensive methods to resolve them this year, but different measures will be taken according to the specific circumstances of each institution.

The second problem relates to illicit financial groups. Since the start of 2017, we've adopted various measures to crackdown on illicit financial groups so as to further regulate financial markets and prevent risks, and this work is still ongoing. These illicit agencies have held shares in financial institutions through various illegal measures, such as circulating capital, making false capital contributions and becoming nominal shareholders. After joining the financial institutions, these agencies have been found to have conducted illegal actions, such as colluding for the transmission of illicit profits, and engaging in affiliated transactions, which have seriously interfered in the regular business activities of financial institutions. All such behaviors should be regulated and cracked down on. The construction of an institutionalized system will be our priority in the future, for example, we are working on measures to tighten the review of shareholders' eligibility and optimize shareholding management so that those professional financial agencies with outstanding expertise and a long-term credit record both at home and abroad can be introduced as major shareholders. We will also map out some medium- and long-term plans for the governance and development of companies. These are the measures we are going to adopt during the 2020 working conference to address the problem of illicit financial groups. Thank you. 

Et Net News Agency:

Currently, the insurance products in Hong Kong and Macao are not available on the Chinese mainland, and the channels for investors from the Chinese mainland to directly invest in overseas financial products are relatively limited. I would like to ask how the connectivity of financial and insurance products within the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macau Greater Bay Area can be improved upon? Moreover, the pilot mainland personal account opening service has been introduced in Hong Kong. Will this pilot eventually be fully launched?

Huang Hong:

You've raised two questions. One of them is about insurance, and the other is about the banking issue. I would like to answer the former. The issues regarding the development of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macau Greater Bay Area have been explained at the previous press briefing, however, I'm willing to provide some further information about it. The construction of the Greater Bay Area is a national strategy that is designed, arranged and promoted by General Secretary Xi Jinping. It is not only a new measure to break new ground in pursuing the opening up on all fronts in a new era, but also a further step in taking forward the practice of "one country, two systems." The China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission will take various measures to support the overall planning of the construction of the Greater Bay Area in the following aspects: 

First, we strengthened the leadership in our organizational work and built a multi-party response mechanism. The China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission (CBIRC) set up the working group of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. Headed by the CBIRC's leader, the group has formulated meeting and working mechanisms in this area.

Second, we established a joint mechanism to hedge against financial risks in Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao. In 2018, a joint working conference of Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao banking supervision was held to set up a supervision and contact mechanism for the area, where working-level meetings are held regularly every year.

Third, we supported cooperation among Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao insurance institutions to develop cross-border auto and medical insurance products.

Fourth, we supported the Nansha District of Guangzhou to develop featured financial services including shipping finance, technology finance, and aircraft and ship charters. 

Fifth, we expanded the financial opening-up to Hong Kong and Macao. We implemented the policy decisions and plans of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, and also participated in negotiations of several agreements on establishing closer trading ties between the mainland and Hong Kong as well as between the mainland and Macao. We also promoted the implementation of opening-up measures, including facilitating foreign investments, relaxing requirements for foreign investments to establish financial institutions and expanding the business scope of foreign financial institutions.

More recently, we are working on regulations to allow Hong Kong insurance institutions to establish after-sales service institutions in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. On the whole, we have strengthened our policy guidance in multiple aspects to promote the development of the area and to facilitate Hong Kong insurance institutions' operations in the mainland.

Xiao Yuanqi:

Mr. Huang made a comprehensive presentation on the financial cooperation and development in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. To sum up, we strongly support and actively promote all measures which benefit financial cooperation and consumer convenience in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area.  

Xi Yanchun: 

Thanks to the speakers and thanks to the journalists. Today's briefing is hereby concluded.

   

.Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Shohrat Zakir, deputy secretary of the Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC), chairman of the Xinjiang regional government

Xu Hairong, member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee, secretary of the CPC Urumqi Municipal Committee

Erkin Tuniyaz, member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee, vice chairman of the Xinjiang regional government

Parhat Rozi, deputy secretary of the CPC Kashgar Prefectural Committee, head of Kashgar prefectural government

Chairperson:

Hu Kaihong, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

Dec. 9, 2019

Hu Kaihong:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to this press conference. Today, we're delighted have with us Mr. Shohrat Zakir, deputy secretary of the Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) and chairman of the Xinjiang regional government; Mr. Xu Hairong, member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee and secretary of the CPC Urumqi Municipal Committee; Mr. Erkin Tuniyaz, member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee and vice chairman of the Xinjiang regional government; and Mr. Parhat Rozi, deputy secretary of the CPC Kashgar Prefectural Committee and head of Kashgar prefectural government. They will introduce various aspects related to the stability and development of Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region, and answer some of your questions. 

Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Shohrat Zakir.

Shohrat Zakir:

Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, friends from the media, good morning. It's a great pleasure for me to meet you here. You have given prolonged strong support to Xinjiang's development. On behalf of the regional government, I'd like to offer sincere gratitude to you all.

Xinjiang is a bright pearl in western China, a major East-West connecting point under the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). The Central Committee of CPC attaches great importance to the work in Xinjiang, and has developed a series of favorable policies to support its economic and social development. Annual transfer payments from central finance to Xinjiang reach nearly 400 billion yuan. Meanwhile, 19 provinces and municipalities provide paired aid with an annual investment of more than 15 billion yuan. Under the strong leadership of the CPC Central Committee, the officials and people of all ethnic groups are united and work together to achieve common prosperity and development, and jointly contribute to Xinjiang's social stability, economic growth, ethnic solidarity, religious harmony, livelihood improvement and the peaceful and happy life.

However, the peace and stability in Xinjiang did not come about easily. Over a past period of time, it has faced challenges posed by frequent violent terrorist activities, severely damaging people's right to subsistence and development. We have upheld socialist rule of law, giving equal importance to cracking down violent terrorist crimes in accordance with the law and addressing problems at the source. Through improving people's wellbeing, enhancing legal publicity and education, and lawfully establishing vocational education and training centers, Xinjiang has been intensifying efforts to fight against terrorism and extremism. All these important aspects have laid a solid foundation for realizing Xinjiang's social stability and long-term security. There have been no violent terrorist cases and incidents for three consecutive years in Xinjiang. The spread of extremism has been effectively contained, public security has notably improved, and people of all ethnic groups are able to live and work in peace with a much stronger sense of gain, happiness and security.

We stay committed to the strategic goal of pursuing high-quality economic development, upholding an innovative, coordinated, green, open and shared development philosophy, and seeking progress while maintaining stability. Thus, Xinjiang's economy has seen sustained and healthy growth. Since the 18th National Congress of CPC, Xinjiang's GDP has maintained an annual increase of 8.5%. Urban and rural residents' per capita disposable income is rising by 8.4% and 8.2% respectively per annum. In 2018, Xinjiang received 150 million tourists from home and abroad, up 40.1% year-on-year. In the first 10 months this year, the region has attracted more than 200 million tourists, up 42.6% from last year.

We have always taken the people's aspiration for a better life as the goal of our work, and resolutely delivered outcomes of development to improving the people's life, benefiting various localities and enhancing ethnic solidarity. Over 70% of general public budgetary expenditure is used in ensuring and improving people's livelihood, so as to deliver more achievements of development to all ethnic groups in a fairer manner. We insist that employment must come first, and have also prioritized education. We are committed to improving people's health, and have been working hard to improve the social security system. We adhere to the basic strategy of precise poverty alleviation, pooling all resources at our disposal to win the battle against poverty. Since 2014, a total of 2,385,300 people have been lifted out of poverty, and the poverty incidence rate has dropped to 6.51% this year from 22.48% in 2014.

We unswervingly implement the system of regional ethnic autonomy, observe the Law of People's Republic of China on Regional Ethnic Autonomy, protect people's rights of all ethnic groups participating as equals in administering State affairs as well as independently administering their local affairs within the autonomous administrative divisions where ethnic autonomy is exercised. In Xinjiang, chairpersons of the standing committee of the people's congress of the autonomous region, chairpersons of the autonomous regional government, and chairpersons of the regional committee of the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference are all citizens from ethnic minorities; the heads of autonomous prefectures and counties are all citizens from the ethnic groups exercising regional autonomy. Most of the prefectures' (prefectural cities) administrative chiefs are all officials of ethnic minorities; in general, either the chief Party or government post at level of counties and equivalent areas is held by an ethnic minority official. Ethnic minorities account for 62.1% of the deputies of the 13th Xinjiang People's Congress, and 46.7% of the members of the 13th CCPCC of Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region. We protect and carry forward the fine traditional cultures of all ethnic groups according to law, and safeguard the rights of various ethnic groups to use and develop their own spoken and written languages according to law. Spoken and written languages of ethnic minorities are extensively used in such areas as the judicature, administration, education, press and publishing, radio, film and television, the Internet and in daily life. We are committed to upholding ethnic unity, making efforts to promote ethnic solidarity promotion activities. People of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang are as united as pomegranate seeds holding together tightly.

We fully act on the policy that "Chinese citizens enjoy freedom of religious belief", which is stipulated in the Constitution, ensuring that religious believers and non-believers have full equality in enjoying political, economic and cultural rights. We administer our religious affairs according to law and uphold the principle of independence and self-management of our religious affairs and guide religions to adapt to a Chinese context and to the socialist society. We make great efforts to improve the conditions of religious venues and activities. We intensify the support to and cultivation of religious figures as well as continuously serve the normal needs of religious believers.

Recently, the U.S. House of Representative passed the so-called "Uygur Human Rights Policy Act of 2019". This bill seriously violated international law and basic norms governing international relations, and grossly interferes in China's internal affairs. The measures adopted in Xinjiang in regard to counter-terrorism and de-radicalization are, by principle, no different from those adopted in many other countries around the world, including the U.S. The American side should discard its ideological prejudice, and stop adopting a double standard on counter-terrorism and de-radicalization; otherwise, they are putting themselves in a position opposed to 1.4 billion Chinese people, to the international community, as well as to the justice and conscience of humanity. No force can stop Xinjiang's progress of stable and prosperous development, as well as its people of all ethnic groups from working together and forging ahead. 

That's all for my brief introduction. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

Thanks to Mr. Shohrat Zakir for his introduction. Now, the floor is open for questions. Please identify your media outlet before raising your questions. 

CCTV:

Mr. Shohrat Zakir just mentioned that Xinjiang has seen no violent terrorist attack for three consecutive years. So, my question is what kind of economic benefits have been brought about by this stable situation?

Shohrat Zakir:

Thanks for your question. I would like to invite Erkin Tuniyaz, vice chairman of the Xinjiang regional government, to answer it.

Erkin Tuniyaz: 

Thanks for your question. It is clear that any country in the world seeking development needs a stable international and domestic environment. Stability is the prerequisite and guarantee for development, and development is the foundation and support for stability. Cadres and people of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang are deeply aware that, in the past, due to the frequent violent terrorist activities and spread of religious extremist ideologies , the region was in a state of chaos and could not achieve any development, and was even on the brink of losing the progress previously achieved. Now, the social harmony and stability have created opportunities for economic development, constantly delivering benefits. In 2017, Xinjiang's regional GDP reached 1.09 trillion yuan, the first time it went over one trillion yuan, with a year-on-year increase of 7.6%. Urban and rural residents' per capita disposable income annually saw a rise of 8.1% and 8.5% respectively, to 30,775 yuan and 11,045 yuan. In 2018, its GDP reached 1.22 trillion yuan, a year-on-year increase of 6.1%. Urban and rural residents' per capita disposable income rose by 6.5% and 8.4% respectively, to 32,764 yuan and 11,975 yuan. In the first three quarters of 2019, the GDP increased by 6.1% year-on-year, while urban and rural residents' per capita disposable income rose by 5.6% and 9.5% respectively. In regard to tourism in Xinjiang, recognized as the "barometer" to measure the level of stable development, there was a sharp increase. In 2017, the number of tourist arrivals in Xinjiang exceeded 100 million for the first time to reach 107 million, and tourism revenue stood at 182.2 billion yuan, both up by over 30% year-on-year. In 2018, the region received 150 million tourists and tourism revenue reached 257.97 billion yuan, both up by over 40% year- on-year. In the first 10 months this year, the figure surpassed 200 million, producing revenue of more than 300 billion yuan, both up by over 40% year-on-year. People of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang have learned that "stability is a blessing while unrest is a scourge", and they will spare no effort in maintaining the sustained stability of the region.. No forces from home and abroad have the right and will be able to undermine the confidence and resolve of people in Xinjiang. Thanks.

Economic Daily:

Mr. Chairman, you just mentioned that over 70% of Xinjiang's general public budgetary expenditure is being used in ensuring and improving the people's livelihood. My question is what innovative measures have Xinjiang taken in terms of improving people's livelihood, such as in affordable education and medical care. Thank you.

Shohrat Zakir:

Thank you. Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region has been espousing the people-centered development philosophy, delivering the outcomes of development to improving people's lives, benefiting various localities and enhancing ethnic solidarity. We continue to allocate 70% of our general public budgetary expenditure to ensure and improve people's livelihood, making continuous efforts in nine people-benefiting projects with focus on employment, education and medical care. Thus, people of all ethnic groups have enjoyed a much stronger sense of gain, happiness and security.

On employment, we have been improving services for college graduates and urban residents, and creating job opportunities for rural surplus labor, especially for those from deeply impoverished families. We also encourage people to start businesses and create jobs, and accelerate the implementation of the employment plan for surplus labor in the four prefectures in southern Xinjiang. We have ensured that at least one person from a family with available labor gets employed.

We also prioritize education. We have increased subsidies to students from impoverished families and ensured that all school-age youngsters have access to nine years of compulsory education. In the four prefectures in southern Xinjiang, 15-year free education is provided all the way from kindergarten to senior middle school. We have endeavored to ensure that education is affordable and quality teaching resources are accessible to every child.

On medical care, an annual free medical examination is available to all urban and rural residents, who are all under the coverage of accident insurance. We are now providing medical treatment for 133,000 people with tuberculosis, of whom 56,900 have been cured. Urban employees are fully insured against serious illnesses.

On social security, we are now implementing full coverage of social insurance and have been constantly improving the basic old-age, medical, unemployment, work-related injury and maternity insurance system. The work-related injury insurance fund is now managed by the autonomous region and we're now speeding up the building of a unified social insurance public service platform to ensure cross-region real time reimbursement and one-stop reimbursement for basic medical insurance and insurance for serious illnesses.

On housing, we have built 212,700 government-subsidized housing units in rural areas and renovated 154,900 units in run-down urban areas this year, all meeting or beating the annual target.

These are some of the specific measures we have taken in ensuring and improving people's livelihood. Thank you.

China Arab TV:

What's your views to the "Uyghur Human Rights Policy Act of 2019" passed by the House of Representatives recently? Thanks.

Shohrat Zakir:

Thank you for your question. The so called "Uyghur Human Rights Policy Act of 2019" passed by the United States ignores and distorts the true picture in Xinjiang. It has neglected social stability and harmony, economic prosperity and decent living standards and the working environment for all ethnic groups residing there. It distorts, smears and slanders the human rights condition and the Chinese government's policies in Xinjiang, interfering in China's internal affairs in bold, rude and brutal ways severely contravening international law and the basic norms governing international relations. We believe this is an absolute hegemonic act that has aroused an immense reprimand and strong opposition of all ethnic groups in the Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region. 

Over the past few years, Xinjiang was subject to the hazards of terrorism, religious extremism and secessionism. It is estimated that violence and terrorist attacks that claimed a great many innocent lives and caused colossal loss of fortune occurred thousands of times between 1990 and 2016. I would like to take this opportunity to show you a short video about it.

From this video, in particular, I believe you can gain a direct impression of the serious consequences of the cruel and violent terrorist crimes in Xinjiang. We, the government of Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region, have been resolute in cracking down on all kinds of such crimes in regard to violence and terrorism while addressing their fundamental causes. We have countered terrorism and eradicated extremism in a lawful manner, to ensure, to the greatest possible extent, the fundamental rights, including the right to life, to subsistence and to development, for local people in all ethnic groups. So far, not a single case of violence or a terrorist attack has occurred in the past three years. Social stability has been maintained and local people have been able to live and work in a safe and enjoyable environment. The United States, which was impassive when the lives of people from all ethnic groups in Xinjiang were threatened by terrorism, is now agitated at the sound development and peaceful living environment in the region. It smears and attacks the autonomous region, especially in regard to this act you mentioned, to challenge the solidarity of different ethnic groups in China and sabotage Xinjiang's prosperity and stability in an obvious attempt to contain China's development.

Therefore, I would like to take this opportunity to reiterate that, in regard to Xinjiang affairs, it is the people of all ethnic groups who live there, who have the final say. Any attempts to undermine the stability in Xinjiang are doomed to fail. The purposeful rumors, insults and falsified accusations will never put a brake on the actual progress being made on human rights in Xinjiang. Neither will they impede the unity of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang where development and prosperity are achieving unstoppable growth despite such interference. Thank you.

Macao Daily:

What's the legal basis for the vocational education and training center in Xinjiang? What achievements have been made? Thank you.

Shohrat Zakir:

This question will be answered by Xu Hairong, a member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee, and secretary of the CPC Urumqi Municipal Committee.

Xu Hairong:

Xinjiang is governed in accordance with the law, and we are actively carrying out this work based on legal thinking and legal methods. The legal basis for establishing vocational education and training centers are the Counter-Terrorism Law of the PRC, the Measures of the Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region on Implementing the Counter-terrorism Law of the PRC, and the Regulations of the Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region on Deradicalization. According to these provisions, we have adopted some of school regulations to improve management of the vocational education and training centers. We have allocated teaching resources, opened courses such as standard spoken and written Chinese, legal knowledge and vocational skills, as well as deradicalization courses, and established education systems, as we continue to protect the lawful rights of the trainees. 

The training program has achieved good results as we spared no efforts in saving those who committed petty crimes or minor offenses while involved in terrorist and extremist activities, eradicating the soil and conditions that breed terrorism and religious extremism, while protecting the citizens' basic rights from the harm of terrorism and extremism.

I'd like to share with you some stories. The first one is about Dilixiati. She is a student who graduated from a vocational education and training center. She used to run an agritainment facility and earned a good income. However, after being influenced by religious groups, she believed her orchard would be defiled if heretics were allowed to eat under her apricot trees. So, she closed the agritainment facility and cut down the trees, living a hard life ever since. Her study in the vocational education and training center helped her realize the harm of religious extremism. Now, she despises the dogma that ruined her life. After her graduation, she reopened her business and rekindled hope in her life. This story tells us that, after study in vocational education and training centers, religious extremism has been cleared out from people's minds. 

The second story is about Buzuola Rozi. He is also a student who graduated from a vocational education and training center. With the help of local governments and the skills he learned from the center, he opened a Specialized Cooperative on embroidery. It has created over 30 jobs for local villagers, helping lift the fellow villagers out of poverty. This story tells us students can gain improvement in the centers and become useful talents for society.

The third story is about Zuoranmu Abuduyusufu. After his study in a vocational education and training center, he has not only got rid of all vestiges of religious extremism, but also began to take good care of his yard. He called for his neighbors to improve the village's environment together. Thus, he was awarded a model in protecting the environment. This story tells us that people in the centers pursue a modern and civilized life, and are now playing a leading role in improving the society.

Xinjiang has more stories like these. That's why all people in Xinjiang realized that, without the vocational education and training center, life in Xinjiang would not be as stable as it is today. People of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang show their support for this endeavor. Since the end of last year, more than 1,000 people of over 70 delegations from 91 countries, including foreign officials, diplomatic envoys in China, media reporters and religious figures have visited vocational education and training centers. They all said what they witnessed in Xinjiang was different from the descriptions by the U.S. and some other Western countries. Xinjiang's counter-terrorism and de-radicalization approach fully conforms with the purposes and principles of the United Nations in combating terrorism and safeguarding basic human rights. Thank you.

NBC:

Last March, Xinjiang autonomous region government chairman Shohrat Zakir said, and I quote, "Generally speaking, we will have fewer and fewer people of these training centers. If one day the society no longer needs, then these training centers will gradually disappear." My question is: Is there any estimate of how many people are still in these training centers, and when they would likely begin to disappear? Thank you.

Shohrat Zakir:

Let me answer this question. Based on the grim situation of violent terrorist activities in Xinjiang, we set up the vocational education and training centers to carry out vocational skills education and training. The number of individuals participating in vocational skills education and training is dynamic, some come in and some go out. Some overseas media outlets claimed there were "a million or even 2 million" trainees in Xinjiang vocational education and training centers. Such claims are purely fabricated and unfounded. At present, all the trainees, who have participated in the education and training centers that integrate "the learning of standard Chinese language, laws and skills as well as de-radicalization," have completed their studies. With the help of the government, they steadily obtain employment, improve their quality of life, and live a happy life.

Practice proves the establishment of the vocational education and training centers is a useful exploration for Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region to carry out the fight against terrorism and the work of de-radicalization in accordance with the law. As the next step, in order to meet the desires of grassroots cadres and the masses to improve their personal qualities, we will continue to provide daily, routine, normalized, and open education and training to village cadres, rural CPC Party members, farmers, herdsmen, and unemployed graduates from junior or senior high schools who are willing and have a demonstrable need, as we follow the principles of respecting individual will, allowing them to make an independent choice, categorizing the training on offer, and offering freedom to come and go. We will focus on educating and training them in speaking and writing standard Chinese language, knowledge about the laws, vocational skills, etc. Depending on the training contents, the training time can be either long or short. Thank you.

CGTN:

It is reported that Xinjiang is curtailing Muslim citizens' freedom of religious belief through demolishing mosques on a large scale, forbidding Muslims to fast during the holy month of Ramadan, and detaining some religious personnel who failed to win support from the government. Is such report true? Thank you.

Shohrat Zakir:

This question will be answered by Mr. Erkin Tuniyaz.

Erkin Tuniyaz:

Thank you for the question. The report you mentioned is false and groundless. Respecting and protecting freedom of religious belief is a basic policy of our country. The Constitution stipulates that citizens of the People's Republic of China enjoy freedom of religious belief, and that the country protects normal religious activities. The Regulations on Religious Affairs promulgated by the State Council and the Regulations of the Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region on Religious Affairs (promulgated by the local government of Xinjiang) reflect these constitutional principles.

In Xinjiang, we fully implement the policies on freedom of religious belief adopted by the Communist Party of China (CPC). All citizens, no matter whether they believe in a religion or not, equally enjoy political, economic, social and cultural rights. No citizen suffers discrimination or unfair treatment for believing in, or not believing in, any religion. Islam has achieved a great inheritance and sound development in Xinjiang. There are now more than 20,000 mosques, over 29,000 Islamic clerical personnel and 103 Islamic associations at all levels in the autonomous region. In addition, we have set up 10 religious colleges, including the Xinjiang Islamic Institute, which has eight branches at Kashgar, Hotan and Ili, and in the Xinjiang Islamic School. These institutes take in a certain number of students each year, providing them with a secondary vocational education or beyond. More than 1,000 students are studying in these colleges, which have the ability to house over 3,000 if necessary. Channels for believers to gain religious knowledge have been expanded. Religious classics, such as the Koran and Selections from Al-Sahih Muhammad Ibn-Ismail al-Bukhari, have been translated and published in the standard Chinese, Uygur, Kazakh, and Kyrgyz languages. We have taken various measures to ensure successful pilgrimages to Mecca for Muslims. We arrange charter flights every year for them. The Xinjiang regional government funds the medical care and interpretation for pilgrims, and offers other services to ensure safe and orderly pilgrimages. So far, more than 50,000 Muslims in Xinjiang have been to Saudi Arabia on such pilgrimages.

As for the so-called large-scale mosque demolition in Xinjiang, this statement is simply groundless. Instead, local government at all levels in Xinjiang have made continuous effort to improve the public services of various mosques, and much work has been implemented accordingly. Mosques in Xinjiang have been equipped with water, electricity, road connectivity, natural gas, communications network, radio and television broadcasting facilities and libraries; ablution facilities and flushing toilets have been installed in some mosques to facilitate Jumu'ah prayers. Other facilities installed or added to mosques include medical services, LED screens, computers, electric fans or air conditioners, fire-fighting equipment, natural gas, drinking water facilities, shoe coverings or automatic dispenser of shoe coverings, and lockers. All of these provide great convenience to worship, and have been much appreciated by religious personnel and believers.

Various facts have proven that the policies on the freedom of religious belief have been fully implemented in Xinjiang. Muslims' freedom of religious belief is protected by law, and their normal religious needs have been effectively satisfied. For some Western politicians and media who share a self-imposed bias and adopt a double standard on religious issues, we urge them to look at China's religious policies and freedom of religious belief in an unbiased manner, and stop using religion as a pretext to interfere in other countries' internal affairs. Thank you.

Yomiuri Shimbun:

Recently, it was reported that the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists (ICIJ) obtained "classified documents" concerning Xinjiang, claiming to "expose the inner workings of mass detention camps in Xinjiang". Could you clarify whether this document is authentic or not? If the document is fake, what is the basis for your judgment? Thank you.

Shohrat Zakir:

I would like to invite Mr. Xu Hairong to take this question.

Xu Hairong：

I want to emphasize again that there is no such thing as a so-called "detention camp" in Xinjiang. The so-called reports released by the New York Times, the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists and other overseas media and organizations have wantonly discredited the vocational education and training centers and smeared the Chinese government's genuine efforts in counter-terrorism and de-radicalization. China expresses strong indignation and firm opposition to such reportage. China's Xinjiang policy is transparent, righteous and consistent. The Party and government adhere to the people-centered development approach and continuously improve the sense of fulfillment, happiness and security of people of all ethnic groups. Any attack, slander or smear on Xinjiang is futile. The efforts made by officials and people of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang to realize social stability and long-term security and order deserve fair comments by the international community. Thank you.

Xinhua:

Xinjiang, especially southern Xinjiang, is a neighborhood of ethnic minorities, and also a State-level destitute area featuring a tough task in poverty alleviation. At present, how many poverty-stricken counties and population are there in Xinjiang? And what kinds of difficulties and challenges do you face during the poverty alleviation work? Thank you.

Shohrat Zakir:

Mr. Parhat Rozi will answer your question.

Parhat Rozi:

Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region always adheres to the basic strategy of targeted poverty alleviation, and we are making all-out efforts to win the battle. This year, we have earnestly implemented a series of strategies to alleviate poverty, including "two no worries, three guarantees", "seven batches" and "three intensified efforts. The "two no worries" refer to achieving the goal of poverty alleviation so that those who have been living in poverty no longer have to worry about food and clothing. And the "three guarantees" refer to achieving the goal of guaranteeing compulsory education, basic medical treatment and housing security. The "seven batches" refer to supporting the poor households through labor reallocation, industrial development, relocation, eco-compensation, service purchase, social security, and training poor people into border guards. And the "three intensified efforts" refer to getting people out of poverty through promoting education, improving health care service, and building more infrastructures. By doing so, we have made great progress. From 2014 to 2018, a total of 588,700 households involving 2.3147 million people have been lifted out of poverty, so that we have been able to remove 2,131 villages and 13 counties from the poverty list. The poverty incidence rate has dropped to 6.51% from 22.48% in early 2014. 

We will maintain our focus on impoverished people with targeted and differentiated measures, and pool all resources at our disposal to win the battle against poverty. In 2020, all rural residents are expected to have been lifted out of poverty; by then, people of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang will become members of a moderately prosperous society in all respects, along with all other parts of China. Thank you.

Associated Press of Pakistan:

In recent years, the global security situation has become increasingly complex, and pressure for fight against terrorism has increased. Could you please brief us about the current security and stability situation in Xinjiang? 

Shohrat Zakir:

Thank you for your question. So far, Xinjiang has seen no violent terrorist attacks for three consecutive years, with infiltration of extremism being effectively contained, social public security notably improved, and people of all ethnic groups living and working in peace. People of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang understand that the peace and stability evident today did not come easy, and we all hope that this kind of harmonious situation will continue. Thank you.

The Global Times:

Will the Xinjiang regional government allow international human rights organizations, diplomatic envoys of Western countries in China, and foreign journalists to go to the region for interviews and news coverage? Thank you.

Shohrat Zakir:

Mr. Xu Hairong please answer this question.

Xu Hairong:

Xinjiang is a good place. People of all ethnic groups there are hospitable. We open our arms to welcome guests from all over the world. Confucius, the ancient Chinese sage, once said "it is such a pleasure to have friends coming from afar." As I said earlier, since the end of 2018, we have invited more than 1,000 people of more than 70 groups from 91 countries to visit Xinjiang. They have generally stated that what they saw and heard in Xinjiang was completely different from the picture being painted by some American and Western politicians and media outlets. We know that the Chinese diplomatic service has issued invitations to senior U.N. human rights officials many times, and currently maintains close communications with the world body. However, the American government and some other governments of the West continue to demand that China to allow U.N. officials to visit Xinjiang; on the other hand, they have pressured and interfered with the U.N. officials who have visited Xinjiang, including very senior people. I think this approach suggests a hidden political agenda.

Xinjiang is an open region. We welcome anyone from all parties and all countries to visit the region on the premise of respecting China's sovereignty, abiding by Chinese laws, and treating each other as equals. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

Now, it's time for the last question.

Hong Kong-based Economic Herald:

What progress has Xinjiang made in accelerating the building of the core area of Silk Road Economic Belt? Thank you.

Shohrat Zakir:

I'm glad to answer your question. Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region is committed to implementing the Belt and Road Initiative, focusing on "one port, two zones, five centers, and a customs-based economic belt." The "port" refers to Urumqi International Land Port Area, to be developed into a landmark project in the core area of Silk Road Economic Belt, playing an important role in gathering commodities, building industrial parks and attracting businesses. Currently, the China-Europe Train Urumqi Center is operating smoothly. The number of west-bound international freight trains departing from Xinjiang has now exceeded 3,000. The "two zones" refers to the Horgos and Kashgar economic development zones, located in the northern and southern parts of Xinjiang respectively. Enjoying preferential policies from the central authorities, the two zones are committed to attracting businesses, and making themselves important pillars and demonstration zones for innovative development in the two areas. The "five centers" refers to the five Urumqi-based centers covering land routes west of Xinjiang. Specifically, they are: a transportation center, a trade and logistics center, a cultural and sci-tech education center, a regional financial center, and a medical service center covering Central Asia. Meanwhile, we have promoted the effective implementation of a batch of major infrastructure as well as economic and social cooperation projects. At present, there are 21 civil aviation airports in Xinjiang, and more are under construction. The railway network now exceeds 6,000 km in length. Expressways among 14 prefectures and cities in Xinjiang form a network. The Lanzhou-Xinjiang high-speed railway has been operating for years. From January to October this year, our total foreign trade imports and exports increased by 28% year-on-year, and it is expected to maintain 20% annual growth or more. We have set up a pilot zone for innovation-driven development of the Silk Road Economic Belt, attracting more than 130 industry-university-research institutions. Last year, the added value of strategic emerging industries in the region increased by 13% year-on-year, and the added value of high-tech manufacturing industry increased by 33%. Xinjiang has carried out cross-border RMB business with 98 countries and regions. Habib Bank Limited of Pakistan has also set up an institution in Xinjiang, and the China-Kazakhstan Horgos International Border Cooperation Center has realized the cross-border transfer of Kazakh tenge cash. In addition, 12 hospitals in Xinjiang have joined the Shanghai Cooperation Organization Hospital Alliance and established remote medical service platforms with neighboring countries. In the past four years, we have admitted more than 20,000 foreign patients. The port economic belt, incorporating 19 national-level open ports, vigorously contributes to the development of an export-oriented economy such as the import and export commodity processing industry, border (cross-border) tourism, commodity exchange of people living along the border, and e-commerce. The "passage economy" is being transforming into an "industrial economy" and a "ports economy," and the geographical and resource advantages of Xinjiang are being translated into economic advantages. This is what we have already done in the implementation of the Belt and Road Initiative, especially those taking advantage of geographical advantages as a core region of Silk Road Economic Belt. In the future, we will continue to increase the construction of core areas on the Silk Road Economic Belt westward. Thank you!

Hu Kaihong:

Today's briefing is hereby concluded. Thanks to the four speakers and thanks to the journalists.

Translated and edited by Chen Xia, Zhu Bochen, Wu Jin, Zhang Liying, Lin Liyao, Cui Can, Guo Yiming, Wang Yiming, Zhang Rui, Wang Qian, Fan Junmei, Yang Xi, He Shan, Li Xiao, Zhou Jing, Geoffrey Murray. In case of any dispute over a discrepancy, the Chinese version is deemed to prevail.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Fu Zhenghua, minister of justice and head of the National Office for Law Popularization

Deng Chuanhuai, director-general of the Department of Policies and Regulations, Ministry of Education

Zong Jinyao, director-general of the Department of Regulations, Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs

Chairperson:

Hu Kaihong, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

Dec. 3, 2019

Hu Kaihong:

Ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. Welcome to this press conference. As Dec. 4 is National Constitution Day, we are delighted to invite Mr. Fu Zhenghua, minister of justice and head of the National Office for Law Popularization, to introduce issues related to the National Constitution Publicity Week, and introduce the work of law popularization and law-based governance. He will also answer some of your questions.

We also have with us today: Mr. Deng Chuanhuai, director-general of the Department of Policies and Regulations, Ministry of Education; and Mr. Zong Jinyao, director-general of the Department of Regulations, Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs.

Now, Mr. Fu will offer you a brief introduction.

Fu Zhenghua:

Ladies and gentlemen, media friends, good afternoon. Dec. 4, is the sixth National Constitution Day. From Dec. 1 to 7, the Publicity Department of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee, the Ministry of Justice and the National Office for Law Popularization are jointly organizing the National Constitution Publicity Week to popularize knowledge related to the Constitution. On Dec. 1, the Publicity Department of CPC Central Committee and the Ministry of Justice jointly launched the major activities planned for the week in the two host cities of Beijing and Shanghai, marking the start of the publicity week.

Generally speaking, this year's publicity week has three distinct features.

First, it clearly puts the emphasis on the principles of the fourth plenary session of the 19th CPC Central Committee. The theme is clear: "Upholding the principles of the Constitution, modernizing the national governance system and capacity." The focus is on Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, General Secretary Xi Jinping's new philosophy, new thoughts and new strategies on advancing law-based governance，the principles of the 19th CPC National Congress, and the principles of the fourth plenary session of the 19th CPC Central Committee. Priority is being given to the popularization of knowledge related to the position, role and main content of the Constitution, the achievements of law-based governance in China, and the core values of socialism.

Second, the responsibility system of "whoever enforces the law shall popularize the law" has been thoroughly implemented alongside requiring the media to take up its social responsibility of popularizing the law. This year's publicity week consists of host-city activities and theme-day activities, with activities held in host cities focusing on different themes. From Dec. 1 to 7, different government departments under the central authorities will organize seven theme-day activities in enterprises, villages, government departments, schools, communities, armies and cyberspace. This is the first time we have organized the event in such a way. It's also a special feature of this year's publicity week. On the morning of Dec. 4, the General Office of the National People's Congress (NPC) Standing Committee, the Publicity Department of the CPC Central Committee and the Ministry of Justice will jointly organize a symposium on National Constitution Day. By requiring law-enforcing departments to popularize the law and enhancing media's role in the popularization of law-related knowledge, local governments and government departments under the central authorities have planned various closely-connected events.

Third, we seek to ensure more people participate in the activities in a more devoted way, and make the activities more colorful. Besides major activities in the host cities and theme-day events, there will be other activities to vividly explain the principles of the Constitution to the public, and ensure they keep these principles in their everyday life.

Now, please allow me to briefly introduce some of the activities.

First, the Ministry of Justice and the National Office for Law Popularization, together with China Media Group, selected this year's Rule of Law Figures. The selection was conducted under the theme of "the Spirit of the Constitution, the Strength of the Rule of Law". A program regarding the awards ceremony will be broadcast on China Central Television tomorrow evening.

Second, open days encouraging the public to visit institutes and all departments of the Ministry of Justice have been held. For example, earlier this morning we held one about institutes, and those for other departments will soon be staged.

Third, the Ministry of Justice and the National Office for Law Popularization will hold a publicity event in Changshu, Jiangsu province with the theme of "Rule of Law Makes a Better Life".

Fourth, the Publicity Department of the CPC, the Cyberspace Administration of China, the Ministry of Justice and the National Office for Law Popularization will co-organize the 16th exhibition and awards ceremony for animation and micro video works related to the exercise of rule of law.

Fifth, through the joint initiative of the National Office for Law Popularization and China State Railway Group, Constitution publicity films as well as micro video collection entitled "The Constitution and Me" were broadcast in more than 2,300 stations and on more than 2,500 high-speed trains.

Sixth, the Ministry of Justice and the National Office for Law Popularization organized the selection of 10 innovation cases of law popularization and legal governance, and designated the second batch of national legal publicity and education bases.

Seventh, on National Constitution Day on Dec. 4., telecommunications operators, including China Mobile, China Unicom and China Telecom, will send short messages related to Constitution publicity to more than a billion mobile phone users nationwide.

Not long ago, the Ministry of Justice reported to the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress (NPC) and its related bodies on promoting public legal education and other efforts to raise awareness of the Constitution. The Ministry of Justice is also exploring ways to put in place a checklist of laws that leaders and cadres should learn, as well as formulating lists and categories of both basic laws including the Constitution and other laws considered necessary in their respective sectors. These have been regarded as the fundamental task of promoting law knowledge among leaders and cadres; the basic grounds to evaluate their knowledge of law-based governance; and the primary content of their annual law-related reporting, so as to promote their role in leading study of the Constitution and other laws.

To raise public awareness of the Constitution is a long-term task, and also the major duty of the Ministry of Justice. Following the guidance of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, we will thoroughly put into practice the guiding principles from the Party's 19th National Congress and the second, third and fourth plenary sessions of the 19th Party Central Committee, promoting study and knowledge of the Constitution on a regular and institutionalized basis, so that every week can become a "Constitution Publicity Week" and every day a "Constitution Publicity Day".

That's all for my brief introduction. Next, myself and my two colleagues Mr. Deng Chuanhuai and Mr. Zong Jinyao are ready to answer your questions. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

Thank you, Mr. Fu. Now, the floor is open to questions. Please identify your media outlet before raising your questions.

People's Daily:

In 2017, the Opinions on the Implementation of the Responsibility System for Law Popularization of 'Those Who Enforce the Law Should be Responsible for Popularizing the Law' among State Organs was issued by the General Office of the CPC Central Committee and the General Office of the State Council, and the responsibility system was specially emphasized in the seventh five-year plan on enhancing public legal awareness. What efforts have been made by the Ministry of Justice and the National Office for Law Popularization to implement the responsibility system and stimulate various departments' participation in enhancing the public's knowledge of the law? Thank you.

Fu Zhenghua:

Thanks for your question. Serving as the director of the National Office for Law Popularization, I think the question you've raised relates to my job.

I think the advancement of the responsibility system - an innovation in the concept of public legal education, practice and institution in the new era - is an important achievement, as well as a major landmark measure in the seventh five-year plan on enhancing public legal awareness. In recent years, we have made great efforts to implement the responsibility system from the following aspects:

First, strengthening coordination for the implementation of the responsibility system. With the approval from the State Council, the Ministry of Justice has taken the lead in establishing an inter-ministerial joint conference mechanism on implementing the responsibility program of strengthening public legal awareness, a crucial step in promoting the responsibility system.

Second, compiling a list covering all aspects of legal education responsibilities. The National Office for Law Popularization has compiled and released two batches of law popularization responsibility lists for state law enforcement departments, covering 50 departments and sectors and clarifying their duties and tasks in carrying out public legal education.

Third, highlighting the role of interpreting the law with cases. The Ministry of Justice, the National Office for Law Popularization and the Supreme People's Court have jointly issued the opinions on regularizing and institutionalizing the working mechanism inviting state functionaries to observe court trials. Cadres of the central Party and state institutions have been invited to observe court trials, and we've also promoted this working mechanism across the country.

Fourth, strengthening the exchange and promotion of experiences. We have organized nationwide activities to identify innovative practices in law popularization. We have guided all departments in different areas to enhance law popularization in implementation of the system of disclosing information on administrative law enforcement, the system for recording entire law enforcement process and the system for reviewing the legality of major administrative law enforcement decisions. A series of legal publicity activities have been held across the country, such as the legal publicity day, the legal publicity week and the legal publicity month. Moreover, we've also promoted the practice of evaluating the performance reports of the law enforcement departments in legal publicity and education.

Fu Zhenghua:

Next, we will continue to organize, coordinate, offer guidance to, supervise and urge the implementation of the responsibility program in which state law enforcement departments are responsible for strengthening public legal awareness in various regions and across different departments .

First, we will integrate the responsibility program, as a basic component and important task, into the building of a government based on the rule of law in which we have been unsparing in our efforts to promote it. At present, the Commission for Overall Law-Based Governance of the CPC Central Committee is carrying out the building of a government based on the rule of law. We are increasing the weight of the work of law popularization in the metrics involved in assessing the success of legal governance. When it comes to implementing the responsibility program and conducting supervisory tasks, we consider law popularization as a necessity in terms of inspection. We tie the strengthening of law popularization closely with promoting the rule of law in government. We see it as one of the due responsibility elements of legal governance.

Second, we will make more effort to popularize the law when undertaking our legislative work. We will implant the law popularization and law-related education into the legislative works. We will explain legal issues, respond to the concerns of the general public, and promote the spirit of rule of law, by the means of holding press conferences, offering experts' opinions, soliciting public opinions, holding hearing sessions, and organizing media campaigns.

Third, we will increase efforts to popularize the law through disclosing the handling of various cases. We will push for all judicial and law enforcement departments to choose typical cases (for disclosure), and do a better job in offering legal explanations for cases and incidents of great concern to the general public. We will turn the handling of high-profile cases and incidents into a process of nationwide law popularization.

Fourth, we will firmly implement the responsibility program of law popularization, focusing on the responsibility list. We will enhance the appraisal of the implementation of the responsibility program in which state law enforcement departments are responsible for strengthening public legal awareness. Through case files review and examination, selecting and publishing typical cases and innovative programs, and deliberation of performance reports, we aim to further improve the implementation of the program.

CCTV：

Tomorrow will mark the sixth national Constitution Day. I have learned that the Justice Ministry and the legal knowledge popularization office are organizing a weeklong nationwide Constitution publicity campaign. What the Justice Ministry and the legal knowledge popularization office have done in recent years in publicizing the Constitution? In particular, how do you plan to instill the spirit of the Constitution? Thank you.

Fu Zhenghua:

Actually, my previous speeches have somewhat answered your questions. However, I will provide a further explanation, which is also the objective and the mission of our work.

Publicizing the Constitution has always been the top priority in nationwide law popularization work, and has been highly valued by the Justice Ministry and the legal knowledge popularization office. Since last year, a series of publicity activities have been organized with the aim of educating the public in "respecting the Constitution, learning the detailed provisions of the Constitution, abiding by the Constitution, safeguarding the Constitution, and using the Constitution". In this field, we focus on five areas:

First, we should define our priorities. Focusing on the constitutional amendment approved in 2018, we have made great efforts to publicize the great significance of enshrining Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era into the Constitution and adhering to and strengthening the overall leadership of the Communist Party of China. We have promoted the Constitution in enterprises, in rural areas, in Party and government organs, at campuses, in residential communities, at military camps, and in the cyberspace. We collaborated with relevant departments to organize activities to promote the Constitution at public transportation hubs, hotels, and in every household, and across the border areas. Last year, we launched our Constitution publicity week campaign in Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, emphasizing the importance of border areas in the publicizing of the Constitution. We broadcast videos to promote the Constitution at 2,300 stations and on 2,500 high-speed trains, injecting vitality into the publicity of the Constitution and implementing the publicity works at grassroot levels.

Second, our priority is to the leading officials and young people, the former being the "critical minority" and the latter "the future of our nation". To this aim, we held three lectures on the study and publicity of the Constitution at the Great Hall of the People in Beijing. These lectures have been recorded on CD-ROM disks and promoted throughout the network to support the learning of the Constitution by the central groups of the Party committees (leading Party members' groups) in all departments and regions. Also, we have given full support to the team of lecturers popularizing the Constitution and its laws. The team carried out lectures on the Constitution for cadres, organized them to attend and sit in trials; and motivated them to take the lead in respecting, learning and abiding by laws and solving problems with legal knowledge. We have worked with the Ministry of Education in incorporating the learning of the Constitution into a guideline for legal education in schools . As a part of this program, the activity of "learning the Constitution and respecting the Constitution" is required to be carried out among students throughout the country every year and Constitution morning reading will be added to the curriculum of around 400,000 primary and secondary schools all over China, so as to enhance the constitutional awareness among young people.

The third is to develop the constitutional culture. We have named in two batches twenty-five legal publicity and education bases in China to present the constitutional culture to the public. By now, constitutional elements have been subtly integrated into more than 3500 parks, 12,000 squares and 34,000 cultural corridors all over China. We have organized the selection of national examples on the rule of law and recorded a program named "Principles of the Constitution and Power of the Rule of Law" in cooperation with China Media Group which will be released soon. Through these activities, the authority of the Constitution has been firmly established throughout the society and a constitutional culture has thus been developed.

The fourth is to innovate our ways of spreading awareness about the Constitution. We have conducted a micro video collection activity, which has received a warm reception from the public, far beyond our expectations. These excellent micro videos will soon be sent and broadcast on the Internet. In addition, we will send public service text messages to 1.26 billion mobile phone users across the country to promote knowledge of the law. We will work with the State Council Leading Group Office of Poverty Alleviation and Development to compile a series of books that will help popularize the Constitution and alleviate poverty. In the future, we will launch intelligent law popularization platforms and carry out the Constitution publicity activities through new media and technologies.

Fifth, we have launched Constitution publicity week campaign on the basis of national Constitution Day that falls on December 4. As you all probably know, the campaign started last year and we achieved very good results. We will adopt similar methods to enhance the social effects of constitutional publicity during a weeklong campaign this year.

Next, we will continue to study and realize the principles of the fourth plenary session of the 19th CPC Central Committee, comprehensively institutionalize and regularize Constitution publicity activities and modernize the state governance system. We should encourage constitutional learning, publicity and education under Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era. We must express the need to maintain political integrity, think in big-picture terms, follow the leadership, and keep in alignment and confidence in the path, theory, system, and culture of socialism with Chinese characteristics. We must resolutely uphold General Secretary Xi Jinping's core position on the Party Central Committee and in the Party as a whole, and resolutely uphold the Party Central Committee's authority and its centralized, unified leadership.

The second is to give emphasis to cadres, the key minority, who have always been key to the popularization and learning of laws and solving problems with legal knowledge. Cadres should be leaders in the construction of the rule of law, promoting the central groups of Party organizations (or committees) in various departments and regions to put the Constitution on their theoretical learning plans. A system of law learning list clarifying what the cadres should know, and should be capable of, should be set up, as a means of promoting them to be leaders in respecting, learning and abiding by laws and solving problems with legal knowledge.

The third is to implement the responsibility system of "whoever enforces the law shall popularize the law", to give full play to the role of the inter-ministerial joint meeting, to develop and implement the responsibility list of state organs, and to promote state organs at all levels to carry out Constitution publicity and education. This includes the legislative, judicial, law enforcement and legal services.

Fourth, keep close to the people, and adopt a way of publicizing the Constitution that is both comprehensive and easily understandable. We must popularize the Constitution in an accurate, thorough and vivid manner. We also hope that all our journalist friends will make a contribution to help publicize the Constitution. Thank you.

China News Service:

We are concerned about the legal education among young Chinese as you just mentioned. Young people, who are supposed to steer the future course of the nation, will play a decisive role in advancing the rule of law based on their knowledge and comprehension on the Constitution. Therefore, I have a question for the Ministry of Education about what actions you are taking to promote awareness of the Constitution among young people in schools and on the campuses. Thank you.

Deng Chuanhuai:

Thank you for your question. Now, I would like to give a brief introduction. As you say, young people, who will decide the future destiny of the nation, have been targeted as an important group to gain full understanding of the Constitution and knowledge of the rule of law. From primary schools to institutes of higher education, Chinese students form a huge population of 270 million. Therefore, it is responsible and highly significant to arm them with knowledge of the essence of the Constitution as well as the principles of the rule of law. General Secretary Xi has often stated that education in regard to the Constitution should start from young children, who should grow up under its influence and ingrained principles. Over the past few years, led by the national legal knowledge popularization office and the Ministry of the Justice, the Ministry of Education has intensified its efforts to promote educational campaigns focusing on the Constitution among young people, bringing relevant knowledge into the classroom, so students in every school in the country can have opportunities to learn it by heart. We are seeking to achieve this through four general principles:

First, we emphasize the classroom as the major platform for teaching students knowledge of the Constitution. We have established a top-level design with the Ministry of Justice to jointly issue the Synopsis of Legal Education among Adolescents. Constitution-centered legal education is expected to be taught in classes on a regular basis. Besides, we have replaced the traditional ethical textbooks used for compulsory education with a new book entitled " Ethics and Laws". There are legal textbooks compiled especially for the first semester of grade six and second semester of the grade eight, accentuating the contents of the Constitution. Moreover, we have added knowledge of the Constitution to the politics curriculum among institutes of higher education, opening a class entitled "Ethical Education and Legal Basis", in particular, to be a common course for college students to learn about the Constitution in designated chapters.

Second, we have created pedagogic approaches to upgrade the effect of education on the Constitution. Every year, we organize a series of campaigns to encourage students across the country to learn and be able to speak on the Constitution through contests in forms of speeches or knowledge as well as video programs to enhance legal education on campuses. Meanwhile, the Ministry of Education has contributed a program involving 3.7 billion collective visits of young individuals to the youth legal knowledge popularization website. Among the 100 million registered users, about 40.5 million have been honored with the title of "Little Defender of the Constitution" after gaining certain scores through the online tests. This award is designed to give those children a sense of pride. Meanwhile, we have opened classes on the webpage with 500 kinds of relevant knowledge through 121 episodes of video lessons designed for students across the country.

Third, we should boost awareness of respecting the Constitution through specific rites. Under the arrangement of the National Office for Law Popularization, we have carried out a morning reading activity on Constitution Day every year since 2014. This activity has now become a famous means of publicizing the Constitution within national education system, and won recognition from the law popularization office. This year of 2019 marks the sixth year the morning reading activity of the Constitution has been thus carried out. Tomorrow morning, a vice minister of education will lead the reading through the medium of the internet, and over 20 million students from elementary and high schools all over the country will read aloud some articles of the Constitution simultaneously. Apart from the morning reading activity, we have also instructed local schools to create a culture of honoring the Constitution by means of the national flag-raising ceremony, legal publicity-themed class-wide meeting and club activities.

Fourth, we should provide a guarantee and lay the foundations for the publicity of the Constitution. We have organized and launched a program of training outstanding teachers for legal education in elementary and high schools, cultivated "seed teachers," entered the special training programs of leading teachers for legal education into the list of demonstrated projects under the National Cultivation Plan. We have also built several platforms, including the Research Center of Education of the Constitution for Juveniles, brought into full play the advantages of human resources and recognized professional disciplines of the education system, and improved theoretical research, providing forceful support for education of the Constitution among the young.

Next, we will follow the guidance of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, and advance the legal education and education of the Constitution among our young people through "five combinations." The tasks of this form of legal education should be combined with the efforts in studying and implementing General Secretary Xi Jinping's major expositions on education. The tasks should be combined with the efforts in implementing the outline on conducting patriotic education in the new era, and promoting and practicing core socialist values. Also, we should combine the education of the Constitution among young people with enhancing education concerning China's history, national conditions and fine cultural traditions, making it more targeted and effective, so as to form a solid foundation for the modernization of the country's system and capacity for governance.

Hong Kong Cable Television:

The judicial system is of great importance to the whole country. Given recent changes in the situation of Hong Kong, will there be communication and deeper cooperation with the government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (SAR) in this respect?

Fu Zhenghua:

Publicity of the Constitution is implemented nationwide, so it certainly includes Hong Kong. China's Constitution is the country's fundamental law reflecting the common will of all Chinese people. Since Hong Kong's return to the motherland, the Hong Kong SAR government and organizations who love the motherland as well as Hong Kong have invested a lot of effort in raising public awareness of the Constitution and the Basic Law.

As you might have noticed in news reports, I attended a symposium marking the 20th anniversary of the implementation of the Macao SAR Basic Law this morning, which was presided over by Li Zhanshu, chairman of the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress (NPC) and Vice Premier Han Zheng. I think both Hong Kong and Macao attach as much importance to publicity of the Constitution as does the mainland, and have made great efforts to this end. For example, Hong Kong held symposiums to mark the national Constitution Day in the past two years. Officials from the HKSAR Basic Law Committee under the NPC Standing Committee attended the events. They delivered authoritative and systematic elaborations regarding the key status of the Constitution, and it and the Basic Law of the HKSAR together form the constitutional basis of the latter. Relevant departments of the central government will continue to support the HKSAR in organizing activities of Constitution publicity.

In addition, the Chinese mainland and the HKSAR have close judicial cooperation. First, we promoted the opening of legal services to enhance understanding among the people. Since 2003, the Chinese mainland has introduced 26 measures to open to the legal services industry in Hong Kong. Second, we have enhanced exchanges and cooperation in mediation and arbitration, and established collaboration platforms. Third, we have organized training programs for young people working in the legal field. These programs have enabled a large number of Hong Kong students and young legal personnel to participate in field study through 19 law offices, arbitration agencies and courts on the Chinese mainland, bolstering legal exchanges among young people. Thank you.

China Daily:

The work related to agriculture, rural areas and rural residents is very important. Agriculture and rural areas are said to be the foundations of China's steady economic and social development; however, they are also the biggest weakness. It has long been difficult to popularize the Constitution and laws among hundreds of millions of farmers. What measures will the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs take to promote this work in rural areas? Thank you.

Zong Jinyao:

Thank you for your great attention and support for the cause of agriculture, rural areas and farmers. The Constitution makes clear provisions on the basic rural management system, rural land system, and the protection of farmers' properties and rights, providing fundamental guidance for the work related to agriculture, rural areas and rural residents. Popularizing the Constitution and laws in rural areas is conducive to the implementation of the overall rural vitalization strategy, modernization of the rural governance system and its capacity, maintenance of harmony and stability in rural areas, as well as long-term stability across the country.

The Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs gives great emphasis to the work on popularizing the Constitution and laws in rural areas, regarding it as an important political task. We have integrated it into the program of strengthening rural governance, promoting the rule of law in the agriculture sector and rural areas, implementing the rural vitalization strategy and modernizing the agriculture sector and rural areas. We have also organized and held popularization activities in regard to the Constitution and laws in the countryside together with the Ministry of Justice and the National Office for Law Popularization. The activities have the following three highlights.

First, a well-defined theme. This year's selected theme is "Thoroughly implementing the Constitution and laws, Modernizing rural governance system and capacity". In regard to the legal needs of rural residents and certain hot issues, we have focused on holding popularization activities for the Constitution and laws in rural areas, enhancing residents' affection and awareness in this regard.

Second, a variety of formats have been used. We have distributed handbooks and compilations of the Constitution and agriculture-related laws across the country, organized quizzes on constitutional knowledge, and held legal consultation activities and folk culture shows. We also seek to popularize the Constitution and agriculture-related laws through new technologies and new media like micro videos and animations.

Third, we have emphasized collaboration at different levels. We held a popularization activity in Shunyi district yesterday together with the Beijing Municipal Government, which achieved good outcomes. We also required government departments in charge of agriculture and rural affairs at different levels to carry out diverse activities to enhance the publicity of the Constitution and agriculture-related laws according to local conditions during the Constitution Publicity Week, so as to implement the responsibility system of law popularization, that is, "whoever enforces the law shall popularize the law."

Through these efforts, we have helped to foster a sound law-based environment featuring acting in accordance with the law, turning to legal services for help when in trouble, solving problems with legal knowledge and resolving conflicts with laws, and provided a strong guarantee for the implementation of the rural vitalization strategy and the modernization of rural governance system and capacity. Thank you.

Guangming Daily:

The fourth plenary session of the 19th CPC Central Committee that concluded not long ago gave special emphasis to the rule of law. What new requirements has the fourth plenary session put forward for the nationwide popularization of the laws, and how will they be implemented? Thank you.

Fu Zhenghua:

Thanks for your question. We have been earnestly studying and fully implementing the spirit of the fourth plenary session of the 19th Central Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC). It's a very important meeting as China is at a crucial moment in realizing the two centenary goals. The session reviewed and adopted the CPC Central Committee's decision on some major issues concerning how to uphold and improve the system of socialism with Chinese characteristics and advance the modernization of China's system and capacity for governance. It also clearly pointed out the need to strengthen public legal education, increase awareness of the rule of law, improve the public legal service system, and further strengthen the public foundations of law-based governance. I think the session has put forward new requirements for law popularization in the following four aspects:

First, we should take the advantage of the socialist system with Chinese characteristics in spreading knowledge of the law, especially upholding the centralized and unified leadership of the CPC in our work. We should give full play to the CPC's role in exercising overall leadership and coordinating the efforts of all involved to enhance legal publicity and education.

Second, we should pay more attention to the people's needs. The law popularization work should focus on meeting public demands and deliver targeted legal education programs. We will ensure the people are placed at the center, protect their legitimate rights and interests, and meet their needs. This will be taken as the starting point and ultimate goal of our work. We should ensure we popularize areas of the law that people need to know and care about, in order to solve their problems. By explaining the law in relation to hot and difficult issues of public concern, we can enhance the effect of public education on the law . We will take the ways that people are delighted to see and hear about, in a bid to make the system of laws fully accepted and understood by them.

Third, we should focus on developing a socialist culture of rule of law. We should strengthen the guiding role of Marxism in the ideological field, take it as the primary task to study and publicize General Secretary Xi Jinping's new ideas, thoughts and strategy of comprehensively promoting law-based governance of China, and use them to guide our work in promoting rule of law and raising public awareness of the law.

Fourth, we should focus on law-based governance at grassroots level. We should combine this with systematic, comprehensive and at-source governance, so as to set up a grassroots-level social governance system integrating self-governance mechanisms, rule of law and rule of virtue. At the same time, governance at the grassroots level should be based on rural areas, and we should give full play to the role of the law in leading, regulating and ensuring the construction of governance there.

In addition, we should strengthen international publicity of China's law-based governance. We should clearly explain the advantages of socialism with Chinese characteristics, and tell stories on China's national system and governance system to the world, in a bid to further expound the connotations of the system of socialist rule of law with Chinese characteristics for building a community with a shared future for humanity and support the implementation of the Belt and Road Initiative and the "going global" of Chinese culture. We will strengthen international communication capacity building on publicizing China's national system and governance system by fostering relevant cultural products which feature the system of socialist rule of law with Chinese characteristics and can be well received in the international community.

To sum up, in accordance with the spirit of the fourth plenary session of the 19th Central Committee of the CPC, we still have a long way to go in our work of law popularization. I hope that our media friends will actively participate in the work and make due contributions to it. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

Because the time is limited, we will only be able to take two more questions.

Economic Herald:

What new measures does the Ministry of Justice plan to introduce to support and guarantee the implementation of Belt and Road projects? Thank you.

Fu Zhenghua:

Thank you for your question. This issue is one of top priority for the Ministry of Justice and the National Office for Law Popularization.

We all know that the Belt and Road Initiative requires not only promotion of cooperation in projects and investment, but also in establishing legal safeguards. We staff members with judicial administrative organization at all levels have carefully studied General Secretary Xi Jinping's important speeches and expositions, as well as decisions and arrangements made by the CPC Central Committee related to the Belt and Road. We will fulfill our duties and have actively committed ourselves to the implementation of Belt and Road Initiative. We will strive to provide legal services and safeguards for it.

Over the past year or so, we have carried out the following works:

First, the Ministry of Justice took the lead in convening the founding conference of the China-SCO Legal Service Committee and the first inter-ministerial joint meeting to vigorously promote the exchanges and cooperation of SCO members in the field of legal services and serve the development of regional economic and trade. It also aimed to provide legal safeguards for the Belt and Road Initiative. We also hosted the SCO Countries Forum on Legal Services.

Second, the Global Lawyers Forum (GLF) will be held in Guangzhou from Dec. 9 to 10. The All China Lawyers Association (ACLA) will hold a press conference soon to provide further information. At this GLF, we will also set up a new Belt and Road lawyers association, which was also initiated by the ACLA, and all the preparations for it have been made. The establishment of this association will create a favorable platform for cooperation among lawyers in countries along the Belt and Road. The GLF and the Belt and Road International Lawyers Association will promote China's image of a country under the rule of law. They will help build a new global platform for exchanges among lawyers and a more sophisticated global network for legal cooperation and partnership establishment.

Third, we vigorously encourage Chinese lawyers to expand business abroad to serve the companies as they "go global." From the end of last year, we have determined such a work direction, and comprehensively promoted Chinese lawyers to work in pushing forward the establishment of branches of Chinese law firms in overseas territories, accelerated the training of lawyers specially skilled in handling foreign-related matters, provided reliable legal services for key and major projects of infrastructure construction, strengthened the building of foreign-related public legal service platforms, carried out theoretical research on foreign-related legal services, promoted exchanges and cooperation with relevant countries and regions along the Belt and Road, and worked hard to further enhance legal compliance awareness among Chinese companies that seek to "go global", and provided precise and efficient legal services for construction of Belt and Road Initiative projects.

Fourth, we are actively promoting overseas publicity about the rule of law. We are strengthening foreign publicity of the rule of law, telling China's stories about enhancing the rule of law, and publicizing China's legal system in relevant countries and regions, especially those along the Belt and Road, in particular covering laws and rules about China's investment, trade, finance, environmental protection, etc. This is designed to ensure the countries and regions along the Belt and Road know and fully understand the operation of China's legal system. We are strengthening the rule of law education and legal training for Chinese enterprises as they "go global", so that they have a stronger sense of compliance and legality. We have also systematically compiled the laws, regulations and typical cases in the countries along the Belt and Road, to interpret the law by case studies, and improve awareness and ability of enterprises to use legal methods to solve problems. Thank you.

Yicai TV:

In recent years, the capital market has generally faced a problem of relatively low costs for violating the laws. How should the costs for violating the laws be raised in the future to form a deterrent of the law enforcement? Thank you.

Fu Zhenghua:

This issue is not closely related to today's topic. In my opinion, in the process of building the rule of law, we should not only hold those accountable for their illegal acts, but also ensure they face economic sanctions. This will increase the costs of their illegal acts and enhance the awareness of the whole society to respect, learn, obey and use the laws.

Hu Kaihong:

Today's press conference ends here. Thank you, Mr. Fu, Mr. Deng and Mr. Zong. Thank you everyone.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Zhao Yingmin, vice minister of the Ministry of Ecology and Environment

Li Gao, director-general of the Department of Climate Change, Ministry of Ecology and Environment

Chairperson:

Xi Yanchun, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

Nov. 27, 2019

Xi Yanchun:

Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. Welcome to this press conference. This year's United Nations Climate Change Conference will open soon. Today, the report "China's Policies and Actions for Addressing Climate Change (2019)" was officially published. To help you gain a better understanding of this, we invited Mr. Zhao Yingmin, vice minister of ecology and environment, to give us an introduction to the work and answer some of your questions. Also present at the conference is Mr. Li Gao, director-general of the ministry's department of climate change. 

Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Zhao Yingmin.

Zhao Yingmin:

Journalist friends, ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to the press conference on the report "China's Policies and Actions for Addressing Climate Change (2019)." On behalf of the Ministry of Ecology and Environment, I'd like to express my sincere gratitude to you for your support as well as your long-term interest in China's actions on climate change.

China has always attached great importance to addressing climate change. President Xi Jinping has repeatedly stressed that China's efforts to address climate change is not because others have asked us to do it, but is instead self-motivated. He also noted that addressing climate change is necessary for China's sustainable development, and is our way of assuming responsibility in the building of a community with a shared future for humanity. At the national conference on ecological and environmental protection, he said that we must actively implement the national strategy on addressing climate change, and promote the creation of a win-win, equitable and balanced governance mechanism on climate change. In July this year, Premier Li Keqiang presided over a meeting of the leading group of climate change, energy saving and emissions reduction, and planned major work to address climate change. At the fourth plenary session of the 19th Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee, which concluded recently, it was decided that we must improve the legal system and technical guidance for green production and green consumption, promote market-oriented innovation for green technologies, and do even more to promote green, circular and low-carbon development.

Over the past years, addressing climate change has been our major method to promote ecological progress, high-quality economic development, and the building of a beautiful China. A series of actions have been taken. Since 2018, guided by Xi Jinping's thinking on promoting ecological progress, governments at all levels and all departments under the central authorities have implemented plans made at the national conference on ecological and environmental protection, worked together and achieved new progress in the efforts to address climate change.

After reviewing our work on climate change, we formulated the report "China's Policies and Actions for Addressing Climate Change (2019)." It's the 11th annual report we have released since 2009. This year's version covers eight topics: mitigating climate change, adapting to climate change, formulating plans and establishing mechanisms, basic capacities, engaging extensive public participation, playing an active role in global climate governance, enhancing international cooperation and communication, and the basic position and views at the upcoming COP-25 of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). The report comprehensively reviews China's policies and actions on climate change, and showcases China's achievements in the past year. It will help you get a clearer picture of the latest progress made as a result of China's actions on climate change.

In the past year, China has continued to address climate change. A series of policies and measures have been taken to curb greenhouse gas emissions, thus achieving a further reduction in carbon emission intensity. We have continued to adapt to address climate change and have improved various mechanisms. The carbon market has been built in an orderly manner and public awareness of the need to address climate change has been enhanced.

Meanwhile, the Chinese government has played an active and constructive role in global climate governance. Under the UNFCCC's principles of equity, common but differentiated responsibilities and respective capabilities, China has worked with various parties to promote progress in global climate governance, facilitated the negotiation on the Paris Agreement Work Programme to achieve positive results, and contributed Chinese wisdom and proposals at the U.N. Climate Change Action Summit. China has intensified communication and cooperation with various sides to address climate change, continued to do its best to help developing countries, deepened South-South cooperation to address climate change, remained committed to multilateralism, and continued to inject new vitality into global climate governance and global ecological progress. 

As a next step, we will firmly implement the national strategy on addressing climate change, efficiently curb greenhouse gas emissions, and actively adapt to climate change. We will also promote green and low-carbon development, play an active part in global climate governance, and ensure that our work on climate change will better help guide high-quality development, facilitate pollution treatment, and promote ecological progress.

The COP-25 of the UNFCCC will open soon. China will continue to play a constructive role, safeguard multilateralism, and do our best to promote the success of the conference.

Now, I'd like to answer some questions from the media with my colleague. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun: 

Thank you, Mr. Zhao Yingmin, for your introduction. Now, the floor is open to questions. Please identify your media outlet before raising your questions.

CCTV:

I wanted to ask what China's expectations are for the upcoming 25th Conference of the Parties (COP) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. What are the goals that China is trying to accomplish? Thank you. 

Zhao Yingmin:

Thanks for your questions. The 25th COP to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change this year is a significant conference connecting the past and the future. Adhering to green and low-carbon development has already become a global trend. Under the current situation where multiple interconnected uncertainties threaten to impact global economic development, we should adhere to multilateralism, and resolutely stand up for the principles and framework addressing global climate change as defined in the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, the Kyoto Protocol and the Paris Agreement. We should also actively fulfill our commitments, strengthen cooperation, and work together to address the challenges posed by climate change. 

We believe that this Conference aims to fulfill four main tasks.

The first is to make an effort to complete negotiations on outstanding issues concerning the implementation of the Paris Agreement. This is an important basis for the comprehensive and effective implementation of the Paris Agreement, because only after we fully complete the negotiations on the implementation of the Agreement will we usher in a new stage in our efforts to comprehensively implement it after 2020. Also, it is a matter concerning the authority and effectiveness of a multilateral mechanism. 

The second is to make progress in dealing with funding issues. The biggest problem in the current multilateral process to address climate change lies in the insufficient political will of developed countries to provide support to the process. Funds under different categories are often double counted. We hope that developed countries will provide sufficient, continuous and timely support to developing countries in a transparent and predictable manner, use public-funds and honor their commitment to provide developing countries with an annual climate fund of 100 billion dollars up to the year 2020. Based on all this, we hope we can put forward the objectives, roadmaps and schedules to strengthen their financial support to developing countries, and effectively increase the transparency of such financial support. 

The third is to review the actions taken before 2020 and the effectiveness of the actions. The international community should clarify the gaps that exist among different developed countries in emission reduction actions and financial support to developing countries before 2020. It should also make clear arrangements to bridge such gaps in a targeted manner, and ensure responsibilities are not shifted to developing countries after 2020. 

The fourth is to resolutely send out a strong political signal supporting multilateralism. Climate change is a common challenge confronting all human beings and calls for the cooperation of all countries under a multilateral framework. Therefore, efforts should be made to prevent unilateralism and protectionism from causing harm to the world's economic growth prospects. Poor economic growth could in turn weaken the international community's willingness and confidence to address climate change, and eventually undermine global efforts to deal with this problem. 

Economic Herald:

Can you tell us more about the construction of national carbon emission trading market? Are there any problems to be addressed? What about the next steps? Thank you.

Zhao Yingmin:

Let's invite Mr. Li to answer your questions.

Li Gao:

Thanks, Mr. Zhao, and thank you for your questions. The construction of national carbon emission trading market has attracted widespread attention. We have made some progress in recent years, especially since the newly established Ministry of Ecology and Environment (MEE) began taking on the duties to address climate change after its restructuring. The leading Party group of the MEE places great emphasis on the work to address climate change, and is now taking the initiative to promote it.

The construction of national carbon emission trading market is very complex. It is a major institutional innovation to control and reduce greenhouse gas emissions as well as promote green and low-carbon development through a market mechanism. We drew on both the experience and lessons from international carbon markets in the past years, and also accumulated experience through piloting projects in the country. On this basis, we decided to launch a national carbon emission trading market.

Since the institutional restructuring, we have been pushing forward with the building of national carbon emission trading market at a steady pace according to the requirements specified in our construction plan. Our progress is mainly as follows:

First, in terms of institutional development, we drafted and improved interim regulations on carbon emission trading, laying a legal foundation for carbon trading. In the drafting process, we solicited opinions from the public, companies, local governments and industrial organizations. We are also working on the formulation of supporting regulations, including regulations on the reporting and management of greenhouse gas emissions by key emitters, on the verification of emissions and on the supervision of the trading market. The regulatory documents are very important for market operation.

Second, in terms of technical specification, we organized the reporting and verification of the 2018 carbon emissions and the formulation of monitoring plans. We also improved the technical plans for quota allocation in the power generation industry. In addition, we required provinces and municipalities to make a list of key emitters in the industry, thereby promoting market construction in technical terms.

Third, in terms of infrastructure construction, we invited experts to evaluate the original plan for the national registration system and carbon emission trading system. We will revise this plan according to their opinions, and then, construct the systems, which will be a large step forward in the development of national carbon market.

Fourth, in terms of capacity building, we have also made a series of efforts. After the restructuring, the MEE began taking on duties to address climate change, and local ecology and environment authorities began undertaking work on carbon trading. Considering that the authorities and power generation companies may lack relevant experience, we launched large-scale training sessions to help them in capacity building.

Despite learning from the experience of international carbon markets and pilot projects, we still find the construction complex and challenging. In particular, we are designing and operating the market when China is still seeing an increase in its carbon emissions. In that regard, our challenges are different from what the European Union or California, in the United States, faced as they were developing their carbon markets. Therefore, we need institutional innovations based on China's national conditions and realities to ensure a good start and a stable and effective operation of the carbon market.

Next, we will step up our efforts in the following important areas. We will accelerate the formulation of supporting regulations, including regulations on the reporting and management of greenhouse gas emissions by key emitters, on the verification of emissions and on the supervision of the trading market. In doing so, we aim to establish a complete regulatory system, and lay a legal foundation for market operation. Meanwhile, we will release a plan for the total amount and quota allocation of nationwide carbon emissions, a fundamental but critical document for market construction and operation. As the construction will start from the power generation industry, we will release the technical guide for quota allocation in this industry to lay a solid foundation for developing the quota allocation system. The guide has been basically formulated now. We will also speed up the construction of the registration system and the trading system, identify key emitters in the power generation industry to be included in the carbon market, open accounts in the registration and trading systems, and make other preparations to implement carbon trading in the power generation industry.

Under the leadership of the leading Party group of the MEE and the support of government departments, industries and companies, we have confidence in the steady construction, initiation and operation of the carbon market. We also believe that the market mechanism will play its role in controlling and reducing greenhouse gas emissions and achieve a more cost-efficient reduction in emissions. Thank you.

Hong Kong Cable Television:

As for some of the targets that China has pledged for 2020, it has already met the carbon emissions goals. How about the share of non-fossil fuels in primary energy consumption, is it still far from the 15 percent goal? We have also noticed that a new chapter on the health of the human body has been added in this year's report. What are the considerations for this new addition? A chapter about green and low-carbon finance introduced in the 2017 report seemed to have been removed from this year's report, or perhaps I missed it. What is the reason for that?

Zhao Yingmin:

I would like to answer your first question, and invite Mr. Li to answer the second and third ones.

The Chinese government has always paid great attention to the exploitation and utilization of clean and renewable energy resources. It has also advanced the revolution in energy production and consumption, especially the implementing of the Renewable Energy Law, and has improved plans and industrial policies for renewable energy. China constantly endeavors to promote sustainability work in the field of hydro power, maintain the sound and orderly development of wind power, and boost the healthy and orderly development of the solar energy industry. It also seeks to exploit and utilize geothermal energy, pursue the sustainable development of biomass energy, and resolve problems in absorbing clean energy.

Currently, the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress (NPC) is carrying out a series of reviews on the enforcement of the Renewable Energy Law. By the end of 2018, China's installed capacity of renewable energy reached 730 million kW, accounting for 38.3 percent of the total power capacity. The installed capacity of hydropower, wind power, photovoltaic power and biomass energy reached 350 million kW, 180 million kW, 170 million kW, and 17.81 million kW, which showed a year-on-year growth of 2.5%, 12.4%, 34% and 20.7%, respectively. All the above numbers show that China's renewable energy market has developed rapidly in recent years. 

In 2018, the power generated by renewable energy reached 1.9 trillion kWh, accounting for 26.7% of the country's total power output. Among that, hydropower generated 1.2 trillion kWh, wind power generated 366 billion kWh, photovoltaic power generated 177.5 billion kWh, and biomass energy generated 90.6 billion kWh. With the implementation of the Renewable Energy Law, the role of renewable energy in China as clean energy is increasingly apparent.

In regard to the chapter on people's health, indeed, the policies and actions to address climate change have had a profound impact on humankind. This is because climate change affects not only the natural environment, but also people's health. There is an increasing number of studies on this issue within the scientific community. The Chinese government has also attached great importance to this issue. We are now working to improve the capacity and management of our public service, making them more adaptable to climate change. We are also working to establish standards and mechanisms to enhance the monitoring, investigation and risk management of health data. In the meantime, more climate change-related research will be done to facilitate disease prevention and control, dynamic monitoring of epidemics, and studies on factors affecting them. We are working to establish emergency plans and aid mechanisms for public health incidents caused by climate change. We are working to establish early warning systems to detect heat waves and health risks. We are also working to advance research on people's health and their adaptability to climate change, and put forward health-related programs to enhance people's capacity to deal with extreme weather such as heat waves.

Climate change's impact on people's health indicates that climate change have exerted long-term impacts on a wide range of issues, which are closely related to social development and people's wellbeing. We need to make a greater effort on the research front, and we need to enhance the cooperation with the international society, thus to further enhance our actions on climate change and reduce the various adverse effects brought about by climate change. 

As for your third question, let's give the floor to Mr. Li Gao.

Li Gao:

On page 31 of "China's Policies and Actions for Addressing Climate Change (2019)," there are subheadings for two sections about developing green finance and climate investment and financing. Therefore, you can find the answer from this year's report.

Since last year, we have released a series of documents in regard to green finance. Also, in 2018, the Green Bonds Standard Committee was established by the People's Bank of China and the China Securities Regulatory Commission. It marked significant progress in this green finance. In addition, we have made important progress in climate investment and financing. First of all, during the institutional reform, the importance of the financial system in addressing climate change has been fully taken into consideration. The People's Bank of China was included as a member institute of the leading group on climate change, energy conservation and emission reduction, so as to highlight the role that the financial system and policies play to create a systematic response to climate change and for the realization of the Nationally Determined Contributions. Second, the Ministry of Ecology and Environment has built stronger connections with financial regulator, fiscal authorities and investment regulator to make polices in the respective fields more adaptable to climate change. We are working to release relevant policy documents to build synergy in policies between climate change, finance and investment, and better address this issue.

Another development worth noting is that, led by the Ministry of Ecology and Environment, the Climate Investment and Finance Association was established with the joint efforts of the People's Bank of China, China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission, National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance. As a platform to promote policy research and synergy, the committee is set to make climate change policies dovetail with those on finance and investment. We hope that this association can connect the industry and finance, promoting communication between them and make finance policies more adaptable to the industry and related projects. Meanwhile, we hope that this committee can serve as a communication platform. Climate investment and finance are very popular around the world. Many international financial organizations and government bodies are interested in the development of climate investment and finance in China. Thus, we hope that the association can play a prominent role in deepening international cooperation in this area. Still, we hope that various sectors of the government can play their part and support the development of this association, so as to actively address climate change. Thank you.

China News Service:

What progress has China made in tackling climate change since 2018? What are the problems it faces? As the relevant authority to deal with climate change, what are next steps that the Ministry of Ecology and Environment is considering? Thank you.

Zhao Yingmin:

The work to deal with climate change is a very important function that has been undertaken by the Ministry of Ecology and Environment after China's institutional reform. Under the strong leadership of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, all departments and localities have actively implemented the goals and tasks set out in the 13th Five-Year Plan for controlling greenhouse gas emissions, and the country's response to climate change has since achieved significant results. The annual report released today comprehensively reflects the specific contents of these results. There are six main aspects:

First, efforts to mitigate climate change have been comprehensively advanced. The carbon intensity reduction goal of the 13th Five-Year Plan has been continuously pursued. According to preliminary calculations, the national carbon intensity decreased by 45.8% in 2018 compared to 2005, maintaining a continuous decline. Moreover, this number has already reached the stated commitment of a 40% reduction in carbon intensity from the 2005 level, ahead of the scheduled timetable of 2020, basically reversing the rapid growth of greenhouse gas emissions. And the proportion of non-fossil energy in energy consumption reached 14.3%.

Second, the work to adapt to climate change has been carried out in an orderly way. Adaptation and mitigation work are equally important. A lot of work has been done in the areas of agriculture, water resources, forests, oceans, human health, disaster prevention and reduction to adapt to climate change and positive progress has been made. The pilot work on climate-adaptive cities has continued to deepen. China has also participated in launching the Global Commission on Adaptation to actively promote international cooperation in adapting to climate change.

Third, the system and mechanism for coping with climate change are being continuously improved. We have continuously strengthened the overall planning and coordination of our response to climate change and ecological environmental protection. In addition, we have improved the working mechanism of the leading group of climate change, energy saving and emission reduction. The leading group will generally take on the leadership role while each competent authority will be performing its own functions. Various departments will coordinate with each other and all localities will participate comprehensively. This working mechanism for tackling climate change has already taken initial shape. At present, institutional reforms and functional adjustments for tackling climate change have been completed across the country.

Fourth, the building of the carbon market has continued to advance. The carbon emissions accounting report guidelines for 24 industries as well as the 13 national standards for carbon emissions accounting have been released one after the another. The construction of relevant systems, infrastructure and capacity in the carbon market has been progressing steadily.

Fifth, China actively participates in global climate governance. In the negotiation of the implementation details of the Paris Agreement, we have proposed China's solutions and made important contributions to the success of the negotiations. Adhering to the principles of multilateralism and "common but differentiated responsibilities," China has continuously played an important and constructive role in global climate governance.

Sixth, publicity on climate change has continued to be strengthened. In this regard, I would like to thank all the friends in the media. Various departments and localities now actively carry out "National Low Carbon Day" activities. They also organize a variety of content-rich publicity activities, and inform society in a timely manner of the latest progress made in tackling climate change. Through efforts in recent years, the public's awareness towards tackling climate change is continuously increasing.

However, while seeing such progress and achievements, we are also soberly aware that as the largest developing country in the world, China has made arduous efforts to attain these goals. Let me give a few examples. For example, we have adopted strong measures such as phasing out outdated production capacity, promoting the replacement of clean energy for coal in heating, and shutting down small, poorly-managed, and heavily-polluting enterprises. We have also vigorously promoted the adjustment of China's industry and energy structures. In addition, we have promoted energy conservation, improved energy efficiency, and promoted low-carbon transformation in various places. There has been a lot of hardships and hard work put in during this process. I just told all of you that the carbon intensity in 2018 decreased by about 4% year-on-year, exceeding the annual target by 0.1 percentage point, and marking a cumulative decrease of 45.8% compared with 2005. This figure means China has reduced the carbon dioxide emissions of 5.26 billion tons, and the non-fossil energy accounts for 14.3% of total energy consumption. Therefore, it is not easy to make such achievements. It also demonstrates the Chinese government's effectiveness in promoting the green, circular and low-carbon development .

Meanwhile, the tasks facing us, including advancing economic development, improving people's living standards, eradicating poverty and pursuing better environmental governance, are huge and complicated. Despite the multitude of difficulties and challenges, we are resolved to tackle climate change with full confidence. We will stay committed to addressing climate change as we have promised to the international community. We will boost low-carbon economic transformation and pursue high-quality development.

As our next step, we will continue to deepen the implementation of ecological conservation guided by Xi Jinping's thinking on promoting ecological progress and the principles formulated at the national conference on ecological and environmental protection. We will firmly act on the decisions and deployment made in the meetings of the leading group of climate change, energy saving and emission reduction. We will stay committed to the implementation of national strategies on climate change. While upholding multilateralism, we will continue to play an active and constructive role in international negotiations. We will continue to take measures to fulfill our promises on Nationally Determined Contributions. Climate change should be taken into consideration while we make national economic and social development plans. We should intensify our control over greenhouse gas emissions, enhance our capacities of adapting to climate change, carry out South-South cooperation to address climate change, and promote green and low-carbon lifestyles to pursue continuous progress in this regard. Thank you.

Reuters:

China has promised the highest possible ambition when advising on its climate change commitments next year. Will China be making tough measures? Will it bring forward its aim to peak CO2 emissions by around 2030? China still has at least 100-gigawatt coal fire capacity under construction. Will China make any plans to restrict the number of new coal-fired plants?

Zhao Yingming:

In 2015, China submitted the Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) to the United Nations (UN) with a number of goals to be achieved by 2030. Those goals were confirmed through meticulous deliberations and considered along with China's recent development and actual situation. As I mentioned, these goals won't be achieved without strenuous effort. Those goals have been fixed to demonstrate that China is responsible as a major country in the world, and also reflected the country's current stage of development and actual situation. As the biggest developing country in the world, China has worked hard to address climate change even though there are challenges in many fields, such as economic development, improvement of people's livelihood, poverty alleviation and the prevention and control of pollution. Whatever the case may be, we will put in our greatest effort to fulfill our commitments.

According to the Paris Agreement, under the principles of common but differentiated responsibilities, equity and respective capacities in the light of different national circumstances, China will submit and announce its NDCs to cope with changes in works related to climate change. It will also announce its policies and measures to prepare for the implementation of NDCs. By doing so, we hope that our country can contribute to global efforts to tackle climate change. Thank you.

China Daily:

All departments are planning their work for the 14th Five-Year Plan (2021-2025) period. What plans does the Ministry of Ecology and Environment have for addressing climate change in this period?

Zhao Yingmin:

The 14th Five-Year Plan period is an essential stage in our pursuit of high-quality economic development, building of a beautiful China and implementing our intended nationally determined contributions (NDCs). The Ministry of Ecology and Environment will continue to implement proactive national strategies on climate change and include combatting climate change in the 14th Five-year Plan for Economic and Social Development as well as in the corresponding plan for environmental protection. In accordance with the requirements for pursuing high-quality economic development and building a beautiful China, we will intensify our efforts to address climate change and lay a solid foundation for achieving the objectives of the NDCs by 2030. According to national instructions, we are actively planning our work to combat climate change over the 14th Five-Year Plan period in the following aspects.

First, we will continue to take measures to mitigate greenhouse gas emissions. We will make active and prudent efforts to support and encourage actions by some regions and key industries to achieve the peaking of carbon dioxide emissions in view of their current levels of economic and social development, to develop specific goals, roadmaps and action plans. We will continue to take the reduction rate of carbon dioxide emissions per unit of GDP as a criterion, perform management on non-carbon dioxide greenhouse gas emissions and enhance greenhouse gas data management. We will also promote the integration of our work on combatting climate change, tackle pollution and protect the environment, as well as accelerate the application of low-carbon technologies and the development of low-carbon industries.

Second, we will speed up our work to establish markets for trading carbon emission rights. We plan to build an open, transparent and active national carbon market featuring sound institutions and strict regulations during the 14th Five-Year Plan period. This will ensure the smooth and effective functioning of carbon markets across the country.

Third, we will further improve the systems and mechanisms and perfect the laws and regulations addressing climate change. We will further strengthen the overall planning and coordination of the National Leading Group on Climate Change, Energy Conservation and Emissions Reduction. And we will continue to improve the working mechanisms, reinforce the coordination and cooperation between various departments and local governments, and build a stronger team of people and enhance their capabilities. 

Fourth, we will push for the construction of a global climate governance system that is fairer and more rationally structured with the aim of achieving win-win cooperation. We will proactively participate in global climate governance, uphold multilateralism, and champion the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), the Kyoto Protocol, and the Paris Agreement. We will stick to the framework and principles for global climate governance that are defined by the detailed rules for the implementation of these international treaties, and adhere to the principle of fairness, "common but differentiated responsibilities" and respective capabilities so as to advance global climate governance. Also, we will step up South-South cooperation for addressing climate change and continue to do our best to provide aid and support for other developing countries. 

Fifth, we will give equal importance to the mitigation of and the adaptation to climate change, while stepping up efforts to adapt to climate change. To meet the work requirements of adapting to climate change, we plan to update the national strategy in this regard and implement the strategy with practical measures. They include pushing for actions in the areas of agriculture, water conservation, afforestation, marine environment protection, healthcare, and disaster prevention and mitigation, increasing the capabilities of climate change adaptation, and further enhancing international cooperation in this field. Thank you.

China Media Group - CRI:

We noticed that the annual report mentions "broad societal participation." So my question is: How would you plan to raise public awareness of climate change and encourage the participation of the general public? And what is your opinion on young people taking part in action to address climate change? Thank you.

Zhao Yingmin:

To address climate change, we need the proactive participation of the entire society, especially for the society to form a green, low-carbon lifestyle. The Chinese government attaches significant importance to raising public awareness for addressing climate change. We proactively promote education on the issues and advocate a green, low-carbon lifestyle, and we encourage participation of the general public. The Low-carbon Day campaign that we organize annually is a nice touch to reach out to the public. Taking on different themes each year, the campaign encourages actions to be taken at various regions, sectors, schools, and communities to practice a low-carbon lifestyle. At the same time, different sectors are organizing publicity campaigns in various forms with distinctive features. The media also give a lot of attention to this subject and provide it with massive coverage. With the collaboration of all parties, the public awareness of climate change has been raised gradually, and more and more people are paying attention to the issues. 

Meanwhile, young people are the key to both the present and the future of sustainable development. The aim for us to proactively address climate change is to protect the natural environment for the future generations to enjoy and for them to maintain sustainable development. The present situation of climate change casts a profound impact on us and the next generation, therefore, we hope young people would take notice of relevant issues. We encourage the broad participation of young people in the National Low-carbon Day campaign and other events. We also wish young people would continue to study and acquire more knowledge and skills for addressing climate change, be well prepared, and take practical actions on their own to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, in order to contribute to the global efforts for addressing climate change. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

Thank you two for presenting the report, and thank you all for coming. This press conference now concluded. 

.

Read in Chinese

Speaker:

Mao Shengyong, director general of the Department of Comprehensive Statistics of the National Bureau of Statistics (NBS) and the NBS spokesperson

Chairperson:

Shou Xiaoli, Press Bureau of the State Council Information Office (SCIO)

Date:

Oct. 18, 2019

Shou Xiaoli, Press Bureau of the SCIO:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to this SCIO press conference where we are releasing China's economic data. We are pleased to welcome Mr. Mao Shengyong, spokesperson of the NBS and director general of the Department of Comprehensive Statistics at the NBS, to introduce details of the economic performance in the first three quarters of 2019 and answer some of your questions.

Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Mao.

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you. Ladies, gentlemen, and media friends, good morning. I'll first give you a brief introduction of China's economic performance in the first three quarters of 2019, and then answer some of your questions.

The national economy maintained overall stability and made steady progress in restructuring in the first three quarters of 2019.

Faced with mounting risks and challenges both at home and abroad, under the strong leadership of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at the core, all regions and departments implemented the decisions and arrangements made by the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, adhered to the general working guideline of making progress while maintaining stability, insisted on following the new development philosophy, continued to deepen supply-side structural reform, strengthened counter-cyclical adjustment, endeavored to maintain stability in such areas as employment, the financial sector, foreign trade, foreign investment, domestic investment and market expectations, and spared no effort to implement various policies in an effective way. As a result, the national economy maintained overall stability, with an optimized economic structure and improving living standards.

According to preliminary estimates, the gross domestic product (GDP) was 69.78 trillion yuan (about US$9.87 trillion) in the first three quarters, an increase of 6.2% at comparable prices year on year. Specifically, the growth rate was 6.4% in the first quarter, 6.2% in the second and 6% in the third. The added value achieved by the primary industry was 4.3 trillion yuan, up 2.9%; the secondary industry 27.79 trillion yuan, up 5.6%; and the tertiary industry 37.69 trillion yuan, up 7%.

1. Agricultural production enjoyed sound growth with autumn grain expecting a good harvest.

The total output of summer grain and early rice totaled 168.01 million metric tons, a year-on-year increase of 606,000 metric tons. The autumn grain has been growing well and another good harvest is expected. Total grain output in 2019 is expected to be above 650 million metric tons and achieve an increase in production. In the first three quarters, the added value of crop farming grew 4.3% year on year. The planting structure was further optimized. The sown area of quality rice and soybean was increased, while that of corn was reduced. In the first three quarters, the output of eggs grew 5.5% year on year and that of milk 2.5%. The total output of pork, beef, mutton and poultry was 55.08 million metric tons, down 8.3% year on year. Specifically, the output of poultry, beef and mutton was 15.39 million metric tons, 4.58 million metric tons, and 3.3 million metric tons respectively, representing gains of 10.2%, 3.2% and 2.3%. Pork output was 31.81 million metric tons, down 17.2%.

2. Industrial production sustained growth with the proportion of high-tech manufacturing increasing.

The total added value of industrial enterprises above designated size grew 5.6% year on year in the first three quarters. An analysis by types of ownership showed that State-holding enterprises achieved growth of 4.7% year on year; that of shareholding enterprises was up 6.9%; and that of enterprises funded by foreign investors and investors from Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan grew 1.4%. In terms of sectors, mining grew 4.6% year on year, manufacturing increased 5.9% and the production and supply of electricity, thermal power, gas and water increased 7%. The added value of strategic emerging industries grew 8.4% year on year, 2.8 percentage points higher than industrial enterprises above designated size. That of high-tech manufacturing grew 8.7% year on year, 3.1 percentage points higher than industrial enterprises above designated size, accounting for 14.1% of that achieved by industrial enterprises above designated size, which was 0.3 percentage point higher than the first half of 2019. The output of solar cells and new energy automobiles grew 25.1% and 21.4% respectively year on year. In September, the total added value of industrial enterprises above designated size rose 5.8% year on year, 1.4 percentage points higher than that of August, or up 0.72% month on month.

In the first eight months, the profits made by industrial enterprises above designated size stood at 4.02 trillion yuan, down 1.7% year on year, the same figure as that of the first seven months. The profit margin of industrial enterprises above designated size was 5.87%, the same as that achieved in the first seven months.

3. The service sector continued to show fast growth with modern services maintaining good momentum of development.

In the first three quarters, the service sector continued to maintain good growth momentum. The added value of information transmission, software and information technology services, leasing and business services, transport, storage and postal services, and financial intermediary services grew 19.8%, 8%, 7.4% and 7.1% respectively year on year. These figures were 12.8 percentage points, 1 percentage point, 0.4 percentage point and 0.1 percentage point higher than the level achieved by the tertiary sector as a whole. The Index of Services Production increased 7% year on year. Specifically, the Index of Services Production in September grew 6.7%, or 0.3 percentage point higher than that of August. In September, the business activity index for services stood at 53%, 0.5 percentage point higher than August. The business expectation index for services was 59.3%, thus remaining at a high level.

In the first eight months, the business revenue of service enterprises above designated size increased 9.5% year on year, 0.1 percentage point lower than in the first seven months. Specifically, the business revenue of strategic emerging services, high-tech and technology services grew 12.1%, 11.9% and 11.6% respectively year on year, 2.6 percentage points, 2.4 percentage points, and 2.1 percentage points higher than service enterprises above designated size, thus maintaining a pattern of fast growth.

4. Market sales witnessed steady growth with fast sales of upgraded consumer goods.

In the first three quarters, the total retail sales of consumer goods reached 29.67 trillion yuan, a year-on-year gain of 8.2%. Retail sales of consumer goods excluding automobiles grew 9.1%. Retail sales in urban areas reached 25.35 trillion yuan, up 8% year on year; sales in rural areas stood at 4.32 trillion yuan, up 9%. Grouped by consumption patterns, the income of the catering industry was 3.26 trillion yuan, up 9.4%; the retail sales of goods totaled 26.41 trillion yuan, up 8%. 

The sale of upgraded consumer goods witnessed fast growth. In the first three quarters, retail sales of smart household appliances and audio-video equipment, as well as wearable smart devices, by enterprises above designated size grew 41.6% and 11.1% respectively year on year. In the first three quarters, national per capita consumption expenditure of households was calculated at 15,464 yuan, a year-on-year growth of 8.3%. Specifically, the per capita consumption expenditure on services grew 10.2%, 1.9 percentage points higher than the overall figure for per capita consumption expenditure. In September, total retail sales of consumer goods reached 3.45 trillion yuan, a year-on-year rise of 7.8%, 0.3 percentage point higher than August.

In the first three quarters, online retail sales reached 7.32 trillion yuan, a year-on-year growth of 16.8%. Specifically, the online retail sales of physical goods reached 5.78 trillion yuan, an increase of 20.5%, accounting for 19.5% of total consumer goods sales.

5. Investment maintained stable growth and investment in high-tech industries grew fast.

In the first three quarters, investment in fixed assets (excluding rural households) was 46.12 trillion yuan, a year-on-year growth of 5.4%. Specifically, private investment reached 26.48 trillion yuan, up 4.7%. Investment in the primary industry dropped 2.1%; the secondary industry up 2%, of which, manufacturing increased 2.5%; the tertiary industry up 7.2%, of which, infrastructure grew 4.5%. Investment in high-tech manufacturing grew 12.6% year on year, 7.2 percentage points higher than that achieved in total investment; investment in high-tech services grew 13.8%, 8.4 percentage points higher than that of total investment.

In the first three quarters, total investment in real estate development was 9.8 trillion yuan, a year-on-year growth of 10.5%. The floor space of commercial buildings sold was 1.19 billion square meters, down 0.1% year on year. The total sales of commercial buildings stood at 11.15 trillion yuan, up 7.1%.

6. Imports and exports scaled up and the trade structure continued to optimize.

The total value of imports and exports of goods in the first three quarters was 22.91 trillion yuan, a year-on-year increase of 2.8%. Specifically, the total value of exports was 12.48 trillion yuan, up 5.2%; total value of imports was 10.43 trillion yuan, down 0.1%. The trade balance was 2.05 trillion yuan in surplus, a year-on-year growth of 44.2%. 

The trade structure was further optimized. The imports and exports of general trade grew 4.8%, accounting for 59.5% of the total value, 1.1 percentage points higher than that of the same period last year; the export of mechanical and electrical products grew 4.7%, accounting for 58.1% of the total export value. The imports and exports by private enterprises grew 10.4%, accounting for 42.3% of total value, 2.9 percentage points higher than the same period last year. In September, the total value of imports and exports was 2.78 trillion yuan, down 3.3% year on year. Of this total, the value of exports was 1.53 trillion yuan, down 0.7%; and that of imports was 1.25 trillion yuan, down 6.2%. In the first three quarters, the export delivery value of industrial enterprises above designated size reached 9.09 trillion yuan, up 2.4% year on year.

7. Growth of consumer price increased and the producer prices for industrial products maintained the same level year on year.

In the first three quarters, the consumer price index rose 2.5% year on year. Specifically, there was a gain of 2.4% in urban areas and 2.6% in rural areas. Grouped by commodity categories, prices for food, tobacco and alcohol rose 5.1% year on year; clothing 1.8%; housing 1.7%; articles and services for daily use 1%. Prices for transportation and communication services fell 1.5%; education, culture and recreation rose 2.4%; medical services and health care up 2.5%; other articles and services grew 3%. In terms of food, tobacco and alcohol prices, grain prices went up 0.5%, pork up 21.3%, and fresh vegetables up 5.1%. The core CPI excluding the price of food and energy rose 1.7% year on year, 0.1 percentage point lower than that of the first half of 2019. In September, the consumer price index was 3% higher year on year, 0.2 percentage point higher than August, or up 0.9% month on month.

The producer prices for industrial products in the first three quarters remained at the same level year on year. The producer prices for industrial products in September were down 1.2% year on year, or up 0.1% month on month. In the first three quarters, the purchase prices for industrial products dropped 0.3% year on year. In September, the figure was down 1.7% year on year, but up 0.2% month on month.

8. Employment was generally stable and rural migrant workers increased.

In the first three quarters, newly increased employed people in urban areas totaled 10.97 million, accounting for 99.7% of the year's target. In September, the surveyed unemployment rate in urban areas was 5.2%, the same as the previous month. Specifically, the surveyed unemployment rate of population aged from 25 to 59 was 4.6%, 0.6 percentage point lower than the surveyed unemployment rate in urban areas. The urban surveyed unemployment rate in 31 major cities was 5.2%, the same as the previous month. In September, employees of enterprises worked an average of 46.7 hours per week. At the end of the third quarter, the number of rural migrant workers reached 183.36 million, 2.01 million more than the same period last year, and up 1.1%.

9. Resident income rose basically in step with economic growth and the income growth of rural residents outpaced that of urban residents.

In the first three quarters, the nationwide per capita disposable income was 22,882 yuan, a nominal growth of 8.8% year on year, or a real growth of 6.1% after deducting price factors, basically in step with economic growth. In terms of permanent residence, the per capita disposable income of urban households was 31,939 yuan, a real growth of 5.4%. The per capita disposable income of rural households was 11,622 yuan, up 6.4% in real terms. The per capita disposable income of urban households was 2.75 times that of rural households, 0.03 less than the same period last year. The median level of nationwide per capita disposable income was 19,882 yuan, a nominal increase of 9% year on year.

10. Key reforms achieved solid progress and the economic structure was adjusted and optimized.

Supply-side structural reform continued to deepen. In the third quarter, the industrial capacity utilization rate nationwide reached 76.4%, the same as that of the second quarter. Specifically, the capacity utilization rates of both the manufacture of computers, communications and other electronic equipment and the manufacture of raw chemical materials and chemical products were 1.1 percentage points higher than the second quarter. By the end of September, the floor space of commercial buildings for sale was 493.46 million square meters, 4.38 million square meters less than a month earlier, and down 7.2% compared with the same period last year. The asset-liability ratio of industrial enterprises above designated size at the end of August stood at 56.8%, 0.5 percentage point lower than the same period last year. In the first three quarters, investment in weak areas like ecological protection and treatment of environment pollution and education grew 40% and 18.5% respectively year on year, which was 34.6 percentage points and 13.1 percentage points higher than that of overall investment.

Solid efforts were made to advance the "three critical battles" of preventing and defusing financial risks, conducting targeted poverty eradication and controlling pollution. At the end of August, the balance of local government debt stood at 21.41 trillion yuan, which was within the limit approved by the National People's Congress. Efforts on targeted poverty eradication were enhanced and more effects were delivered, with the per capita disposable income for rural households in impoverished areas maintaining fast growth. The work of pollution prevention and control was continuously advanced. According to preliminary estimates, in the first three quarters, the share of consumption of clean energy such as natural gas, hydropower, nuclear power and wind power in total energy consumption was 1.2 percentage points higher than the same period last year. The energy consumption per unit GDP went down 2.7% year on year.

The economic structure was adjusted and optimized. In the first three quarters, the added value achieved by the tertiary sector accounted for 54% of GDP — 0.6 percentage point higher than last year, and 14.2 percentage points higher than that of the secondary industry — contributing 60.6% to GDP growth, 24.3 percentage points higher than the secondary industry. Of industrial enterprises above designated size, strategic emerging industries and high-tech industries maintained fast growth. The contribution of final consumption expenditure to GDP growth was 60.5%. Service consumption took up 50.6% of households' final consumption expenditure, 0.7 percentage point higher than the same period last year. Steady progress was recorded in implementing major regional development strategies and a new pattern of coordinated and integrated regional development is taking shape.

Generally speaking, the national economy maintained overall stability in the first three quarters. However, we must be aware that given the complicated and severe economic conditions both at home and abroad, slowing global economic growth, and increasing external instability and uncertainties, the economy is under mounting downward pressure. In the next stage, under the guidance of the Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, we should heighten the sense of urgency and responsibility, focus on running our own affairs well, take development as the top priority, and place stable growth and reasonable range of economic development in a more prominent position. We should seek impetus from reform and opening up as well as innovation, tap the potential by expanding domestic market demands, foster new effective investment and consumer demands to improve living standards, boost the resilience of development, withstand downward pressures, and take coordinated steps to achieve steady growth, advance reform, make structural adjustments, improve living standards, guard against risks and maintain stability, so as to facilitate sustained and sound economic development. Thank you.

Shou Xiaoli:

Thank you, Mr. Mao. Now the floor is open for questions. Please identify the news outlet you represent before asking questions.

CCTV:

We notice that the economic growth rate further slowed down during the first three quarters of this year. Does that mean the economy is under greater downward pressure? How do you analyze the current economic conditions?

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you for your question. Since the beginning of this year, the world economy and international trade have both seen slower growth and, so, the Chinese economy has been under mounting downward pressure. The CPC Central Committee issued a series of policies for counter-cyclical adjustment in a timely manner to enable the economy to better withstand such pressure. The key economic indicators in the first three quarters show the economy has maintained overall stability. I will analyze the current economic condition from the following perspectives:

First, although there was slower growth in the domestic economy, the growth rate is still leading the world. The GDP grew 6.2% in the first three quarters, only 0.1 percentage points slower than the first half of the year. It is estimated the growth rate should be the fastest among all economies with a size of more than $1 trillion. The growth may be slower compared to our growth in previous years, however, it is still a high rate globally. 

Second, key macroeconomic indicators remain in a proper range in spite of downward pressures. In September, the surveyed unemployment rate in urban areas was 5.2%, the same as the previous month.In the first three quarters, employment was generally stable and the number of newly-employed people in urban areas almost met the whole-year target. The growth of consumer price increased in September to 3.0%. However, the core CPI excluding the prices of food and energy went up by 1.5%, which was slightly lower than that of previous months. In the first three quarters, the consumer price registered a modest increase of 2.5% year-on-year.During the same period, nationwide per capita disposable income registered real growth of 6.1% after deducting price factors, almost equal to the economic growth and faster than the growth of per capita GDP. Even the 8.8% nominal growth in per capita disposable income was relatively good. The energy consumption continued to fall during the first three quarters, while the production and utilization proportion of clean energy sources continue to rise.

Third, although there are external uncertainties, there are more certainties domestically which will play their due role in driving the economy.

For example, the service sector is playing a bigger role in driving economic growth. In the first three quarters, its value-added growth was 7% and consumption of services registered a relatively high growth of over 10%, which will drive the overall advance of the service sector and increasingly consolidate its stabilizing role.

Meanwhile, the potential for consumption is being unleashed. The contribution of final consumption expenditure to GDP growth was more than 60% in the first three quarters. The fundamental role of consumption in driving the economy will be strengthened with personal income increasing, the consumption environment continuing to improve, social security being enhanced and the supply capacity being strengthened. 

In addition, China's economic structure continues to upgrade. In September, in industrial enterprises above designated size, the added value of high-tech industries grew by 11% year-on-year, 4.9 percentage points higher than the previous month; the added value of strategic emerging industries grew by over 9%. Investments in areas of weakness and high-tech industries maintained rapid growth. From January to September, investments in high-tech industries and in the social domain both maintained growth above 13%.

Lastly, policies continue to have their desired effect. A batch of policies on cutting taxes and fees have been issued this year. The issuance of special bonds by local governments have been increased and the issuance process quickened. All those policies continue to take effect. The investment in infrastructure has rebounded in recent months. The financial sector is increasing its support for the real economy and facilitating a lowering of real interest rates. Some of the policies have delivered desired results and others will continue to take effect in the future.

Generally speaking, in spite of stern external environment, favorable domestic factors will ensure a stable economic performance in the near future. Thank you.

South China Morning Post:

The latest data shows GDP growth in the third quarter slowed down to 6% from a year earlier. Will it continue to slow down, falling below 6% in the fourth quarter? How would you analyze it? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

Thanks for your question. As the GDP growth in the third quarter was lower than that in the second, people will naturally be paying close attention to the figure in the next quarter. It is highly possible that the global economy will continue slowing down in the next stage as I said just now, as some leading indicators and forecasts from international agencies are not that optimistic. Despite this, if we look beneath the surface, there are lots of favorable factors supporting China's economy in the fourth quarter, with some recent indicators showing such encouraging signs and new changes. For example, growth of the manufacturing PMI accelerated in September, as reflected in the new orders index and the production index. Investment in infrastructure has picked up in the last two months. The PPI figures rose both in August and September compared with the previous month, despite declining year-on-year. The production and sales of automobiles, which has a large impact on the total production and sales, showed a narrowing decline in the recent two months. Those are all good signals, and, given the relatively low base in the last fourth quarter, I think the economy will remain stable. Thank you.

Bloomberg:

I have three questions. First, the data just now released shows that consumer spending contributed 60.5% to the GDP growth. How much did investment and imports and exports contribute? Second, as just mentioned, the growth of per capita disposable income is basically in line with the overall economic growth, but not faster than it. Then, will it be more difficult to shift from investment-driven growth to being driven by consumer spending? The third question is about investment in infrastructure. As mentioned, the local governments' special bonds have almost been used up. Will the investment in infrastructure slow down in the fourth quarter?

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you for the three questions. The first is about the contribution rate of the three major demands to the GDP growth. In the first three quarters of this year, final consumer spending contributed 60.5%, capital formation 19.8% and net exports of goods and services 19.6%. Those should add up to 100%, but the rounding-off leads to some nuance.

On your second question, per capita disposable income grew by 6.1% in real terms in the first three quarters, basically keeping pace with the 6.2% overall economic growth. If you look at per capita figures, disposable income grew faster than GDP growth. In terms of nominal growth, we saw a satisfactory rise of per capita disposable income by 8.8% in the first three quarters. As for whether we are able to shift from investment-driven growth to that driven by consumer spending, we have already made considerable progress in recent years in adjusting the pattern of economic development. Our economy has relied more on domestic demand gradually, in which consumer spending played an increasingly fundamental role. The process is on the go. In addition, there is also a shift of effort from expanding the scale of production factors to increasing total factor productivity with technological progress. Those facts show that China's economy is undergoing an obvious transformation and upgrading.

Your third question is whether there is a basis for the investment in infrastructure to rebound in the fourth quarter. There are several ways of expanding infrastructure investment. On the one hand, we increased the size of local governments' special bond issuance this year, and allocated some funds ahead of schedule. We are preparing to allocate some of the next year's inputs within this year. At the same time, we should encourage private capital to become more engaged. Overall, there is a good trend for us to see a rebounding infrastructure investment. Thank you.

Economic Daily:

In the first three quarters, investment in manufacturing witnessed a 2.5% increase year-on-year, which shows the slowdown continued in general. Does that mean the real economy is facing some difficulties? Is there any room for future investment growth?

Mao shengyong:

Thanks for your question. It's a common concern. The development of investment in the first three quarters has the following characteristics. First, investment growth was generally stable. From January to September, the growth rate of fixed-asset investment (excluding rural households) reached 5.4%, or 0.1 percentage point slower than the rate from January to August, but unchanged from the same period of last year. As the investment scale is continuously expanding, the growth rate has faced a slowdown in recent years, but still remains generally stable. Second, the investment structure continued to be optimized. From January to September, investment in the tertiary industry grew at a fast rate of 7.2%. Meanwhile, investment in high-tech industries and social sectors grew at a rate of 13% or above, which is beneficial for us to shore up areas of weakness and make development more sustainable. Third, the growth rate of investment in manufacturing, including private investment, has slowed, which shows the real economy is currently facing some difficulties. We will intensify efforts to implement the central government's policies, further improve the business environment, strengthen the protection of intellectual property rights and advance financing support, so as to boost the real economy and development of private and medium- and small-sized enterprises.

For your second question, I believe there is great potential for future investment growth. In economics, consumption equals final demand, which needs supply; supply calls for investment, which is also called "derived demand". Thus, investment is linked to demand on one side, and to supply on the other. We cannot simply see investment as consumption, because it is not only an important variable of consumption, but also an important part of supply. For example, when we increase investment in infrastructure and public services, it concerns not only investment increase, but expansion of consumption and improvement of people's living standards. When a company expands investment in reproduction, it can increase supply capacity and improve the supply level. If enterprises increase investment in equipment renewal and technology transformation, it can improve the quality and level of the supply system, and drive technological progress. From this perspective, to increase effective investment can not only expand demand, but also improve the level and quality of supply, optimize the supply structure, promote technological progress and boost transformation and upgrading. Therefore, whether it is from the demand or supply perspective, there is great potential and large room for expansion of domestic investment.

Market News International:

I have two questions. First, we have noticed that, in September, the value-added growth rate of the industrial sector was 1.4 percentage points higher than August. Was that a sign of recovery? What was the reason behind the growth? My second question is: what's your view on the pork price and its development trend? Will this factor restrain the country's monetary policy? And there is one more question. Currently, the trade tension between China and the United States seems to be eased a little bit. What's your view on its influence on China's trade and domestic consumption in Q4?

Mao Shengyong:

Your first question is about the growth rate of the industrial sector. In the first nine months, the value-added growth rate of industrial enterprises above designated size was 5.6%, nearly the same with the figure achieved in the first eight months. Specifically, the figure in September was 1.4 percentage points higher than August. There were several reasons for the increase. First, when calculating the increase, the figure of last September was relatively low. Second, since September was the end of the quarter, some enterprises decided to accelerate their production. Third, due to market expectations, some enterprises had a stronger will to expand production. In the future, there will be both downward pressure and conducive factors for growth, leaving the growth rate of the industrial sector basically unchanged.

Your second question is about the pork price, CPI and the impact on monetary policy. In the recent months, the CPI grew at a relatively faster rate. In September, it increased 3.0% year-on-year, and food price increased even faster. About 70% of the increase of CPI came from the food sector. To be specific, the pork price increase was the main driver, as it rose almost 70%. Taking a broader view, the pork price drove up CPI by 1.65 percentage points, accounting 55% of the total growth rate. 

How to understand pork price's impact on CPI? The CPI had been rising at a faster speed, but this was mainly because of structural factors. The increase was mainly caused by the price rise of pork and some other food products. If we take a look at the core CPI, the figure only rose 1.5% in September, and 2.5% on average in the first nine months. The rise was mild. Therefore, the growth of CPI in September was caused by the price rise of some food products, pork in particular. 

In the next stage, the supply of industrial goods will be adequate, leaving their prices basically stable, and service products will see a mild price rise. As for the food sector, since a bumper harvest is expected, prices will remain basically stable. Regarding pork, since the African swine fever has been brought under control, and the previous policies launched by the central and local governments have shown significant effect, the problems concerning the supply and demand of pork will gradually be solved, and pork price will be return to a normal range. 

Regarding consumer price, some people were worried if there would be inflation, because the price rise approached 3%, while some others felt there was actually a deflationary trend, because the core CPI, with the price of food and energy excluded, actually rose at a slower rate from the first half of this year, and the PPI even dropped down year-on-year. In fact, there was neither inflation nor deflation, and the price level was basically stable. Therefore, there is adequate room to launch monetary policies, and the authorities will devise policies in accordance with the real situation.

Now, I'll answer the question about China-U.S. trade friction. Recently, substantial progress was achieved in the negotiations. This is good news. It will leave a positive influence on the two countries, and will send a positive message to the world. The global economy and international trade are developing towards a direction of less protectionism and more openness. The global economy, including that of China, will see better development.

Reuters:

My question is about employment. Although economic growth fell to 6.0% in the third quarter, there was no obvious increase in the survey-based unemployment rate, which was 5.2% in September, slightly lower than July. Can you explain why?

Mao Shengyong:

In general, employment and economic growth are highly correlated. Why did the economic growth slow down, while the employment situation remained generally stable? This question can be answered from several perspectives.

First, despite a slight slowdown, the economic growth rate remained relatively good from a global perspective. In addition, with the growth in size, the economic increment brought about by every one percentage point increase is also growing. And with the growth of economic increment, the number of job opportunities able to be absorbed is also growing.

Second, there is also a close relationship between the employment situation and the change of industrial structures. As mentioned before, the service industry has maintained relatively rapid growth, and the proportion of added value of the sector in GDP continues to increase. The sector as a whole is like a reservoir of employment. With such an industrial structure, the capacity to absorb employment is constantly increasing. In other words, the employment elasticity of economic growth has increased, which is another important reason.

Third, the government has launched a series of active employment policies. For example, we have advanced business startups and innovation initiatives as well as other more flexible approaches to create new jobs. We have paid particular attention to the employment of key groups, for example, by increasing professional training. Such a series of policies have achieved good results.

Fourth, new industries, sectors and business models are continuously emerging and growing, which also helps provide more job opportunities.

Based on these factors, although our economic growth has slowed down slightly, the overall employment situation remains stable. However, we should also be aware of some structural contradictions. For example, the survey-based urban unemployment rate is relatively stable, but there are still some areas where the unemployment rate is relatively high; the unemployment rate for young people is higher than the overall unemployment rate, and it is relatively difficult for college graduates to find jobs. The current structural contradiction is that, on the one hand, it is difficult for enterprises to recruit workers; on the other hand, it is difficult for some college graduates to find jobs. In general, the employment market is relatively stable, but we should continue to pay close attention to structural contradictions.

Thank you.

CNR: 

Mr. Mao just mentioned that the pork price has been on the rise this year. China has stepped up efforts to guarantee pork supply. You said more time is needed to control the price. Will the price be steady in the next few months? And analysts have said there is an adjustment in the proportion of pork in the CPI when the National Bureau of Statistics was calculating it. Is that true? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

Both of your questions are about the CPI. The growth of pork price in September fell on a month-over-month basis, but grew year-on-year. In the next stage, with further implementation of various policies, the supply of pork will increase, and the current tense situation will ease. The pork price should be back to normal in a few months after adjustment.

Your second question is more professional. I would like to take this opportunity to give you some introductions about it. Over the years of development, the price survey system of NBS has grown relatively mature. The collection and compilation of the price index are in line with international standards and recognized by international counterparts. The method we use to calculate the price index is the Chain-type Laspeyres Formula, which is in line with international standards. So how to calculate CPI? We need to know how the price of goods and services are changing. However, we can only select representative ones to observe, which we call the "basket". As these representative ones may change over time, we need to select new goods or services to be included in the "basket" on a regular basis. We also need to identify the portion of the different parts in the "basket".

How often should we change the components of the "basket"? Every five years, we undertake this change, such as in a year ending in 0 or 5. This is also in line with international standards. For example, the current CPI is based in 2015. We need to choose the representative goods and services. And this is conducted in strict accordance with the information provided by households. Once the content and number of the goods and services are identified, we need to check the variation of them in the "basket". And every part has its own proportion. So, how to make sure this is right? For example, to know the CPI, we should know how much the purchase of pork took up in total expenditure. We calculate it with the real data of expenditure, and no one will change the number on purpose, but indeed, it will change from month to month.

Fluctuations in the price changes basically reflect the characteristics and trends of the change. The data we calculated is more like a complex index. It reflects the general performance of business entities and general situation of business activities in the whole society. Meanwhile, different groups or individuals, of course, may feel the differences more acutely. Though the pork price grew sharply, the proportion of total expenditure is only some 2%. Meanwhile, there are industrial products, food and other services, which are accounting for over 90% of the total, and registered rise or decline. We put all of these together to calculate. Therefore, in September, the consumer price went up by 3% year-on-year. Thank you.

China Business Network:

In the first three quarters, the total investment in real estate development achieved year-on-year growth of 10.5%. Do you think this double-digit growth can be sustained? What's your opinion on real estate's contribution to economic growth? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

In regard to your first question about the real estate market, we have reinforced the principle that houses are for living in, not for speculation. Currently, housing prices are stable; and the growth of investment in real estate market from January to September has been kept basically above 10%, which means stability. Meanwhile, real estate sales have slightly decreased. Based on these indicators, we can say we have maintained general stability in the real estate market. This is also the case in regard to land sales.

As for real estate's contribution to economic growth, similarly, housing demand should not be speculative and investment-driven. Real estate will not be used as a short-term stimulus for economic growth. The sector's development is generally stable, healthy, and orderly.

Financial Times:

Just now it has been mentioned that China will issue special bonds to support infrastructure projects. Based on our understanding, the requirement of special bonds is that the revenue should match the capacity of debt repayment. As many local governments insist there is a lack of profitable infrastructure projects, how will this influence their development?

Mao Shengyong:

This issue can be better addressed by my colleagues of the Ministry of Finance or other government bodies. However, I will answer it based on my own understanding.

Last year, China issued 1.35 trillion yuan of local government special bonds. The figure this year has been raised to 2.15 trillion yuan, and our work in this field has basically concluded. Next, these special bonds need to be implemented on specific projects. During the issuing process, the central government and other government bodies consider local governments' capacity of debt repayment, and a categorized management system has been established regarding the amount of special bonds issued. For example, a local government with a higher debt level will receive only a comparatively small amount of special bonds; meanwhile those with stronger capacity in debt repayment, huge potential and a high level of development, as well as promising investment future, will be issued a much larger amount. We hope special bonds can function as the guide for private capital to improve the development of infrastructure. Thank you.

ET Net:

Mr. Mao mentioned earlier that the decrease in vehicle purchases is slowing. Although the limitation on vehicle purchases has been lifted and purchase encouraged, overall sales remain sluggish. What's your opinion on this? Which areas of demand will experience further growth in the future? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

The overall consumer market is actually not sluggish, as consumption has continued to grow. In the first three quarters, the total retail sales of consumer goods achieved a year-on-year rise of 8.2%. Excluding automobiles, it actually grew by more than 9%. However, total retail sales of consumer goods only cover a fairly small number of service categories; if all kinds of services were included, there would be a double-digit increase based on our calculation. In terms of consumer spending, the per capita rate in regard to services also registered an increase of more than 10%. The proportion of consumption expenditure on services in the first three quarters in 2019 accounts for more than 50% of total spending. Therefore, if the consumption of goods and services were considered as a whole, the growth would reach more than 9%, which is rather optimistic.

Regarding automobiles, since last May, production and sales appear to have slowed. This phenomenon occurred in many other countries, as well. In terms of vehicle ownership, China still has room and potential to grow. As for the policy adjustment you've mentioned, there have been some shifts in some cities, and this can only enhance the huge developing potential. For example, we have accelerated the transfer of vehicles in the second-hand market. We have been gradually lifting the limitational policies at local government level, and boosting the market of new vehicle purchases by promoting that of second-hand ones. In general, vehicle purchases in China still have room to grow, and the overall consumption will maintain a positive trend. Thank you.

Shou Xiaoli:

Thank you, Mr. Mao, and friends from the media. Today's press conference is hereby concluded.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Zhang Wufeng, a member of the Party Leadership Group of the National Development and Reform Commission, head of the National Food and Strategic Reserves Administration

Su Wei, deputy secretary general of the National Development and Reform Commission

Huang Wei, deputy head of the National Food and Strategic Reserves Administration

Chairperson:

Hu Kaihong, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

Oct. 14, 2019

Hu Kaihong: 

Ladies and gentlemen, friends from the media, good afternoon. Welcome to this conference. Today, the State Council Information Office (SCIO) launched the white paper titled "Food Security in China," and is holding this press conference to brief you on its main content and its details.

With us here today are: Mr. Zhang Wufeng, a member of the Party Leadership Group of the National Development and Reform Commission and head of the National Food and Strategic Reserves Administration; Mr. Su Wei, deputy secretary general of the National Development and Reform Commission; and Mr. Huang Wei, deputy head of the National Food and Strategic Reserves Administration. I'm the SCIO spokesperson Hu Kaihong. I'll host the conference today.

First, I'd like to make a brief introduction to the main content of the white paper. "Food Security in China" is the second white paper on the country's food security issue that the Chinese government launched after the "China Food Issue" released in 1996. It gives us a full picture of the historic achievements and transformation that China has made in the food security field after the founding of the People's Republic of China in 1949, especially after the 18th National Congress of the Communist Party of China (CPC) in 2012. It makes a comprehensive introduction to China's philosophies and practices relating to implementing the country's food security strategy and promoting the high-quality development of the grain industry. It demonstrates China's determination to maintain world food security, and build a community with a shared future for mankind. The white paper contains approximately 12,000 words, and comprises the preamble, the main content, and the conclusion.

Since the founding of the People's Republic of China (PRC) in 1949, China has always prioritized food security in state governance. The white paper uses various data and facts to prove that over the past 70 years, despite a weak agricultural foundation and extreme poverty, the Communist Party of China (CPC) has led an unremitting campaign of hard work, making China basically self-sufficient in its food supply. The country now has enough food to feed its nearly 1.4 billion population, and has remarkably improved the people's nutrition and quality of life. China's food security is a success of worldwide significance.

Since the CPC's 18th National Congress in 2012, the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core has treated food security as a top state issue. The central leadership has introduced a food security policy of "ensuring basic self-sufficiency of grain and absolute security of staple foods." The white paper points out that based on its own national conditions and food availability, China has embarked on a road to establishing food security in its own way by implementing the concepts of being innovative, coordinated, green, open, and inclusive development, the requirements of high-quality development, and a national food security strategy for a new era.

Food security is an essential guarantee for world peace and development, an important foundation for a global community of shared future, and an influential factor for the development and future of humanity. The white paper points out that as the world's largest developing country, and a major country that shoulders its responsibilities, China has always been a positive force in safeguarding world food security. China has been an active promoter of free trade. It has worked hard to fulfill its commitments to the World Trade Organization (WTO), and shares China's food market resources to facilitate world food trade. By expanding international cooperation in food and agriculture actively, participating in global food security governance, China has made an important contribution to the healthy development of the world food industry and food security.

In the last part, the white paper stresses that in the future, under the principle of openness, inclusiveness, equality, mutual benefit, and win-win cooperation, China will be embracing a new situation of opening up with regard to food issues. In pursuit of common development, China is enhancing cooperation with all other countries to safeguard global food security as a contribution to building a global community of shared future.

The white paper has been published in Chinese, English, French, Russian, German, Spanish, Arabic and Japanese by the People's Publishing House and Foreign Language Press. It will be distributed across the country by Xinhua Bookstore.

That's all for the general introduction. Next, I will give the floor to Zhang Wufeng, a member of the Party Leadership Group of the National Development and Reform Commission and head of the National Food and Strategic Reserves Administration.

Zhang Wufeng:

Ladies and gentlemen, dear friends, good afternoon. It's my pleasure to introduce and explain the white paper "Food Security in China" to you. First of all, I'd like to express my sincere thanks to our media friends for your interest and support for China's food security endeavor. 

On the occasion of the 70th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China (PRC), it has important practical significance to introduce the status quo of China's food security through the white paper; comprehensively elaborate on China's stance and policy on this issue; and then work to increase the domestic and the international community's understanding in this field. With this in mind, the National Development and Reform Commission, the National Food and Strategic Reserves Administration, and 12 other government bodies have been focusing on the following five aspects in the drafting process.

Zhang Wufeng:

First, the white paper highlights the strategic nature of food security as a top state issue, and reflects the vision of people-centered development. The CPC and the Chinese government have always prioritized food security in state governance. In the early days of the PRC, Comrade Mao Zedong once said that "food in the hand is a relief in the heart". Although great changes have taken place in China in the recent 70 years since its founding in 1949, the utmost importance of food security remains the same. Since the 18th CPC National Congress in 2012, General Secretary Xi Jinping has stressed on multiple occasions that "we must ensure China's food security so that we will always have control over our own food supply;" and "we must shoulder the responsibility to ensure China's food security." Xi's important speeches above have been taken as the guidelines for this white paper.

Second, the white paper listed the remarkable achievements China has made to ensure its food security, and demonstrates China's confidence in securing its own food supply in a self-reliant way under the leadership of the CPC. Back in 1996, the white paper "The Grain Issue in China" responded positively to the question of "who can feed the Chinese." Over the last 20 odd years, China has successfully delivered on its promises to the rest of the world with our tangible achievements. There are a series of convincing statistics regarding this in the white paper. For example, two leading indicators have surpassed 650 million metric tons. The total food output of China has surpassed 650 million tons for four consecutive years from 2015; and in 2018 the storage capacity of qualified grain warehouses reached 670 million tons. China has achieved a leapfrog of historic proportions - from a society that could not guarantee adequate food and clothing for its people to becoming a moderately prosperous one in all respects. This is not only impressive in itself, but also contributes to the world's development. In the meantime, the Chinese government has never once forgot the poor. Almost one fifth of the world's population has been provided with adequate food and clothing, as well as access to compulsory education, basic medical services and housing. This is a remarkable feat in the world's history of poverty alleviation. 

Zhang Wufeng:

Third, the white paper systematically elaborates on the development of food security with Chinese characteristics, and provides the Chinese approach to the rest of the world in ensuring food security. Since the 18th CPC National Congress, the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core has established the national strategy of food security, promoting innovation in the theory, institution, and practice of ensuring food security. China has embarked on the road to establishing food security in its own way by steadily increasing grain production capacity; cultivating and increasing farmers' interest in the planting of grain; innovating and improving the food market system. It has also improved macroeconomic regulation; developed the grain industry economy; established a comprehensive food science and technology innovation system; and strengthened management and operations in accordance with the law. This shows a unique form of Chinese wisdom and a Chinese approach in this field.

Fourth, the white paper introduces China's successful results of international cooperation on food security, and shows that China has lived up to its responsibility as a major country to ensure global food security. China is an active promoter of free trade. It has worked hard to fulfill its commitments to the WTO, and has spared no effort to promote food security across the world. For one, China sees a further opening up in more sectors. China has rescinded import quotas, permits and other non-tariff measures for relevant agri-products, and has further eased restrictions on foreign investment in agriculture. Foreign-funded enterprises are becoming more involved both in the depth and width of China's food market. In addition, international cooperation has been strengthened. Under the principle of sincerity, amity, righteous idea of moral and profit, China has been actively participating in the governance of global food security, providing emergency food assistance within in its means within the framework of bilateral and multilateral cooperation mechanisms such as the BRI, the Forum on China-Africa Cooperation, and South-South cooperation.

Fifth, the white paper shares China's prospects and policies for food security in the future, and provides consistent and stable expectations for the development of food security. "In times of peace one must be alert to danger," this is a widely-accepted motto in traditional Chinese culture, and has been repeatedly stressed by General Secretary Xi Jinping. Currently, the food security situation in China is generally positive, but in the medium and long term, food supply and demand will experience a tight balance. Ensuring national food security is an ongoing issue. Under the guidance of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, we will implement national strategies of food security and rural revitalization. We will increase food productivity, boost grain reserves, and improve grain circulation, so as to control our own food supply. In the meantime, China will join the global fight against hunger, and promote the sound development of the global food industry.

That's all for the general introduction. Thank you. Next, my colleagues and I will answer your questions.

Hu Kaihong:

Now it's time for the Q&A session. Please identify the news organization you represent before asking your question.

China Central Television:

China is a country with a huge population. General Secretary Xi Jinping has emphasized multiple times the importance of food security, saying that "the rice bowls of the Chinese people must be held firmly in our own hands." At the same time, we have noticed that China also imports grain from other countries. My question is how do you assess China's food security situation? Can we ensure that food is no longer truly a problem for the Chinese people? Thank you.

Zhang Wufeng:

Thanks for your question. Your question is also of wide concern. Over 20 years ago, there were some doubts from foreign countries on whether China could feed its own population. The Communist Party of China (CPC), the Chinese government and the Chinese people have proved that they can solve the food problem on their own.

Ensuring food security is the prerequisite for a peaceful and stable society. For thousands of years, meeting the food demand has been the Chinese people's constant pursuit. Since the founding of the People's Republic of China, the CPC has been sticking to the principle of "putting the people first", and it views food security as the most important mission. Especially since the 18th CPC National Congress, based on international situation, national conditions and food availability, the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core has formed a food security strategy featuring self-sufficiency based on domestic grain production, guaranteed food production capacity, moderate imports, and technological support. It also put forward a new grain security outlook that seeks to ensure basic self-sufficiency of grain and absolute security of staple food. Through a series of effective policy measures, the country has made many achievements. China has fed almost 20% of the world's population with just 9% of the world's arable land and 6% of fresh water. It has achieved the historic transformation from hunger to subsistence, and from a poor to a moderately well-off nation. It has not only ensured self-sufficiency in its own food supply but has also contributed much to global food security.

We can conclude that China's food security situation is now the best it has had in history. This can be explained from the following three aspects:

First, high grain output and sufficient food reserves. Since 2004, China has achieved bumper grain harvests in 15 consecutive years. This year's grain output is expected to be over 1.3 trillion jin, or 650 billion kilograms, for the fifth year in a row. China ensures absolute security of its staple grains, and supplies over 95% of its own needs for grain. It also has sufficient food reserves, which lays a solid foundation for national food security.

Second, stable market supply and steady grain prices. Over the years, China's grain supply has been sufficient, which has met people's daily consumption needs and guaranteed food security in times of natural disaster and public emergencies. In recent years, despite volatility in the international market, China's grain prices have remained generally stable with slight fluctuations within an acceptable range. This has played an important role in promoting stable and healthy economic development and social stability.

Third, full guarantee and strong adjustment measures. With the stable increase in grain production and bumper harvests, China also constantly improves its grain logistics system, the food market system, the grain storage system as well as the emergency supply system. The system of making provincial governors responsible for food security clearly lays out the duties of both the central government and the local governments and helps form synergies among all parties. By adopting more flexible macro adjustment measures and diverse policy tools, China has also promoted the reform in its grain collection and storage system, adjusted government food reserves, facilitated the grain industry economy, and made rational use of both domestic and international markets and resources. Through a series of targeted and effective measures, China has adjusted and upgraded the planting structure, improved the balance between supply and demand, and increased its capacity to ensure food security.

The above three aspects indicate that China's food security situation is sound and the people's demand for food can be met. Of course, we have some imports, mainly of soybeans, to adjust the surplus and deficit in the different kinds of grains. As China is a country with a large population, its balance of food supply and demand would be tight in the medium and long term. As General Secretary Xi Jinping pointed out repeatedly, "one would have peace in mind if he or she does not worry about the food issue." Meeting people's food demand will always be a priority in state governance. We will stick to a path of developing food security with Chinese characteristics, fully implement the national food security strategy and rural revitalization strategy, and increase grain output through the stricter protection of arable land and improved technological innovations. We will strive to build our strength in the grain production industry, secure self-sufficiency, and constantly increase domestic production. Thank you.

China News Service:

In recent years, China's grain harvest has been witnessing consecutive bumper years. The government has also scored remarkable achievements in promoting and improving the reform of the grain storage system. In on-the-spot interviews, we have also learned that many farmers are concerned about how to earn more money by growing grain. So, what measures have relevant government departments taken to protect and mobilize the enthusiasm of grain-growing farmers? Thank you.

Zhang Wufeng:

Thank you. The question you have raised will be answered by Mr. Su Wei.

Su Wei:

Thank you for your question. In fact, earning money by increasing grain production is also very important to ensure food supply and maintain food security. To ensure food security, we must first protect the enthusiasm of farmers and enable them to reap profits from grain production. Our purpose of promoting the reform of the grain storage system is to give full play to the role of the market mechanism, tackle structural issues on grain varieties, and protect farmers' interests more effectively. The government has taken a series of measures to protect and mobilize the enthusiasm of farmers, mainly by reducing costs, working vigorously in the area of purchasing, and increasing farmers' income.

First is to reduce costs. By exempting farmers from the agricultural tax, we have reduced the burden of farmers by more than 130 billion yuan every year, which is a fundamental approach in reducing the burden of farmers. The overall scale of financial support for agriculture has continuously expanded at the same time, exceeding 1 trillion yuan in 2018. By implementing efficient water-saving and high-standard farmland construction projects and increasing investment in farmland water infrastructure construction, we have continuously improved production conditions and enhanced our ability to resist natural disasters. By adjusting and refining the price-setting mechanisms for grain and the policies for supporting and protecting agriculture, we have promoted appropriately-scaled agricultural operations of various forms and reduced the costs of farmers in grain production.

Second is to work vigorously in the area of purchasing. The government has adopted a series of policies and measures to handle grain purchases well, guide enterprises to enter the market actively, and prevent any predicament in which "farmers feel difficultly in selling grain." We have established a specialized post-production service system for grain-growing farmers to provide them with such services as grain-cleaning, drying, storage, processing and marketing. In the areas where conditions permit, smartphone app software for grain sales have been developed to help farmers achieve online sales, meeting the needs of grain sales in rural areas.

Su Wei:

Third is to increase farmers' income. The main method in this regard is to develop industries, improve grain quality, and refine the price-setting mechanisms for grain. We are vigorously developing the grain industry economy and promoting the integration of primary, secondary and tertiary industries so that grain-growing farmers can share the value-added benefits of the processing and conversion of grain.

Here are some examples. In Heilongjiang province, farmers processed 72.3 billion jin (about 36.15 billion kg) of raw grain and realized 103.6 billion yuan in sales revenue in 2018. This is a very good example. In Hunan province, farmers developed a cultivation mode in which "shrimps and rice co-exist" and the total output value reached 10 billion yuan. In Henan province, grain and edible oil-processing enterprises established 718 mu (about 47.8 hectares) of high-quality grain bases, benefiting 1.9 million rural households. In Guizhou province, local governments implemented cultivation projects for the orders of grain and edible oils with competitive advantages, bringing about 9.3 billion yuan of profits for farmers and benefiting 1.15 million rural households.

We have also carried out in-depth high-quality grain projects, promoted the connection between grain production, purchase, storage, processing and marketing, and guided farmers to adjust the grain growing structure and expand the cultivation of high-quality varieties of grain. Presently, the price of high-quality wheat and rice is 0.1-0.2 yuan per 0.5 kg higher than that of common varieties. This has helped realize the goal that "quality grain gets a good price, and high yield increases farmers' income." Thank you.

Nikkei:

Since last year, China's government has introduced a series of policies to increase its self-sufficiency rate of soybean. How have they been working out so far? Thank you.

Zhang Wufeng:

Mr. Su will answer your question.

Su Wei:

Thank you for your question. As we all know, China is the country of origin for soybeans, and has advantages in soybean production. In recent years, as an important measure for the agricultural supply-side structural reform, relevant departments have formulated the Implementation Plan for the Rejuvenation of Soybean Production to promote the recovery and development of soybean production. There are clear goals to achieve the following: An overall soybean planting area of 140 million mu (9.3 million ha) by 2020 and an average yield per mu of 135 kilograms. We aim to also increase both the protein content of edible soybean and fat content of soybean for oil by 1 percentage point and to maintain negative growth in the usage of chemical fertilizers and pesticides. Relevant national departments are actively implementing the objectives and measures in accordance with the plan, which will show results gradually. Thanks.    

CNR: 

We know that the grain reserve system is an important system to guarantee national food security. For many years, China has been strengthening its management in this area, but some concerns still linger on in society. Can China's grain reserves still guarantee market supply? Do we have enough grain to ensure that? Thanks.

Zhang Wufeng:

Thank you. Mr. Huang will answer your questions.

Huang Wei:

Thanks for your questions. I'd like to share the latest data with you. This year, the State Council carried out the third inspection on our national grain reserves. The first two inspections were in 2001 and 2009. We focused on the quantity and quality of our grain reserves. A total of 17,000 warehouse storage points and 190,000 cargo spaces were inspected. According to this inspection, the grain reserves in China can meet the standards required for national food security.

We all know that the grain reserve system is important to guarantee national food security. For China, a country with a population of 1.4 billion, this is particularly important. That's why the Chinese government has paid much attention to it. Through many years of work, we have taken a series of measures to efficiently manage the reserve system. This May, General Secretary Xi Jinping presided over the eighth meeting of the CPC Central Committee for deepening China's overall reform. Opinions on the reform of the grain reserve system were passed during the meeting, which highlighted the direction and provided follow-up for the further strengthening of the management of our reserves.

As for your questions about whether the reserves can meet the market needs, I can share some facts with you. Since the reform and opening up, China's grain reserves have increased along with its grain output. We continue to guarantee grain reserves at the central level. Since 2015, we have also increased grain reserves at the regional level. For example, the areas where more grain is produced than sold are required to guarantee the market supply for three months; the areas where more grain is sold than produced should guarantee the market supply for six months; and for those areas where the grain produced equals the amount sold, they should guarantee the market supply for four and a half months. As for the current status of China's grain reserve structure, wheat and rice take up for 70% of the total grain. In general, China's grain reserves can completely meet the market needs and deal with any potential emergencies.

Market News International:

Mr. Zhang just mentioned that China needs to import soybeans. The U.S. has always been a chief source of supply for soybeans and other agricultural products to China. Since last year, China has used soybeans as a bargain chip during the China-U.S. trade talks. So will that impact the supply of feed for livestock? It is expected that China's pork production will greatly increase next year. If the trade friction continues to escalate, do we have the confidence to guarantee the supply of soybeans and other types of feed for livestock? Thanks.

Zhang Wufeng:

Thanks for your questions. Mr. Su will answer that.

Su Wei:

Thanks for your questions and your attention to China's grain supply. As Mr. Zhang mentioned, China is confident that our reserves can guarantee the grain supply. There are several reasons. First, China has strong grain production capacity, and its total grain production is expected to surpass 650 million metric tons this year. Second, China has sufficient grain reserves to meet any potential emergencies. As Mr. Zhang mentioned, China needs to import some agricultural products, mostly for the adjustment of different varieties. In addition, China is also considering plans to rejuvenate soybean farming. In general, we are confident that we can guarantee the grain supply. Thanks.

The Economic Daily:

Different from the Write Paper on Food Security issued in 1996, the latest edition mentioned that "China will advance from a large grain producer to a food industry power". Would you please tell us by what this means, namely that China can accelerate quality production while developing the grain industry economy? Thank you.

Zhang Wufeng:

Thank you for your question. I would like to take this opportunity to answer it. As is generally known, a strong industrial capacity safeguards food security. Nowadays, since food productivity has achieved stable growth, Chinese consumers are shifting their attention from food quantity to quality, and this has resulted in an urgent demand for developing the grain industry economy. During the past few years, authorities at all levels, following the decisions made by the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, have explored many practices and gained precious experiences. In the past two years in peculiar, the grain industry economy in China has been growing rapidly. I'll show you five points as follows to demonstrate some good examples in different areas.

We focus on "one target" –to facilitate the high-quality development of its grain industries and advance to a food industry power by upholding the principle of "grain planting to the forefront and produce to follow" and "agriculture to the forefront and industry to follow." We are accelerating progress in building a modern food industry system, with a nationwide registration system covering 23,000 enterprises. In 2018, the output value of China's agricultural sector hit 3 trillion yuan, with 11 provinces each achieving 100 billion yuan. Shandong took a lead by generating an output value of 400 billion yuan. It was followed by Jiangsu, Anhui, Guangdong, Hubei and Henan, each exceeding 200 billion yuan. Many enterprises across the country with widely-known brand images and high credibility have formed the backbone industry of the agricultural sector and spearheaded quality production.

We support "two major strategies" – namely, national food security and rural vitalization. We'll promote refined food processing industry, encourage the integration of the primary, secondary and tertiary sectors and achieve equilibrium between supply and demand of high-quality food products.

We stick to the synchronized development among "three chains": first, an intact industrial chain of food manufacturing in broader extent; second, an increase of high added value in the food price chains; and third, the chain of grain and edible oil supply with higher efficiency. 

Zhang Wufeng:

We have built four platforms. We will make greater efforts in launching programs for quality food. In doing so, we will buttress a number of model counties and county-level cities, build several model zones and help develop a certain amount of small-and-medium enterprises with core competences, strong driving force, outstanding professionalism and targeted market products. The four platforms, therefore, stand for quality food projects, model counties and county-level cities, model zones and competitive enterprises. Since 2017, the Ministry of Finance and the National Food and Strategic Reserves Administration has joined hands to launch a quality food project financed with 20 billion yuan from the central government and more than 45 billion yuan from local governments and various social organizations. The investments are spent on building an after-service system of food production, improving services from the institutes focusing on evaluation of food quality, and implementing the Healthy Grain and Edible Oil Action Plan.

We are adhering to concerted efforts with the hope that our food can excel in five aspects: namely production, purchase, inventory, processing and sales, by improving the quality and efficiency of food productivities. We are pursuing efforts to build up the food industry and establish a country with a competitive agricultural sector. While changing from quantity-to-quality driven production, agriculture in China should undertake structural adjustment and conduct appropriate business operations. We will boost the production of high-quality grain, purchase it at higher prices, and prioritize its storage, processing and sales. We will improve the structure and distribution of grain processing capacity, encourage the recyclable food economy, strengthen cooperation between food production and sales and improve the "last mile" logistic service to deliver the food and oil products to consumers. By and large, the concerted efforts among production, purchase, inventory, processing and sales are critical to lead our agriculture to excel in the abovementioned aspects with good effects.

We all know that the food industry link production and consumption. It is fundamental and extensively used. Therefore, the country will follow the guiding principles of government, indicators of the market, the appropriate use of natural resources, a green recycling approach, solution-oriented management and a bottom line alarm approach to accelerate innovation with structural upgrading and adjustment and improvements in quality and efficiency. We will continue to increase our comprehensive capabilities of food production and enhance market competitiveness and social efficiency to safeguard the industrial basis of national food security in all aspects. Thank you.

China Daily:

We all know that China is the most populous country in the world and has successfully solved the problem of how to feed 1.4 billion people. At the same time, as the world's second largest economy and a responsible power, what measures has China taken to expand the grain market opening and strengthen foreign cooperation? What impact have these measures had on the food security in the world? Thank you.

Zhang Wufeng:

Thank you for raising this question, Mr. Su Wei please answer this one.

Su Wei:

Thank you for your question. I think you all will have seen that the white paper "Food Security in China" has a part dedicated to opening up and international cooperation. Mr. Hu gave a brief introduction at the beginning of this press conference. He mentioned that China actively practices the concept of free trade, promotes the development of the grain trade in the world, deepens international cooperation in the field of food and agriculture, and makes very important contributions to maintaining world food security. The main things I want to talk about are three points below:

First, China is continuing to open up. The Chinese government is further relaxing the restrictions for foreign investment in the agricultural sector, and eliminating the restrictions on foreign investment regarding the purchase and wholesale of rice, wheat and corn. The breadth and depth of how foreign-funded enterprises enter China's grain market is constantly expanding, which has become an important force for promoting the development of China's grain industry. China shares its food market resources with the world. In 2018, it imported more than 20 million tons of cereal grain and more than 80 million tons of soybeans to boost the prosperity of world food trade.

Second, China is deepening international cooperation. We are actively responding to and participating in initiatives and activities of international organizations, such as the annual World Food Day and food security publicity. We adhere to the principle of extensive consultation, joint contribution and shared benefits. We also carry out agricultural investments in countries and regions in need, and promote technologies and share experience in food production, processing, warehousing, logistics and trade. Since 2013, we have actively promoted and jointly built the Belt and Road Initiative, established economic and trade cooperation with participating countries, and actively carried out cooperation in the world food trade.

Third, we are actively participating in the governance of world food security. We are exploring new modes of international food cooperation; carrying out all-round, high-level foreign cooperation in food; maintaining WTO rules; promoting a new system of safe, stable and responsible international food trading; and better safeguarding world food security. In addition, China has provided food aid, within its capacity, free of charge at the request of certain countries.

China will continue to open up to the outside world, continuously deepen international cooperation in the field of food and agriculture, and share its technologies, experiences and achievements in agriculture and food with other countries. We will also continue to actively participate in world food security governance, maintain WTO rules, and promote world food security. We very much hope that one day we will see hunger and poverty eliminated from the earth. Thank you.

Phoenix TV:

The quality of food is related to the food safety for consumers. In recent years, all sectors of society have paid close attention to the quality and safety of food. What measures has the government taken to bolster these efforts and secure the public's "safety on the tongue?" Thank you.

Zhang Wufeng:

Your question is very good; Mr. Huang Wei please answer the question.

Huang Wei:

People are very concerned about grain quality. Let me summarize our experiences. I think the key to solving this problem comes in two parts: On one hand, we focus on the production to make sure food is safe from the source; on the other hand, we must focus on the sales section so we can supervise the whole process. Grain has a strong specialty. It can be eaten directly and is the basic raw material for other foods. Therefore, eating unqualified grain will affect the health of the human body. Processing unqualified grain as raw materials will also affect food safety. So, it is very important.

There are many factors affecting the quality of food, including objective factors of production conditions such as soil, water source and even the surrounding climate and environment, as well as the artificial input factors such as seeds, fertilizers and pesticides. After grain is produced, quality problems may also occur during its storage, processing and transportation. Therefore, as this reporter raised the issue of "safety on the tongue", I would say that the issue is a systematic project involving multiple subjects, multiple links, and multiple fields. The key is to focus on the governance at source and make sure the whole process is supervised. We should really do a good job in supervising and managing the whole process from the farming fields to the dining table, in order to ensure that the people eat safely, healthily and eat with confidence.

First, we must control the source. We will continue to supervise the production process; reduce the use of chemical fertilizers and pesticides; use organic fertilizers; strengthen agricultural pollution control and the remediation of contaminated soils; ensure that food can be produced in good soil and water conditions; and make sure grain is of high quality from the very source. Through our hard work, so far, China has now reduced the use of fertilizers and pesticides.

The second is to manage the stock well. It is not easy to grow grain, and it is also difficult to store grain. China is a big grain storage country, and a large quantity of grain is in a state of reserve. Grain is an organism that can breathe, heat, and have life. If it is not properly stored, it will have mold and insect damage, and its quality will decline. In order to ensure quality and safety, and in addition to vigorously improving the conditions of storage facilities, we also promote and use advanced, green technologies and crafts such as intelligent ventilation, circulation fumigation, low temperature storage, and nitrogen storage to ensure good food quality.

The third is full process supervision. On the one hand, monitoring and early warning should be strictly implemented on the production and inventory links. When grain is growing in the fields, we must pay attention to its quality problems; increase the sample amount, coverage and pertinence for monitoring; timely learn the change of the quality of food; and discover problems. According to the statistics of our food system, the number of monitoring samples has been increasing. The total number of monitoring samples reached 520,000 last year. The statistics of the recent five years showed that the number increased by 31.4% compared with the past, so we have put a lot of effort into this aspect and do a good job in monitoring and early warning, and keep well-informed regarding the quality of food. 

On the other hand, we must do a good job in food inspection in circulation. For each batch of grain and every business entity, we strictly implement the grain quality inspection system to strictly prevent unqualified grain from flowing into the grain market. Once unqualified grain is found, the state has a set of special regulations for disposal and it cannot be disposed of at will. In the process, if some entities and individuals are found to be not doing a good job, we will resolutely hold them accountable according to the laws and regulations. We will punish anyone if we find any violations. This will not be tolerated.

Finally, I want to emphasize that the quality of food is the most important issue, and we must be responsible for it. To solve the concerns and expectations of the people, base on our experience in the work, I think the most fundamental thing is to implement the "four strictest requirements" put forward by General Secretary Xi Jinping, which are: using the strictest standards, the strictest supervision, the strictest punishment, and the strictest accountability. We will resolutely safeguard every link of grain production and supply, from farmland to dining table, and earnestly guarantee the "safety on the tongue" for the people, because this is what every citizen cares about. Thank you.

CRI:

Over the past few years, many people have been reluctant to stockpile food. If we have a shortage of food, it will pose huge pressures on the government's ability to deal with an emergency. How can we ensure a steady supply of food if there is an emergency? Thank you.

Zhang Wufeng:

Thank you for your question. We'd like to invite Mr. Huang to answer this question.

Huang Wei:

The question raised by this reporter friend can easily be overlooked when we have sufficient food reserves. According to our work experience, we should not only ensure food security when times are good. More importantly, we should save for a rainy day, otherwise things can be catastrophic when there is an emergency. As such, the Chinese government attaches great importance to food emergency management. After years of hard work, our grain reserves and emergency response systems which are in line with China's national conditions have been established. They can be summarized in the following aspects:

First, we have food in hand. The key to handle an emergency is to have food reserves in hand. When there is an emergency, we can extract the necessary food supplies immediately. As I have mentioned before, sufficient grain reserves are the foundation, the "ballast stone", of our food emergency system. In addition, emergency food reserves for 10-15 days are available in large and medium-sized cities and areas that are prone to price fluctuations. Once there is an emergency, these food reserves can be put into the market and satisfy demand for 10-15 days. Moreover, we also have emergency processing enterprises, emergency supply outlets, emergency distribution centers, emergency storage and transportation enterprises, forming a food emergency supply network. These play an important role in responding to natural disasters such as earthquakes, sleet, snowstorms, and typhoons, as well as public emergencies.

I have some data here to share with the public. At present, there are 5,704 emergency processing enterprises in the country, with a daily processing capacity of 1.38 million tons. We have 48,831 emergency supply outlets with a daily supply capacity of 1.82 million tons, 3,081 emergency distribution centers with a storage capacity of 53.87 million tons and 3,492 storage and transportation enterprises with a daily transportation capacity of up to 1.13 million tons. This set of data will give you a better understanding of what we truly mean by "food in hand" and what can be provided in the event of an emergency.

Second, we can monitor the market in the event of an emergency. By strengthening our food monitoring and early warning systems, we will keep abreast of the dynamic changes in the food market and when an emergency occurs we can coped with in a timely manner. I'd like to show you two numbers. There are 1,817 national food market information reporting centers and 9,523 local food market information monitoring centers, which basically cover key areas and key varieties of food. They can also closely track changes in the food supply, as well as its demand and prices. In this way, we can respond in advance to any shortages or price increases.

Third, we can deal with any potential emergencies in an orderly way. Once supply is starting to tighten up, we can execute on certain plans and deploy certain methods. We have special food emergency plans at the national level with detailed regulations from monitoring and early warning to emergency response. 31 provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities, have formulated provincial-level emergency plans, and 587 cities at the prefectural level or above and 2,440 counties have formulated regional emergency plans. In addition to the emergency plans, emergency drills and training are being carried out throughout the country to ensure that emergency teams and facilities can play an important role during critical times.

Fourth, we have the confidence to shoulder these responsibilities. Government departments must assume their roles. We have implemented the responsibility system of provincial governors for food security and have carried out the assessment of the governors' work. As such, we will ensure that government officials at every level earnestly and diligently assume their duties. 

To sum up, our country's grain harvest has seen consecutive bumper years. Our reserves are sufficient and the efficiency of our logistics has also improved significantly. Our monitoring and control system has become more mature and is being perfected. Therefore, we are fully capable and confident of doing a good job in dealing with any potential food emergency. Please rest assured.

Zhang Wufeng:

Today, with Mr. Hu presiding over the conference, Mr. Su and Mr. Huang and I answered questions raised by domestic and foreign journalists on China's food security. I'm glad that you raised many good questions. If there are any more questions, you may find another time to speak with us again. Please pay more attention to China's food issues.

To conclude, on behalf of the National Development and Reform Commission, and the National Food and Strategic Reserves Administration, we would like to extend our sincere gratitude to Mr. Hu and other SCIO officials and media friends at home and abroad present here today. As you can see, the first sentence of the white paper is "the people are the foundation of a country; food is the primary need of the people". Food security is a critical issue concerning 1.4 billion Chinese people. Please rest assured that we will implement the arrangements of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, and take on the responsibility to ensure food security in accordance with the instructions of General Secretary Xi Jinping. We will firmly hold the Chinese people's rice bowls in our own hands. Thank you!

Hu Kaihong:

Today's briefing is hereby concluded.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Li Xiaopeng, minister of transport

Dai Dongchang, vice minister of transport

Yu Chunxiao, deputy head of the National Railway Administration

Dong Zhiyi, deputy head of the Civil Aviation Administration of China

Dai Yingjun, deputy head of the State Post Bureau

Chairperson:

Hu Kaihong, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

Sept. 24, 2019

Hu Kaihong:

Ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. Welcome to this conference. Approved by the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee and the State Council, the Outline for Building China's Strength in Transport was launched today. This document is very important. To help you gain a deeper understanding of it, today, we are delighted to invite Mr. Li Xiaopeng, minister of transport, Mr. Dai Dongchang, vice minister of transport, Mr. Yu Chunxiao, deputy head of the National Railway Administration, Mr. Dong Zhiyi, deputy head of the Civil Aviation Administration of China, and Mr. Dai Yingjun, deputy head of the State Post Bureau, to introduce the document. They will answer some of your questions.

Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Li Xiaopeng.

Li Xiaopeng:

Ladies and gentlemen, friends from the media, good afternoon. It brings me great pleasure to meet you here. Thank you for your long-term attention and support toward China's transport undertakings. On Sept. 19, Xinhua News Agency released the Outline for Building China's Strength in Transport approved by the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee and the State Council. Building China's strength in transport is a major decision made by the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core after considering China's realities, the overall situation and the future development. It will be the focus of our work in the new era. The Outline provides us with a high-level and long-term plan to achieve this goal, opening a new chapter in our work in the new era. The document needs to be carefully studied and implemented.

As we all know, after the founding of the People's Republic of China in 1949, the country's transport development has undergone several phases. We have made historic achievements from initially being handicapped by bottleneck problems to making preliminary improvements and to basically matching the country's needs and conditions. At the 19th CPC National Congress, the strategic plan to build China's strength in transport was announced, setting the direction for future works in this regard. Following the decision and instructions of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, under the leadership of the document's drafting group headed by Vice Premier Liu He, the drafting of the Outline was organized by the Ministry of Transport with the support of relevant departments of the State Council and local governments. It also involved the efforts of over 10 research institutions, including the Chinese Academy of Engineering (CAE), 32 academicians of the Chinese Academy of Sciences and the CAE, as well as a workforce of hundreds of people. After 22 months of hard work, the document was launched by the CPC Central Committee and the State Council.

Taking this opportunity, I'd like to make a brief introduction of the document from three perspectives.

First, the Outline defined the overall objective of building China's strength in transport.

Our overall objective is to make people satisfied, provide solid support to the country's development, and seek a high ranking in the world. "Making people satisfied" is the fundamental purpose. It focuses on the people-centered development philosophy, and aims at making people satisfied with the country's transport conditions."Providing solid support to the country’s development" is the basic mission. It focuses on providing solid support to the implementation of major national strategies, the building of the modern economic system, and the building of a great modern socialist country. "Seeking a high ranking in the world" is the necessary requirement. It focuses on realizing transport modernization in all respects, and seeking high globalrankings in terms of comprehensive transport strength and competitiveness. The three points are closely associated with each other and form an integral whole, serving as the overall objective of building China's strength in transport.

Second, the Outline identified nine major tasks.

The first task is to build a sound, well-connected infrastructure network. Efforts should be made to build a modern, high quality, integrated, multidimensional transport network, a convenient transport network in individual cities and in city clusters, and an extensive infrastructure network in rural areas, so as to establish multi-layered, integrated transport hub systems.

The second task is to ensure that transportation equipment is advanced, applicable, complete and controllable. Efforts should be made to enhance the research and development of new transportation means and special equipment, and to upgrade equipment technologies.

The third task is to make transport services convenient, comfortable, economical and efficient. Efforts should be made to make transport speedy and easy, establish a green, efficient modern logistics system, and accelerate the development of new business forms and models.

The fourth task is to make scientific and technological innovation dynamic and driven by intelligent technologies. Efforts should be made to improve the research and development of major cutting-edge technologies, promote the development of an intelligent transport system, further apply new technologies to transport, and improve the scientific and technological innovation mechanism.

The fifth task is to ensure that the transport system is safe, reliable, and quick in response. Efforts should be made to enhance intrinsic safety, promote quality construction and precisionmanagement, improvethe work safety system, and enhance emergency response.

The sixth task is to promote green, intensive development. Efforts should be made to make efficient and intensive use of resources, improve energy saving, reduce pollution, and protect and improve the ecological system concerning transport.

The seventh task is to open the system to the world and achieve mutual benefits. Efforts should be made to build a well-connected transport network linking all parts of the world, further implement the opening-up policies, deepen the cooperation with other countries, and actively promote the establishment and transformation of theglobal transport governance system.

The eighth task is to cultivate professional personnel who are innovative and dedicated. Efforts should be made to cultivate high-level technological talents, a professional workforce, and competent administrators.

The ninth task is to improve the administration system and administration capabilities. Efforts should be made to carry on with reform, improve the business environment, improve market administration rules, improve the mechanisms for drawing on public opinions in decision-making on public issues, etc.

Third, three measures have been put forward to ensure the sound and steady implementation of The Outline.

The first measure is to strengthen the CPC’s leadership. We will uphold the CPC's leadership in all respects and give full play to the role of the CPC in the overall planning and coordination of all parties. In addition, we will establish a coordinated implementation mechanism for the building of China's strength in its transportation sector.

The second is to strengthen financial support. We will deepen the reform of investment and financing in the transportation sector and improve the financial support and operation management system with the government playing a leading role, the tiered responsibility system, pooled efforts of various financing sources and controllable risks. We will also encourage diversified market financing to broaden financing channels.

The third is to strengthen the management of implementation. We will formulate supporting policies and allocate public resources in a more scientific manner. We will also promote the coordination between policies related to natural resources, environmental protection, fiscal and taxation, finance, investment, industry and trade and policies for building China's strength in transport. We will carry out a number of key projects, and rationally map out the plan to build China's strength in its transportation sector. We will encourage qualified localities and enterprises to conduct pilot projects.

That's all for the introduction. Next, my colleagues and I will answer your questions. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

Thank you, Mr. Li. Now the floor is open for questions.

CCTV:

What is the central idea of The Outline for Building China’s Strength in Transport? And as this year marks the 70th anniversary of the PRC’s founding, what achievements has China made in regard to its transportation sector? Thank you.

Li Xiaopeng:

Since the PRC’s founding in 1949, China’s transportation sector has made remarkable progress and experienced historic change. These achievements could never have been accomplished without the strong leadership of the CPC, the huge support from various sectors of society and the Chinese people, as well as the hard work of generations of veterans devoted to China’s transport endeavor.

Here are some statistics for your reference. First is about the transportationinfrastructure.

In regard to railways, by the end of 2018, China's total length of railway in operation reached 132,000km, a five-fold increase from 1949. High-speed rail has been developed from scratch and topped 29,000km by the end of 2018, ranking first in the world.

As for the road network, the total length of roads in operation nationwide was 4.847 million kilometers, 60 times that of 1949. We also began building of our expressways from scratch, and its total length is now 143,000 kilometers, longer than in any other country around the world.

In terms of water transport, the total length ofnavigablewaterways reached 127,000 kilometers, 1.7 times that of 1949. This includes 66,000 kilometers of high-grade waterways. There are in total 23,919 productive berths at ports, including 2,379 10-thousand-metric-ton level berths, around the country, 148.6 times more than we had in 1949. Seven out of the top 10 ports in the world in terms of cargo are in China, namely, Ningbo-Zhoushan No.1, Shanghai No.2, Tangshan No.3, Guangzhou No.5, Qingdao No.6, Suzhou No.7 and Tianjin No.9.

In regard to the development of civil aviation, there are now 235 certified civil transport airports in China. This includes 37 airports which can handle an annual passenger turnover of more than 10 million trips. By the end of 2018, the total number of scheduled flight routes reached 4,945, which was 412.1 times more than what we had in 1950.

In regard to the postal service, by the end of 2018, the total length of postal routes was 9.85 million kilometers, and the number of postal outlets/stations reached 275,000. This is respectively 14 times and 10.4 times more than what we had in 1949.

In addition to the transport infrastructure, remarkable progress has also been made in our transportation capacity. In 2018, 17.9 billion passenger trips were completed, 131 times that of 1949; 50.6 billion tons of cargo was carried through the main transport modes, 271 times that of 1949.

Still, we are keenly aware that there is room for improvement in the development of China’s transportation endeavor. For example, more infrastructure needs to be completed, especially for those in remote and impoverished areas. This remains an urgent issue, and needs to be addressed to build China’s strength in transportation.

Li Xiaopeng:

The 18th National Congress of the CPC made an important decision to build China’s strength in its transportation sector. I’ve mentioned earlier that this is a crucial move of the CPC Central Committee, and I think it is of tremendous importance in the following four aspects:

First, building China’s strength in its transportation sector provides convenience for our people.Second, building China’s strength in its transportation sector facilitates the country’s development. Third, building China’s strength in its transportation sector meets the requirement in the new era. Fourth, building China’s strength in its transportation sector adheres to the problem-oriented principle, and promotes the high-quality development of China’s transportation sector.

With the guidance of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, the central idea of The Outline for Building China’s Strength in Transport is to implement the guiding principles of the 19th CPC National Congress, focusing on transport sector as well as China's overall development in the future. The Outline has the following two highlights:

First, China stays committed to the underlying principle of pursuing progress while ensuring stability. We follow the new development philosophy, fulfill the requirement for high-quality development, take supply-side structural reform as our main task, and adhere to the people-centered development philosophy and endeavor.

Second, Chinais working to transform the model of development in its transport sector in three aspects. This includes transforming from a speed- and scale-centered development into one focusing on quality and efficiency; to transform from a comparatively isolated development model into a comprehensive transportation model; and to transform from a factor-driven model into an innovation-driven one.

CRI:

Mr. Li, we have learned from you about the ultimate goal of the “Outline”. However, I'm still wondering whether there are some more substantive targets stipulated in it. I would also like to know what roles the railway administration, civil aviation and postal service will play in building up China’s strength in transport and how you will develop your plans in the ensuing phases.

Li Xiaopeng:

The ultimate goal in building China’s strength in transport is to achieve satisfaction for our people, to ensure reliable operations and to maintain our leading competitiveness internationally. Under the general guidelines, we have fleshed out our targets in two phases.

The first phase covers the years from 2020 to 2035. During this period, China will see the rise of a basically advanced transportation network. A comprehensive network of modern transportation is expected to take shape, the satisfaction of our people is expected to increase enormously and the functions of the network are expected to solidify the modernization drive across the country. In addition, we expect the competitiveness and implications of China’s transport to grow dramatically in the international community.

During the second phase, which runs from 2036 to 2050 in middle of this century, we will further develop China’s transport strength in an all-round way. As the “Outline” defines it, we will build a country that is internationally competitive in transport, satisfying our people’s needs and ensuring strong supporting services. The infrastructure’s scale and quality, technical equipment, the S&T innovation capacity and the smart and eco-friendly measures are all supposed to rank high globally. We also expect that our traffic safety, administrative capabilities, road manners and the competitiveness and influence of modern transportation can reach top-notch standards. We will offer our comprehensive services and backups to safeguard the modernization drive of our country and enable our people to enjoy smooth and convenient transportation.

Those are the two major targets which can be further specified as follows.

To be more specific, we have charted three transport networks and two transport circles. The networks comprise, first, well-developed high-speed transportation, exemplified by high-speed railways, expressways and rapid civil aviation; second, improved traffic arteries, like, ordinary railways, national highways, fairways and oil and gas pipelines and, third, basic traffic facilities, such as, ordinary provincial highways, rural highways, branch lines, branch waterways and general aviation.

The circles refer to a speedy transport system covering the transport routes needed by people and rapid global logistics flows. The first circle is called “123 transport rings”, that will ensure one-hour commuting within each city, two-hour travel among city clusters and three-hour trip between the country’s major cities. The second one--“the 123-logistics circle”—is being built in an effort to enable one-hour delivery of commodities around the country, two-hour delivery with neighboring countries and three-hour delivery with major cities around the world. These various targets of the three networks, as well as the two circles in particular, have been constructed initially in some developed regions, even though the effect remains to be improved. However, in most regions, especially in some areas facing a huge disparity with the developed regions, full development remains to be realized. Therefore, while building China’s strength in transport, we should continue to work hard to ensure the three networks and two circles can be developed together in a good way. We’ll try our best to improve our work so as to meet the demands of our people.

That's my answer about our specific targets. In the following sessions, Mr. Yu, Dong and Dai will introduce the issues concerning railways, civil aviation and postal service, respectively.

Yu Chunxiao:

Please first allow me to thank you for your question. Railways are to the national economy what arteries to our bodies. They form a key element of national infrastructure and are essential projects closely related to people’s livelihood. In addition, they play a major role in the comprehensive transport system. In building up China’s strength in transport, we should first complete the modernization drive of railway construction.

Initial research shows we will complete modern railway construction by the middle of this century, or around 2050. By then, the network will provide a strong transport capacity and powerful assistance supporting the various national strategies. The railways are supposed to run with high efficiency, offering top-notch services and environmentally friendly designs. While envisaging the layout of infrastructure construction, we will promote the integrated development of different traffic links, comprising major railway lines, inter-city, suburban and the urban rail system. In terms of railway transport facilities, major breakthroughs have been achieved in our researches to realize the operation of the heavy-haul trains capable of running with a load of 30,000 tons or bullet trains being able to run steadily at 250 kilometers per hour(kph). Our research and development efforts have been holistically reserved for the technologies applied to the system of high-speed wheel-track passenger train, being able to reach a speed of 400 kph or to the maglev system with a speed around 600 kph. In regard to services, we will develop a speedy interregional passenger transit system, which majorly relies on high-speed rail transportation with a larger capacity and higher efficiency to increase the passenger transport capability. We will also improve the overall transport structure, accelerate collecting and distribution of railway transport among different ports and build special railway lines to facilitate the transport of bulky commodities from logistic centers and large-scale industrial and mining enterprises and ease their freight transport over medium-and long-distance.  This is how we will seek to ensure our railways can better meet modern logistics demand with high quality. Thank you.

Dong Zhiyi:

Thanks for your question. With economic globalization, an international aviation hub is not only a type of transportation infrastructure, but also a platform to incorporate the regional economy into the global market and to participate in the international division of labor and competition. At the same time, it is an important way to increase a city’s competitiveness and influence in the world arena and to participate in global resource allocation. In promoting the Belt and Road Initiative that aims to build a community with a shared future for mankind, civil aviation plays an indispensable role due to its unique features such as widespread and long-distance coverage as well as high efficiency.

In our 13th Five-year Plan (2016-2020), the Civil Aviation Administration, which is tasked with serving China’s opening-up strategy, has put forward a national comprehensive airport system with three world-class airport clusters and 10 international aviation hubs forming the core, 29 regional hubs forming a broader network of links, and other non-core airports serving as important supplements. In terms of international aviation hubs, we will work hard to promote the competitiveness in Beijing, Shanghai and Guangzhou airports, and gradually increase aviation functions in Chengdu, Kunming, Shenzhen, Chongqing, Xi’an, Urumqi and Harbin airports.

In recent years, China’s international aviation hubs have seen increasing competitiveness and influence in the global aviation transportation market. According to our statistics, eight of China’s top 10 civil aviation hubs were among the world’s top 50 in 2018. These eight airports include the Beijing Capital International Airport, Shanghai Pudong airport, Guangzhou airport, Chengdu airport, Shenzhen airport, Kunming airport, Xi’an airport and Shanghai’s Hongqiao airport. The Beijing capital international airport became the second airport, after the US Atlanta airport, to have handled over 100 million passengers in a year.

To promote international aviation hubs, we have been actively promoting the building of three world-class airport clusters in the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei area, the Yangtze River Delta, and the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. We have drafted and implemented the plans with local governments of all levels to push for international aviation hubs in Urumqi, Kunming, Harbin, Chengdu and Chongqing. Currently, we are also pushing for draft strategic plans to build dual hubs in Xi’an and in Beijing.

Dai Yingjun:

Allow me to introduce some information about the postal services. Since the 18th CPC National Congress, China’s postal services have made a historic transformation under the leadership of the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core. The industry’s growth rate ranks among the world’s top, and the total volume of express delivery business maintains its position as the world’s number one, with almost 200 million articles being delivered every day, contributing more than 50% of the global growth in the sector.

For building strength in transportation, the postal services will continue to put people first, prioritize innovative development, and push for reform in increasing quality and efficiency. First, we will build a comprehensive, multi-dimensional network system featuring global coverage, high-efficiency as well as safety and convenience. Second, we will push for the development of postal outlets service and inclusive delivery to better serve the needs of the general public. Third, we will increase both the delivery volume and efficiency, expand the areas with “delivery plus” features, and promote an efficient and convenient service system to better serve the people’s needs, improve their livelihood and help further develop production. Fourth, we will accelerate the building of the international logistics supply chain system, and form a diversified, intensive and smooth international delivery network with win-win cooperation as its aim. Fifth, we will build a sustainable industrial system, accelerate technological innovation and digital transformation, and push for green development to protect the environment.

Under the guidance of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, all members of the postal services will implement the “Outline for Building China's Strength in Transport,” assume the responsibilities of “meeting social demand, providing quality services and contributing to better living standards,” so as to contribute to the building of a great modern socialist country. Thank you.

Li Xiaopeng:

We will work hard across the industry and write a new chapter for the rapid development in rail, civil aviation, postal services, road, and waterborne transport, so as to build China's strength in transport, better serve the people and play a strong supporting role in the country's development.Thank you.

China Business Network:

What role will science and technology play in building China's strength in transport? In addition, we are wondering how big data and artificial intelligence will help build China's strength in transport in the future. Thank you.

Li Xiaopeng:

The development of science and technology plays an important role in building China's strength in transport.If you still remember, I mentioned the role of science and technology in the past when I spoke about the achievements in the past or when I elaborated on the follow-up developments. Science and technology play an important role in the achievements we have made in development over the past seven decades, and will play an important part in future development. In today’s world, science and technology have developed very rapidly. The integration of advanced new technologies into the traditional transport industry will inevitably produce new technologies and new equipment, and will also create new forms of businesses and even new industries. Therefore, it will play an important role.

In the next step of building up China's strength in transport, we must transform the impetus and driving force, helping them transition from being simply input-driven to innovation-driven.This is to better underscore the role of science and technology in innovation. To be specific, technological innovation will play an important role in the planning, construction, maintenance and operation of various infrastructure. Science and technology will play a significant role in the research and development, manufacturing, upgrading and transformation of equipment. Science and technology will also play a role in improving transportation services, from the service philosophy to service mode and service level. In addition, science and technology will play an important role in the governance of transport and improve the level of governance.

Of course, science and technology will undoubtedly play an important role in various aspects of transportation, such as energy conservation and environmental protection, as well as creating ways that resources are used intensively but in a way that also seeks to conserve them. In short, science and technology will play an important driving and leading role. Thank you.

Economic Daily:

Recently, the official Weibo micro-blogging account of the Ministry of Transport, named "The Road by My Doorstep," has been particularly popular, showing that there is a strong level of public interest in the construction of rural roads. The Outline proposes to comprehensively promote the building of "Four Good Rural Roads." May I ask the minister, what shortcomings do we have in the construction of rural roads in China? What are the next steps to promote its high-quality development? Thank you.

Li Xiaopeng:

I will ask Mr. Dai to answer this question.

Dai Dongchang:

This question is very good. The development of rural roads impacts tens of thousands of families, broad rural areas, and the broad masses of farmers. It also impacts everyone in this room. The phrase we just mentioned, "The Road by My Doorstep," is used by the Ministry of Transport in its social media account. The public response to it has been very enthusiastic, everyone now deeply feels the changes in the transportation conditions when they return home -- the roads by the doorstep of their homes in their hometowns are no longer the same roads they had in the past. Now when people go back, they will have a feeling of joy and “jamais vu.” Many feel that they can't even recognize the roads, because the roads in their hometowns have changed. As the changes in transport have brought about a series of changes, I think your question hits a key point.

Let me first make a brief introduction -- rural roads refer to county roads, township roads and village roads in our nation. The administrative levels of our national highways are classified as national, provincial, county and township. Rural roads are an important part of our comprehensive transportation system. They are also an important part of the basic transport network as introduced by the minister just now. They are like our country's capillaries and are very important. Their scale now accounts for more than 80% of the total length of China's roads. The total mileage covered by rural roads was 4.04 million kilometers at the end of last year. As evident, the scale is very large, and this is related to tens of thousands of households and is related to all aspects. The "Four Good Rural Roads" and the development of rural roads are also an important part of building China's strength in transport.

As mentioned earlier, over the years, we have been working hard to promote the building of "Four Good Rural Roads," which was personally summarized and proposed by General Secretary Xi Jinping. He took the lead himself in pushing for it to be practiced as it is an important project to improve people's lives and can win people's hearts and show the government's care. Under the guidance of the spirit of the important instructions by General Secretary Xi Jinping, the Ministry of Transport has actively pushed forward the implementation of the instructions of "Four Good Rural Roads" over the years. We refer to the instructions of "Four Good Rural Roads," which means we need to do a good job in the four aspects of construction, management, maintenance and operation of rural roads. This sounds like a very usual thing, but it is not easy to do it well.

Based on preliminary work, this year the Ministry of Transport and the seven ministries and commissions issued the "Guidelines for Promoting the High-quality Development of the 'Four Good' Rural Roads." This guideline on high-quality development was issued based on previous work. After years of hard work, by the end of this year, all the administrative villages and towns which possess the necessary conditions are able to achieve the goal of having tarmac and cement roads. And by the end of next year, all the administrative villages and towns which possess the necessary conditions will be able to have shuttle bus services. But even after the basic results are achieved, we will not stop there. The guidelines were jointly issued by us and the seven ministries and commissions for promoting the high-quality development of rural roads. Based on preliminary work, we will further promote high-quality development and better implement the requirements of General Secretary Xi Jinping.

At the same time, we have also issued a series of documents such as "Guidelines on Implementing the Spirit of the Important Instructions by General Secretary Xi Jinping of Doing a Good Job in Making Transport Construction Projects More Inclined to Benefit Access to Villages and Rural Households." Originally, we said that this year's and next year's goal are to build in townships and villages with the necessary qualities. We also facing a large number of natural villages. We are now doing it step by step and will do it for a long time. This is what is meant by high-quality development, and we will promote deeper forms of development.

By the end of 2018, China's total length of rural roads had reached 4.04 million kilometers, and the proportion of tarmac and cement roads in townships and administrative villages were 99.64% and 99.47%, respectively. The bus service access rate was 98.6% for townships and for administrative villages it was 97.1%. After years of unrelenting efforts, especially since the 18th National Congress of the Communist Party of China (CPC), the transportation landscape in the broad rural areas of China, especially in the vast poverty-stricken areas, have undergone tremendous change. The travel conditions for the broad masses of farmers have been significantly improved. The sense of benefit, happiness, and security have been enhanced, which is fully reflected by everyone's messages on the account "The Road by My Doorstep" mentioned above.

We would say, as General Secretary Xi Jinping pointed out, the building of the "Four Good Rural Roads" has achieved genuine results, bringing more popularity and wealth to the rural areas, especially to the poverty-stricken areas, and rallying people at the grassroots level for the CPC. While acknowledging these achievements, we are also clearly aware that there are still some problems that cannot be ignored in the building of the "Four Good Rural Roads." These are the shortcomings and problems mentioned by the reporter just now. The task of rural road construction and problem of shuttle bus service access are still very challenging. We have only achieved the goals we have set at this stage. The tasks we face in the next stage are still very difficult and we still have a long way to go. There are also problems such as "worn tarmac roads returning to the state of sandy roads," "once smooth roads deteriorating due to the lack of maintenance," as well as the problem of rural shuttle bus services having access but not being able to remain in operation for long. These phenomena still exist. In particular, the problem of rural road management and maintenance is still outstanding. Over the many years of construction, the building of many rural roads has cost a lot of energy and financial resources. However, if management and maintenance cannot keep up, it will become a big problem. This is a problem we are aware of. This is a shortcoming that we are currently focusing on.

In order to solve this shortcoming, "The Outline for Building China's Strength in Transport" is clearly proposing that we comprehensively promote the building of the "Four Good Rural Roads" and establish a standardized and sustainable management and maintenance mechanism. Recently, you may have noticed that Xinhua News Agency authorized the release of this new guideline yesterday. The General Office of the State Council also issued the "Opinions on Deepening the Reform of Rural Roads Management and Maintenance System" and deployed the reform of the rural roads management and maintenance system. I would say that the main purpose of this document is to focus on solving the shortcomings and problems of management and maintenance in building "Four Good Rural Roads," promote the high-quality development of the "Four Good Rural Roads," support the building of China's strength in transport, and serve the implementation of the rural village revitalization strategy.

Let me briefly introduce the "Opinions" issued by the General Office of the State Council recently. It clearly states that by 2022, we will basically establish a rural road management and maintenance system and mechanism with clear rights and responsibilities, and form a pattern with clear government financial input responsibility and active participation of social forces. With this, the management capacity on rural roads will be significantly improved, and the management system will begin to take shape. By 2035 a comprehensive and highly-efficient rural road management and maintenance system  will be fully established, and the basic public services for urban and rural road transportation will be made equal. The road conditions and road environment will be comprehensively improved, the rural road management capacity will be comprehensively enhanced, and the management system will be comprehensively improved. As for how to make up for any shortcomings, the document from the State Council and its General Office has outlined plans for that, and we will try our best to make up for any shortcomings.

As the next step, the Ministry of Transport and the relevant departments will put forward requirements on how to strengthen the implementation of the "Opinions," and urge all local governments to seriously carry out and implement the "Opinions".It will also adopt the principles of quality-oriented, safety-first, natural harmony and green development to deepen rural road management and the reform of the maintenance system. This will promote the formation of a government-led, industry-directed, sector-coordinated work situation that has mass participation. This will demonstrate the requirements and principles applicable to the development of rural roads, boost the high-quality development of the "Four Good Rural Roads," provide better guarantees for the masses of farmers to increase their wealth and live a well-off life, and also to speed up the modernization of agriculture and rural areas. Thank you.

Li Xiaopeng:

I would like to add a little bit, to reveal two small messages. First, due to the needs of reform and development, we are now promoting the revision of the Highway Law.We hope that the legal status of rural roads will be clarified in the revision of the Highway Law. Once it is passed, though this will take a long time and it will undergo a long process for the National People's Congress to discuss it in the future, it will have a significant impact on the development of rural roads. And the second part I’d like to reveal is: in the process of promoting the revision of the Highway Law, we are promoting the formulation of rural road regulations, which is a subordinate regulation of the Highway Law. This clarifies a series of requirements for rural road construction, management, maintenance and operation. I would say that if the law and the regulation are revised and formulated to achieve their effects, it will better promote the implementation of General Secretary Xi Jinping's instructions for rural road construction, so this is very significant. Thank you.

China Daily:

The Outline put forward that a safe, convenient, efficient, and green modern comprehensive transportation system will be established and the expressway tolls at provincial borders will be removed across the nation. The latter can be deemed as a measure to realize the former concept. What is its current progress? Thank you.

Li Xiaopeng:

Thank you for your question. You have just mentioned a key task of the transportation sector this year.

We all know that expressway construction in China was conducted by the provinces separately, so establishing toll booths at province borders was the only option in the past. In addition, technology and network facilities were also limited then. Since the conditions have changed now, such past systems can be done away with to improve efficiency and lower logistics costs and people’s burden. The State Council unveiled a guideline on deepening the toll way system reform and removing expressway tolls at provincial borders in May this year. This noted that expressway tolls at provincial borders will be removed by the end of this year.

To accomplish this task well, the State Council approved the establishment of a leading group joined by several ministries and led by the Ministry of Transport. All the provinces have put forward a clear agenda and schedule on this task and the removal of expressway toll booths is now being implemented across the whole country.

Li Xiaopeng：

First, the electronic toll collection (ETC) system was popularized rapidly this year. By September 18, the total number of ETC users stood at 130.51 million, meaning 68.39% of the task of issuing the devices have been completed. Until now, the public’s use of these devices in expressway exits and entrances reached 43.51% and 43.13% respectively. We had a target to install such devices on over 80 percent of registered automobiles by year-end with the usage rate reaching 90%.

Second, the project is being implemented across the nation. To remove toll booths at province borders, the first job is to dismantle them and then construct more ETC lanes. These are both construction projects.

Third, many portals need to be installed to guarantee the smooth operation of the ETC system. It should be installed at around every ten-kilometer stretch of road to make the billing more accurate. This is also a construction task.

Fourth, we are promoting the improvement of policies and the amendment of laws and regulations. To accomplish this task, we need to complete the Green Channel policy and the toll free policy on holidays and festivals, rationalize local preferential policies and adjust the weighting modes of trucks. These works are all under progress.

According to the general plan of removing expressway toll booths at provincial borders, we should accelerate all the tasks in October and start joint adjustment and test work in November.

Bloomberg:

You just mentioned several development plans in the transportation sector. Can you tell us more about the investment volume of realizing these targets? For example, you talked about the construction of building civil aviation hubs, are there any investment plans on this?

Li Xiaopeng:

Thank you for your question. First, I want to stress that building a strong transportation system includes not only infrastructure construction, but improving the equipment, service and management levels. Though infrastructure construction is an important part, the latter elements are also of great importance.

Secondly, infrastructure construction needs a high volume of investment. The outline does not come down to the investment scale as it’s just a general plan and guidance document. After its publication, we will compile a planning outline on the national comprehensive three-dimensional traffic network from 2020 to 2050 based on it. It may include a more detailed description about its future development and some key projects and infrastructure construction projects. But it’s probably also a general plan which cannot answer your question either. However, our five-year development plan can meet your requirements. Right now, the 14^th five-year development plan of the transportation sector is being compiled. I cannot give you the specific figure now, but I promise to tell you when it is released.

China Traffic Radio:

How will The Outline for Building China's Strength in Transport support and serve the implementation of China’s national strategies? Thank you.

Li Xiaopeng:

Now Mr. Dai Dongchang will answer your question.

Dai Dongchang:

The transport infrastructure industry plays a basic, strategic, pioneering and service role in the country’s economic and social development. It has an impact on the national economy and people's livelihood, enhances China's economic dynamism and competitiveness internationally, and impacts everyone’s daily life. We know this too well from our own experience.

First, the outline serves the implementation of a coordinated regional development strategy. The coordinated development between regions cannot be achieved without a well-connected transport infrastructure system. For years, we have consistently supported and served the regional development of eastern, central, western and northeastern China, facilitating east China's trailblazing development, central China's rise, west China's development and northeast China's revitalization. We enabled the transport industry to play an important role in the implementation of several well-known national strategies and regional development strategies. This includes the Yangtze River Economic Belt, the Coordinated Development of the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei Region, the building of Xiong'an New Area, the strategy of ecological protection and high-quality development of the Yellow River, the Belt and Road Initiative, as well as the balanced development of transport in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, Hainan province and Yangtze River Delta.

Second, the outline serves the three critical challenges. We will comprehensively improve the transport service capacity to help forestall and defuse major risks, intensify precision efforts on poverty alleviation and address pollution.

Third, the outline serves the implementation of the rural revitalization strategy. Equitable public services in transport have also been promoted.

Fourth, the outline serves the implementation of expanding the opening up strategy. During the process of building an inter-connected and global transportation network, the transport industry has become one of the several industries which has yielded early harvests.

Hu Kaihong:

Today's briefing concludes here. Thanks to Mr. Li and the other four speakers, and thank you all.

Translated and edited by Chen Xia, Zhu Bochen, Wu Jin, Guo Yiming, Zhang Rui, Mi Xingang, Li Xiao, Li Huiru, Wang Zhiyong, Fan Junmei, Heshan, Wang Qian, Wang Yanfang, Zhou Jing, Kenneth Teh Chiu Soong. In case of any dispute over a discrepancy, the Chinese version is deemed to prevail.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Miao Wei, minister of industry and information technology

Huang Libin, director of the Operation Monitoring and Coordination Bureau of the MIIT and the ministry's spokesperson

Wen Ku, head of the Department of Information and Communications Development of the MIIT and the ministry's spokesperson.

Chairperson:

Hu Kaihong, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

Sept. 20, 2019

Hu Kaihong:

Ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. Welcome to this conference. This year marks the 70th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China (PRC). Over the past seven decades, China's industry and communications sectors have seen tremendous changes. Today, we are delighted to invite Mr. Miao Wei, minister of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (MIIT), to introduce the changes and answer some of your questions. Also present at the conference are: Mr. Huang Libin, director of the Operation Monitoring and Coordination Bureau of the MIIT and the ministry's spokesperson, as well as Mr. Wen Ku, head of the Department of Information and Communications Development of the MIIT and the ministry's spokesperson.

Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Miao Wei.

Miao Wei:

Friends from the media, ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. Welcome to this press conference. Thank you for your attention to and support for China's development of its industry and information technologies. Now, I'd like to briefly introduce the achievements we have made in these areas in the past 70 years.

Industry lays the foundation for a country's development and prosperity. The application of information technologies serves as the engine for greater advancement and progress of the era.

During General Secretary Xi Jinping's recent inspection tour in central China, he stressed that China must develop its real economy. He also stressed that manufacturing is the foundation of a real economy, so manufacturing must be developed, so as to promote the development of the real economy. He emphasized that only in this way, can China achieve the two centenary goals.

As the 70th anniversary of PRC is approaching, his instructions have greatly encouraged those who are working in various industries and information technology field. In the past 70 years, under the leadership of the Communist Party of China (CPC), Chinese people have overcome various difficulties and explored new ways of development, successfully embarking on a new path of industrialization with Chinese characteristics. It took us only decades to complete a process that took developed countries several centuries. This is truly a miracle in human history.

A prominent feature of our success is that China has established an independent modern industrial system with complete categories of industries, and the size of the Chinese industrial sector is the largest in the world. When the PRC was just founded, we were only able to produce simple daily necessities like cups and kettles. Today, China has become the only country in the world that has all industries based on the classification by the United Nations. The value-added of China's industry has grown from 12 billion yuan in 1952 to more than 30 trillion yuan in 2018, registering an increase of 971 times on constant prices, growing 11% annually. According to the World Bank, the value-added of China's manufacturing industry surpassed the United States in 2010, making China the world's largest manufacturer one and a half centuries after it lost the title in the mid-19th century. Take steel production as an example. In 1949, China's total steel output was only 158,000 tons, accounting for 0.1% of the world's total. In 1958, when the country was launching the Great Leap Forward campaign (1958-1961), we struggled hard to produce 10.7 million tons of steel. By 2018, the country's total steel output surpassed 900 million tons, increasing 5,799 times from 1949, and has for years, contributed to half of the world's total steel production.

In the meantime, China has seen a substantial enhancement in its innovation capacities regarding industrial and communication sectors. In particular, after the 18th CPC national congress held in 2012, and with the progress of the innovation-driven development strategy, China has achieved the strategic goal of "gaining a foothold" in major sectors and development directions.

A batch of products, such as the self-developed high-speed Fuxing bullet trains and the third-generation nuclear reactor technology, The Hualong One, are all world-leading technologies. A group of Chinese manufacturing enterprises, including Huawei and the CRRC, have also gained greater recognition in the world. Take the mobile telecommunications industry for example, China has made historical achievements in the past decades. We followed the trend in the 2G era, made a breakthrough into the 3G era, achieved synchronized development with other countries in the 4G era, and lead the world in the 5G era. China now boasts the largest number of 5G-standard-essential patents in the world.

By the end of 2018 and largely driven by the development of information and communications technologies, China's digital economy reached a total worth of 31 trillion yuan, accounting for one third of the country's total GDP.

Miao Wei:

China has made remarkable achievements in industry and information technology sector over the past 70 years, thanks to the strong leadership of the Communist Party of China (CPC). The CPC Central Committee has always regarded industrialization as a highly valued and strategic priority for national economic development. It has seized the historic opportunities brought about by the information revolution, and implemented the appropriate development strategies and policies for different situations and tasks at different stages. After the 18th CPC National Congress, General Secretary Xi Jinping gave important instructions on revitalizing manufacturing and promoting the application of information technology in the industry. He put forward two strategies with the vision to build China into a manufacturing and cyber powerhouse.

Looking ahead and starting our journey from a new beginning, we should first cherish the great achievements, summarize past learnings and carry on good practices. We should follow the strategies outlined at the 19th CPC National Congress, uphold Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, and adhere to the new path of industrialization with distinctive Chinese characteristics. We should also push forward in our efforts to create high-quality manufacturing industries and accelerate our work to build China into a powerhouse in both manufacturing and cyber development. We also should continue to make even greater contributions to realizing the two centenary goals and make China a great modern socialist country in all aspects.

Here is what I would like to brief you on for now. I will leave the time to you, and I am willing to take your questions together with my colleagues.Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

Thank you, Mr. Miao. The floor is open to questions. Please identify the media outlet you represent before asking questions.

China Media Group:

Mr. Miao, the country has seen tremendous changes in its industrial landscape over the past 70 years since its founding, made a huge leap from being a small to a large economy and from a weak to a strong nation, and taken historic steps towards building a manufacturing power. What key words would you use to sum up the industrial development over the past 70 years? Thank you.

Miao Wei:

Thank you. I would use the following key words to summarize the achievements and highlights of China's industrial development over the past seven decades.

First, "No. 1 manufacturing power." China has made historic leaps in its industrial development since its founding 70 years ago, and since the reform and opening up in particular. The country's industrial value added exceeded 1 trillion yuan in 1992, 10 trillion yuan in 2007, 20 trillion yuan in 2012 and 30 trillion yuan in 2018. In 2018, China's industrial value added accounted for over 28% of the world's total, making it an important driver of global industrial growth. Among over 500 major industrial products in the world, China ranks the first in the output of over 220.

Second, "complete industrial system." China highly values the construction of its industrial system, and has distributed limited resources to its industrial sectors since the very beginning of its first Five-Year Plan, laying a solid foundation for its subsequent industrialization. After 70 years of development, China has now formed an independent and complete modern industrial system comprising 41 large industrial categories, 207 medium industrial categories and 666 small industrial categories. China is the only country in the world that has all the industrial categories based on the industrial classification of the United Nations.

Third, "innovation-driven development." As a major contributor of innovations, Chinese companies are continuously increasing their investment in research and development (R&D) and improving their level of technological innovation. They have become a fundamental driving force and source of the country's sustained and rapid progress. In 2017, the investment in the R&D of companies above the designated size increased from 0.56% in 2004 to 1.06% last year, and the number of valid patents of companies above the designated size reached 934,000, an increase of 29.8 times over 2004.

Miao Wei:

Fourth, "deep integration of industrialization and informatization." China accelerated the deep integration of industrialization and informatization and achieved positive results in the development of intelligent manufacturing since the 18th CPC National Congress. Since then manufacturing saw a continuous improvement in integrating more digital, internet and intelligent technologies. By June 2019, the popularization rate of digitalized R&D and design tools among companies reached 69.3%, that is, 69.3% of the companies used digitalized tools in their R&D and design. Up to 49.5% of key working procedures, such as numerical control machines used on production lines, were under numerical control. The deep integration of the internet, big data and artificial intelligence with the real economy laid a solid foundation for us to seize the opportunities of the Fourth Industrial Revolution.

Fifth, "thriving small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs)". Over the past 70 years, China's SMEs and private companies grew from small to large and from weak to strong, and played a unique and important role in increasing employment, stabilizing growth and promoting innovation. By the end of 2018, the number of SMEs in China exceeded 30 million, and the number of individual businesses totaled over 70 million, contributing over 50% of the country's tax revenue, over 60% of its GDP, over 70% of its technological innovations and over 80% of the national employment. With the implementation of the central and local governments' policies to support SMEs, these companies will enjoy more opportunities, greater room for growth along their paths of development, and radiate a stronger vitality. That's all.

CNR:

Enormous progress has been made in the information and communications industry since the PRC was founded in 1949. As the minister of industry and information technology, what do you think of theprogressmade? Thank you.

Miao Wei:

Thank you for your question. Today's press conference is held at the Beijing Telegraph Building, which was built around the National Day in 1958. As a landmark building of New China, the building stands as a living monument to the development of the country's information and communications industry. It bore witness to the application of various communication technologies and businesses in people's daily life. From thetelegraphto thetelephone, and from the beeper to the cell phone and now the smart phone,the number of communication devices used in every Chinese household are sufficientto create a small exhibition. I think the progress in China's information and communications industry over the past seven decades lies in two major aspects.

The first aspect is serving the everyday needs of people. We tried to make communications services more accessible, faster and more affordable to meet people's aspirations for a better life.

Thanks to 70 years of continuous efforts, we have established the world's largest information and communications network. China has about one-fifth of the world's population but more than half of the total 4G base stations. It means that the average per-capita access to information infrastructure in China is much higher than the average global level. China has more than 45 million kilometers of fiber-optic cables, 1.7 billion phone users, 440 million internet broadband users, and a total of 854 million internet users. In addition, measures such as the project to provide telecommunications services to all villages and thetrialsto provide universal telecommunications services have also enabled people living in remote rural areas to enjoy the benefits of information and communications technologies.

We have made active efforts to promote the development of broadband facilities, further boost broadband speeds and lower the rates for internet services. Since 2014, the download speeds of both fixed and mobile broadband have increased nearly seven times. We have also vigorously enhanced the coverage of the fiber optic internet. At present, fiber optic internet connectioncovers 91% of Chinese households, of which 79.4% are enjoying services atspeeds of 100Mbps or above. These are all world's leading levels.

We have cancelled charges for domestic roaming and long-distance calls as well as data roaming. The fees for fixed and mobile internet services have been scrapped by more than 90% compared with those five years ago, enabling people tobenefitmore.

The second aspect is fueling economic and social development. First, on the development of new types of infrastructure, including 5G, the industrial internet and artificial intelligence, we have kept pace with advanced countries or have even led the world in some sectors.

Second,new business forms and models are constantly emerging. A world-class information and communications network has given birth to world-leading enterprises such as Huawei, Alibaba and Tencent, as well as new business forms such as e-commerce and the sharing economy. At the same time, the application of autonomous driving, intelligent home appliances, VR/AR, long-distance education and long-distance healthcare is thriving.

Third, the level of openness and cooperation has achieved a new high. As the world's most prosperous information and communications market, we encourage private investment in mobile communication resale, broadband access and internet data centers. We are ready to share development opportunities with foreign companies and are gradually increasing the openness of the telecom sector. We are also implementing the Belt and Road Initiative by improving information connectivity among participating countries. The internet and information communication have helped create an Information Silk Road in addition to the existing land, sea and air routes.

Radio Television Hong Kong:

Mr.Miao, some Chinese internet users have recently reported difficulties in using theirVPNs to browse overseas websites. Is it possible for the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology to confirm whether it is strengthening the regulation of VPN tools as the National Day approaches? Does this run counter to the country's relevant internet opening-up policy? Are there any plans for further tightening internet controls in the future? Thank you.

Miao Wei:

I would like to invite Mr. Wen Ku to answer this question.

Wen Ku:

Thanks for your question. VPN,alsoknown as virtual private network, is a general network communication technology. In order to maintain a fair and orderly market and promote the healthy development of the industry, the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology has formulated some regulations on cross-border telecommunications business activities. The regulations, mainly in accordance with the Telecommunications Regulations of the People's Republic of China and the Measures on the Administration of International Communication Access, aim to crack down enterprises or individuals whodo not havenecessary international telecommunication business operation certifications approved by telecommunication authorities, but still rent special lines or VPNs to do illegal business. The relevant regulations will not affect the cross-border internet access of domestic and foreign enterprises and individual users, nor will it affect how they wouldconducttheir business under the law. If foreign trade enterprises and multinational companies need special lines for cross-border networking for their businesses, they can rent them from telecommunication business operators who have the necessaryapprovals from telecommunication authorities and the requisitequalifications to conduct international telecommunication business. Enterprises and individuals who carry out production, business and other activities in China should all abide by Chinese laws and regulations. Any legal business operations or legal utilization [of tools] will be protected by the law.

Taking this opportunity, I would like to emphasize that different countries have different ways of management. Anyone who carries out production, business and other activities in China should abide by Chinese laws and regulations. At the same time, we also pay close attention to the needs of the people. Some information posted online, such asinformationon violence, drug trafficking, gun smuggling and pornography, are not allowed in China in accordance with relevant regulations. It is not about the timing, but a principle that we have always adhered to. Thank you.

The Economic Daily:

Mr. Miao has mentioned the development of small and medium-sized enterprises. As the major authority responsible for them, what measures will the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology adopt to promote their development? Thank you.

Miao Wei:

Since the 18th National Congress of the Communist Party of China (CPC), the CPC Central Committee and the State Council have given higher priority to promoting the development of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), and have issued a series of supportive policies. Actually, SMEs and private enterprises are highly correlated, as 99% of the former, according to the nature of capital, should be classified as the latter, and 99% of the latter are operating in the form of the former. Remarkable outcomes have been achieved in different regions and departments by fully implementing the decisions and arrangements of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, promoting reform and innovation, and enhancing support. For example, the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress passed last year the newly revised Law on Promotion of Small and Medium-sized Enterprises. The General Office of the CPC Central Committee and the General Office of the State Council have issued a guidance to promote the healthy development of SMEs. In addition, the government has carried out reforms to delegate power, streamline administration and optimize government services so as to facilitate the development of SMEs. The support in financial and tax fields has also become more concrete. At the same time, we have greatly promoted mass entrepreneurship and innovation across the country. In the first half of this year, an average of 19,400 new businesses were registered every day, and most of them were SMEs.

As the major administration department responsible for promoting the development of SMEs under the State Council, we have resolutely implemented the spirit of the important speech delivered by General Secretary Xi Jinping at the symposium on private enterprises held on Nov. 1 last year. We have focused on addressing the difficulties and dilemmas faced in the development of SMEs, and promoted the implementation of various policies in four aspects.

First, we will take actions to clear the default on private enterprises and small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). We are going to complete the task that more than half of the defaults on private enterprises and SMEs will be paid off by the end of this year.

Second, we will push forward to ease financing difficulties and reduce financing costs for small and micro businesses. We will strengthen cooperation with financial institutions, promote the innovation of financial products and services, increase the sum of loans to small and micro enterprises, and carry out special actions to strengthen receivables financing for small and micro enterprises.

Third, we will enhance the competitiveness of SMEs. We will carry out an action plan to promote the interconnected development of large, medium-sized and small enterprises, and make efforts to strategically boost protection for SMEs' intellectual property as well as promote greater informationization, so as to enhance SMEs'levels of specialized development.

Fourth, we will improve the services efficiency for SMEs. We will improve the national internet platform for publishing policies and information concerning SMEs, so that more SMEs can be informed on supportive policies from the central government and local governments at all levels in a timely way. At the same time, we will make full use of such online platforms as the SMEs public service platform network and the national SMEs public service demonstration platform, to provide service support for medium and small-sized business startups and their innovation.

The Wall Street Journal:

Through its reform in the past 20 years, China's telecom industry has become one of the most competitive and energetic industries in China. Can you briefly tell us what China has done to make its three major carriers more efficient and less corrupt? How did publicly listing parts of these three carriers on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange help? Thanks.

Wen Ku:

Thank you for your questions. Your questions just showed great recognition of the development of our communications industry. I would say, China's telecom industry reform is an important part of China's market economy reform. Several reforms have been carried out, such as separation of government and business, breaking up monopoly by introducing competition and taking the lead in getting listed on the stock market. The reform of China's telecom industry has never stopped and it has been successful and effective. Just as Mr. Miao said, through market competition, the communications industry as a whole has reduced its operating costs and improved operational efficiency, making the information and communication infrastructure go from extreme backwardness to become the most developed in the world. The quality of telecom services has improved, while telecom fees have declined. Eventually, consumers benefit from this.

Looking back, in 1994, China Unicom was established. It was the first time we introduced a market competition mechanism into China's basic telecommunications setor.Shortly after, the industry experienced several rounds of reform and restructuring, forming the three competitive entities of today - China Telecom, China Mobile, and China Unicom. The allocation of telecom resources has been improved. In 1997, the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications incorporated the mobile services of Guangdong and Zhejiang provinces into China Telecom (Hong Kong) Co., Ltd., and made it the first to be listed on the stock market in Hong Kong. This company was later renamed China Mobile. Since then, China Unicom and China Telecom have successively been listed in the overseas stock markets. Through their listings, the three telecom operators have expanded their international vision and innovated on their business philosophy. They have introduced advanced management experience and established the modern corporate system in line with international standards, which greatly stimulated the vitality and competitiveness of the enterprises and elevated them to become ranked among the top 500 in the world. Though the reform of China's telecom industry has made great achievements, the reform will continue to advance. We will constantly seek improvement and progress, and promote the healthy development of the telecommunications market. Thank you.

Xinhua:

My question is for Mr. Miao. Do you use a 5G smartphone? And what kind of influences will 5G have on the public? Thanks.

Miao Wei:

What I am using now is a 4G phone. Currently, there are 11 types of 5Gsmartphones in the business market. But most of them are phones that support the 5G non-standalone (NSA) network. To fully present the performance of 5Gsmartphones, we still need the 5G SA (standalone) network, instead of the NSA based on the 4G network. Huawei is the only company that produces devices that can supportNSA and SA -- primarily due to their chip and operating system. Most of the networksbuilt in China are 5G NSA networks. It is estimated that the 5G SA network willbe put into wider operation next year.

As for the application of 5G technology, I think it willfollow the Pareto Principle. For most users, 4G smartphones will beenough for them to make phone calls, send messages, andwatch videos online. While for a small number of users, for example, mobile gamers, the 4G network maybe not enough. However,5G technology will be mostly applied in fields of the industrial network.

Take the Internet of Vehicles as an example, we have reached agreements with the Ministry of Transport and Ministry of Public Security that the development of the Internet of Vehicles will not only target cars, but also roads. The two parts shouldbe coordinated. 5G is the only way to achieve this “communication,” and that's the advantage we have at theinstitutional leveland in the market.

As for remote medical care, 5G couldbe used for remote monitoring and diagnosis. One such example is China's successful completion of a remote AI+5G heart surgery.

In the field of media, China used “5G+8K” technology to broadcast the Beijing rounds of the FIBA Basketball World Cup which were held a few days ago. 5G+8K technology wasused to broadcast nine tournament games. There are eight 4K channels, six 8kchannels and two channels for high-speed digital cameras deployed in broadcasting vans outside the venue. Many Chinese companies, such as China Telecom, China Unicom, China Mobile, Huawei, ZTE and China Datang Cooperation Ltd. were involved in the broadcasting. Therewas no signal interruption nor break. The public enjoyed thegames on huge screens outside the stadium, with such flawless broadcasting that it felt like they were inside. In addition, China has broadcasted several music dramas with hi-fi audio.

All these effortsare “trial runs” as China prepares for the Beijing 2022 Winter Olympics. By then, though the public may not have the chance to watch thegames on site, 5G can make it better. In the future, more devices will be able to connect to the 5G network to realize their functions, especially the 5G SA network. Eventually, 5G will realize the goalto change society.

CCTV 2:

This year, much of China's major technological equipment have drawn widespread attention acrosssociety. Examples of this are the Airliner C919, special marine engineering machinery vessels, and manufacturing equipment. What positive impact will these breakthroughs have on the overall operation of Chinese industry and the economy? What key issues need to be addressed for further development? Thank you.

Miao Wei:

Thank you for your question. The development of major technological equipment is closely related with the national strategic security as well as the lifeblood of the national economy. As strategic products for basic applications, major technological equipment are important indicators to evaluate a country's core competitiveness in the manufacturing sector. They are of great value to a country, and help to support and propel the development of thenational economy.First, the rapid development of major technological equipment will beeffectivein helping China upgrade its industry and technologies, strengthening the foundations of industry as well as theindustrial chaincapacity.Second, major technological equipment can also provide infrastructure for key areas of the national economy such as inenergy,the petrochemical industry and transportation. Thus, the development of major technological equipment is of great strategic significance in building China into anation that does high-quality manufacturing.

Earlier you mentioned the Airline C919. In the process of its R&D and manufacturing, an industrial chain, involving over 20 provinces, such as Shaanxi, Sichuan and Liaoning, was established. The industrial chain included over 200 enterprises and some 200,000 staffand were led by Shanghai. A number of well-established private enterprises, including some multinationals, have participated in the R&D system of Airline C919. Indeed, the development of major technological equipment requires advanced technologies and a huge initial investment; it is also a work that involves high risks and a long manufacturing cycle. Thus, the challenge of having imbalanced and insufficient development in such projects is important to bear in mind. In this regard, firstly, we need to deepenreformsinadministrative systems and mechanisms, where innovative potential hasyet to be leashed, and energy and motivation are far from sufficient. In addition,issues pertaining to incorporating the capital chain, industrial chain and a chain of innovation still need to be addressed. Secondly, our weakness in terms of basic components, advanced techniques and materials for high-end equipment remains a salient problem. This is especially so when it comes to the equipment for precision manufacturing applied on an assembly line, as well as the testing facilities, all of which need further development. Thirdly, the quality of products and manufacturing need also tobe improved. Some products are comparatively less reliable and stable whileothers are poorly branded.

In the future, we will continue to take supply-side structural reform as our main task, making collaborative efforts to promote R&D and to foster project-oriented and industry-specific manufacturing. We will work to strengthen our key weaknesses and improve our capacity for innovation in order to promote the high-quality development of major technological equipment.

First, we need to strengthen overall coordination. We will work to strengthen the role of the National Leading Group for Building China into a Manufacturer of Quality, coordinating the efforts of all involved, to jointly promote the innovative development of major technological equipment across regions, industries and fields.

Second, we need to promote the innovation of our R&D system, which should be supply-driven, enterprise-centered; involve thecooperation of enterprises, universities, research institutions and consumers, and thecoordinationby manufacturersand business at different stages andscalesof development. Sucha system of innovation should fully empower andmotivate our society to solve critical difficulties.

Third, we need to promote the application for the first batches of key equipment, try to build mechanisms to allow for errors in the application of the first batches, so that key equipment can be improved upon during the application process.

Fourth, we need to improve international cooperation by adhering to a market-driven approach in order to better integrate into the global system of demand and supply. Thank you.

Yicai:

Minister Miao just mentioned that China has become the largest power in terms of manufacturing. China's manufacturing sector has made tremendous progress and now faces certain pressures and challenges. Looking at the preceding indicators, we see that the PMI of manufacturing has been below 50% for the fourth straight month. The year-on-year growth rate of PPI has turned from positive to negative. What do you think of the current situation of industrial manufacturing? What's your advice on how to realize high-quality development of manufacturing?

Huang Libin:

Thanks for your questions and for paying so much attention to the economic indicators. Generally speaking, the industrial economy has been running stably despite the complicated and volatile situation at home and abroad and increasing downward pressure in the economy. In the first eight months, the industrial economic development showed the following trends in the areas of industrial production, corporate performance, industrial restructuring, and the development of medium and small-sized enterprises.

First, industrial production has basically been running stably. In the first eight months, enterprises above the designated size saw value-added industrial output grow 5.6% from last year, which is within this year's target range of 5.5-6% that we proposed at the beginning of the year. The overall growth has been steady but gradually slowing down.

Second, the declines in corporate profits have narrowed to certain extent. In the first seven months, industrial enterprises above the designated size saw profits decrease 1.7% from last year. However, this decline narrowed by 0.7 percentage points in comparison to profits in the first half of the year. Moreover, industrial enterprises above the designated size saw profits increase 2.6% from last year in the month of July.

Third, the efforts to reduce overcapacity have been paying off, especially in the raw materials industry. In the first eight months, this industry experienced a 7% year-on-year increase in value-added industrial output, which is 2.6 percentage points higher than the growth rate of the same period last year. Our commitment to reducing overcapacity in the iron and steel industry in recent years has borne fruit. The capacity utilization rate of the iron and steel industry has exceeded 80%. While maintaining a rapid speed of production, the industry managed to keep the sales-to-production ratio at a high level.

Fourth, the conditions of private and medium and small-sized enterprises have further improved. The business environment has continued to improve. We pressed forward with the work of settling accounts receivable owed to private and medium and small-sized enterprises. Such enterprises have been further vitalized. In the first eight months, such enterprises saw value-added industrial output increasing 7.3% year-on-year, higher than the growth rate of the industrial sector as a whole.

Surely, we must notice that industrial growth has showed a trend of slowing down while still running stably. Some indicators are facing downward pressure. We should take the big picture of the global situation into consideration. At present, global economic growth has been slowing down. The global manufacturing PMI has been below 50% for several consecutive months. The world's industrial growth rate was merely 2% in the first half of this year, while that of developed countries was 0.1%, and developing countries was 3.7%. China's growth rate was still much higher than the global standard. Meanwhile, our industrial production was subject to the influence of geopolitical conflicts, economic and trade frictions between China and the United States, among other uncertainties. In addition, our manufacturing industry has entered a critical period of development with various difficulties to overcome, including industrial restructuring which will somehow affect growth rate. Industrial governance and policy adjustments will also affect the production in certain industries and enterprises. Under the influence of internal and external factors, the industrial economy is facing certain downward pressure.

In short, it is not easy, indeed, to keep our enormous, 30-trillion-yuan industrial economy running stably. The fundamentals of the industrial economy of our country are still sound. We shouldn't be distracted by the short-term changes. Instead, we should focus on the quality and effectiveness of the economic development. We should maintain the strategic concentration on pressing forward with industrial restructuring and upgrading. Following the decision and arrangement of the Central Committee of the CPC and the State Council for economic work, we should implement supply-side reform with in-depth approaches according to the guidance of "consolidating achievements, further vitalizing enterprises, upgrading industrial chain and removing economic barriers", make efforts to stabilize employment, our financial situation, foreign trade, foreign and domestic investment and economic forecast and strive to fulfill our duties.

To keep the industrial economy running stably and maintaining high quality development, we should continue to drive growth through innovation, strengthen the industrial base, step up the development of the industrial chain, fully mobilize the enthusiasm of enterprises, and strive to create a better environment for development. And I believe, through our efforts, the goal we set at the beginning of the year will be achieved. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

The last question, please.

Guangming Daily:

It has been reported that China's automotive industry has seen declining production and sales this year. How will you, on behalf of the Ministry, look at the future landscape of the industry? Thank you.

Miao Wei:

Thank you for your question. Automobile is a pillar industry of the national economy. From the rollout of the country's first domestically-made vehicle of the "Jiefang" series in 1956 to a production capacity of more than 27.8 million in 2018, China's auto sector has continued to stay on top of global rankings by production and sales for 10 consecutive years. In addition, China owns more than half of the global production, sales and inventory of new energy automobiles, which is evidence that China is a major auto country in the world. However, since July 2018, affected by multitudes of factors including macroeconomic conditions, automobile production and sales dropped for the first time in 28 consecutive years. Although the rate of the reduction shrunk over the last two months, the industry still remains under considerable pressure.

Given the industrial rules, China's automotive sector has entered a period of adjustments in terms of both the auto market and the industrial structure. The domestic auto industry is expected to be empowered by a combination of factors, like economic growth, urbanization, upgrade in energy conservation and environmental protection standards and scrapping of old cars. Especially, under the new round of technological revolution and industrial transformation, the sector will be increasingly driven by electrification, intelligence, internet connection and shared mobility. Now the auto industry is undergoing a reshaping in a comprehensive way from the motor system, production to operation and consumption and I believe that it will remain headed on an unchanging trajectory of sound momentum in the long run.

So far, the auto industry in China is at a critical point of transforming from high-speed growth to high-quality growth. We should be confident in its development, seize strategic opportunities, and make endeavors in the four respects of structural adjustment, quality improvement, brand-building and expansion into international markets.

In view of structural adjustment, we should adhere to the national strategy to develop new energy vehicles. We should accelerate the industrial integration of automobile, energy, transport and information and communication and boost the development of intelligent and internet-connected vehicles. At the same time, we need to upgrade conventional fossil-fueled vehicles, pursue coordinated industrial development and ensure a smooth transition from old to new growth drivers.

In view of upgrading quality, production and sales will no longer be the only yardstick for judging the performance of the auto industry. More importance should be placed on quality development. Despite the drop in production and sales, the added values fell at a much smaller rate, which indicated an improvement in added values and quality. Auto manufacturers should keep abreast of market demand, develop new products and improve their performance, quality, reliability and after-sales service continuously. Those are the essential things for manufacturers to raise competitiveness and meet the demands of consumers.

Regarding brand-building, manufacturers should establish a strong sense of brand image. We will guide them to adopt a brand strategy with an aim to build centennial brands. They should keep enhancing the popularity and reputation of their brands to increase their brand value and rise toward the middle and the high end of the auto industry chain.

In view of the "go-out" strategy, the auto industry should embrace cooperation based on openness, connectivity, mutual benefits and win-win outcomes.It will take full advantage of the opportunities created by the Belt and Road Initiative. While continuing to expand opening-up and bring in, we also encourage domestic auto makers to step into foreign markets with better products, and achieve high-quality integration into the global industry system and international auto market. I'll stop here.

Hu Kaihong:

Now, let's conclude the press conference here. Please allow me to extend my thanks to Mr. Miao, to the two spokespersons and to everybody here.

Translated and edited by Chen Xia, Zhang Jiaqi, Zhang Liying, Gong Yingchun, Zhang Rui, Li Huiru, Wu Jin, Zhu Bochen, Cui Can, Liu Sitong, Huang Shan, Yuan Fang, Fan Junmei, Yang Xi, Kenneth Teh Chiu Soong, Degen Hill

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Liu Liehong, vice minister of the Cyberspace Administration of China

Zhu Guoxian, member of the Standing Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Zhejiang Provincial Committee, head of the Publicity Department of the CPC Zhejiang Provincial Committee

Sheng Yongjun, secretary of the CPC Tongxiang Municipal Committee in Zhejiang province

Chairperson:

Xi Yanchun, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

Sept. 18, 2019

Xi Yanchun:

Ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. Welcome to this conference. The sixth World Internet Conference (WIC) will be held soon in Wuzhen, Zhejiang province. To help you gain more understanding of the event, we invited Mr. Liu Liehong, vice minister of the Cyberspace Administration of China, Mr. Zhu Guoxian, a member of the Standing Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Zhejiang Provincial Committee and head of the Publicity Department of the CPC Zhejiang Provincial Committee, as well as Mr. Sheng Yongjun, secretary of the CPC Tongxiang Municipal Committee in Zhejiang province, to this conference. They will brief us on the preparations being made for the WIC, and will answer some of your questions. 

Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Liu Liehong. 

Liu Liehong:

Thank you, madam. Ladies and gentlemen, friends from the media, good afternoon. Welcome to this press conference. Now, I'd like to make a brief introduction of the sixth WIC on behalf of its organizing committee. 

This year marks the 70th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China. The sixth WIC, co-hosted by the Cyberspace Administration of China and the Zhejiang Provincial People's Government, will be held Oct. 20-22 in Wuzhen. The theme this time is "Intelligent Interconnection for Openness and Cooperation: Building a Community with a Shared Future in Cyberspace." 

At the conference, we will further implement Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, uphold the four principles established by General Secretary Xi Jinping for making progress in the transformation of the global internet governance system, and carry out his five proposals on jointly building a community of shared future in cyberspace. The ideas of openness, equality, mutual trust and a win-win situation will also be highlighted. The conference will serve as a platform for all sides to exchange views, build consensus and seek cooperation. 

More than 1,500 guests will attend the conference at our invitation. They are all important figures in governments, international organizations, leading enterprises, technical groups and non-governmental organizations. Presently, preparations for the conference are almost complete. Compared with previous years, this session has some special features as will now be outlined.

First, the conference will adopt a new structure. The previous sessions were arranged with a "1+2" structure, i.e. a sub-forum section plus a section to release world leading scientific and technological achievements and an expo section. This year, the conference will be arranged with a "1+3" structure, with the addition of a new section entitled "Straight to Wuzhen" Global Internet Competition. 

Based on previous sessions, the release of world leading internet scientific and technological achievements this time will display an even opener attitude and closely follow the advances of cutting-edge internet technologies. Around 15 top achievements will be highlighted. 

The Light of Internet Expo will be held in a new venue with a total floor space of some 40,000 square meters. It will stage various activities, including the release of new products and technologies, as well as providing space for business negotiations, to help enterprises seek development and accelerate the progress of their various projects.

The "Straight to Wuzhen" Global Internet Competition will focus on business startups and innovation initiatives in the internet sector. It is committed to making itself a renowned international competition for emerging industries and the digital economy. During the conference, a final will be held, and the winners will be awarded. The section will help boost cooperation and innovation in the global internet sector, and encourage business startups in this field.

Liu Liehong:

Second, the conference has sought to enhance its attractiveness. This year, it will present more diversified contents. Focusing on the four major subjects: "Science and Technology", "Industry and Economy", "Humanity and Society". as well as "Cooperation and Governance", it will feature 20 sub-forums, inviting guests from all walks of life to exchange ideas and insights, thus helping to pool wisdom from around the globe. Meanwhile, in addition to a series of well-recognized forums, such as a ministerial forum and business leaders' dialogue, a number of high-level and quality forums will be held. In regard to topics, a number of targeted and forward-looking discussions will be held to address hot issues like AI, 5G and open source chips, cutting-edge topics like industry digitalization, financial technology and industry internet, as well as issues of concern of all parties, like data governance in cyberspace and international cyber rules.

Third, the conference has become more international. With this international vision, the organization and preparations of the conference involve cooperation with renowned international organizations and think tanks. This has involved joining hands with more than 40 international organizations including the United Nations organizations and institutions, the World Economic Forum and GSMA. As a result, a number of high-level dialogues and forums will be held to promote further consensus. Participants of this year's conference will be of a higher level and drawn from various fields, including representatives of governments, leaders of Chinese and foreign enterprises, renowned experts and scholars, as well as heads of international organizations.

Ladies and gentlemen, the WIC, which has already attracted wide attention and received active responses from the global internet world, has been successfully held five times so far. In around one month, the sixth session will open in Wuzhen. We welcome all of you to a more splendid conference. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

Thank you, Mr. Liu. I will now give the floor to Mr. Zhu.

Zhu Guoxian:

Thank you. Good afternoon. It is my pleasure to introduce the preparations for the sixth WIC. On behalf of the CPC Zhejiang provincial committee and the provincial government, I sincerely extend my invitation to you to visit Wuzhen and experience the distinctive culture of the ancient town as well as its progress in the digital age. In a couple of weeks, we will celebrate the 70th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China. The sixth WIC will definitely double our celebratory feeling. We have borne in mind the important instructions given by General Secretary Xi Jinping in regard to the WIC and his solicitude for Zhejiang province, and in accordance with his requirement of "fully tapping into the brand of the WIC", we have done all we can to prepare for a conference with a more open and inclusive manner, striving to meet our commitment of hosting a conference that is "more splendid, efficient and influential".

Many journalists present have witnessed the development of the WIC. With the experience we gained during the past five editions, this year's conference will certainly present a brand-new look with diversified contents. 

The conference will showcase the charm of a millennium-old town brimming with modern features. Over the past six years, Wuzhen has taken on a new look as the internet industry has brought about many changes and greater prosperity. We can see landmarks of the conference, including the Wuzhen Internet International Conference and Exhibition Center, the Yunzhou Guest Service Center and the Light of the Internet Expo Center, situated along the Beijing-Hangzhou Grand Canal, which is a world cultural heritage site. The brilliant Wuzhen Theatre Festival and Wucun village with its nostalgic appeal have attracted worldwide attention. A series of smart programs, such as full 5G coverage, the internet hospital, smart senior care and smart transport, have enabled Wuzhen people to feel happier with their life. Wuzhen epitomizes the inclusive development of the global internet economy.

The conference will present fresh progress in using information technology to create a better life. Items high on the agenda include showing cutting-edge technologies in the global internet industry and their power to improve human wellbeing. During the conference, well-known Chinese and foreign enterprises, including Alibaba, Tencent, Huawei, Kaspersky Lab, BMW and Epson, will display their latest technological breakthroughs at the newly-built 20,000-square-meter Light of the Internet Expo Center with a visitor capacity of 10,000. At the same time, we will introduce dozens of smart products, such as 5G long-distance driving, smart vendors, TOLED and space exploration vehicles. We will also improve our services and information management to let people better experience the power of technology.

Zhu Guoxian:

The conference will reflect the profound changes taking place in Zhejiang. The five previous conferences have influenced almost every aspect of provincial economic and social development. The officials of Zhejiang, deeply aware of the importance of the internet, have seized the opportunities presented by past conferences to enhance government efficiency, promote digital transformation, and accelerate the construction of the platforms of "Digital Zhejiang" and "Zhejiang in the Cloud." In this way, the internet has become a new engine powering high-quality growth. In the first half of this year, core industries of the provincial digital economy recorded an added value of 269.6 billion yuan (US$ 38.03 billion), up by nearly 15% year-on-year. We took more practical measures to ensure the success of such brand events as the Zhejiang Special Forum, the Business Talent Show and the Dialogue Between Internet Tycoons. Through these platforms, a great number of internet-related enterprises, projects and talents have been drawn to the province. A more open Zhejiang is sharing innovation opportunities with the rest of the world.

Friends of the media, Zhejiang is where the Red Boat set sail, the boat that honors the conclusion of the first National Congress of the Communist Party of China (CPC) in 1921. Zhejiang is also a pioneer of reform and opening-up, and an important cradle of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era. As the host province, we will uphold the "Zhejiang Spirit" of "working in a down-to-earth manner, valuing integrity and harmony, pursuing opening-up for prosperity." We will make preparations in accordance with high standards to entertain our guests with a more exciting and globally influential conference. Here I would like to extend our invitation to old and new friends to visit Wuzhen to enhance friendship and enjoy a pleasant stay. I would also like to express our gratitude to our friends in the media for your long-term concern and support for Zhejiang. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

Thank you, Mr. Zhu. Now, let's move on to the question-and-answer session. Please identify the media outlet you represent before asking a question.

CCTV:

As stated, the theme of the sixth WIC is "Intelligent Interconnection for Openness and Cooperation: Building a Community with a Shared Future in Cyberspace." Mr. Liu, could you tell us why this theme was chosen? Thank you.

Liu Liehong:

Thank you for your question, and thanks for the interest of other media friends. I would also like to thank CCTV for your continuous attention to and support for the WIC. The WIC has been successfully held for five sessions since 2014. The "four principles" and "five proposals" put forward by General Secretary Xi Jinping have been widely recognized by the international community. The concept of building a community with a shared future in cyberspace has gained increasing popularity, and has helped contribute Chinese wisdom and solutions to global internet governance.

This year marks the 50th anniversary of the birth of the internet and the 25th anniversary of China's full access to the worldwide web. The world today is undergoing a wider and deeper technological revolution and industrial transformation. Facing unprecedented opportunities and challenges, we need to build a community with a shared future in cyberspace. Following the trend of the times and upholding openness, equality, mutual trust and mutual benefit, the WIC thus chose to adopt the theme of "Intelligent Interconnection for Openness and Cooperation: Building a Community with a Shared Future in Cyberspace." It not only responds to international concern for artificial intelligence, 5G, financial technology, industrial internet and other technological and industrial trends, but also shows the good will for openness and cooperation. This theme will make the conference more comprehensive and in-depth, and help build a strong consensus in the international community, allowing the internet to benefit people all over the world in a better way. Thank you.

CRI:

As mentioned just now, the WIC has been successfully held for five sessions. What influence has it brought to Zhejiang province? Thank you.

Zhu Guoxian:

With five sessions successfully held since 2014, the WIC has gained increasing popularity and influence. Guests from more than 100 countries and regions attend the conference every year. The participants include important government members of other countries, heads of international organizations, as well as leading figures, experts and scholars, and heads of well-known internet companies in China and abroad. The WIC is playing an increasingly important role in promoting economic development, technological progress, better network governance and cultural exchanges.

It is fair to say that the influence of the WIC on Zhejiang is comprehensive, deep and groundbreaking. As I said just now, you have seen the growth of the WIC, and the gratifying changes it has brought. In my view, it covers the following aspects:

First, it shows a new image of Zhejiang. The changes in Wuzhen over the past five years are an important epitome of the high-quality development of the province. The WIC helps the world to know more about building a beautiful Zhejiang. Second, it offers new opportunities. The WIC has brought along new ideas, new thinking patterns and new achievements to help Zhejiang with its internet development and promotion of a digital economy, and added new drivers to the province's economic and social development. Zhejiang is implementing a five-year plan to double the growth of its digital economy and build itself into a national demonstration province in this regard. The core industries of the digital economy are developing rapidly. In 2018, Zhejiang's digital economic aggregate reached 2.33 trillion yuan, up 19.26% year-on-year, ranking fourth nationally in both the total number and the growth rate. Third, it has helped create new areas of cooperation. More and more internet companies are choosing to invest in Wuzhen and Zhejiang after the town became the permanent host of the WIC. During last year's WIC, over 20 contracts worth more than 30 billion yuan were signed across Zhejiang. In recent years, more and more internet companies and projects have settled in Zhejiang. I would like to welcome media friends here and your colleagues to experience the new atmosphere and changes in Zhejiang. Thank you.

China Arab TV: 

There is about a month to go before the start of the conference. May I ask Mr. Liu, which important enterprises and important personnel will be taking part in this year's conference? Thank you.

Liu Liehong:

The WIC is a grand event for the global Internet industry and has been receiving attention from everyone. Regarding the invited guests, we have always adhered to an open attitude. We welcome representatives from governments, industries, and research institutes to gather in Wuzhen, where they can exchange ideas, promote consensus, and contribute wisdom and strength to the development of the global Internet.

Since the work began for issuing invitations for this year's conference, it received great attention and positive responses from all over the world. Currently, a number of important guests have confirmed their participation. They are from more than 70 countries and regions, including representatives from world-renowned companies such as Microsoft, Qualcomm, Cisco, Apple, Intel, Amazon, Kaspersky, SAP, Ericsson, Nokia, Samsung Electronics and Siemens, as well as from Chinese companies with international influence such as Alibaba, Tencent and Huawei, plus a number of central state-owned enterprises. At the same time, there will be a number of Internet pioneers and Internet Hall of Fame inductees, Nobel Prize winners, Turing Award winners and other internationally renowned academic representatives as well as a number of high-level representatives of foreign governments and international organizations. Thank you.

Economic Daily:

We all know that, at the annual WIC, the issuance of blue books and the Wuzhen Outlook are important achievements attracting wide attention from all sides. I would like to ask Mr. Liu, what kind of content will there be in this year's blue books and the Wuzhen Outlook, and what innovations can we expect compared with previous years? Thank you.

Liu Liehong:

Thank you for your questions. The China Internet Development Report and The World Internet Development Report, which are what everyone calls the blue books of the conference, as well as the Wuzhen Outlook, are indeed important achievements of the WIC and generate great interest both domestically and abroad.

The China Internet Development Report 2019 will review and summarize the development of the Internet in China in the past 25 years, with a focus on the latest progress, achievements and trends of China's Internet development in 2019, systematically presenting China's vivid experience and innovative practices in the accelerated progress from being a major cyber power to a strong one. 

The World Internet Development Report 2019 will review the development of the Internet in the past 50 years since its birth, analyze and evaluate the global network development trends in 2019, and summarize the vivid practices and actual outcomes achieved by major countries pushing forward development of the Internet in 2019, and analyze and interpret them, while trying hard to provide new ideas and intellectual support for continued development.

The Wuzhen Outlook 2019 will elaborate the outstanding contribution of the Internet to the progress and development of human society, analyze the opportunities and challenges brought about by its development, and look forward to the beautiful vision that the international community can jointly promote the prosperity and development of the Internet. Compared with previous years, there are three major aspects of innovation this year:

The first is to review the historical achievements of Internet development. This year, we have added two chapters of "World Internet Development in the Past 50 Years" and "China Internet Development in the Past 25 Years" to the blue books being issued. They briefly review the developments of the worldwide Internet and the China Internet respectively, and set forth the profound impact of both on humanity, and how the Internet brings historical opportunities for the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation.

The second is to look forward to future development trends. The blue books systematically analyze the opportunities and challenges brought about by Internet development, and the outlook for actively using and further developing the Internet, demonstrating our firm confidence in its bright prospects.

The third is to optimize the indicator system for Internet development assessment. The indicator system adopted in the two reports this year has further improved the basic structure, optimized the algorithm model, expanded the evaluation scope, strengthened data collection, and enhanced the indicator system's authority, scientificity and accuracy. Especially in the China Internet Development Report 2019, we have added top-10 rankings for sub-entry evaluation indexes in six aspects covering infrastructure evaluation, innovation capabilities, digital economy development, Internet applications, cyber-security and cyber-governance, providing reference and examples for various places that are promoting the development of the internet. Thank you.

China Daily:

My question is for Mr. Sheng. Last November, General Secretary Xi announced that coordinated development of the Yangtze River Delta has become a national strategy. So how does Tongxiang, a county-level city in the core area of Yangtze River Delta, play its role in the high-quality development of the area by seizing the opportunities presented by the World Internet Conference (WIC). Thank you.

Sheng Yongjun:

Friends from the media, good afternoon. First of all, thanks for your attention and support to Tongxiang and Wuzhen. Since the first WIC, Tongxiang has stepped up its efforts to upgrade social and economy development, with the digital economy becoming a distinctive feature of the local economy. These are evident in the following aspects:

First, new technology. Every year, thousands of companies choose to launch their new technologies, achievements and products in Wuzhen. The 5G town is now under construction in Wuzhen. About 50 5G-related technologies have been introduced so far.

Second, new industry. Over the past five years, the number of the companies related to the digital economy has witnessed fivefold growth. The output value of IT-based manufacturing and the income earned from the main business of information technology and software services have both registered annual growth of 50%. A batch of projects have settled in Tongxiang, including the Center for Application of Beidou Navigation Satellite System, the Base for the CETC Transformation of Scientific and Technological Achievements and Ping An Entrepreneur Town.

Third, new energy. Tongxiang is now home to 135,000 market entities, and over 100 new companies are established daily . The number of national and provincial high-tech companies has reached 1,000, a doubling in the past two years. The index of integration of information and industrialization ranks among top in Zhejiang province. And Tongxiang is among the top 10 cities in the list of the "Top 100 Best Performing Counties in E-commerce."

Currently, Tongxiang has great opportunities for advancement from the international gathering and national strategies. We will promote the city brand and take the opportunities to build Tongxiang into a digital, beautiful, graceful and peaceful city. Specifically, we will target the following aspects:

First, internet innovation. We will power the development of Tongxiang through the digital economy, platform and technology. WIC, the international platform connecting China and the world, serves as a window for representatives from internet businesses to exchange ideas. And we are willing to transfer these ideas into energy driving innovation in Tongxiang. We will build a World Internet Industrial Park, focusing on 5G, integrated circuits, artificial intelligence, big data and other new generation information industries, and launching more projects. We are working to launch programs such as the Kunpeng Ecosystem, Huawei 5G Innovation Center, Baidu Brain Innovation Center, making Tongxiang a place that is nurturing advanced technology, new products and models.

Second, modern governance. We will improve the city management, and to offer better service for the public and make governance more efficient. We have partnered with Huawei, Ping An and CTEC, working together to build Tongxiang into a smart city that is based on the technologies of big data and internet of things. We will build a "digital government" and carry out further reforms to streamline administration and strive to optimize the business environment. We will also explore the model of grassroots governance, and especially power the modern governance system with digital technology.

Third, high-quality development. Wuzhen is of great international influence. And Tongxiang city also takes the advantage of its industrial development, and its optimal location in the Yangtze River Delta. According to the overall plan, the next step will focus on connecting Shanghai and Hangzhou, to achieve more coordinated development of the Yangtze River Delta. Last year, the per capita GDP in Tongxiang reached $16,000, and this will be doubled by 2025. In addition, we plan to double the per capita disposable income of urban and rural residents, and the added value of high-tech and strategic emerging industries. All these efforts will ensure the high-quality development of Tongxiang.

Friends from the media, Wuzhen has attracted much attention from the world. And for Tongxiang, we hope there is not only development for Wuzhen, but for the wider Tongxiang city. We welcome friends from the media to visit Tongxiang and spread its stories to the world. Thank you.

The Wall Street Journal:

In recent years, departments of the Chinese government, including the Cyberspace Administration of China, have issued a series of regulatory documents to regulate the content being posted online. Regulations to monitor online information in particular, have led many Chinese enterprises to start to develop new software, such as Artificial Intelligence (AI) software, to analyze and control some of the content posted online. I would like to ask will the content in those areas be an advantage for Chinese companies over their American counterparts in the future? Because a lot of American companies, including Facebook, cannot fully block videos with violent content, can they learn something from the Chinese side? Thank you.

Liu Liehong:

Thanks for your question. Companies like Facebook and Twitter are actually more adept at content checking. Some time ago, under the pretext of spreading "fake news", Facebook and Twitter banned a number of Chinese accounts that had posted objective and rational views. However, at the same time, a lot of false information that distorts facts and attacks China is rampant. It fully indicates that companies like Facebook and Twitter are actually very accurate in their content censoring, and if someone wants to learn something, they might be a better choice. Thank you.

Guangming Daily:

We know that, the WIC promotes the building of Zhejiang's digital economy and its digital government. This year, Zhejiang continues to deepen reforms in promoting greater work efficiency to benefit the public, known as "without the need for a second trip." So, what are the latest developments in this area? Thank you.

Zhu Guoxian:

I used to be a journalist for 30 years. I think journalists may prefer stories and examples, so I would like to give you an example first. The City Brain, jointly created by Hangzhou City and the Alibaba Group, brings together data from more than 70 departments and enterprises every day, with an average of more than 80 million bits of new data added daily, including 11 major systems such as police affairs, transportation, urban management, cultural tourism, healthcare and 48 application scenarios. These are bringing about new changes in people's daily lives in all aspects. Take urban transportation as an example. Hangzhou has an elevated highway across the city, which is 22 kilometers long. Since it was added to the City Brain, people's travel time has been cut by an average of 4.6 minutes, or 10% compared to before. The traffic signals at 104 intersections in Xiaoshan District have been automatically controlled, and the passing speed of vehicles has increased by 15%, saving three minutes on average in daily journeys. The Hangzhou city management department has also deployed an easy parking system. Users are only required to swipe the QR code once and it's valid across the entire city for life. Until now, there are 303,000 parking spots covered by the "drive away first and pay later" system, which has greatly increased the convenience of city parking. After optimizing traffic management through the City Brain, traffic congestion in Hangzhou has been eased significantly. The traffic delay index has dropped from 2.08 in 2014 to about 1.64 at present, and the ranking of traffic congestion has dropped from second place in the country in 2014 to the 35th place last year. One more example is the healthcare system. The City Brain has launched a "diagnose first and pay later" service, in which patients can seek medical treatment in a more relaxed way with more simplified medical fee payment procedures. Presently, 245 public medical institutions in Hangzhou have access to the system.

We feel that, the WIC brings about not only industrial dividends and economic benefits to Zhejiang, but also the transformation of concepts and the innovation of methods in government services. The CPC Zhejiang Provincial Committee and the Zhenjiang Provincial People's Government is vigorously promoting digital transformation. On the one hand, we strive to optimize the business environment, and promote the development of big data to provide the greatest public convenience so that people don't have to be kept constantly on the run to get things done. It is can be said that our officials' painstaking efforts have achieved a happier life for our people. The app platform of the General Office of the People's Government of Zhejiang Province has gathered 415 service applications, and currently the whole process of starting a business can be done online. On the other hand, we use big data, AI and other technologies to improve the efficiency of government management. For example, the provincial government has launched the "Internet plus supervision" approach. As many as 98.84% of law enforcement personnel in the province have opened 61,500 accounts, and this has achieved a daily average of more than 22,000 online law enforcement activities. It can be said that the digital transformation of government has continuously improved administrative and work efficiency, through which people can get their business done quickly "without the need for a second trip." Thank you.

China News Service:

Mr. Liu, a face-changing artificial intelligence app called ZAO gained immense popularity in China not long ago. However, some online users accused it of infringing individual privacy and imposing unequal provisions. What does the Cyberspace Administration of China think about these new technologies and applications? How will the administration supervise the development of new technologies and applications? Thank you.

Liu Liehong:

Thank you for your question. While creating opportunities for development, the new technologies and their applications also do pose risks and challenges threatening cyberspace security. As a regulatory body, the Cyberspace Administration of China has been proactively countenancing the development new technologies and applications while taking necessary measures to avoid possible risks. We have formulated and ratified a host of laws, regulations and standards, such as, "regulations on the safety assessment of cyberspace information service" and "norms of personal information security". We are now working at regulations on network ecological governance and soliciting public opinions. By establishing these laws, regulations and standards, we guide and supervise Internet companies to conduct safety assessment and regulate the development of new technologies and applications. We have also acted against some apps that have engaged in unlawful collection of personal information to guarantee the safety of personal information, privacy and legitimate rights of online users. Thank you.

Hong Kong Economic Herald:

Mr. Liu, could you please brief us on the highlights of the World Leading Internet Scientific and Technological Achievements this year? Thank you.

Liu Liehong:

Thank you for your question and your interest in the World Leading Internet Scientific and Technological Achievements. Now, the collection of leading scientific and technological achievements of the 6th WIC has been completed. In accordance with the principles of "fairness, impartiality, objectivity and authority," the Recommendation Committee for World Internet Leading Scientific and Technological Achievements of the 6th WIC, composed of nearly 40 Chinese and foreign experts, was established. Currently, their work is coming to an end.

Compared with previous years, the technologies we have collected this year are more diversified, and there will be some new changes in the form of release.

First, more categories are covered. Starting this June, we collected leading scientific and technological achievements in five categories, namely, product, business model, basic theory, technology, and general category. These cover almost all Internet-related fields, including AI, 5G, big data, cloud computing, digital manufacturing and the industrial internet.

Second, more entities are involved. Many companies submitted their research achievements, including foreign companies such as Microsoft, SAP, LinkedIn, Oracle, and Tesla, domestic companies like China Mobile, China Telecom, China Electronics Technology Group Corporation, Huawei, Alibaba, Tencent, Baidu, as well as famous universities such as Tsinghua University, Zhejiang University and Xi'an Jiaotong University. This collection also attracted many SMEs and innovation teams.

Third, innovation is being emphasized more strongly. This year, many innovative scientific and technological achievements have received close attention from the Recommendation Committee. Therefore, we will add a part of recommendation at the release event, so that more innovative achievements can be displayed. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

Again, thanks to the three speakers, and thank you all. Today's briefing is hereby concluded.

Read in Chinese

.Speakers:

Yang Guang, spokesperson of the Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office of the State Council

Xu Luying, spokesperson of the Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office of the State Council

Chairperson:

Xi Yanchun, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

Sept. 3, 2019

Xi Yanchun:

Ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. Welcome to all of you attending this press conference. Recently, the SCIO has held several press conferences to brief you about the situation in Hong Kong. Today, we have invited Mr. Yang Guang and Ms. Xu Luying, the spokespersons of the Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office of the State Council, once again to update you on the latest situation. They will also answer some of your questions.

Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Yang Guang.

Yang Guang:

Friends from the media, good afternoon. Today, Ms. Xu Luying and myself come here once again to update you on the latest situation in Hong Kong and share with you our views.

Currently, some positive changes are taking place in Hong Kong. Among them, the most important is that "stopping violence, ending the chaos and restoring order" has become a broad consensus with the strongest appeal for all walks of life in Hong Kong. Through methods like issuing written public statements, advertising and making public speeches, representatives of all social ranks and social circles, as well as non-governmental organizations and institutions have denounced the violent crimes that have been committed, and expressed support for the police's strict law enforcement activities. On Aug. 17, despite heavy rain, nearly 500,000 people took part in a rally with the theme of "oppose violence, save Hong Kong". It was a touching scene. The government of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (HKSAR) and the police force together have resolutely cracked down on illegal and criminal activities according to law. By Sept. 2, a total of 1,117 people had been arrested, including three members of the Legislative Council of the HKSAR on suspicion of committing a public order crime. Chief Executive Carrie Lam Cheng Yuet-ngor and related departments of the HKSAR have actively communicated with all social sectors to better understand the appeals being made and the anticipation of residents. In a timely manner, they have formulated measures to address the difficulties facing residents and enterprises. One thing to note in particular is that overseas Chinese are of the same mind with Hong Kong people and the people in the rest of China. In many places around the world, overseas Chinese and Chinese students studying abroad have spontaneously organized demonstrations and assemblies, using methods like displaying the national flag and singing the national anthem, to express their deep love for the homeland and strong indignation towards activities advocating "Hong Kong independence" and violent activities. It has been very touching and inspiring.

However, it must also be noted that the situation in Hong Kong remains complex and grave. Violent, law-breaking activities are not completely under control. At some moments, in some places, rioters have gone even further than before. They took insane actions and committed dreadful crimes. Taking the police as their main target, they used sharpened metal pipes, gasoline bombs, steel-wire trap and other lethal weapon to attack police officers, besieged police dormitories, maliciously and illegally spread the personal information of individual police officers and their families online, frantically threatening harm and even killings targeted at police officers, and tried all they could to instigate hatred towards the local police force. On Aug. 30, three rioters ambushed an off-duty police officer, attacking him with a knife, and causing severe injuries. Their brutality was horrific. Rioters also assaulted, insulted, and illegally detained innocent passengers at the airport. They did all they could to obstruct police officers and medical workers from protecting and treating injured passengers. They also threatened to die together with others. They used all kinds of extreme approaches, such as creating bank runs, creating financial turmoil, blocking traffic on major roads, and vandalizing public facilities, to put pressure on the HKSAR government. They shouted slogans advocating "Hong Kong independence" in many places, and even asked foreign governments to interfere. On Aug. 31, after police rejection, they launched illegal demonstrations and assemblies in many places, particularly in busy commercial areas. They threw around 100 gasoline bombs targeting police officers and government buildings. They also tried to attack the headquarters of the resident organ of the Central People's Government in Hong Kong, the HKSAR Legislative Council and the HKSAR government. They also threw tear-gas grenades into the barracks of the People's Liberation Army Hong Kong Garrison. They vandalized facilities in 32 MTR stations, which is one third of the total MTR stations. On Sept. 1, some rioters entered and destroyed the control rooms in Tung Chung and other stations, posing a grave threat to the safe operation of the MTR system. They also blocked roads leading to the airport, meaning the MTR service on the airport express line and several other routes being unable to operate for over six hours, affecting a large number of passengers. What's worse, they tried to infect children and extend their influence into campuses. They encouraged students to boycott classes, using them as a tool to realize their political aims. All these facts show that some rioters' activities have gone far beyond the scope of normal demonstration and rally. In any country or region, under any legal system, their deeds will be taken as violent crimes, and they will be treated as a mob.

Yang Guang:

More and more Hong Kong residents have now clearly realized that the situation in Hong Kong, initially from fallout over revision of the Fugitive Offenders Ordinance, has gone completely awry. A small number of rioters, in committing unlawful and criminal acts, have shown to the world that they have a purpose and a target that have nothing to do with the ordinance dispute. They willingly work as the cat's-paw of external forces and forces that are anti-Chinese and seek to bring chaos to Hong Kong. They have carried out reckless violent and unlawful activities. They seek to create chaos in Hong Kong, paralyze the HKSAR government, and seize control of the region before turning it into an independent or semi-independent political entity exercising complete autonomy that runs counter to central government authority, distorting the longstanding principles of a high-degree of autonomy and "Hong Kong people governing Hong Kong". Their final purpose is to render "one country, two systems" something that exists in name only.

It has now come to the crucial juncture of safeguarding the bottom line of the "one country, two systems" principle and maintaining Hong Kong's prosperity and stability. All those who truly care about and love Hong Kong should remain clear-minded, show their firm stance and clearly understand that there is no middle ground and there should be no hesitation, indecision or wavering on the cardinal issue of ending violence and chaos, on which Hong Kong's future hinges If we truly love Hong Kong, we should firmly vindicate the principle of "one country, two systems". If we truly love Hong Kong, we should act to determinately say "no" to behavior damaging Hong Kong's prosperity and stability and challenging "one country, two systems" principle. Here, we make three propositions:

Yang Guang:

First, we hope the HKSAR government and people from all sectors of society will be able to further build consensus and act to "stop violence and restore order". Untrammeled violence and infringed rule of law is the biggest danger facing Hong Kong. And people's strongest call is to "stop violence and restore order"; the people's strongest call is to fight against violence, safeguard the rule of law, and maintain stability. What Hong Kong needs most now is an end to chaos and violence, thus restoring order to Hong Kong, which is also the foremost, overarching and most pressing task for Hong Kong. It is the duty of all Hong Kong citizens to protect their homeland from destruction. We hope every citizen who loves Hong Kong can consciously reject violence, support Chief Executive Carrie Lam Cheng Yuet-ngor in her efforts to lead the HKSAR government and the police to crack down on violent crimes in accordance with law, and support the HKSAR procuratorate and judicial bodies in performing their duties, thus bringing all radical rioters to justice, fully showing the authority of the law. We should show no mercy to those key members who sparked violence as well as backstage masterminds, organizers, and agitators. All institutions with public power should act quickly and decisively. The struggle to uphold the rule of law is relentless.

Second, I hope people could distinguish the acts of peaceful demonstrations and assemblies to express people's demands from those violent crimes or behavior aiming to challenge the bottom line of the "one country, two systems" principle. Staging an assembly or demonstration is a right that the Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (HKSAR) has granted to residents. Most citizens participating in the demonstrations and assemblies, including young students, no matter what their reasons or demands are, as long as they act in a peaceful way in accordance with the law and the "one country, two systems" principle, enjoy this legal right. The peaceful demonstrations and assemblies are different in nature from those crimes of unscrupulously challenging the bottom line of the "one country, two systems" principle, attacking resident organs of the central government in Hong Kong, smearing and insulting the national emblem and flag of China, violently attacking the police and innocent citizens, severely damaging public and private property, and endangering public security. We must and will resolutely crack down upon these crimes in accordance with the law. There is no room for tolerance. In the face of crimes, law enforcement means justice, and protecting the law is righteousness. These resident organs of the central government in Hong Kong, including the Liaison Office of the Central People's Government in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Office of the Commissioner of the PRC Ministry of Foreign Affairs in the HKSAR and the Hong Kong Garrison of the Chinese People's Liberation Army are representing China. Their security and dignity should not be challenged.

Third, I hope you will focus on the fundamental issues of Hong Kong's economic development and public well-being, and come up with ideas and jointly seek solutions. The current chaos have mirrored some deep-seated problems in Hong Kong which have come to a point where we must attach great importance and take effective measure to deal with them. The social problems that the ordinary citizens, young people in particular, have been complaining about, such as housing difficulties, the large gap between the rich and poor and the difficulty of upward mobility, have accumulated over a long period of time due to complex causes. We need to identify the crux of the problems and find effective solutions. Recently, some people showing breadth of vision in Hong Kong, the Chinese mainland and abroad have put forward quite a few insightful views on this issue. We support Chief Executive Carrie Lam and her governance team to continue to exchange views with people from all walks of life and young people on relevant dialogue platforms to jointly explore solutions to these issues. This constructive dialogue is very much needed in Hong Kong. As long as people from all walks of life in Hong Kong think actively, pool their wisdom and build consensus with the attitude of being the masters of Hong Kong, they will definitely find the golden key to deal with the difficulties, and turn the anger being witnessed in Hong Kong into harmony.

The central government will continue to unswervingly implement the "one country, two systems" principle and the Basic Law of the HKSAR, and will continue to spare no efforts to support Hong Kong in developing its economy and improving public well-being, and ensure that the outcome of development will benefit all the people in Hong Kong.

That's all. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

Thank you, Mr. Yang Guang. Now we open the floor for questions. Please identify your news organization before you ask your questions. In addition, with reference to the previous practice, we will provide consecutive interpretation for all the questions. So, let us begin.

Hong Kong Economic Times:

The protests in Hong Kong are still going on, and it is said that the HKSAR government is considering using the Emergency Regulations Ordinance to handle the situation. Does the central government think it is appropriate to apply the emergency law in the current situation? Under what conditions would it be appropriate to invoke the law? If invoked, what impact will it have on Hong Kong society? In addition, given the three-month-long protests, has the central government set a bottom line for dealing with the situation? Thank you.

Yang Guang:

My colleague Ms. Xu will answer your questions.

Xu Luying:

Thank you for your questions. We have noted that there are discussions in Hong Kong about whether the HKSAR government should invoke the Emergency Regulations Ordinance to deal with the current situation. We have seen that Hong Kong is facing the most severe and urgent situation since its return to the motherland. Despite some positive changes, violent activities are still continuing. They have severely undermined the social order, economy and people's livelihood, and challenged the bottom line of the "one country, two systems" principle. Currently, the most pressing and overriding task of Hong Kong is to "stop violence, end the chaos and restore order." We have also noted that many social organizations and citizens have called for stronger measures, including introducing an anti-mask law, to stop the violence and chaos, and restore social order as soon as possible. The central government fully supports the chief executive and the HKSAR government in using any necessary measure in accordance with law to put an end to violence and chaos, guarantee the security and rights of all citizens, and safeguard the dignity of the rule of law in Hong Kong.

As to whether the central government has set a deadline for dealing with the situation in Hong Kong, I think it is a common aspiration of the central government and all Hong Kong people to end the chaos and restore order as soon as possible. The sooner the better. As long as chaos exists, people will continue to pay the price. This concerns the prosperity and stability of Hong Kong as well as the well-being of seven million Hong Kong people. This aspiration is the biggest appeal being voiced by Hong Kong people. Thank you for your questions.

ITAR-TASS News Agency:

The protestors have put forward five major demands and claimed that "all five demands must be fulfilled." Several days ago, 24 members of the Hong Kong Legislative Council signed a letter to call for a restart of Hong Kong's political reform to practice "dual universal suffrage." What is the attitude of the central government towards the five major demands? Is it acceptable for the central government that there must be a full withdrawal of the proposed extradition bill and an independent investigation into police actions? Did Chief Executive Carrie Lam refuse those demands under central government instructions? Thanks.

Yang Guang:

I didn't expect you are so good at Chinese. You have made your questions very clear. What I want to say is that, in any civilized and law-based society all demands must be proposed in accordance with the law. Over the past two months, some radical protestors have, in the name of their "five major demands," intentionally disregarded the rights to a peaceful life of Hong Kong people and the overall stability and prosperity of Hong Kong, unscrupulously committed violence, trampled on Hong Kong's rule of law and social order, and challenged the bottom line of the "one country, two systems" principle. This has damaged the interests of not only Hong Kong but the whole country. They are by no means expressing demands; what they are doing is engaging in "political intimidation" and "political coercion" through and through. As I mentioned just now, their acts have nothing to do with the proposed extradition bill. They have taken aim at the HKSAR government in a bid to seize the administrative power of Hong Kong and render the "one country, two systems" principle defunct. In fact, their ultimate demand is "dual universal suffrage." Here, in order to put an end to misunderstanding and misinterpretation, I would like to elaborate on this matter of "dual universal suffrage."

First of all, I must reaffirm one fact: It is after Hong Kong's return to the motherland that Hong Kong's democratic system was truly established and developed. I must point out another equally important fact: the aim of the selection of the Chief Executive and all the members of the Legislative Council by universal suffrage has been stipulated in the Basic Law. Since the establishment of the HKSAR, the central government has been supporting the HKSAR in steadily and rapidly developing democracy in accordance with the Basic Law and other relevant decisions made by the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress.

As everyone knows, a decision made by the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress on Dec. 29, 2007 stipulated the method for selecting the Chief Executive of the HKSAR by universal suffrage as of 2017, and also selecting all members of the Legislative Council by universal suffrage after the selection of the Chief Executive by universal suffrage is realized. As a result, the decision established a timetable for "dual universal suffrage." Another decision made by the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress on Aug. 31, 2014 provided a framework and core elements for the method of selecting the Chief Executive by universal suffrage. The Aug. 31 decision won the support and recognition of most Hong Kong residents. Unfortunately, due to the opposition of some Legislative Council members, the universal suffrage bill drafted according to the Aug. 31 decision did not win the necessary two-thirds majority vote. Therefore, Hong Kong has lost a precious opportunity to achieve the selection of the Chief Executive by universal suffrage 20 years after its return to the motherland. In other words, the culprits hindering Hong Kong's democracy are actually the opposition themselves.

Why did the opposition veto the bill against the will of the majority? To put it bluntly, the universal suffrage system provided by the Aug. 31 decision is not what they wanted. What do they want, then? As a matter of fact, they preferred a universal suffrage system exceeding the limits of the Basic Law and the relevant decisions of the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress, and could help them select a Chief Executive representing their position and, at the same time, not being accountable to the central government, all of which will pave the way for them to ultimately seize administrative power in Hong Kong. Any mechanism that can help achieve this goal would be what they call "real universal suffrage"; any mechanism that falls short would be their so-called "fake universal suffrage."

Today, I must make it clear that anyone who harbors this illusion is doomed to fail. Whenever Hong Kong's political reform is restarted, Hong Kong's universal suffrage must be in line with the Basic Law and the relevant decisions made by the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress.

I must also make it clear that Hong Kong's universal suffrage must adhere to a basic principle: it must be in line with Hong Kong's political status. What does this mean? Let me give you a brief introduction. The first sentence of the Preamble of the Basic Law reads: "Hong Kong has been part of the territory of China since ancient times." Article 1 of Chapter 1 of the Basic Law provides that "the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region is an inalienable part of the People's Republic of China." Article 12 of Chapter 2 (Relationship between the Central Authorities and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region) of the Basic Law provides that "the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region shall be a local administrative region of the People's Republic of China, which shall enjoy a high degree of autonomy directly under the Central People's Government." Each of these forms the first sentence of the corresponding chapter, which tells their importance. The three sentences completely and clearly define Hong Kong's political status. Hong Kong's political system, including its universal suffrage system, must abide by and serve the purpose of its political status. As a result, Article 43 of Chapter 4 (Political Structure) of the Basic Law, again in the first sentence, provides that "the Chief Executive of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region shall be accountable to the Central People's Government and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region in accordance with the provisions of this Law." That is the most important duties and mission of the Chief Executive. Then, Article 45 of the Basic Law provides that the Chief Executive of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region shall be selected by universal suffrage upon nomination by a broadly representative nominating committee in accordance with democratic procedures. After this, the Chief Executive shall be appointed by the Central People's Government. Each of the three links - nomination, universal suffrage, and appointment – is indispensable and plays a substantive role. That is the real meaning of universal suffrage in Hong Kong.

Any universal suffrage system that meets the abovementioned requirements is real universal suffrage. Only in this way can we select a Chief Executive who loves the country and loves Hong Kong, and can win the trust of the central government and the recognition of the Hong Kong people. Only by doing this can we ensure that the "one country, two systems" principle will be comprehensively and precisely implemented. As to Hong Kong's universal suffrage, there is no other option. Above all, we must stick to the "one country, two systems" principle, the Basic Law and the relevant decisions made by the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress.

As to the other demands, I have dealt with them in my previous remarks. I would like to stress that the biggest demand and the strongest appeal right now is to "stop violence and restore order." This is the most important and most urgent task, and this is what we should do to actively and earnestly respond to the demands of the people. We will unswervingly support Chief Executive Carrie Lam and the HKSAR government in exercising their respective power and functions in accordance with the law, the Hong Kong police in implementing the law rigorously, and the relevant government departments and judicial organs in fulfilling their duties and punishing violent criminals. We hope every citizen who loves Hong Kong will act to boycott violence and support the action of the HKSAR government and the Hong Kong police. Thank you!

CCTV:

As we noticed, the HKMAO said there are signs of terrorism and acts bordering on terrorism in Hong Kong, and that the movement carries the characteristics of a "color revolution." What does the central government think of the nature of the movement? What measures different from the past will be taken? Thank you.

Yang Guang:

Thank you. For your question, I already elaborated on this at the beginning. Therefore, here I would like to add a few more words.

Have the violent crimes in Hong Kong begun to show signs of terrorism? We should examine the facts to obtain the answer. In the past three months, a small number of rioters committed crimes recklessly, in particular, hurting police officers with various heinous acts, and also smashed up shops, paralyzed the airport, disturbed the running of subways and illegally imprisoned innocent citizens. We noticed that the weapons they have been using in their attacks on the police have become increasingly serious and are already in the lethal category. They also used ignominious means to disclose the personal information of individual police officers and their families on the internet, which is illegal. Incomplete statistics show the personal information of about 1,600 police officers have already been disclosed, and some people have talked online openly about killing police officers and bullying their families. Let's then take a look at what happened on Aug. 31. Even if the petrol bombs they threw in the past might be said to be a few, this time, they threw about 100 petrol bombs in the downtown area. They also vandalized subway facilities, and broke into the control room of the subway in a sabotage operation threatening the safe operation of the subway.

They also put forward the slogan "Lan Chao." I did not know the meaning of these two characters at the beginning, so I asked my friends in Hong Kong. They told me it means "pulling others along to die together." I do not know how you feel after hearing this. However, I smell the breath of terror and madness. Another vicious manipulator openly threatened that just let it be even though the current violent criminal activities seriously damage Hong Kong's status as an international financial center. It is evident that they have already reached a point where they will do whatever it takes to achieve their political ends. There are people from more than one organization who have pointed out that their acts now obviously have the nature of terrorism. As for "color revolution," the facts are even clearer. We can see a small number of rioters repeatedly using slogans with "Hong Kong independence" overtones. One example is the ludicrous slogan of "Restoration of Hong Kong, Revolution of the Times," which I mentioned last time. I also noticed recently that they proposed at a rally that "U.K., U.S., Hong Kong in Alliance, To People Sovereignty Belongs." But what is Hong Kong? I already gave a very detailed introduction that Hong Kong is a special administrative region of the People's Republic of China. What qualifies Hong Kong to ally itself with other countries? As for "To People Sovereignty Belongs," Hong Kong's sovereignty belongs to China and the 1.4 billion Chinese people. Is there any point in discussing this? It can be seen that these people are either ignorant of the laws and the identity of Hong Kong, or they openly want to turn Hong Kong into an independent or semi-independent political entity. Therefore, four words can be seen on their faces, "Fan Zhong (literally means Anti-China)" on the left and "Gang Du (literally means Hong Kong independence)" on the right.

We also noticed that, in the past three months, some Western politicians made frivolous remarks on Hong Kong affairs, sparing no effort to support a few rioters and "Hong Kong independence" activists and glorify their actions. It can be said that they have played a role in aggravating such actions. Therefore, some activists already demonstrate obvious characteristics of "color revolution." Their purposes are to paralyze the HKSAR government, take over the administration of the HKSAR, and make "one country, two systems" exist in name only.

I have one point I wish to make clear. We deeply and clearly know that the majority of the citizens of Hong Kong, including many young students, who were involved in peace marches and rallies, and put forward some other appeals, are entirely different from those who have broken the law, committed violent crimes, and challenged the bottom line of "one country, two systems." However, we must point out that the direction of the current turmoil in Hong Kong is not determined by their will. Under the manipulation of a few rioters and vicious manipulators behind the scenes, the current situation has completely deteriorated. That is why we say that it has come to a crucial moment to uphold the principle of "one country, two systems" and safeguard the prosperity and stability of Hong Kong. All those who love Hong Kong should take concrete actions to draw a clear line between themselves and criminals, and say no to violence and those who undermine the bottom line of the "one country, two systems." Thank you.

Phoenix TV:

My question is about student strikes. A new semester began yesterday. Many students at middle schools and colleges in Hong Kong boycotted classes. What is the attitude of the Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office about this situation? We have also noted that some middle school students got involved in violent riots. It is said that primary and middle school education in Hong Kong is the main reason behind this phenomenon. What is your opinion? Thank you.

Yang Guang:

Thank you. Let me give the floor to my colleague.

Xu Luying:

Thank you for your question. We have noted that some opponents, "Hong Kong independence" activists and a few radical forces are doing their utmost to instigate students to boycott classes. We all wonder why they behave this way. I think they just want to bring their street protests into campuses, kidnap young students on their chariots, make them as political chips to threaten the HKSAR government and the central government, and instigate student and merchant strikes on a larger scale, so as to spread the chaos and create a more destabilized and dangerous situation. How vicious their intention is!

School is a place to acquire knowledge and cultivate personality. Dr. Sun Yat-sen once said that school is the source of evolution of civilization. At such a holy place, some forces by all means have stretched out their hands towards juveniles who have immature minds and are entirely unsophisticated, so as to realize their ulterior political motives. We have seen cases that have shocked us. Since June this year, a total of 15 juveniles under the age of 16 have been arrested. The youngest is only 12, with iron bars and paint sprayers found on his body. On Aug. 31, the police arrested a 13-year-old juvenile who hid two gasoline bombs on his body. How horrible! We clearly noticed that the participants, black hands behind the riots, especially the schemers and organizers, disregarded the lives, health and futures of the juveniles, making them as cannon fodder and victims of their violent riots, and providing fresh "political fuel" for the forces with ulterior motives. These are savage misdeeds and must be curbed with exercise of all due power.

We are grieved to see so many middle school and college students participating in violent riots this time. Schools are the main front of education and teachers are the first person responsible for school education. The Code of the Education Profession of Hong Kong stipulates that teachers have the responsibility and obligation to cultivate a student's ability in objective and justified analysis and offer students equal opportunities to receive education. But we have also seen that some teachers took advantage of their power and resources to disseminate seeds of violence and hatred, and instigate students to boycott classes, breaking the bottom line of the education profession, and even ignoring teaching ethics and that of a decent human being. This is totally unacceptable and should be punished severely based on laws.

We have also noted that the HKSAR government and Education Bureau have made clear that they are against any kind of student strike, and emphasized that no one is allowed to make schools a place to voice political appeals. Many education societies published joint announcements to appeal to teachers to stick to their positions. Some citizens also called for all people to refute the idea of boycotting classes and save the juveniles from further damage. Since Sept. 2, all schools have been operating as usual, being uninfluenced by the so-called student strikes, and some schools held flag-raising ceremonies. Therefore, what they did was unpopular. The central government firmly supports the HKSAR government, school faculties and citizens in Hong Kong to take effective measures to restrain anyone from instigating, inciting, threatening, or seducing young students to take part in violent political activities for any reason whatsoever, so as to protect the rights of every student to receive a good education and ensure schools can remain clean and peaceful. Thank you.

The Yomiuri Shimbun:

My question is about the Basic Law of Hong Kong. Maria Tam Wai-chu, deputy director of the Basic Law Committee of HKSAR of the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress, published an article in the People's Daily on Aug. 30, referring to the provisions of Article 18 of the Basic Law, pointing out that any one of the provisions indicate that the garrison is not a scarecrow in the military camp, rather, it is an important force to comprehensively and accurately implement the "one country, two systems" policy. Article 18 of the Basic Law stipulates that the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress decides whether Hong Kong will enter a state of emergency, and the central government may issue an order to implement the relevant national laws in Hong Kong. May I ask the spokesman, according to the provisions of Article 18 of the Basic Law, can the garrison and armed police be dispatched in this case? Thank you.

Xu Luying:

Thank you for your question. "To bridle turmoil and curb violence, bring Hong Kong back to order" is the most overwhelming, most important and most urgent task of Hong Kong. The central government unswervingly supports Chief Executive Carrie Lam to lead the HKSAR government in governance according to the rule of law, unswervingly support the Hong Kong police force in its strict law enforcement, and unswervingly support the relevant departments and judicial organs of the HKSAR to bring criminals to due justice as soon as possible and safeguard the law and order in Hong Kong. We believe that with the support of the central government and the joint efforts of the Hong Kong people, the HKSAR government has the will and ability to take all necessary measures "to bridle turmoil and curb violence, and bring Hong Kong back to order" as soon as possible. The central government will absolutely not allow the chaos in Hong Kong to continue indefinitely. If the situation in Hong Kong further deteriorates and becomes a disturbance that cannot be controlled by the HKSAR government and endangers the sovereignty and security of the country, the central government will not just sit by and watch.

According to the Basic Law and the Garrison Law of the HKSAR, the duty of the PLA Hong Kong garrison is to safeguard the country's sovereignty, security, territorial integrity and Hong Kong's security. Article 14 of the Basic Law stipulates that the central government is responsible for the defense of the HKSAR. The HKSAR government may, when necessary, request the central government to let the garrison assist in the maintenance of public order and disaster relief. Article 18 of the Basic Law also stipulates that if there is a disturbance that cannot be controlled by the HKSAR government and endangers national unity or security, the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress may decide on HKSAR entering a state of emergency. The central government may issue an order to implement the relevant national laws in Hong Kong. I think, after reading the provisions of Articles 14 and 18 to you, you should have a very clear answer to your questions. In the case of an emergency, national laws may be implemented in HKSAR according to the needs.

There is now a view in society that the dispatch of troops means the end of "one country, two systems." I want to say that this is completely wrong. No matter whether it is the central government that dispatches a garrison to assist in the maintenance of public order or for disaster relief at the request of the HKSAR government, or it is the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress that decides that HKSAR enters a state of emergency, both are implementing a specific provision of the Basic Law under the framework of "one country, two systems," which is an integral part of HKSAR's constitutional order. Thank you.

Sing Tao Daily:

The decision to build Shenzhen into a pilot demonstration area of socialism with Chinese characteristics is based on what situation and deliberation of the central government? Is that implying a replacement of Hong Kong's unique roles? Thank you.

Yang Guang:

The guideline issued by the Communist Party of China Central Committee and the State Council to support building Shenzhen into a pilot demonstration area of socialism with Chinese characteristics marks a new era of socialism with Chinese characteristics. It is a magnificent strategic move to deepen reform and expand opening up in all-round areas from a higher threshold with higher levels to reach higher goals. This guideline will benefit the construction of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macau Greater Bay Area and help enrich the new practice of the principles of "one country, two systems."

We have noted that the guideline has evoked great concerns from Hong Kong and the international community, with someone worrying about the central government's inclination to replace Hong Kong with Shenzhen. This is definitely a misinterpretation. We think the guideline is de facto conducive to Hong Kong. Being put into scrutiny, the guideline features quite a number of items concerning Hong Kong's development in the long run and is conducive to maintain local stability and prosperity. This shows the consistent care and support from the central government to Hong Kong. Now please allow me to give you several examples. The guideline clearly stipulates that we should take the precious opportunity provided by the construction of the Greater Bay Area to enhance the function of core developmental engines. This not only refers to the higher requirements placed on Shenzhen, but also higher expectations placed on Hong Kong. The guideline also clearly stipulates that the country will continue to deepen the reform and opening up with institutional innovation-centered moves implemented in the Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Modern Service Industry Cooperation Zone where the access of openness to Hong Kong and Macao should be expanded and in the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Science and Technology Innovation Cooperation Zone where construction is expected to accelerate. It will also explore the development in concerted efforts, innovate science and technology management mechanism and facilitate the high-speed and convenient flows of elements including personnel, capital, technologies and information. The section has accentuated the key points for the development of the Greater Bay Area where it navigates the routes heading to the promising future. There are also concrete measures formulated by the guideline to fortify the industrial cooperation of digital innovation among Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao and create more access to medical technologies developed with Hong Kong or Macao investments. Meanwhile, it also points out that the access to Hong Kong and Macao will open even wider, in so far as allowing Hong Kong and Macao residents who work or live in Shenzhen to enjoy equal treatments in terms of livelihood, which unfetters them from troublesome procedures.

The central government supports Hong Kong and Macao to integrate into the country's strategic development from which they are enabled to give full play to their unique and irreplaceable advantages. This will definitely not be changed. However, it is up to Hong Kong to strive for the opportunities which could slip quickly in irrevocable ways. A Chinese verse written in the Tang Dynasty (618-907), says, "Water tides never stop to wash away the sands, and a new wave always rises when the old one has yet to be splashed." Hong Kong is unable to bear the social turmoil, and development is its only welfare. So far, a small number of rioters have sabotaged the prosperity and stability in Hong Kong simply in order to achieve their political agendas. I think the majority of people in Hong Kong will turn against the rioters' virulent schemes which endanger the fundamental and personal interests of the local residents and the future of the city. Given the approximately 7 million people in Hong Kong, is there anything more important than working for sound development? Thank you.

China Daily:

On Aug. 31, US President Donald Trump tied the Sino-U.S. trade war to the situation in Hong Kong. He once again urged China to handle the Hong Kong protests in a "humane fashion." In addition, a statement issued at the G7 summit that ended on Aug. 26 stated that "the G7 reaffirms the existence and importance of the Sino-British Joint Declaration of 1984 on Hong Kong and calls for violence to be avoided." What's your comment on this? Thank you.

Yang Guang:

Thank you. It must be stated that the UK has no right to "supervise" Hong Kong affairs. According to the general principles of international law and the basic norms of international relations, all countries have sovereign equality and their internal affairs are free from foreign interference. After the handover, Hong Kong became a local administrative region of China. Hong Kong affairs are China's internal affairs and no nation has the right to interfere. We have stated that position many times.

However, over the past three months, we have seen that some politicians in the West, especially in the United States, are constantly making irresponsible remarks about Hong Kong. I will not list them separately here today because there are too many. I examined their remarks seriously. No matter what they said, the ideas and the way they are expressed can be summarized as the following two types. For one thing, they lied through their teeth in a serious manner, talked in a way turning black into white, disregarded the facts, and confused right and wrong. Whenever the police strictly enforced the law, they would say that the police were wrong and used excessive force. Whenever there was violence instigated by radicals in demonstrations, they would express sympathy and understanding. For another, they constantly supported and agitated a few rioters, fearing they may lose their nerve and chicken out. I think, after all, for three months, their various remarks centered on nothing more than these two types. I believe that if there is a riot in their own country, like that happening in Hong Kong, they would never dare to speak like this to their own police. It can be seen that the purpose of these people is definitely not for the bright future of Hong Kong. They just want to fish in troubled waters when they see some confusion in Hong Kong. All they want is to mess up Hong Kong and create trouble for China. That is all. I want to warn these Western gentlemen that Hong Kong is China's Hong Kong and we will never allow any foreign interference in its affairs. Their tricks were used and worked elsewhere, leaving widespread devastation in those areas; however, in Hong Kong, the land of China, this set of tricks won't work. Stop daydreaming!

Speaking of this, a few lines from the poem of Chairman Mao occurred to me: "On this tiny globe, a few flies dash themselves against the wall, humming without cease, sometimes shrilling, sometimes moaning." This is indeed an apt metaphor.

Xi Yanchun:

The conference has been going on for more than an hour. Do reporters from Macao want to ask questions? The reporter in the third row, please.

Macao Asia Satellite Television:

On August 25, Ho Iat Seng was elected fifth-term chief executive-designate of China's Macao Special Administrative Region (SAR). What are the expectations of the central government for the new Macao Chief Executive in his five-year tenure?

Yang Guang:

Thank you for your question. Mr. Ho Iat Seng qualifies for the central government's standard of a SAR Chief Executive in that he/she must be trusted by the central government; must love the country and Macao; must have capability in terms of governance; and must be supported by the people in Macao. Ho's success in being elected with a majority has fully demonstrated that he is widely supported and recognized by all sectors of Macao society. The central government plans to implement Ho's appointment procedure in accordance with the law.

This year marks the 20th anniversary of Macao's return to the motherland. The practice of "one country, two systems" in Macao has come to a new historical starting point. We hope that all sectors of society in Macao support Mr. Ho Iat Song and carry forward the fine tradition of loving the motherland as well as Macao, fully and faithfully implementing the principle of "one country, two systems." We also hope they could firmly safeguard the authority of the Constitution and the Basic Law, working to improve the level of public governance in SAR and promoting appropriately diversified economic development. In this way, Macao is being encouraged to actively participate in the national developing endeavor, and, as a result, the practice of "one country, two system" will have even greater success in Macao. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

Let's give today's last question to the foreign reporter sitting in the back row.

Channel NewsAsia:

This weekend, Hong Kong has witnessed demonstrations for the 13th week. The demonstrators and the HKSAR government are still deadlocked. As the violence continue to escalate, and as the remarks of the Chief Executive have been caught on record, how will Beijing help the Hong Kong SAR government restore normality and order as well as lasting peace and security in Hong Kong? In addition, what is Beijing's view on the reports on the Hong Kong incident overseas on the internet and in traditional media, and what the actions will Beijing take to provide a clearer public understanding?

Xu Luying:

Thank you for your questions. You've raised several different questions. The first is what Beijing should do to help the Hong Kong SAR government restore order. Currently, the incident which originated from the proposed legal amendments to the Fugitive Offenders Ordinance has fundamentally changed regarding the nature of the protests. The most pressing and overriding task at the moment for Hong Kong is to stop violence, end chaos and restore order. The central government continues its staunch support for the HKSAR government led by Chief Executive Carrie Lam in governing the Hong Kong SAR according to the law, for the Hong Kong police in strict and just law-enforcement. Speaking of which, I'd like to say a few things about the Hong Kong police. As you've mentioned, the demonstrations, protests and violent clashes have lasted for 13 weeks already. We have seen that it is the Hong Kong police who have really been at the forefront in stopping violence and ending chaos. However, it is clear to everyone that the Hong Kong police have also become the targets of attack by these gangsters in extremely cruel and inhumane ways. So far, more than 200 policemen have been injured, one of whom lost part of his finger. In addition, according to incomplete statistics, in the three months since the beginning of the Hong Kong incident, the personal information of some 1,700 policemen, as well as their family members, has been illegally exposed and spread. Violence has caused severe physical and psychological damage to policemen and their family members. Nevertheless, under such circumstances, huge pressure and an urgent situation, the Hong Kong police have still maintained their professionalism and restraint when facing protestors. They applied a minimum level of armed forces, and strictly followed the rules of law-enforcement. Therefore, we believe that the Hong Kong police are worthy of the honor as the best police force in the world. In this regard, the central government firmly supports all necessary measures taken by the Hong Kong police and the HKSAR government to combat violence and end crimes. The central government continues its staunch support for all sectors who are assisting the Hong Kong police for law-enforcement, and the central government will continue to do its best to protect and care for the Hong Kong police as well as their family members. This is my response to your first question.

We have also seen that, during these 13 weeks of demonstrations, there are also citizens who seek to express their demands in a peaceful and legal way. We must distinguish between them and those engaged in criminal acts that create a violent terrorist attack and undermine the bottom line of the "one country, two systems" principle. The demands they have raised, especially the deep-seated problems reflected in the activities of these past two months, need our great attention. We hope Hong Kong society can focus on developing the economy, improving people's livelihood, rationally expressing their own demands, building consensus and seeking solutions through cooperative brainstorming. The central government will, as always, support Hong Kong in developing its economy, improving people's livelihood and integrating its own development into the overall development of the country.

Since the beginning of this year, the relevant central government departments have introduced a series of policies to Hong Kong and Macao to support the development of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. These policies are aimed at supporting the construction of an international technology and innovation hub, facilitating the flow of factors of production, promoting market integration, and making it easier for Hong Kong and Macao residents to live and work on the Chinese mainland, etc. Staged progress has been made in the implementation of all the policies. Looking forward, the relevant central government departments will continue to adopt more practical measures conducive to the development of Hong Kong and Macao as well as mainland-Hong Kong-Macao cooperation and exchanges. With strong support from the motherland, I believe Hong Kong will surly maintain its prosperity and stability. However, in the final analysis, it depends on the efforts made by Hong Kong itself as to whether it can seize the opportunities presented by the development of the motherland and make good use of the preferential policies and measures introduced by the central government.

At last, I would like to give my response to the question raised by the journalist from Phoenix TV. During nearly three months of protests and violent activities, we have seen several incidents where violent radicals insulted and burnt national flags, threw them into the sea; they also tarnished the national emblem. While strongly condemning the unscrupulous behavior by a very small number of "Hong Kong independence" activists, we should ask ourselves why such incidents have happened time and again in Hong Kong, a special administrative region of China. We should ask ourselves whether we need to reflect on the national education being provided in Hong Kong, especially the cultivation of a sense of nationhood. I think it is high time we pay high attention to the national education, to the cultivation of a public sense of nationhood, and take effective measures to solve problems in society. Therefore, after the violence and chaos end and order is restored, both the HKSAR government and all Hong Kong people need to take enhancement of national education as an important task. It is a responsibility shared by the whole society and also the most responsible conduct towards the next generation of Hong Kong people. Thanks.

Xi Yanchun:

Thanks to the two speakers. Thank you all. This press conference is concluded.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Liu Hua, vice minister of the Ministry of Ecology and Environment, director of the National Nuclear Safety Administration

Guo Chengzhan, vice director of the National Nuclear Safety Administration, head of the Department of Nuclear Facility Safety Supervision of the Ministry of Ecology and Environment

Chairperson:

Xi Yanchun, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

Sept. 3, 2019

   

Xi Yanchun:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to this conference. Today, the State Council Information Office released a white paper titled "Nuclear Safety in China" and held this conference to introduce and explain the paper's main content.  

Present at the conference are: Mr. Liu Hua, vice minister of the Ministry of Ecology and Environment, and director of the National Nuclear Safety Administration; and Mr. Guo Chengzhan, vice director of the National Nuclear Safety Administration, and head of the Department of Nuclear Facility Safety Supervision of the Ministry of Ecology and Environment. I'm Xi Yanchun, the SCIO spokesperson. Now, I'll briefly introduce the white paper's main content.

"Nuclear Safety in China" is the first white paper on this topic released by the Chinese government. It introduces the progress of China's nuclear undertakings, states China's basic principles and policies on nuclear safety, shares China's understanding and practices on nuclear safety supervision, and shows China's determination and actions on promoting global nuclear safety governance. Containing approximately 11,000 words, the white paper includes the preface, the main content and the conclusion.

As stated in the white paper, China has always regarded nuclear safety an important national responsibility, and has always developed its nuclear industry subject to safety considerations. China's nuclear industry has always developed in line with the latest safety standards and maintained a good safety record, pursing an innovation-driven path of nuclear safety with Chinese characteristics.

The white paper emphasizes that since the 18th National Congress of the Communist Party of China (CPC), China's nuclear industry has entered a new period of safe and efficient development. President Xi Jinping has proposed a rational, coordinated and balanced nuclear safety strategy, placing equal emphasis on development and safety, and advocating the building of a community of a shared future for global nuclear safety. He has further pointed out the direction for China's nuclear safety for a new era, and provided the Chinese approach to international cooperation in the development and utilization of nuclear energy.

The white paper also stresses that China is an important advocate, promoter and participant in building a fair, collaborative and mutually beneficial international nuclear safety system. China has done a good job in ensuring its own nuclear safety. China has fulfilled its international obligations, and promoted bilateral and multilateral cooperation on nuclear safety. We have actively promoted the peaceful use of nuclear energy for the benefit of all humanity and contributed China's wisdom and strength to global nuclear safety governance. 

The white paper has been published in Chinese, English, French, Russian, German, Spanish, Arabic and Japanese by the People's Publishing House and Foreign Language Press. It will be distributed across the country by Xinhua Bookstore.

That's all for the general introduction. Next, I will give the floor to Mr. Liu Hua, vice minister of ecology and environment. 

Liu Hua:

Ladies and Gentlemen, Friends:

Good morning. Thank you for your long-standing concern and support on issues regarding China's nuclear safety. It is my pleasure to meet with media to introduce and explain the White Paper on Nuclear Safety in China.

Since the beginning of China's nuclear industry, China has always treated nuclear safety as an important obligation of the state. China has always developed the nuclear industry subject to safety considerations, implemented regulations in accordance to the strictest standards. Its nuclear industry has always developed in line with the latest safety standards and maintained a good safety record. Since the 18th National Congress of the CPC, the Party Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core, has incorporated nuclear safety in China's national security system. In addition, he has put forward a rational, coordinated and balanced nuclear safety strategy, pointing out the direction for China's nuclear safety for a new era. Under the guidance of this strategy, China has gradually built a nuclear safety governance system with legal norms, administrative regulation, industry self-discipline, technical support, personnel support, cultural guidance, public participation, and international cooperation as its pillars.

"Nuclear Safety in China" is the first white paper released by the Chinese government to comprehensively address the issue of nuclear safety. The white paper introduces China's approach to nuclear safety, elaborates on its basic principles and policies, and shares the concepts and practices of regulation. It also clarifies China's determination and the actions it has taken to strengthen international cooperation on this issue and build a community of a shared future for nuclear safety. 

Xi Yanchun:

Thank you, Mr. Liu Hua. Now, the floor is open for questions. Please identify the news organization you represent before asking questions.

CCTV:

As mentioned in the white paper, China implements a national nuclear safety strategy. What does this entail at present, and how is the work going? Thank you.

Liu Hua:

Thank you. China adheres to the nuclear safety strategy that puts safety first and combines the two goals of development and security. Within the overall framework of the five-year plan for national economic and social development, a nuclear safety plan is formulated and implemented for the matching period. The plan currently implemented is the 13th Five-year Plan for Nuclear Safety and Radioactive Pollution Prevention and Control and Vision for 2025, which analyzes the situation and tasks, clarifies guidelines and principles, and defines target indicators, key tasks and projects for nuclear safety. It is a general plan for coordinating all efforts to ensure nuclear safety from 2016 to 2020.

Last year, we carried out a mid-term evaluation of the 13th Five-Year Plan for nuclear safety. This determined that the set targets had basically been achieved , and the key tasks and projects had been completed on schedule. Generally, the plan has been progressing well.

Liu Hua:

First, our nuclear power plants have maintained a high level of nuclear safety in line with world trends. In the wake of the Fukushima nuclear accident in Japan, we worked out a plan for improving safety management, and a special action plan for the particular year in dealing with nuclear power plant safety management. The statistics of the World Association of Nuclear Operators (WANO) in the past five years show that operating units in China have performed above the world median for more than 80% of the indicators, and have reached the world advanced level for more than 70%. Generally speaking, China ranks in the forefront of the world in this respect.

Second, the safety level of research reactors and nuclear fuel cycle facilities has continued to be enhanced.

Third, progress has been made in the decommissioning of nuclear facilities and the management of radioactive waste.

Fourth, the management of nuclear technology utilization devices has been improved. In China, all radioactive sources are included in safety management, and an online monitoring system for high-risk sources has been established. The accident rate involving radioactive sources has continued to fall.

Fifth, efforts to decommission uranium mining and metallurgical facilities has made significant headway.

Sixth, the supervision of nuclear safety equipment has been further strengthened.

Seventh, overall nuclear security has been further upgraded.

Eighth, the nuclear and radiation emergency response system has been improved.

Ninth, R&D in nuclear safety technology has achieved effective results.

Tenth, the nuclear safety regulatory capacity has been further expanded. 

China Review News Agency (Hong Kong）:

How can we strike a balance between nuclear safety and nuclear energy development? Thank you.

Liu Hua:

Thank you for your question. China has always regarded nuclear safety as a critical part of national security and we have developed nuclear energy and nuclear technology on the premise of ensuring their safety. In the process of nuclear energy development and safety management, we have undertaken the following work:

First, we clarified the division of responsibilities. The Nuclear Safety Law of the People's Republic of China was implemented in January 2018, clearly stipulating this delineation in official responsibilities. Organizations operating nuclear facilities are required to accept overall responsibility for safety. The national nuclear safety regulatory body implements regulation; the nuclear industry and energy authorities are responsible for the management of nuclear safety in accordance with their relevant duties. A mechanism for nuclear safety has been established to coordinate the work of corresponding departments. The Ministry of Ecology and Environment (National Nuclear Safety Administration) is responsible for overall regulation.

Second, exercising nuclear safety governance in accordance with the law. Firstly, the nuclear safety standard established by national regulatory authorities matches the international level because the standard has been set referring to that of the International Atomic Energy Agency and synchronizing with relevant international standards. Secondly, we urge the enterprises to shoulder their full responsibility in ensuring nuclear safety. This can be seen in the process of siting, designing, construction and operation of nuclear power plants. We constantly urge the enterprises to adhere to the principle of putting safety and quality first. Thirdly, strict supervision is exercised. China has implemented a nuclear safety review similar to international practice, and conducts regular rigorous technical reviews.

Third, marked achievements have been made. By June 2019, the Chinese mainland had 47 nuclear power units, 19 operating civil research reactors and critical assemblies, 18 nuclear fuel cycle facilities and two low- and intermediate-level radioactive solid waste disposal sites. We have maintained a good nuclear safety record in regard to every one, ranking among the highest of all countries in ensuring nuclear safety.

In 2000, 2004, 2010 and 2016, the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) conducted four comprehensive reviews of China's nuclear safety regulation system. I would like to brief you the conclusions of IAEA's comprehensive assessment of China's regulatory framework for nuclear and radiation safety in 2016: the effectiveness of regulation is enhanced gradually, and the regulatory framework is increasingly law-based, standardized, internationalized. The overall conclusion was that it is effective and credible.

Reuters:

I'd like to ask what is the current status of the proposed nuclear fuel reprocessing plant in China with France's Areva, with the previous proposed site in Lianyungang abandoned, a work in China due to reassure the public that such a facilities are safe. And also a quick second question. We have some new nuclear reactor approvals early this year. Just wondering what can we expect them of.

Liu Hua:

Thank you for your questions. The first one refers to a project jointly operated by China and France to handle the disposal of spent fuel. The program, which was highlighted and promoted by the two state leaders, is making headway as business negotiations are about to conclude. In addition, we are working together to unify safety criteria and press ahead with cooperation on security supervision. Recently, the project has progressed in line with the planned schedule. In my view, there will be even greater achievements in the treatment of spent fuel with the joint efforts between the two countries.

The disposal of spent fuel, critical to China's closed nuclear fuel cycle, should be handled in reprocessing plants, which will be solely built by us or jointly built by us and France for commercial uses. Related works are in full swing. In this process, we need to communicate with local people and governments concerning various issues, particularly the choice of sites. We need to tell them that the plants, including the site, design, construction and operation, will be safe, and that the plants will not release radioactive waste to their surroundings and endanger local lives. Reprocessing plant is regarded as a nuclear facility in China. There are stringent national safety standards. Thank you.

The second question is about the new projects. Not long ago, the National Energy Administration publicized several new nuclear power projects approved by the State Council earlier this year. All of them are smoothly progressing in the preparatory phase. In the following months, projects like the Zhangzhou nuclear power project in Fujian province and the Taipingling nuclear power project in Huizhou, Guangdong province will start construction after passing the latest security review. Now, they are all in the preparation phase. Thank you.

CNR:

I would like to ask a question regarding public participation. At present, what channels does the public have to access nuclear safety information? In addition, how should the public participate in decision-making involving nuclear safety? Thank you.

Liu Hua:

Thank you. Regarding the participation of the public, we can say that during its development process, nuclear energy has always been plagued by the issue of public participation, which is also known as the problem of not-in-my-backyard (NIMBY). Resolving the NIMBY effect is also a difficult problem in the world and needs to be dealt with in a rational, objective and dialectical way.

On the one hand, public participation reflects the improvement of the public's legal and environmental awareness. On the other hand, it also places higher requirements on our work. Both nuclear enterprises and relevant government departments should strengthen the pre-construction work of nuclear facilities . In the site selection stage and before construction starts, efforts should be made to educate the public more on scientific issues associated with nuclear facilities, release more information to the public and enhance their ability to participate. This should be done to ensure the public's right to know, to participate and to supervise. In addition, the safety status of nuclear facilities in operation should also be disclosed in a timely manner. The Nuclear Safety Law stipulates that the government and enterprises must disclose the safety status of nuclear facilities during the operation process, so we have also made public incidents and accidents in a timely manner through the official government websites. The information can be seen on the official websites of the Ministry of Ecology and Environment and the National Nuclear Safety Administration. At the same time, relevant enterprises should also disclose the operation safety status of their facilities in accordance with the law.

China Daily:

The U.S. imposed nuclear restrictions on China amid U.S.-China trade tensions, and added the China General Nuclear Power Group and several of its affiliates to an entity list. What impact will the U.S. move have on China's nuclear energy development and nuclear safety? And what countermeasures can we take? Thank you.

Liu Hua: 

Thank you for your question. We have noted that the U.S. Department of Commerce added China General Nuclear Power Group and its three affiliates to the department's Entity List in mid-August. By doing so, the U.S. has abused the concept of national security and export control measures. It not only hurts Chinese companies, but also affects businesses in the U.S. and beyond. China firmly opposes the act of the U.S. to undermine the interests of China and other countries through unilateral and protectionist policies. We hope the U.S. will stop its wrongdoing and stick to an equal-footed consultation to find a solution. I also want to state the following four points on China-U.S. nuclear energy and nuclear safety cooperation. 

First, the China-U.S. nuclear energy cooperation is mutually beneficial. Both China and the U.S. are leading countries in the application of nuclear energy and technologies with a complete nuclear industry system. Of course, the U.S. leads the world in nuclear energy and nuclear safety. China has introduced four AP1000 reactor units from the U.S. through substantial bilateral cooperation in nuclear energy. These units have been successfully built, debugged and put into operation in China. This cooperation has benefited companies from both countries and been carried out on a voluntary basis.

Second, the China-U.S. cooperation on nuclear safety over the past 35 years has been agreeable, friendly and effective, and has produced positive results. The two countries have enhanced their nuclear safety levels through mutually beneficial cooperation. As nuclear safety has no borders, I believe the cooperation between the Chinese and U.S. governments in nuclear safety will not be affected despite the trade frictions. 

Third, China has also carried out fruitful nuclear energy cooperation with France and Russia, achieving substantial outcomes in some key projects, including nuclear power plants and spent fuel reprocessing facilities. So we say the U.S. is not the only country China carries out nuclear energy cooperation with. 

Fourth, on the one hand, I believe Chinese companies, in the face of the U.S. nuclear restrictions, will further strengthen research and development, and continue to enhance their capacity in independent innovation. On the other hand, it should be pointed out that the global market for cooperation in nuclear energy is huge. China can cooperate with the U.S. as well as with other countries. Therefore, the U.S. restrictions may ultimately hurt its own businesses. Thank you. 

Phoenix TV

My first question is: If the US adds Chinese companies to its entity list, what impact will it have on China? 

Here is my second question. In the wake of the Fukushima nuclear accident in Japan, we have seen a growing trend towards denuclearization among many countries. Although there were some twists and turns in the past years, most countries have shown continued determination in their denuclearization efforts. As the white paper points out, China has 11 nuclear power units under construction, ranking first in the world. Why does China persist in developing nuclear energy? What is the reason behind China's unstoppable efforts in this regard? One more question. As multiple documents issued by the US and some European countries have indicated, the nuclear waste disposal capabilities of China's nuclear power stations will be stretched to the limit by 2020. Even if China expands its storage facilities, its nuclear waste disposal capabilities will peak in 2035. Can you shed some light on China's current capabilities to dispose of spent nuclear fuels? Thank you. 

Xi Yanchun:

Quite a few questions. Some of them may have been answered just now. Mr. Liu will take the floor.  

Liu Hua:

Thanks. You have asked three questions. Your first question is about America's nuclear 

restrictions on China and their impact on Chinese nuclear companies, which I have already answered. 

Let's go to your second question: Why does China persist in developing nuclear energy? China is a major nuclear country and the development of nuclear energy is an established policy of the Chinese government. Although we have seen a tendency by some countries towards denuclearization after the Fukushima accident, the major nuclear countries in the world, especially the five permanent members of the United Nations Security Council，have been sticking to their policies of developing nuclear energy. A research report from the International Atomic Energy Agency also indicates that, for some countries who want to develop nuclear energy, this is still an important option. China's current coal-dominated energy structure means that we must develop clean and highly efficient energy sources to improve the environment and to win the battle for blue skies. China also has to develop clean energy to adjust its energy mix. 

Secondly, from the perspective of energy security, a big country like China must have multiple energy sources and establish a diversified energy mix. 

Thirdly, from the point of global climate change, we have to curb carbon dioxide emissions. As part of our efforts to protect the environment, we need to include zero carbon energy into our energy mix. Therefore, nuclear energy remains an important option. 

Fourthly, the safe disposal of radioactive waste has always been a matter of importance since China started to develop nuclear energy. As a result, China has made strategic arrangements in the disposal of low- and intermediate-level as well as the high-level radioactive waste. Two factories for the disposal of low- and intermediate-level radioactive waste have been built and are operating safely.

In the next phase, China will build about five more factories for the disposal of low- and intermediate-level radioactive waste in the provinces that have been developing nuclear energy. Meanwhile, China has initiated the underground laboratory project for the disposal of high-level radioactive waste, and R&D work has been underway. The project will soon see some tangible progress. Radioactive waste with high-level radiation will be stored in safe locations far away from human civilization. 

Xi Yanchun:

Now, we come to the last question.

China Radio International (CRI):

My questions are as follows. Five years ago, at the third Nuclear Security Summit in The Hague, President Xi Jinping suggested that we should follow a rational, coordinated and balanced approach to nuclear safety, and he called for the building of a global nuclear security architecture featuring fairness and win-win cooperation. So, what are our follow-up initiatives and what's the latest progress? Thank you.

Liu Hua:

Thank you. In The Hague, President Xi Jinping put forward the vision for building a community of a shared future on nuclear safety, and proposed China's nuclear safety strategy. It should be said that we have made remarkable progress on our work on nuclear safety in recent years.

On the one hand, we are constantly improving the national nuclear safety system.

First, in terms of top-level planning, as I said just now, nuclear safety is part of China's overall national security framework and is written into the National Security Law. We have enacted the Nuclear Safety Law, made medium- and long-term development plans for nuclear safety, and kept the nuclear safety coordination mechanism, which is composed of various departments running effectively. All this is about top-level planning.

Second, in terms of the legal framework, the new Nuclear Safety Law has been implemented since 2018. In accordance with the latest international standards, we have revised and improved relevant Chinese laws, regulations and standards on nuclear safety, and established a legal framework of a strict and high standard on national nuclear safety.

Third, in terms of the system of responsibility, we have created clear lines of responsibility for enterprises. They in turn have launched various activities to ensure the safe operation of nuclear power and strengthened their management in this regard. Enterprises are also required to improve nuclear safety, think about worst-case scenarios, improve their emergency response and make various emergency plans.

Fourth, in terms of the building of nuclear safety capacity, we have enhanced both enterprises' research and development (R&D) in nuclear safety technology and the government's regulation and R&D in this regard. For some important nuclear safety research and development projects, the state organizes joint scientific and technological research.

Fifth, we are working to foster a culture of nuclear safety.

On the other hand, China actively promotes international cooperation on nuclear safety and the establishment of an international system of cooperation on nuclear safety.

First, China has actively acceded to international legal instruments on nuclear safety and fulfilled its due obligations. Over the past years, China has successively acceded to all the international conventions on nuclear safety of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) and the United Nations, including the Convention on Nuclear Safety, the Convention on Early Notification of a Nuclear Accident, the Convention on Assistance in the Case of a Nuclear Accident or Radiological Emergency, the Convention on the Physical Protection of Nuclear Material, and the Joint Convention on the Safety of Spent Fuel Management and on the Safety of Radioactive Waste Management. China has fulfilled and acceded to these international conventions and fulfilled its obligations under these conventions.

Second, China gives strong support to the work of the IAEA and upholds the role of the IAEA under the multilateral system. China has provided all-round support to the IAEA, including continuous contributions to the IAEA Nuclear Security Fund. Currently, China is the second largest contributor to the United Nations membership dues and the second largest contributor to the IAEA membership dues. China will continue to contribute to the Nuclear Safety Fund to support nuclear safety capacity-building in Asia and promote the simultaneous improvement of nuclear safety in all other countries.

Third, China actively participates in international exchanges and cooperation. China maintains close contact with the United States, France, Russia, Japan, the Republic of Korea, and Canada as well as the emerging nuclear energy countries along the Belt and Road. China has signed more than 50 cooperation agreements on nuclear safety to increase communication between experts, technological cooperation, and high-level visits. China has also taken part in the Multinational Design Evaluation Program for nuclear power plants, promoted the establishment of a working group on the Hualong-1, and conducted joint international reviews. Through its National Research and Development Center for Nuclear and Radiation Safety Regulation and State Nuclear Security Technology Center, China provides the platforms for developing countries to carry out training and exchange activities related to nuclear safety, raises the safety standard and capacity of all countries, and shares its security experience with other nations. It should be said that through these efforts, we have promoted a comprehensive and continuous upgrading of global nuclear safety standards. That's my answer. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

Again, thanks to the two speakers, and thanks to you all. Today's briefing concludes here.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Liu Liehong, vice minister of the Office of the Central Cyberspace Affairs Commission, vice minister of the Cyberspace Administration of China

Chen Zhemin, member of the standing committee of the CPC Tianjin Municipal Committee, head of the committee's Publicity Department

Chairperson:

Xi Yanchun, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

Aug. 28, 2019

Xi Yanchun:

Ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. Welcome to this press conference. The 2019 China Cybersecurity Week will kick off soon. To help you get more knowledge about it, today, we are delighted to invite Mr. Liu Liehong, vice minister of the Office of the Central Cyberspace Affairs Commission and vice minister of the Cyberspace Administration of China, and Mr. Chen Zhemin, member of the standing committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Tianjin Municipal Committee and head of the committee's Publicity Department, to give you an introduction to the event, and answer some of your questions.

Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Liu Liehong. 

Liu Liehong:

Ladies, gentlemen, friends from the media, good afternoon. Welcome to this press conference. First of all, please allow me to thank you for your interest in the 2019 China Cybersecurity Week. Now, I'll make a brief introduction of its main events.

In order to implement the principles in the important speech of General Secretary Xi Jinping on further spreading cybersecurity knowledge and skills and on improving people's awareness of cybersecurity and self-protection skills in cyberspace, we are launching the 2019 China Cybersecurity Week with the consent of the leadership of the CPC Central Committee. This event is jointly organized by the Publicity Department of the CPC Central Committee, the Office of the Central Cyberspace Affairs Commission, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, the Ministry of Public Security, the People's Bank of China, the National Radio and Television Administration, the All-China Federation of Trade Unions, the Central Committee of the Communist Youth League, the All-China Women's Federation, and several other departments. Various events will be launched from Sept. 16 to 22 in 31 provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities directly under the central government. The opening ceremony and other important events will be held in Tianjin. 

This year's cybersecurity week will continue to implement General Secretary Xi Jinping's important thoughts on building China's strength in cyberspace. It will focus on the major achievements China has made in the cybersecurity field in the past 70 years since the founding of the People's Republic of China, especially after the 18th CPC National Congress. It will implement related provisions of the Cybersecurity Law and related laws, regulations and standards on data security management and private information protection. It will adopt various means such as launching exhibitions, forums, contests on knowledge and skills, and non-profit advertisements, as well as using various communication platforms like newspapers, radio and TV broadcasting and websites, to encourage enterprises, media, non-governmental organizations and the public to participate in the event, thus spreading knowledge on cybersecurity to a wider audience.

The theme of this year's cybersecurity week is "maintaining cybersecurity for the people and by the people." The main events include the opening ceremony, a cybersecurity exhibition and a forum on cybersecurity technologies.

The opening ceremony will mark the start of the cybersecurity week. Nearly 1,000 guests from government departments, academic institutions, universities, non-governmental organizations, enterprises and media outlets will be present. During the event, a list of teachers awarded for excellent performance in cybersecurity education will be released, and the second batch of universities allowed to establish top-level cybersecurity schools as model projects will also be announced.

The cybersecurity exhibition will showcase the major achievements, latest products and technological advances in cybersecurity fields. Over 100 cybersecurity enterprises and internet enterprises will participate in the event. The exhibition area will cover approximately 23,000 square meters. 

The forum on cybersecurity technologies will provide experts and scholars an opportunity to discuss cutting-edge technologies and the latest technological development trends. There will be a main forum and eight sub-forums on topics like critical information infrastructure protection, cybersecurity standards and industry, and private information protection.

There will also be a closing event, and various themed day events relating to schools, telecommunication, legislation, finance, adolescence and private information protection.

The cybersecurity week has been held successfully for five years and has had a positive social impact. This year, more diverse events will be launched, and more innovative publicity approaches will be adopted. All related local governments and central government departments have been working hard to organize these events.

First, the interaction with the public will be enhanced. An interactive experience zone will be established for the first time in the exhibition venue to attract visitors through new technologies like virtual reality, augmented reality and artificial intelligence.

Second, our approaches toward publicity will be diversified. For instance, the Tianjin municipal government will integrate the cybersecurity week with local culture. A series of publicity events with unique local flavor, like crosstalk shows and a mascot named "Jinxiaowei," will make the education campaign more interesting.

Third, events will be more closely connected to each other. This year, a closing event will be carried out for the first time. During the event, the host city for the opening ceremony and other important events in next year's cybersecurity week will be announced, followed by a hand-over ceremony.

Friends from the media,

The 2019 China Cybersecurity Week will kick off in about two weeks. Currently, all preparations are in full swing. Maintaining cybersecurity is for the people, and this work should also be done by the people. It's the common responsibility of the entire society to keep our cyberspace secure. I sincerely hope the media can give extensive coverage of the week, and people from all walks of life can play an active part in the 2019 China Cybersecurity Week, so as to celebrate the 70th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China by successfully carrying out the event.

Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

Thanks to Mr. Liu Liehong's briefing. Next I'll give the floor to Mr. Chen Zhemin.

Chen Zhemin:

Ladies and gentlemen, media friends, good afternoon.

This year marks the 70th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China. On the eve of the National Day celebration, the 2019 China Cybersecurity Week will be held in Tianjin. This demonstrates support and trust toward Tianjin, and we feel greatly honored and encouraged. Here, on behalf of the CPC Tianjin Municipal Committee and the Tianjin Municipal People's Government, I would like to express my heartfelt thanks to the Publicity Department of the CPC Central Committee, the Office of the Central Cyberspace Affairs Commission, and the State Council Information Office as well as to all media friends.

The CPC Tianjin Municipal Committee and the Tianjin Municipal People's Government place great importance to this year's China Cybersecurity Week. Comrade Li Hongzhong, secretary of the CPC Tianjin Municipal Committee, has put forth clear requirements. Sixty-two departments of the municipality are working closely together, and all the preparations for the event are progressing in an orderly manner. Just now, Mr. Liu Liehong briefed you on the overall situation and the arrangement for the major activities. Compared with those of previous years, this year's cybersecurity week has the following highlights and characteristics.

First, it is a grand event that is full of dynamism. We will focus on improving the self-developed ecosystem and building a secure and credible system. We will organize the "Fifth Space" Cybersecurity Innovation Competition oriented toward domestic universities and internet enterprises in the forms of CTF (Capture The Flag) attack and defense confrontation, innovative application design and development, and strive to find and train more excellent professionals in cybersecurity. At present, 175 teams from universities and enterprises have registered for the competition.

Second, it is a grand event where people can experience smart technology. We will integrate intelligent elements into each exhibition area, and launch a number of intelligent applications and interactive experiences, such as artificial intelligence (AI), virtual reality (VR) and augmented reality (AR). We will also hold the "black technology" scenario experience activities in the China-Singapore Tianjin Eco-city, so that audiences will have fresh and new experiences.

Third, it is a grand event for all citizens to participate in. We have organized a series of activities in communities, schools and villages to make the event known to every household. We have placed the mascot of the event "Jin Xiaowei" in 85 community e-stations and set up 10 cybersecurity pop-up stores in densely populated areas such as parks and business plazas. We will make use of the postal service and postal savings outlets throughout the countryside to spread the knowledge of internet finance security among people and help them increase their overall awareness of cybersecurity. We also plan to build an "internet central block park," stage a Tianjin-style comedy on cybersecurity, and launch a group of cybersecurity-related activities in forms that people like to see and hear.

Fourth, it is a grand event to publicize cybersecurity in an all-round and multi-faceted way. We will employ all types of resources, and use all sorts of channels like newspapers, the internet, radio, TV, and mobile phones to spread cybersecurity knowledge among the people. We will launch a setting sail ceremony for the cruise ship Wang An (Cybersecurity) and a light show named "Lighting the Haihe River and Starting the Future", build various platforms for network security education, and hold a contest on network security knowledge. All the approaches are to ensure that the message of cybersecurity finds its way deep into the hearts of the people.

All media friends, a grand cybersecurity event with an integration of "conventions, exhibitions, contests and experiences" is approaching. It will gather top professionals, highlight interactive participation, and lead the development of industries. On behalf of the CPC Tianjin Municipal Committee and the Tianjin Municipal People's Government, I sincerely invite you to participate in the 2019 China Cybersecurity Week. Tianjin is ready. We are looking forward to your arrival in Tianjin. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

Mr. Chen Zhemin, thank you for your introduction. Now, the floor is open for questions. As usual, please identify the news organization you represent before asking your question. 

CCTV:

My question is for Mr. Liu. Xi Jinping, general secretary of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee, has often noted that without cybersecurity, there will be no national security. My question is, what progress has China made on cybersecurity in recent years? What's the current cybersecurity situation in China? And what new measures will we take next? Thank you. 

Liu Liehong:

Thank you for your question. Since the 18th CPC National Congress, the Party Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core has given high priority to cybersecurity work. A series of new thoughts, theories, judgements and strategies have been put forward, together forming General Secretary Xi Jinping's important thinking on our national cyber development strategy, which provides basic guidance and strong momentum to China's cybersecurity work. Guided by his thoughts, great progress has been made in China's cybersecurity development. A quasi-system framework of laws, regulations and policies has been developed based on the central role of the Cybersecurity Law. The national cybersecurity system has been improved, cybersecurity capacity and level have been upgraded, which play an important role in safeguarding national security and socio-economic development.  

As to the risks, with the upgrading of information technology, the influence and driving force of the Internet have increased remarkably vis-a-vis China's socio-economic development. This also brings about increasing risks and challenges. Cyber security threats and risks grow day by day; crimes including the underground black industry and telecom fraud occur frequently; problems such as data-insecurity and privacy infringement have become more evident. Organized and intensified cyber attacks targeting critical information infrastructures have become more explicit. Security challenges, both in cyberspace and in the real world, are now intertwined, with cyber-insecurity impacting the real world and security issues in the real world spreading to cyberspace. Cybersecurity concerns are gradually becoming one of the major strategic issues which affect national security, social stability and people's vital interests.

In order to properly carry out the work on cybersecurity, we must thoroughly implement General Secretary Xi Jinping's important thoughts on building China into a cyber power, which entails commitments in the following five areas:

First, we should improve data security management and private information protection. This means we should expedite the issuance of regulations and standards in this area, including data security regulations and evaluation standards for the overseas security of private information. The illegal or delinquent collection and use of private information by various applications will be targeted using a thorough approach. Illegal acts and criminal activities relating to national big data resources and private information will be cracked down on in accordance with the law. 

Second, we should reinforce the protection of critical cyber infrastructure. This means we should speed up the issuance of regulations on the protection of critical cyber infrastructure, hold operators responsible for their main responsibilities, as well as supervisors for their duty to supervise, plan for overall cybersecurity inspection, enhance the situational awareness of cybersecurity, and improve the capabilities of monitoring, early warning and organizing emergency response for situations involving cybersecurity. 

Third, we should incubate and facilitate the growth of cybersecurity technology industry. We are improving the planning and overall layout of cybersecurity technology industry, perfecting policies and measures to support the development of cybersecurity technology industry, and building a list of cybersecurity enterprises that can compete internationally. 

Fourth, we should plan on cultivating cybersecurity talents for the long term. This means we should increase efforts to develop cybersecurity-related educational disciplines, carefully implement the demonstration projects for building top-class cybersecurity schools, accelerate the construction of national bases for innovation and cybersecurity talents. We need to do this to shape a healthy eco-system for talent incubation, technological innovation and industrial development. 

Fifth, we should actively promote the global governance of cyberspace. This means we should, under the guidance of the "four principles" to promote the transformation of the global internet governance system and the "five proposals" to build a community of shared future in cyberspace, both proposed by General Secretary Xi Jinping, deepen practical cooperation with different countries and concerned international organizations, explore cybersecurity issues through dialogues and interactive activities, join hands to tackle the threats and challenges facing cybersecurity, and jointly build the community of shared future in cyberspace.

Thank you. 

Asahi Shimbun:

China upholds its sovereignty in cyberspace and continually strengthens its cybersecurity. However, expats find it very inconvenient to obtain overseas information when living in China. China is getting increasingly closer with the international community while engaging in globalization. My question is: How can China strike a balance between cybersecurity and opening-up in cyberspace? Thank you.

Liu Liehong:

Thanks for your question. China's cyberspace is fully open, and the Chinese government has been promoting healthy and sustainable development in cyberspace. By the end of last year, the number of internet users in China reached 829 million and the internet penetration rate in the country reached 59.6%. With sustainable development, China's internet industry is among the top of the world both in its comprehensive strength and market scale. This has fully proved that China's internet policy is open and the country encourages innovation in the industry. However, the internet is not a lawless zone. While promoting internet development, China must also adopt necessary measures to safeguard the lawful rights of the public and safeguard cybersecurity.

According to international practice, China has introduced laws and regulations, such as the Cybersecurity Law and the Administrative Measures on Internet Information Services, to ensure that the internet is operated and used in accordance with the law. Through law-based management and governance, we will try to create a clean cyberspace and cyber ecology so that the internet can enjoy sound development under the rule of law. Thank you.

China News Service:

My question is about Tianjin. In recent years, a lot of well-known cybersecurity enterprises, such as 360 Security Technology Inc. and Qi An Xin Group, have all chosen Tianjin as home for their headquarters. What advantages does the city have in promoting the development of cybersecurity industries? Why did those companies choose Tianjin? Thank you. 

Chen Zhemin:

Having attracted so many cybersecurity enterprises, Tianjin, in my opinion, must have its own specialties. In other words, the city must possess some exceptional advantages. I think the unique and superior features that Tianjin possesses can be summarized in "one precondition and three environments". "One precondition" refers to the fact that the Tianjin Municipal Committee of the CPC and its government have placed high priority on the development of cybersecurity and informatization. They have done this by resolutely implementing the important thought of Xi Jinping, General Secretary of the CPC Central Committee, to build China's strength in cyberspace, and embracing the notion that "without cyber security, there is no national security; without informatization, there is no modernization." For example, Tianjin has focused on development planning, infrastructure construction and the three-tier (cities, districts and towns) working system. In addition, a big data center has been established and a regulation which aims to promote the application and development of big data has also been passed. The Situation Awareness System has also been used to drive the development of cybersecurity and informatization. Over the past few years, Tianjin has made remarkable achievements and breakthroughs in the development of cybersecurity and informatization, which is the precondition that has attracted those famous cybersecurity companies.

Regarding the three "environments," the first is the industrial environment. There has been a complete industrial chain of cyber-informatization in Tianjin, laying a solid foundation for the development of the cybersecurity industry. I would like to share some statistics with you briefly. In 2018, the revenue of the information technology services industry featuring cybersecurity, big data, the internet and other emerging science and technological fields reached 123.9 billion yuan in Tianjin, making an increase of 29% year on year. The big data industry surpassed 35 billion yuan. The sales of imported goods in cross-border e-commerce were nearly 3 billion yuan, an increase of 155.1% year-on-year. The development of the cybersecurity industry, represented by Phytium Technology Co. Ltd. Tianjin KYLIN Information Technology Co. Ltd. and 360 Security Technology Inc., has become the leader in the national cybersecurity market. The big data and cloud computing industry, represented by Tianhe series supercomputer, Sugon, Tencent and Gbase, has been booming. The application software industry, represented by Keyvia Electic, Cashway Technology Co. Ltd. and Tellyes Scientific, has seen steady growth. Many good companies, such as Perfect World Co. Ltd. Ledo Interactive, Future TV Co. Ltd. and Sohu TV, have gathered in Tianjin, contributing to the steady progress of the digital content industry. The sharing economy based on the internet has seen rapid development, with Caocao Zhuanche and 58 Tongcheng as two major representatives in this field. The e-commerce services industry represented by Vipshop Holdings Ltd, and Meituan is becoming more mature. The internet economy in Tianjin has formed a new landscape featuring industrial clusters, regional connectivity and distinctive characteristics.  

Second, the environment for innovation. A good environment for innovation is a driver of sustainable development for enterprises. Tianjin is home to many well-known universities, including Nankai University and Tianjin University. Three universities including Nankai University set up a cybersecurity discipline. The Tianjin University of Technology led the establishment of a network of cybersecurity and big data disciplines. In general, the city's construction of cybersecurity disciplines is first-class in the country. Tianjin is home to 61 National Enterprise Technology Centers and 609 city-level enterprise technology centers. The comprehensive science and technology innovation index of Tianjin reached 80.75%, ranking third in the country. Its science and technology innovation environment index surpassed 90% for the first time, ranking first in the country. A group of world class tech innovations were created in Tianjin. For example, the Exascale Tianhe-3 supercomputer prototype has been unveiled in Tianjin and will be put into operation next year. This will be the world's largest supercomputer. The production of the 12-inch semiconductor and monocrystalline silicon has broken the international monopoly. And the homegrown high-end chip filled in the blanks. Tianjin is now ramping up efforts to promote research and development of blockchain, big data and a new generation of AI technologies, aiming at building itself into the major source of original innovation in the country. Tianjin is also preparing to build the national innovation base for the cybersecurity industry. It has already built an industrial chain that covers CPU, operation system, database and server. Finally, a PK independent innovation ecosystem has been established.

Third, the business environment. You may notice that, in September 2016, Tianjin mulled over policies focusing on industries and entrepreneurs, aiming to build a business environment with global influence and competitiveness. The city came up with eight opinions, focusing on the protection of the property rights of entrepreneurs. The opinions were widely welcomed by entrepreneurs. Tianjin also published 19 items of policy on promoting the private sector. According to the document, all the administrative fees collected by local government who is authorized to set up standards will be exempted, all the government funds for which local government has the right to set up standards will be exempted, and all the government funds shared by the central and local governments will be exempted. On Sept. 1, the "Regulations on Optimizing the Business Environment in Tianjin" will be released and put into action. The city is creating an efficient, convenient and transparent business environment.

Hong Kong Ta Kung Wen Wei Media Group:

Mr. Liu, I have noticed that the protection of personal information is on the agenda during this year's China Cybersecurity Week. Since personal information leakage occurred now and again, how will the regulatory body act on the problem? Thank you.

Liu Liehong:

As you have mentioned, people have growing concerns over the protection of their personal information, and this issue will be highlighted during the China Cybersecurity Week. We are now working on several major measures to strengthen protection.

First and foremost, top priority is given to the cause of new legislation. We have been building a multi-dimensional legal system with laws and regulations formulated or ratified to strengthen protection. In June 2017, the country implemented the Cybersecurity Law. Now, the Standing Committee of the 13th National People's Congress has placed the Law of Personal Information Protection in their legislative framework. In addition, we have issued the Provisions on the Protection of Children's Personal Information Online and have finished soliciting public opinion on the Measures for Data Security Management and the Measures on Security Assessment of the Cross-Border Transfer of Personal Information.

Second, we have set up standards for the protection of personal information. Under the guidance of the Office of the Central Cyberspace Affairs Commission, the National Information Security Standardization Technical Committee has attached importance to setting up standards for the protection of personal information. It issued the Personal Information Security Specifications and the Security Capacity Requirements for Big Data Services, among others, to strengthen data security management, enhance individual information protection and regulate the collection of personal information. More to the point, the committee has taken a lead in formulating the basic draft standards to regulate the way of collecting personal information by those mobile internet applications.

Third, we have launched special campaigns to crack down on violations. The Office of the Central Cyberspace Affairs Commission, the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, the Ministry of Public Security and the State Administration for Market Regulation have made concerted efforts to act against apps' illegal collection of personal information. They oversaw the special campaigns targeting over 8,000 complaints posted online and assessing the conduct of more than 400 apps, which are popular or frequently downloaded by users. Among them, over 100 app operators with severe problems received a rectification notice.

Fourth, we have made efforts to publicize the importance of protecting personal information. We will empower people with the basic knowledge of the protection of personal information through various ways and channels. We have exposed illegal conduct and criminal cases, and launched educational programs to raise people's awareness and enable them to distinguish violations. In particular, we will choose a day during the week-long campaign to emphasize the protection of personal information. Thank you.

China Arab TV:

Recently, the Cyberspace Administration of China released several draft regulations on cybersecurity, notably the Data Security Administrative Measures and the Measures for Security Assessment of Personal Information Outbound Transfer. Some foreign companies are concerned about such moves. They are worried that this will lead to higher market barriers, raising uncertainties and operational costs accordingly, thereby putting themselves at a disadvantage. What's your comment on this issue? Thank you. 

Liu Liehong:

Thank you for your question. A short while back, the Cyberspace Administration of China released the draft Cybersecurity Review Measures, draft Data Security Administrative Measures, and draft Measures for Security Assessment of Personal Information Outbound Transfer for public comments. It is necessary to introduce these regulations in order to put the Cybersecurity Law into effect. It is also urgently needed to maintain national cybersecurity and to carry out the necessary work on this issue. In view of the drafting process, these documents have fully respected and adopted the comments and suggestions from all sectors, and the procedures are in line with the WTO rules. The requirements of these documents are not targeted toward any country or region, and treat domestic and foreign products and services equally, with no difference for any country. Thank you. 

China Media Group (China Radio International):

At the 2019 China Internet Media Forum held recently, Tianjin proposed to build a "internet-famous city" for the first time. What is your understanding of the "internet-famous city", and will Tianjin become next "internet-famous city"? Thank you.

Chen Zhemin:

"Internet-famous city" is a buzzword derived with the development of new media, and it is also a fashionable cultural tourism label given by the people, especially the youth, who yearn for a "poetic life". Tianjin is very willing to make itself a "internet-famous city." First of all, with its rich resources in cultural tourism, Tianjin has the foundation and great potential to become an "internet-famous city". It is a national, historical and cultural city and one of China's first outstanding tourist cities. With regard to geographical location, it is situated in the center of the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei urban agglomeration. The Tianjin Port is the largest comprehensive port in the north and the Tianjin International Cruise Home Port is one of the six major cruise tourism development zones in China. As the saying goes, "if you want to understand modern China, you should understand Tianjin." For more than 600 years since the establishment of the city, especially since 1840, many major historical events related to the country's direction of development either happened in Tianjin, or had a close connection with Tianjin. In particular, the nine concessions made it a unique city with a mixture of ancient and modern elements in both Chinese and western styles. Known as the "city of world architecture", Tianjin has preserved 877 historical buildings. Many historical celebrities once lived in Tianjin, including not only political figures such as Yuan Shikai, Li Yuanhong, Feng Guozhang, Xu Shichang, Cao Kun, Zhang Xun, Duan Qirui, but also prominent cultural celebrities , like Yan Fu, Liang Qichao, Li Shutong, Zhang Boling, Yan Xiu, and Cao Yu. Tianjin is also one of the first areas in China where the local Communist Party branch was established. Li Dazhao, Zhou Enlai, Liu Shaoqi, Zhang Tailei and many other Party leaders once studied and worked in Tianjin. Today, there are still 126 revolutionary sites . In terms of natural ecological resources, Tianjin boasts mountains, seas, rivers, lakes, wetlands and hot springs. Now, the city has two world cultural heritage sites, namely the Great Wall and the Beijing-Hangzhou Grand Canal. It has 28 key cultural heritage sites under the protection of the state, 212 at the provincial level, and 101 national A-level tourist attractions. Last year, the number of tourists in the city reached 230 million, an increase of 8% year-on-year. Its total tourism revenue was 391.4 billion yuan, growing by 10.4% year-on-year.

Second, Tianjin has taken action to build a "internet-famous city". In July this year, Tianjin launched a two-year plan for tourism development, which included 20 initiatives, 20 policies and effective measures . In the following two years, we will strive to "promote tourism across the whole region, improve the quality of tourism, standardize tourism management and maximize tourism benefits". We will build over 50 top-quality tourist routes such as celebrity home tours, cultural exhibition tours and rural leisure tours to enhance quality, increase market share of Tianjin's tourism sector and improve the city's image.

Third, the mission to make the "internet-famous city" a "popular draw" in the long term will depend more on comprehensive factors such as the city's cultural heritage, economic power, and innovation. To achieve that goal, we will continue to work hard. Here, I sincerely invite media friends to visit Tianjin to gain a clearer perspective of the city, introduce the city, and help it become a "internet-famous city". Thank you.

Reuters: 

Recently, Facebook and Twitter removed several hundred accounts from the Chinese mainland. They said these accounts were being used by the Chinese government to disseminate information about the recent Hong Kong protests. Is this true? Has the Office of the Cyberspace Affairs Commission communicated directly with Twitter or Facebook, or will it take any other measures related to this?

Liu Liehong:

Thank you for your question. Chinese media outlets have been reporting a lot about the situation in Hong Kong in an objective and fair manner, so that the facts are obvious. However, very few foreign media outlets treat the righteous voices of internet users and Chinese media with bias, accusing them of spreading "fake news." This practice of turning black into white has put a spotlight on the hypocrisy of some countries' so-called "freedom of speech." If these facts and reasonable voices are considered to be fake news, I think that all those who understand the truth and have a sense of justice will not recognize or agree with it. We have seen that although these accounts have been banned, social networking platforms are flooded with rumors smearing the Hong Kong police and distorting the facts. I think it is self-evident about what the double standard is and who is confusing right and wrong. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

The last question.

China Daily:

My question is for Mr. Liu. We have noticed that this is the sixth time the China Cybersecurity Week is being held. Compared with the previous five years', what is the main feature or highlight of this year's event? Can you tell us more about it? Thank you.

Liu Liehong:

Thank you for your question. Mr. Chen and I have introduced some information about this year's highlights and features a while ago. We believe there are three major aspects:

First, the China Cybersecurity Week this year recognizes major achievements in cybersecurity in 70 years since the PRC was founded, especially in recent years since the 18th CPC National Congress in 2012. This is the main theme this time. In recent years, guided by General Secretary Xi Jinping's important ideas on building China's strength in cyberspace, new progress has been made in cybersecurity work, and the capacity to safeguard cyberspace security has been greatly improved. This industry has also seen rapid growth, and the development of disciplines and training of talent have become much more efficient. All these developments have led to a remarkable improvement in the whole society's cybersecurity awareness and safeguarding skills, as well as in China's international voice and influence in cyber space.

Second, this year's Cybersecurity Week focuses on the protection of individual information. Just now we discussed that individual information protection is the feature and also a highlight of this year's event. The Cybersecurity Expo, the Forum for Cybersecurity Technologies, and some themed events during the week this year, such as Individual Information Protection Day, Telecommunication Day, and Financial Day, have made this topic their key component.

Third, this year's event covers multiple fields through various activities. Through online and offline methods, we have organized and completed publicity events related to cybersecurity in nine aspects including community, countryside, enterprises, government agencies, schools, military camps, families, construction fields, and websites. This has greatly encouraged netizens' participation. We are also holding the "Fifth Space" competition for cybersecurity innovation capacity, the "Payment-Clearing Cup" micro-video contest, the National Teenager Cybersecurity Series, the launch ceremony for "Ship Cybersecurity," etc. All these events have fully mobilized the participation of all sectors, and greatly improved the awareness and skills to safeguard cybersecurity. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

Thank you, Mr. Chen and Mr. Liu. Thank you, everyone. That ends today's briefing.

Translated and edited by Chen Xia, Li Jingrong, Li Xiao, Liu Sitong, Guo Yiming, Gong Yingchun, Cui Can, Wu Jin, Zhu Bochen, Wang Yiming, Zhang Rui, Zhang Junmian, Li Huiru, Fan Junmei, He Shan, Wang Wei, Wang Qian, Yang Xi, Degen Hill, Kenneth Teh Chiu Soong

Seven experts share their views on the current situation in Hong Kong at a press conference held by the State Council Information Office in Beijing on Aug. 15, 2019. [Photo/China SCIO]

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Mr. Han Dayuan, director of the Institute for One Country Two Systems, professor of the Law School, Renmin University of China, member of the HKSAR Basic Law Committee of the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress (NPC); 

Mr. Chen Duanhong, professor of the Law School, Peking University, member of the Macao SAR Basic Law Committee of the NPC Standing Committee; 

Mr. He Junzhi, vice dean and research fellow of the Institute for Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao Development Studies, professor of the School of Government, Sun Yat-sen University; 

Mr. Zou Pingxue, director of the Center for Basic Laws of Hong Kong and Macao Special Administrative Regions, professor of the Law School, Shenzhen University; 

Mr. Zhao Kejin, vice dean and professor of the School of Social Sciences, vice dean of the Institute of Global Development, Tsinghua University; 

Mr. Zhang Jian, director of Hong Kong and Macao Studies, secretary general of the Center for World Parties and Political Studies, the Shanghai Institute of International Studies; 

Mr. Tian Feilong, executive director of Center for Legal Studies in regard to the One Country Two Systems, associate professor of the Institute for Advanced Studies in Humanities and Social Sciences and the Law School, Beihang University.

Chairperson:

Shou Xiaoli, Press Bureau of State Council Information Office

Date:

Aug. 15, 2019

Shou Xiaoli:

Ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. Welcome to this press conference. In the past two weeks, we have held two press conferences and invited the spokespersons of the Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office of the State Council to introduce its views and position on the current situation in Hong Kong. The two press conferences have attracted great public attention. Many journalists have told us that they wanted to interview more people coming from more walks of life.

To meet your request, today, we have invited seven experts from related areas of study. They will share their personal views on the current situation in Hong Kong from different perspectives. They are: Mr. Han Dayuan, director of the Institute for One Country Two Systems, professor of the Law School, Renmin University of China, member of the HKSAR Basic Law Committee of the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress (NPC); Mr. Chen Duanhong, professor of the Law School, Peking University, member of the Macao SAR Basic Law Committee of the NPC Standing Committee; Mr. He Junzhi, vice dean and research fellow of the Institute for Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao Development Studies, professor of the School of Government, Sun Yat-sen University; Mr. Zou Pingxue, director of the Center for Basic Laws of Hong Kong and Macao Special Administrative Regions, professor of the Law School, Shenzhen University; Mr. Zhao Kejin, vice dean and professor of the School of Social Sciences, vice dean of the Institute of Global Development, Tsinghua University; Mr. Zhang Jian, director of Hong Kong and Macao Studies, secretary general of the Center for World Parties and Political Studies, the Shanghai Institute of International Studies; and Mr. Tian Feilong, executive director of Center for Legal Studies in regard to the One Country Two Systems, associate professor of the Institute for Advanced Studies in Humanities and Social Sciences and the Law School, Beihang University.

Now, I will give the floor to Mr. Han Dayuan.

Han Dayuan:

Media friends, good afternoon. Today, there are several experts at this press conference. I am familiar with the focus of their academic studies, so I might act as an informal host on some occasions according to your questions. Now, please allow me to say a few initial words.

Since the proposal to amend two ordinances aroused social controversy in Hong Kong, especially after continuous illegal assemblies and violent acts occurred, the public have felt anxious and uneasy about the present severe situation of Hong Kong. In particular, on the night of Aug. 13, a violent act involving the illegal restriction of personal freedom took place. Some of the illegal assembly participants, against the rule of law, hindered the freedom of exit and entrance of a large amount of Chinese and foreign passengers, assaulted a passenger and a journalist, and even tied up the hands of the journalist. This is an open challenge to the rule of law, and is causing grave damage to Hong Kong's status as a society under the rule of law.

We can see that no one can be safe if the rule of law is damaged and the majesty of the rule of law is lost. The rule of law is a common value of human civilizations. It is the basic way of life in modern society. We need the rule of law because it can guarantee the freedom, dignity and security of all citizens and maintain social order. Meanwhile, an important function of the rule of law is to provide society and the public with a stable expectation. Therefore, the essence of the rule of law is that the government should govern according to the law, citizens should abide by the law, the judiciary should be independent, and existing rules and law procedures should be respected.

It is just on the basis of long-term confidence in the good order, security and freedom ensured by the rule of law that Hong Kong has become the prosperous and beautiful Pearl of the Orient. We have noted the statistics that Hong Kong ranked only around the 60th position globally in terms of the rule of law index in 1996 before its return to the motherland. In 2018, the ranking increased significantly to 16th. The rule of law has become the basic consensus and core value of Hong Kong society, and also the value that Hong Kong people are most proud of. However, the latest series of violent incidents have seriously undermined the value of the rule of law, gone beyond the basic bottom line of a society based on the rule of law, and deeply distressed the whole society and the people of the whole country.

In a society based on the rule of law, freedoms of speech, procession and assembly are strictly guaranteed. The Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (HKSAR) and the local laws of the HKSAR provide adequate guarantees for the people to exercise these freedoms. However, the exercise of any freedom must follow the requirements of rule of law. For example, Article 17 of the Hong Kong Bill of Rights Ordinance explicitly requires that the right of peaceful assembly must not endanger national security and public safety, or disturb public order. In social life, it is normal that different people hold different political views, different opinions and different demands in regard to governance; if that wasn't true, we wouldn't need the rule of law. The rule of law firstly means a principle of governance and we must respect and abide by effective laws and rules, and act strictly in accordance with what is set by the laws. If we are not satisfied with certain laws and policies, including the government's public policies and laws, we can seek to revise and improve them through legal procedures. If we need a new law in some fields, there is a sound legal process to achieve this objective. However, any political demand that ignores rules, breaks rules and goes beyond the rule of law will ultimately hurt the rule of law.

As we all know, since Hong Kong's return to the motherland, the Constitution and the Basic Law of the HKSAR have jointly formed the foundation of Hong Kong's constitutional order. They clarify the legal status of the HKSAR under "one country," and the relationship between the central government and the region. These provisions are the core essence of the principle of "one country, two systems" and the Basic Law, and also are the foundation of the rule of law in Hong Kong. The primary objective of the principle of "one country, two systems" and the Basic Law is to safeguard national sovereignty, national unification and territorial integrity, and maintain Hong Kong's prosperity and stability. Any act that challenges national sovereignty and national unification breaches the bottom line of the principle of "one country, two systems," and cannot be tolerated by Hong Kong's legal order, either.

Dear media friends, in the face of serious violence and social division, the only way to solve the problem right now is that the whole of society should return to the track of rule of law, protect it and reach consensus in accordance with its provisions. I don't see any other way or method to solve problems but to return to the rule of law. I believe this is also the basic consensus of the vast majority of Hong Kong citizens. After more than two months of turmoil, people are hoping to solve various controversies currently facing Hong Kong society in a legal way. The day before yesterday, the Airport Authority Hong Kong obtained an interim injunction granted by Hong Kong's High Court, under which any person who unlawfully obstructs and interferes with airport operations must bear full legal responsibility. The legal consequences of violating the injunction are very serious. In fact. violators may be convicted of criminal contempt of court.

From such cases, we can see that the airport is beginning to recover and we have confidence in the rule of law in Hong Kong. Although it has been facing serious challenges in recent times, Hong Kong has a deep legal tradition, and the power of the rule of law is able to settle all kinds of disputes, bridge differences, regain consensus, helping Hong Kong society to quickly restore order and public security.

As scholars engaged in study of law and politics, we are also concerned about problems facing Hong Kong and are willing to share with journalists our views concerning the recent situation in Hong Kong, particularly on issues related to the rule of law. Nevertheless, we are scholars, not press spokespersons, so some of our views can only been considered from an academic viewpoint. Thank you.

Shou Xiaoli:

Thank you, Professor Han Dayuan. Now, the floor is open for questions. Please identify the news organization you represent before asking questions.

South China Morning Post:

In response to the anti-amendment movement, the central government has set out two obvious principles. One is to stop violence and chaos, and the other is to unite the people who truly love the country and the HKSAR, and business leaders to condemn violence and establish a line against those who involved in the violence. However, it seems that the two measures have yet to bring about pronounced effect. Today, another group of civil servants said that they will stage a demonstration. My question is, besides the two major principles, are there other measures to be taken to close the social rift and cool down the current situation? The demands expressed in the recent activities have great public support. Is it no longer possible to consider them? Are all of them unacceptable? Thank you.

Zou Pingxue:

Thank you for your question. As you know, since June, the protests and acts of violence related to the amendments in Hong Kong have become increasingly intense, and Hong Kong is facing the most severe situation since its return to the motherland. At the symposium held by the Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office of the State Council and the Liaison Office of the Central People's Government in HKSAR on Aug. 7, officials of relevant central government departments stressed that currently the most urgent task and overriding priority is to stop the violence and accompanying chaos, and restore order. As Professor Han Dayuan said just now, the rule of law, as one of the core values in Hong Kong and a cornerstone for its prosperity and stability, can safeguard the interests of all Hong Kong people and offer a key competitive edge for future development. I very much agree that heightening awareness of the importance of the rule of law, maintaining its dignity, and restore the rule of law and social order are the best weapons to stop violence and chaos. It is also the broadest common ground reached in the Hong Kong society on how to confront problems, solve conflicts, calm things down and curb violence. As you saw on TV and on the internet recently, violent offenders attacked police officers, besieged the airport, halted traffic, coerced residents to participate in protests and strikes, illegally imprisoned and deliberately hurt others, and wantonly insulted the national flags and the national emblems. Their escalating violent behaviors violate multiple laws in Hong Kong, including the Crime Ordinance, the Offences against the Person Ordinance, the Aviation Security Ordinance, the Public Order Ordinance and the National Flag and National Emblem Ordinance. These acts have severe social impact and serious legal consequences.

Let's review the situation at the Hong Kong International Airport two days ago. Based on international practice, disrupting operation of a key public space, such as an airport, will receive comparatively severe punishment. According to article 15 of Hong Kong's Aviation Security Ordinance, it is an offence of endangering safety at aerodromes for any person to commit, whether by means of any device or otherwise, any act of violence which causes or is likely to cause death or serious personal injury; endangers or is likely to endanger the safe operation; destroys facilities in an aerodrome; and disrupts the services of an aerodrome. Anyone who commits an offence abovementioned is liable on conviction on indictment to imprisonment for life. From a legal perspective, what happened at the Hong Kong International Airport paralyzed its operations by means of illegal rallies, destroying public facilities, and blocking elevators and passages with trolleys. The assaults on mainland passengers as well as Hong Kong police on the evening of Aug. 13 and after midnight constitute a crime.

There are also a number of protestors who think they haven't yet participated in the violence. They believe that it is not against the law for them to just sit there and prevent others from boarding a flight or exiting the airport. The fact is that their behaviors already violate many laws. First of all, they should be considered guilty of the offence of unlawful assembly as stated in Hong Kong's Public Order Ordinance. Actually, it may also constitute the crime of riot under the law of Hong Kong. Based on my research, taking Hong Kong's Public Order Ordinance as an example, if a public assembly or public procession violates regulations, it shall be an unauthorized assembly and disorder in public places according to the article 17A and 17B. In addition, when three or more persons, assembled together, conduct themselves in a disorderly, intimidating manner intended or likely to commit a breach of the peace, they are an unlawful assembly. Therefore, we can see that behaviors such as simply raising hands, using one's body to prevent passengers from leaving the airport or going to other areas as they desire, as well as restricting their freedom of movement, are very likely to be considered as unlawful detention, as stated in Hong Kong's common law.

We notice that on Aug. 14, the Airport Authority Hong Kong obtained an interim injunction to restrain persons from unlawfully and willfully obstructing or interfering with the proper use of Hong Kong International Airport. Any attendance or participation in a demonstration, protest and related public events at the airport is also restrained, except for those in the places designated by the Airport Authority Hong Kong. The police can launch a clearance operation in accordance with the interim injunction. Any breach of the interim injunction or impediment to law enforcement could constitute contempt of court.

During the "Occupy Central" movement in 2014, some groups applied to the court for injunctions. We later found that worked well.

We have seen that, legally speaking, in addition to the measures now adopted, the chief executive and the Executive Council can also issue a series of orders or regulations to restore law and order in accordance with the Public Order Ordinance or the Emergency Regulations Ordinance. When there are some serious acts that endanger social order, for a period of time, public rallies can be banned, the restricted area can be demarcated, a curfew can be imposed and a series of emergency rules or orders can be issued. Therefore, the laws of Hong Kong are very sound and there are many legal resources that can solve current chaos with strict enforcement.

Here I would like to appeal to those who are participating in illegal assembly or procession, especially young students, to think twice. They should understand the serious harm caused by such acts to the legitimate interests, social order and public interests of others, as well as the harmful effects of illegal and criminal activities on their own future. The general public, parents of students and teachers of the universities, as well as major media outlets in Hong Kong, must have a clear-cut stand to resist and oppose illegal acts of violence, as well as resisting and opposing any acts to incite, delude and instigate young people to participate in illegal activities of violence. That's all I want to say. Thank you.

Lianhe Zaobao:

My question is about the definition of terrorism. The Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office of the State Council said on Monday that a tendency of resorting to terrorism had emerged in Hong Kong, and after the airport violence the day before yesterday, the office voiced condemnation, saying that was almost a terrorist act. However, this definition of terrorism is inconsistent with the one that Hong Kong authorities mentioned at a press conference yesterday. They said that the incident at the Hong Kong airport was serious, but not a terrorist act. I would like to ask the academics and experts present here, what do you think of the issue? What is the definition of terrorism? Furthermore, what measures should be taken to punish terrorists?

Zhang Jian:

The question from Lianhe Zaobao is about a serious issue related to the current situation in Hong Kong that has raised great concerns. Why? It concerns how the central government defines the situation in Hong Kong as well as its overall position on the issues involved. From my point of view, first, I would like to recommend that media friends read an article focusing on domestic terrorism in the United States published in the latest issue of the Time magazine. The general idea is that the law enforcement departments and government officials in the United States right now have become increasingly prone to consider extremely violent acts occurring in its homeland as terrorism. Moreover, it also proposed a number of measures that the U.S. government, including the law enforcement authorities, have taken to address the challenge of such domestic terrorism. Of course, the extremely violent incidents are the main focus. The article also offered some further solutions.   

Why are the extremely violent domestic acts being deemed as terrorism in the U.S.? I believe the media must be very concerned about this issue. We can tell from the news emanating from the United States that the country has been suffering foreign terrorist attacks ever since the "9/11" incidents [in 2001]. Actually, more and more incidents of domestic terrorism have been occurring in the U.S. It indicates it is making domestic national security a priority. As a matter of fact, terrorism in the U.S. stems from extremism and extremely violent acts.

Second, you can search the definitions of terrorism that the United Nations, the European Union, the International Criminal Police Organization and even the Oxford Dictionary offer. All these definitions have one thing in common -- they all define terrorism as the unlawful use of violence and intimidation, or disruptive behavior against national and civilian security, in the pursuit of political aims. 

I discussed the definition of terrorism with some local government officials and academics in Germany and the Netherlands while attending academic exchanges held in the two countries at the end of last year. They generally agreed to consider extremely violent acts occurring in their countries as terrorism. I was surprised by their opinion. We all know that Germany and Netherlands are generally very safe countries within not only the E.U. but even in the entire world. Why did they shift their views? It was all because of the growing number of extremely violent acts that have plagued Germany, the Netherlands, Britain, France and other Western European countries in recent years.

Third, as has been mentioned, the extremely violent acts in Hong Kong over the past week, including the airport incident and petrol bomb attacks on police, have led to serious consequences. The journalist also mentioned the views of the Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office of the State Council on terrorism. If we analyze the wording of its statement carefully, it didn't say the current situation in Hong Kong is terrorism; it just said it had a tendency of being almost terrorist acts. Words such as "almost" and "tendency" describe the seriousness of the situation, which means the violent incidents in Hong Kong are moving toward this tendency, and if lawful measures are not taken to punish and stop these acts, the violent incidents might flare up into real terrorist acts.

How to stop the extremely violent acts that show signs of terrorism? Let's review the practices of some Western countries. As we all know, the "yellow vests" movement that broke out last year in France continues to these days. In April, the French government rushed through a law to curb violent protests. Hiding one's face while participating in a protest is now deemed a criminal act according to the law. If you refuse to remove the covering on your face, it will be deemed a criminal act, and you will face a sentence of at least one year if convicted. In the West, this is a very grave situation.

In recent days, after violent events occurred in Hong Kong, Hong Kong people from all walks of life have voiced their opposition to such acts. We observe that Hong Kong's response to the incidents is consistent with that of international society. Opposition to violence is an international consensus. How to contain the severe violence occurring in Hong Kong? First, Hong Kong society must have zero-tolerance for such violent acts and must criticize the perpetrators. Second, the Hong Kong law enforcement and judicial institutions must work to ensure strict law enforcement and impartial administration of justice in dealing with the individuals and groups inciting or committing severe violent acts. As we all know, Hong Kong reflects similar social values with the Western world. Western values have gained much appreciation from Hong Kong people from all walks of life. One of the most important aspects of Western values is the rule of law, apart from democracy, human rights, and personal freedom. There is a widespread saying in the United States: "Use of violence during rallies means you lose the right of peaceful demonstration granted to you by the Constitution."

All journalists present today look very young. You may have watched a lot of Hong Kong films and TV series. In the police-themed films and TV dramas, the police often said that Hong Kong has become an international financial center and the safest city in Asia because of the rule of law, which is the core value of the city. Professor Han has talked about this point just now. Therefore, let's focus on the original point. The rule of law is the fundamental solution to address the signs of terrorism shown in the extremely violent acts in Hong Kong.

Hence, stopping violence according to the law is the fundamental solution to address the signs of terrorism appearing in the violent acts being witnessed in Hong Kong, and it is a critical measure to ensure the personal safety of Hong Kong residents, and protect the overall interests of Hong Kong. Thank you.

TVB:

I have a question for you all. Recently, the Chinese People's Liberation Army (PLA) offered a few views on the situation, including that the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress has the right, according to the HKSAR Basic Law, to declare a state of emergency in Hong Kong and introduce national laws in Hong Kong. At this point in time, has the Standing Committee made the decision to do so? If the decision has been made, some Hong Kong residents will be worried that once the PLA conducts operations in Hong Kong, the "one country, two systems" principle will be severely violated, and the situation in Hong Kong may become irremediable. There is another question. One of you just said that we should insist on solving the Hong Kong question by the rule of law, and the public has expressed similar demands. For example, some of them require the chief executive to set up an independent commission of inquiry to get to the bottom of the conflict. However, the chief executive doesn't seem to approve of the idea. Do you think it is the responsibility of the chief executive to do so? Thank you.

Han Dayuan:

Today, experts here have talked a lot about how to return to the rule of law. First, we all know that "one country" is the premise of the "one country, two systems" principle. The unity, dignity and security of the country is the fundamental goal of the principle. Any country would make national security and social unity its top priority. We need to "govern Hong Kong in accordance with the law." That means we should, based on the rule of law, safeguard national unity and sovereignty, always maintain prosperity and stability of Hong Kong, and always safeguard the rights and freedoms conferred on Hong Kong residents by the Basic Law. This is one of basic requirements of the rule of law.

Second, the country has made institutional provisions and legal regulations as precautions to deal with certain situations, according to the international practice and the general principles of the rule of law. As for the question you raised, first, Hong Kong has a complete legal system, including more than 700 laws enacted by the Legislative Council of the HKSAR, the Basic Law, laws previously in force and the national laws listed in Annex III by the National People's Congress through legal procedures. We believe this provides a complete legal system. Second, Article 14 of the Garrison Law makes clear institutional arrangements that when considered necessary, the HKSAR government can send a request to the central government to invite the PLA Garrison to help maintain local public order and engage in disaster relief efforts. The HKSAR government may exert its right to make this request. The Garrison will be deployed to help maintain public order after the central government approves the request. At the same time, the fourth paragraph of Article 18 of the Basic Law stipulates that the Standing Committee of the National People"s Congress has the right to decide that the HKSAR is in a state of emergency, which is clarified in both the Constitution and the Basic Law. The Standing Committee of the National People's Congress has the right to make such a judgment, make the decision and make an announcement. The fourth paragraph of Article 18 of the Basic Law explains that the exertion of this right, in theory, has to meet certain legal standards. When turmoil in Hong Kong endangers national unity or security and is beyond the control of the HKSAR government, the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress may declare a state of emergency. According to the Garrison Law, the PLA Garrison should fulfill its duty following the decision of the central government. This is stipulated by law.

As for the question you just asked, will the implementation of this provision cause the failure of the "one country, two systems" principle? I personally believe that the proper meaning of "governing Hong Kong in accordance with the law" is to safeguard national sovereignty, security and development interests through the rule of law, as well as the prosperity and stability of Hong Kong, and the rights and freedoms of its citizens. There will be strict legal procedures in the event of a legally prescribed situation. Therefore, we emphasize the rule of law, return to the principles enshrined in the rule of law, and solving the problems facing Hong Kong through the rule of law. This is the only way for us.

If you are interested, you can check this yourselves: 35 years ago, Deng Xiaoping said in a conversation with a delegation of Hong Kong and Macao compatriots attending the National Day celebration ceremony that the central government had the right to station a garrison of the PLA in Hong Kong. The Hong Kong Garrison would have another role: to prevent violence and turmoil. Knowing that there are Chinese troops stationed in Hong Kong, people with an intention to instigate violence and turmoil would have to think twice about it. And even if there were turmoil, it could be stopped immediately. When the Basic Law was enacted 35 years ago, many provisions had preventive connotations. We must understand this article in that way. It is one of the legislative intents theoretically speaking.

With regard to an independent commission of inquiry, the rule of law is the core value. Before we respond to any appeal or resolve any social dispute, we must check first whether there are corresponding mechanisms and procedures within the existing system of law. In accordance with the concept of the rule of law, we must give full play to existing legal norms, resources and systems. When one of our systems or a certain norm fails to function properly, we can seek potentially better institutional arrangements. As far as I know, the Independent Police Complaints Council (IPCC) is already operational, and has already received some relevant complaints. You should pay attention to the IPCC. This is a distinctive system in Hong Kong, and we should look at its effects and keep the faith in the operating system, and make sure it functions well. This is my understanding.

China Daily:

In some people's eyes, the latest protest is in an effort to express rational political appeals by infringing the laws. It has been interpreted as "civil disobedience and achieving justice by violating the laws." What do you think about it?

He Junzhi:

We have noted that some people used the concept of "achieving justice by violating the laws" to describe the movement, and this is not the only concept they have adopted to label their violence as legal conduct.

The concept is in no way supported by real and standardized academic principles. Personally, I wonder why some people believe in the things that proved groundless. I have two points to share with you for reference in this regard:

First, based on my research, similar concepts emerged as early as 2011 when some theorists attempted to propose them, including what was later known as "civil disobedience," and "achieving justice by violating the laws" just as you mentioned. Moreover, the effect of those concepts was tested in the illegal "Occupy Central" movement in 2014. Therefore, there are probably some who have been involved in sketching out these theories and making pre-stage rehearsals. However, here is a question -- why do some people buy the concept that obviously contradicts the nature of morality? Therefore, another reason is that the concept that can be easily associated with some authentic theories of "civil disobedience," is proving alluring to some people, who believe they are engaged in a movement based on proven theories. However, if we take a look at the concept of "civil disobedience" in a serious way, the theory is highly conditional with a slew of prerequisites. The two fundamental conditions, which I don't plan to elaborate on here, are, first, the theory should be only targeted at existing illegitimate laws and policies, and second, it should involve only peaceful and non-violent demonstrations. Now, let's analyze this concept. The concept obviously distorts the meaning by taking violence as "violation of laws," which is actually stimulating the emergence of violence.

Let's take a look at examples from previous years. Theoretically speaking, the concept is not accepted in the international academic world or in Hong Kong's own major academic field. Moreover, I have noted a verdict made by a HKSAR court in terms of "achieving justice by violating the laws," based on the two conditions I mentioned before. First, it should be targeted at illegitimate laws and policies, and, second, it should develop in peaceful and non-violent ways. As [the present unrest] fails to reach both of these standards, it is theoretically invalid. The concept has also been vetoed by Hong Kong's judicial practitioners. Therefore, the attempt to give credibility to the concept is theoretically null and pragmatically vetoed. The violence today is obviously influenced by a concept. Therefore, we need to clarify the underlying theories.

Second, I couldn't agree more with all of other speakers. We should only solve questions by resorting to the rule of law.

Bloomberg:

My question is about revising the "one country, two systems" principle and the Basic Law. After the incidents in the past two months, do you think that it is necessary to revise them? If yes, how to do it? Who will initiate the process? Thank you.

Chen Duanhong:

In the past two months, I heard lots of doubts about the specific policies of the "one country, two systems" and the institutional arrangement of the Basic Law. There have also been questions as to whether it is necessary to change some policies, to "tamper with" the Basic Law, or to initiate an amendment procedure? I think we need to reflect on that. While raising such questions, do you think the "one country, two systems" is wrong? If you think so, I want to ask: Where does it go wrong? And which specific statement within it is wrong? When some practices don't work or create controversies, there may emerge a social, political or economic crisis, but not necessarily a constitutional one. We must not mix the two issues.

As for the "one country, two systems," there are actually a broad concept and a narrow one. The narrow concept refers to basic policies. The Basic Law stipulates that the previous capitalist system and way of life shall remain unchanged in Hong Kong for 50 years. Any amendment of the law must not contradict that stipulation, thus constituting a restriction on amendments. Any country would adjust their specific policies due to a political, social or economic crisis. Specific polices are very flexible. So, I think it depends on from which perspective you view the issue. In the fundamental or broad sense, the central government has repeatedly emphasized some points, including the unswerving implementation of "one country, two systems." Here I would like to remind you of one thing: is social crisis equivalent to constitutional crisis? That's what I want to remind you.

Article 159 of the Basic Law stipulates that the power to propose bills for amendments to this Law shall be vested in the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress, the State Council and the HKSAR. However, I can't understand what the current situation in Hong Kong has to do with the amendment of the Basic Law. As to whether it is necessary to adjust some policies in the future, I cannot make such a judgement. It should depend on the judgement of relevant departments themselves. Thank you.

CGTN:

I have a question for you. As we all know, some people say that Hong Kong is of unique significance to China's economy and finance. Now, the demonstrators seem to have the idea of taking advantage of Hong Kong's status as an international financial center to force the central government into submission. What do you think of it? Thank you.

Tian Feilong:

As we know, Hong Kong is an international financial center. In the global financial governance system, there is an expression called "Nylonkong," which refers to New York, London and Hong Kong. When you check the 24-hour global time zone, these three places divide the world exactly into three parts. They are the key nodes of the global financial market order in terms of space and continuity. Large-scale disturbances occurred successively in London and New York around 2011, and we can also study and observe how the U.K. government and the U.S. government as well as the police coped with the riots and violent acts in the financial centers during the two disturbances. The Hong Kong police should also learn from them and adopt a similar standard to deal with and stabilize the status of Hong Kong as a financial center. These can give us a lot of inspiration.

Second, I would like to point out that Hong Kong's status as an international financial center is closely related to the principle of "one country, two systems" and the Basic Law of the HKSAR we established when Hong Kong returned to the motherland. Without them, Hong Kong's status as a financial center will not only be difficult to maintain, but will be even more difficult to consolidate and strengthen. If we haven't forgotten history, we can take a look back. It has been 22 years so far since Hong Kong's return, during which Hong Kong's status as a financial center was actually interfered with and impacted by different forces or in different ways. Some of them were economic in nature, such as major global hot money going short. Others were based on political motives, for example, using the financial center to create political threats. The Asian financial crisis in 1997, the global financial crisis in 2008, the illegal "Occupy Central" movement in 2014, and the anti-amendment movement in 2019 are just four examples of this. Obviously, the crises in 1997 and 2008 were more of the impact that global hot money placed on Hong Kong's status as an international financial center for the purpose of financial arbitrage. The illegal "Occupy Central" movement in 2014 and the anti-amendment movement in 2019 carried obvious political intentions.

Let's review the central government's reaction when Hong Kong's financial system was threatened during these years. Back in 1997, China's economy was fraught with severe difficulties, and we didn't have large foreign exchange reserves. Still, when Hong Kong's financial market faced trouble, the central government offered everything, as much as it could, and spared no effort in propping up the Hong Kong market. As this happened at the very beginning of Hong Kong's return to the motherland, it united the central government, the Hong Kong society and the financial regulatory institutions in both places, and further brought them together as "a community with a shared future for financial security." The 2008 financial crisis also affected Hong Kong. If it hadn't been for the strong and stable economy of the Chinese mainland, I believe that all sectors of Hong Kong and its society would have suffered great losses. With support of the Chinese mainland market and the country, Hong Kong weathered the financial crisis in 2008. As for the incidents happening in 2014 and 2019, they came with very clear political intention. It is ridiculous to undermine the "one country, two system" with Hong Kong's status as an international financial center, since such a position is actually guaranteed by the practice of "one country, two systems." What they are pursuing is actually against their own interests, and this is abnormal and unreasonable.

Whether it is the opposition, the black-clad crowd, or the foreign forces, none of them has thought through Hong Kong's role as a financial center – the financial infrastructure not only for China, but also for economic globalization. Anyone responsible for free trade, economic globalization, and peaceful global development should obligingly and jointly protect Hong Kong's vital role. This is because the infrastructure matters for both China and the rest of the world. If disruption was brought to this financial center, I believe that not only Hong Kong and the rest of China, but also Western countries would be severely affected, especially the U.S. stock market as well as its financial security. Current statistics indicate that due to the continuous violence in Hong Kong, the U.S. stock market and its financial security have already been affected. In this regard, I believe the U.S. decision-makers will make an objective judgement and respond accordingly. In this age of globalization, no country can opt out or is immune to globalizing forces, and we must face this together. In terms of Hong Kong, we should build a consensus that Hong Kong's role as an international financial center cannot exist without the rule of law in Hong Kong. I think all sectors in Hong Kong should listen to reason, reach a consensus on the rule of law to stop violence and chaos and bring back order. Hong Kong's status as an international financial center should be firmly supported by upholding the rule of law. This is my response.

Financial Times:

Last month, the Hong Kong chief executive admitted that the government's work on the amendments was a total failure. Many Hong Kong people can't understand why the central government is still supporting her. If she were a provincial governor or a city's mayor in the Chinese mainland, she would most surely be fired, right? Can you explain why she was not relieved of her duties by the central government? Thank you.

Zhao Kejin:

I'm a researcher on China-U.S. relations. Actually, I've been studying issues relating to Hong Kong for three years now. Why? Because while studying China-U.S. relations, I discovered that the U.S. has spent a lot of energy and resources in Hong Kong. According to U.S. comments, none of the Hong Kong chief executives have done their jobs well. The Americans have been criticizing Hong Kong and Hong Kong's chief executives since Mr. Tung Chee-hwa. But actually, Hong Kong has made many achievements in terms of socio-economic development since its return to China. Each summer, there are Hong Kong students coming to study in the Chinese mainland. We have communicated a lot with them and I found that the majority of them are supportive towards the governance of HKSAR.

On the surface, Hong Kong seems to have problems within, but in fact these issues have profound international origins. As you can see clearly, the focus is no longer about addressing HKSAR's internal problems, but the illegal and violent conduct that is challenging the bottom line of the "one country, two systems." Such conduct is strictly prohibited in Western developed countries. As a Chinese saying goes, "Xiang Zhuang performed the sword dance as a cover for his attempt on Liu Bang's life," which means that someone speaks and acts with a hidden motive. Therefore, without seeing the bigger picture of China-U.S. relations, one cannot uncover the root cause of the Hong Kong question.

While studying China-U.S. relations, I found that the U.S. policy towards Hong Kong is to take advantage of Hong Kong for its own purposes. From the beginning, the U.S. took Hong Kong as part of its Cold War Politics. Before Hong Kong's return to the motherland, the U.S. did a lot of work with the then British-ruled Hong Kong. According to the Foreign Relations Authorization Act for Fiscal Years 1992 and 1993, which was passed in 1991, the U.S. wanted to promote "self-governing democracy" in Hong Kong. In 1992, the U.S. Congress passed the United States-Hong Kong Policy Act, treating Hong Kong as a British colony. Since the U.K. and the U.S. are allies, the U.S. government formed the policy on Hong Kong based on this privilege. However, after Hong Kong's return to the motherland, the U.S. did not change the policy. After its return, Hong Kong was no longer a British colony but a special administrative region in the People's Republic of China. According to international practice, the U.S. should have adjusted its Hong Kong Policy and terminated the United States-Hong Kong Policy Act of 1992, but it didn't. As we all know, as soon as a law is enacted, there will be corresponding institutions and budgets to support it. Therefore, after the 1992 act and since 1995, the U.S. has continued to support and develop opposition forces in Hong Kong through institutions such as the National Endowment for Democracy, in order to promote so-called "democratic development." I also found that every time there was a large-scale demonstration in Hong Kong, not only did Washington try to stir up trouble, but related U.S. organizations in Hong Kong would also pour tens of millions of dollars to support them. So this is the root cause of Hong Kong's current situation. The problems occurring in the HKSAR will naturally be solved through the relevant laws of the HKSAR government. There are relevant procedures to promote this.

As a scholar, I personally believe that at the historical moment when China-U.S. relations have changed, Hong Kong, as the freest economy in the world, has also become the most vulnerable place. Therefore, the most important thing to do to solve the Hong Kong question is to remove the colonial mentality and Cold War mindset that some countries have long held on the Hong Kong question. Do not let them exploit Hong Kong's status as the world's freest economy and make it a bridgehead to further hamper and contain China's development, and do not let them hijack Hong Kong's public opinion in order to achieve their own national interests.

The mainland and Hong Kong should work together to clean up this colonial mentality and the Cold War mindset. As for the economic and social problems encountered in the course of governance, they can sit down and resolve the problems through the relevant procedures and regulations within the system and within the framework of the rule of law, instead of resorting to street violence -- as such violence does not solve any problems. Therefore, as the mainland and Hong Kong are now more closely linked, we must now regard "de-colonization" as a core problem. Once this problem is solved, I believe that all the problems that have arisen in Hong Kong will be solved. Thank you all.

AFP:

Mr. Han, Mr. Zhao said that America may be the "manipulator" behind the protests. Do you have the same view? Do you think there is any actual dissatisfaction among the people of Hong Kong?

Han Dayuan:

Professor Zhao is an expert in China-U.S. relations. He analyzed the Hong Kong question within the framework of international relations, especially that of China-U.S. relations. I am a professor of constitutional law. As I've emphasized earlier, my point of view is that there is no perfect government in any society, nor is there a perfect law. Laws are not flawless. Any government, including that of the United States and France, may face the same situation where problems and public dissatisfaction occur in the course of governing and administration. But we have a sound legal system and sophisticated procedures to solve them. We should make it easier for the public to make appeals and safeguard their rights so that problems can be resolved following effective legal procedures. In the face of Hong Kong's current controversial situation where social consensus has not been reached, the only solution is to return to the rule of law, protect the rule of law, and solve the problem with the rule of law. No matter whether it be for the government or the citizens, I think the problems can only be effectively solved within the framework of the rule of law and through legal channels. To solve the problems and reach a consensus at the same time, and ensure a prosperous and stable society with the rule of law is also what I maintain. It is precisely during this period that we need to cherish the hard-won rule of law tradition in Hong Kong and get Hong Kong back on the right track of the rule of law. Thank you.

Shou Xiaoli:

Distinguished experts, friends from the media, today's briefing concludes here. Thanks to you all. Goodbye!

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Shohrat Zakir, deputy secretary of the Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) and chairman of the Xinjiang regional government;

Alken Tuniaz, a member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee and vice chairman of the Xinjiang regional government;

Zhang Chunlin, a member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee and executive vice chairman of the Xinjiang regional government. 

Chairperson:

Hu Kaihong, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

July 30, 2019

Hu Kaihong:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to attend this press conference. This is one of a series being held on the development of provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities directly under the central government to mark the 70th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China.

Today, we are delighted to welcome officials from Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region to speak on the theme of "Building a beautiful Xinjiang, realizing the Chinese Dream." Present with us are: Mr. Shohrat Zakir, deputy secretary of the Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) and chairman of the Xinjiang regional government; Mr. Alken Tuniaz, a member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee and vice chairman of the Xinjiang regional government; and Mr. Zhang Chunlin, a member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee and executive vice chairman of the Xinjiang regional government. They will make a brief introduction of current developments in Xinjiang, and then answer some of your questions.

Now, I give the floor to Mr. Shohrat Zakir. 

Shohrat Zakir:

Good morning, everyone. I am glad to have the opportunity to meet you here. On behalf of the CPC Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee, the regional government, and the people of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang, I would like to express my gratitude to all of you for your long-term attention and support to Xinjiang. I welcome you all to this press conference. 

Xinjiang is situated in the northwestern part of China in the hinterland of the Eurasian continent. It covers a total area of 1.66 million square kilometers, and abuts eight countries. Of all the provincial-level administrative regions in China, Xinjiang possesses the largest area, the highest number of bordering countries, and the longest national land border in China. 

Xinjiang, an amazing and beautiful land, has been an inalienable part of China's territory since ancient times. Covering a large area abundant with various resources, the region has a long history with a profound culture. Inhabited by many ethnic groups and displaying the coexistence of multiple cultures and religions, it serves as an important corridor for East-West cultural exchanges. Since ancient times, the people of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang have lived in harmony, sharing weal and woe. They have jointly developed, built and safeguarded the territory of the motherland, creating an epic of patriotism.

The peaceful liberation of Xinjiang on Sept. 25, 1949, ushered in a new historic era. On Oct. 1, 1949, all ethnic groups of Xinjiang, together with all other Chinese people, witnessed the founding of the People's Republic of China. On Oct. 1, 1955, the Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region was established, opening a new chapter for Xinjiang development. Under the leadership of the Communist Party of China (CPC), and with the support of the whole nation, Xinjiang has forged ahead and worked toward development, progress and prosperity, together with the motherland, delivering remarkable results over the past seven decades.

Since the 18th CPC National Congress in 2012, the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core has attached great importance to work in relation to Xinjiang and all its ethnic groups. Unceasing efforts have been undertaken in this regard. General Secretary Xi Jinping carried out inspection tours to Xinjiang, presided over meetings to study work in relation to Xinjiang, and delivered important speeches and relevant instructions. In May 2014, the Second Central Meeting on the Work of Xinjiang set forth the overall goal of achieving lasting social and political stability in Xinjiang, enriching the Party's strategies for governing Xinjiang in the new era. In 2015, General Secretary Xi Jinping commemorated the 60th anniversary of the establishment of the Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region, expressing his wish to see the building of a beautiful Xinjiang and realizing the Chinese dream. This is also the common aspiration of the whole nation, including everyone in Xinjiang. During the two sessions in 2017, General Secretary Xi Jinping participated in a discussion with the deputies of Xinjiang, sharing his vision for the work being undertaken in Xinjiang, which provided the principles, and became a great encouragement to the next step in our work. We have fully implemented the Party's guiding principles and strategies for governing Xinjiang in the new era. Focusing on the overall goal of achieving social and political stability, we have united the people of all ethnic groups, overcome difficulties, and delivered solid progress, resulting in great changes on both sides of the Tianshan Mountains.

Xinjiang's economic development has realized a historic leap. Its GDP increased from 791 million yuan in 1952 to 1.2 trillion yuan in 2018. Adjusted for inflation, this represents a 200-fold increase, with an average annual gain of 8.3%. Xinjiang's per-capita GDP rose to 49,000 yuan in 2018, from 166 yuan in 1952, and that's approximately a 37.7-fold increase in real terms, averaging 5.7% annual growth.

After 70 years of development, Xinjiang's overall agricultural production capacity and its possession of modernized equipment have notably improved. It has China's biggest production center of cotton, and it also leads the nation in agricultural water-saving irrigation and mechanized farming. The region's industry started from scratch and has formed a fully-fledged modern industrial system. Some production technologies in regard to new energy, new materials and equipment manufacturing have taken the lead domestically and even in the world. More and more modernized cities have emerged as shining pearls in the Gobi desert. Stretching from north to south and connecting the hinterland with the world, Xinjiang's modern comprehensive transportation system has been basically completed. All prefectures and cities are connected by highways. Road network connectivity among administrative villages has reached 99.74%. The length of in-service railways totals 5,959 kilometers. Alongside the rest of China, Xinjiang has also entered the era of high-speed railways, which now links Urumqi to the rest of the country. We have also entered the era of subway, as the subway in Urumqi has already begun operating. There are 21 civilian airports in Xinjiang, and airlines have become the top choice for people to visit us and travel within the region.

In recent years, we have made good use of Xinjiang's geographical advantages, and seized the major opportunities presented by the Belt and Road Initiative. We are committed to promoting openness both at home and abroad, and turning Xinjiang into a key region on the Silk Road Economic Belt, as well as a major window in China's opening to the West. In 2018, Xinjiang's total imports and exports were $20 billion. This is 1,481 times greater than it was in 1950. We have made good use of our unique tourism resources, implementing the strategy of developing Xinjiang through tourism. The potential created by stability is fully utilized as well. Tourism has seen a significant upsurge in recent years. Xinjiang received more than 150 million domestic and foreign tourists in 2018, a year-on-year growth of 40.1%, and 75.89 million tourists visited in the first half of this year, up 46% year-on-year. We expect to receive more than 200 million visitors this year. And we hope to present the charm, prosperity, and stability of Xinjiang to the world.

Second, the living standard of people of all ethnic groups has achieved a historic improvement.

Per-capita income of urban residents jumped from 319 yuan in 1978 to 32,764 yuan in 2018, an average annual growth of 12.3%; that of rural residents went up from 119 yuan in 1978 to 11,975 yuan in 2018, an average annual growth of 12.2%. Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region has greatly improved the clothing, food, accommodation, and transportation conditions of the people of all ethnic groups, ensuring that the problems of hunger, cold, water and power supply shortages, and inaccessibility to the outside world that previously haunted this land a thing of the past.

Since the 18th CPC National Congress, with a stress on people-centered and livelihood-centered development, Xinjiang has, for many years, spent more than 70% of its public budget expenditures on improving public livelihoods and continuously boosting welfare programs focusing on employment, education, medical services, social security and housing etc. Many pressing livelihood issues bearing on the people's immediate interests have been solved. Xinjiang has provided "zero-employment" families with jobs in a timely manner, implemented the policy of free annual physical examination, achieved three-year free pre-school education in rural areas, carried out rural housing projects and built permanent housing for nomadic herdsmen, established a healthcare insurance system to treat critical illnesses, and provided basic living allowances to eligible rural and urban residents. People of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang have enjoyed a stronger sense of gain, of happiness and of security.

To complete the building of a moderately prosperous society in all respects, we are focusing on poverty-stricken areas in the four prefectures of southern Xinjiang and have made clear gains in eradicating poverty. From 2014 to 2018, during a new round of the poverty alleviation campaign, 2.31 million people shook off the shackles of poverty, and the impoverishment rate in rural Xinjiang dropped from 19.4% to 6.1%. By 2020, like the rest of China, Xinjiang will lift its impoverished population totally out of poverty by current set standards. We will leave no one behind. Together with the whole nation, Xinjiang will make great efforts to finish building a moderately prosperous society in all respects within the set timeframe.

Third, our social undertakings have achieved historic breakthroughs.

In the early years after liberation, the net enrolment ratio of school-age children was under 20%, the illiteracy rate was as high as 90%, and the average life expectancy was merely 30 years. Over the past 70 years, we popularized nine-year compulsory education and provided free three-year pre-school education and 12-year basic education in southern Xinjiang. In 2018, the enrolment ratio of kindergartens was 95.95%, and the enrolment ratio of school-age children in primary schools was 99.91%. The central government has also organized Xinjiang Senior High School Class in some of the most developed cities in other provinces to offer better and free education for students from Xinjiang's farming and pastural zones, a scheme that has benefited 110,000 students so far. Xinjiang has also set up a relatively complete county-township-village three-tier disease prevention and health system. The average life expectancy has now risen to 72.35 years.

We highly value the protection and development of traditional ethnic cultures. The Xinjiang Uygur Muqam and Kirgiz epic "Manas" were inscribed on the Representative List of Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity and the List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage Requiring Urgent Protection. 

Xinjiang has built a four-tier public cultural service system from the autonomous region down to prefectures, counties and townships. Each county has a cultural center, each township has a cultural station and each village has a cultural hub, enriching people's daily life.

You probably have noticed the exhibition stands set up outside this room. Those Uygur people perform beautiful songs and dances. And there are also local snacks and tourism products from our start-ups in rural areas. Through this, you can enjoy our traditional ethnic culture. All of these display the improved well-being of our people in Xinjiang.

Fourth, we have achieved historical progress in advancing solidarity among all ethnic groups.

We have fully implemented the Party's ethnic and religious policies and the system of regional ethnic autonomy. Xinjiang has cultivated a number of ethnic officials. The right to use ethnic languages and characters of various ethnic groups is fully secured. The law protects and respects the right of every person to freedom of religious belief and participation in religious activities. And the ethnic customs of all shall be respected. All of these aspects have helped to develop and consolidate the new socialist ethnic relationship featuring equality, unity, mutual aid and harmony. In Xinjiang, unremitting efforts have also been made in holding activities promoting ethnic unity and progress. Xinjiang has promulgated the Regulations of Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region on the Work of Ethnic Unity and Progress. The exchanges and cooperation between different ethnic groups have been promoted in different areas and manners. People of various ethnic groups are as united as pomegranate seeds.

Xinjiang is enjoying social stability, sustained economic development, a harmonious coexistence of all religions, a better standard of living and solidarity among all ethnic groups. The region is experiencing its most auspicious period of development and prosperity.

The prosperity and progress of Xinjiang cannot be separated from the great support of the central government and the selfless help of all Chinese. From the establishment of the PRC, the total financial subsidies of the central government to Xinjiang have reached 2.35 trillion yuan, including 1.61 trillion yuan alone from 2012 to 2018. In 2018, the financial subsidy of the central government to Xinjiang reached 302.2 billion yuan, accounting for 60.3% of Xinjiang's budgetary expenditures. Since 2010, a total of 19 provinces and various cities in eastern and central China have joined the pairing scheme providing aid to different parts of Xinjiang, with a combined fund of 103.5 billion yuan. And they have also ushered in 1.8 trillion yuan for cooperation projects. Since 1979, the country has sent 15,975 officials to support Xinjiang's development. They work together with all ethnic groups to build a better Xinjiang, thus enjoying the full warmth of the big family of our motherland.

The historic changes that have taken place in Xinjiang over the past 70 years eloquently prove that only through the leadership of the CPC, in the big family of the motherland, the insistence on pursuing socialism with Chinese characteristics, the determined focus on adhering to and improving the system of regional ethnic autonomy, and the joint efforts made to achieve common prosperity and development, has it been possible all ethnic groups in Xinjiang to have a prosperous and progressive present and be able to look forward to a more beautiful future.

The Chinese nation is a family where we are making concerted efforts to achieve our Chinese Dream. At such a historic point in time, we will continue to bear in mind our original aspiration and mission, carry out the Party's Xinjiang governance strategy under the guidance of the Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, focus on the overall objective of social stabilization and lasting stability and durable peace, insist on rule of law, ethnic unity and long-term construction in the region, strive to build a united, harmonious, prosperous, civilized, and progressive Xinjiang based on socialism with Chinese characteristics and strive to write a good Xinjiang chapter in the Chinese dream of national rejuvenation. 

Now, my colleagues and I will answer your questions. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

Mr. Zakir, thank you for your introduction. Now, let's open the floor to questions.

CCTV:

Just now, the regional chairman said that, by comprehensively implementing regional ethnic autonomy and the Party's ethnic and religious policies, Xinjiang has seen historical progress in ethnic unity. So, how has Xinjiang promoted its ethnic unity? What are the concrete measures and results? Thank you.

Shohrat Zakir:

I will give you a brief introduction to Xinjiang's ethnic policies and ethnic unity situation. 

Xinjiang has been a multi-ethnic place since ancient times. Of 25 million people living there now, among the many ethnic groups present, 13 have resided in Xinjiang for generations. In the 70 years since the founding of the People's Republic of China, especially over the 40-plus years since China's reform and opening-up, Xinjiang has seen people from most of China's 56 ethnic groups establishing a home here. This shows the multi-ethnic nature of Xinjiang. By implementing regional ethnic autonomy in accordance with the law, and resolutely implementing the Party's ethnic policies, Xinjiang has made historic progress in ethnic unity. How do we promote ethnic unity? What measures are implemented to fulfill the Party's policies and regional ethnic autonomy, which is enshrined in the Constitution and other laws? We pay special attention to the following points.

First, we see ethnic unity as the lifeline for people of all ethnic groups. Ethnic unity is the foremost prerequisite [for Xinjiang development]. General Secretary Xi Jinping has told us that we should protect ethnic unity the same way we protect our own eyes. To ensure ethnic equality, the Party has adopted a series of lines, policies, laws and regulations. Besides, Xinjiang has local laws and regulations to guarantee the legitimate rights and interests of each ethnic group. We have worked to ensure that everyone is equal and all ethnic groups get along with each other on equal terms within this big family of the People's Republic of China.

Second, we uphold regional ethnic autonomy. It is a basic component of China's political system. We involve every ethnic group in its implementation. By 2018, among the officials working in Xinjiang's public institutions and businesses, 428,000, or 50.3%, are from minority ethnic groups. In addition, we value the contribution of female officials. Xinjiang now has 233,000 female officials from minority ethnic groups, representing 51.8% of the feminine component. 

Third, we fully respect and protect the rights of all ethnic groups to use their own spoken and written languages and develop their own culture according to the law, while encouraging and promoting the use of China's standard spoken and written language. Xinjiang has newspapers, magazines and other media available in multiple ethnic languages to meet the needs of different groups. Besides, we respect the folk customs of minority ethnic groups, for example their wedding and funeral rites. We do our utmost to see that every ethnic group can maintain its customs and traditions, while accommodating and respecting those of other groups. 

We have kept carrying out education on ethnic unity. With the gradual gain in China's national strength in recent years, it has put poverty relief on the agenda as an important task. As required by the building of a moderately prosperous society in all respects, we have sent over one million officials to different parts of Xinjiang to bond with people of minority ethnic groups, especially those living in poor rural areas. In doing so, we hope to promote exchanges, interactions and friendships among different ethnic groups. What really happens in Xinjiang is that different ethnic groups are closely united like the seeds of a pomegranate that stick together. Thanks for your question.

China Arab TV:

What does the Xinjiang regional government think of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI)? What cooperation projects are there between Xinjiang and Arab countries under the BRI framework?

Zhang Chunlin:

That's a good question. In order to provide more relevant information, I would like to elaborate on Xinjiang's practices and the progress so far made in building itself as the core region of the Silk Road Economic Belt. The BRI proposed by President Xi Jinping has received worldwide acclaim. In 2014, Xinjiang was designated as the core region of the Silk Road Economic Belt. The regional Party committee and government seized the historical opportunity, took proactive measures and stepped up their efforts to promote the development of the core region. Initial success has been achieved in this regard. The major elements are as follows:

First, we designed development plans to enhance policy coordination. The regional Party committee and government formulated the Guidelines on Construction of Xinjiang as the Core Region of the Silk Road Economic Belt and the Action Plan to Promote Construction of Xinjiang as the Core Region of the Silk Road Economic Belt (2014-2020).

Second, we have persisted in building multiple transportation projects to promote infrastructure connectivity. In terms of road construction, we have opened 111 routes connecting with five surrounding countries. As a result, road transportation from China to Kyrgyzstan and Uzbekistan has been normalized. In terms of railways, Urumqi has been connected to the hinterland's high-speed rail network. The Hami-Ejina and Karamay-Tacheng railways have both begun operation. 

At the same time, we are building three new railways – the Korla-Golmud, Altay-Fuyun-Zhundong and Hotan-Ruoqiang lines. These three railways will add 2,013 kilometers to the growing regional network. In the past five years, a total of 925 kilometers of lines have been built, and now a further 2,013 kilometers are under construction. By 2022, the length of railways in Xinjiang will exceed 8,000 kilometers. 

In terms of aviation, we have either newly built or expanded nine airports. The total number of civil aviation facilities in Xinjiang has reached 21, and three new airports will start construction this year, with another five to follow next year. By 2022, the total number of airports will reach 30. We have not only opened the air route from Urumqi to the surrounding cities, but also routes from Urumqi to the Iranian capital of Tehran, and from Urumqi to Tbilisi, capital of Georgia. In June this year, the route from Urumqi to the Austrian capital Vienna was also opened. This year, we launched the reconstruction and extension project for Urumqi Airport. This project will add two new runways and expand the terminal building by 700,000 square meters. By then, the annual passenger throughput of Urumqi Airport will increase from the current 20 million to 44 million, making it an international hub airport in western China and Central Asia.

In terms of energy, we have built the Hami-Zhengzhou ±800 kV UHVDC transmission project, and the Zhundong-East China ±1,100 kV UHVDC transformer project.

In terms of communication, 17 cross-border optical cables have been put into service in Xinjiang, connecting China with neighboring countries such as Pakistan, Kazakhstan, Tajikistan and Kyrgyzstan.

Third, we continued to pursue mutual benefits and promote trade. Since 2014, we have established 2,451 railway services to link western neighboring countries with an average annual growth of 100%. In 2008, a total of 1,002 railway services were launched in Xinjiang to connect 26 cities of 19 countries in Central Asia and Europe. We have given equal emphasis to "bringing in" and "going global," so as to strengthen international capacity cooperation. For example, the renovation project of a thermal power plant in Kyrgyzstan, undertaken by the Chinese company TBEA, has improved the power supply there; Xinjiang Zhongtai Chemical Co., Ltd. opened its cotton mill in Tajikistan, providing many jobs for local people; Xinjiang Hualing Trade and Industry (Group) Co. Ltd., a private conglomerate, built a shopping mall and industrial park in Georgia and became the largest foreign enterprise there.

Fourth, we boosted financial cooperation and innovation. In 2016, Pakistan's Habib Bank set up a branch in Urumqi. Now, Xinjiang has the largest number of financial institutions among the five northwestern provinces. We have also launched the cross-border RMB business in 98 countries and regions, providing service to more than 2,700 companies so far.

Fifth, we have expanded people-to-people exchanges on a large scale. In science and technology, the Xinjiang regional government, the Ministry of Science and Technology and the Chinese Academy of Sciences launched a pilot zone for innovation-driven development along the Silk Road Economic Belt. As for education, 12,400 foreign students have studied in Xinjiang, and 10 Confucius Institutes have been established in six neighboring countries. In medical treatment and public health, more than 20,000 foreign patients have received medical help here. A total of 29 hospitals in Xinjiang have launched cross-border telemedicine service platforms with 24 large-scale hospitals from three neighboring countries.

Next, we will follow three general ideas: first, to build the Urumqi International Land Port as a landmark project in the core region of the Silk Road Economic Belt; second, to promote construction of the Kashgar and Horgos economic development zones. We will further release stable dividends, give full play to the advantages of the 19 provinces and cities helping Xinjiang in its development, increase investment, and vigorously develop modern industries such as textiles and apparel, electronic product processing, trade and logistics; third, to advance the development of the tertiary industry. We will promote the development of an export-oriented economy to realize transformation and upgrading, and finally achieve overall economic development.

Taking advantages of a dozen ports in Xinjiang, we have been speeding up the development of border zones in order to improve the level of opening up. At present, we have already established sound cooperation with Central Asian countries and will strengthen friendly cooperation with Western Asian and African countries. Currently, TBEA is working on cooperation plans to better serve the power construction of some African countries such as Angola. Thank you.

China Radio International (CRI):

As we all know, Xinjiang has been a region inhabited by multiple ethnic groups since ancient times. May I ask how Xinjiang has protected and inherited the fine traditional culture of all ethnic groups? Thank you.

Shohrat Zakir:

This question will be answered by Mr. Alken Tuniaz.

Alken Tuniaz:

Thank you for your question. The culture of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang has always been deeply rooted in time-honored Chinese civilization, and is an inalienable part of Chinese culture. Xinjiang has always attached great importance to the protection and inheritance of the fine cultural traditions of all ethnic groups. Our main work and achievements are as follows.

First, cultural heritage has been effectively protected and inherited. In 2008, we published the Regulations of Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region on the Protection of Intangible Cultural Heritage. Then in 2010, we promulgated the Regulations of Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region on the Preservation of the Art of Uygur Muqam. The regulations have scientifically and systematically provided an institutional guarantee for the protection and inheritance of the traditional culture and art of all ethnic groups. By 2018, Xinjiang was identified as being home to one world-class cultural heritage site spread over six places, and five State-level historical and cultural cities, namely Kashgar, Turpan, Yining, Kuqa and Tekes. There are 113 cultural relics protection units at State level, 642 at autonomous region level, and more than 450,000 movable cultural relics collected by 182 State-owned units. At the same time, the Xinjiang Uygur Muqam, Kirgiz epic "Manas," and Uygur Meshrep were respectively included in the Representative List of Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity and the List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage Requiring Urgent Protection. All ethnic groups in Xinjiang have their representative intangible cultural heritage included in either State or autonomous region-administered lists.

Second, literature and arts are prospering. Since the founding of the People's Republic of China in 1949, Xinjiang's folk and classical literature has been collected, collated, translated, published and studied. Writers, poets, translators, performing artists, and researchers coming from diversified ethnic minority origins have rapidly matured, forming a multi-ethnic literary, performing and researching contingent. Many of their works have won national and autonomous regional prizes.

Third, traditional ethnic minority sports have been revived and protected. By 2018, the autonomous region had identified and revived 629 traditional ethnic minority sports. The Uygur traditional tightrope-walking known as Darwaz enjoys great repute around the world, being recognized in seven categories as Guinness world record achievements. We have successfully held eight National Traditional Ethnic Minority Sports Meets.

Finally, Xinjiang leads the country in a number of core and key technologies, such as information processing in ethnic minority languages. To help ethnic minorities share the achievements in the era of internet and IT applications, the Chinese government has formulated national standards for coded character sets, keyboards and type matrix of ethnic languages, including Mongolian, Tibetan, Uygur, Kazakh and Kirgiz. A variety of ethnic language typesetting systems and intelligent voice translation systems have been developed to support the orderly development of ethnic language websites and new media. All these efforts aim to make ethnic languages increasingly information-oriented and extensively used in the society. 

Phoenix TV:

Reports have alleged some vocational education and training centers in Xinjiang have detained many Uygurs. Could you verify this? How many have been held at those centers so far? Could you give us a number?

Alken Tuniaz:

Thank you for your question. I can confirm to you that the reports about detaining Uygurs at the vocational education and training centers in Xinjiang are totally false allegations made by some countries and media organizations out of their ulterior motives.

Spokespersons for the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and the State Council Information Office have made detailed introductions about those centers. Establishing vocational education and training centers are the implementation of the UN Global Counter-terrorism Strategy. The effort is based on the reality in Xinjiang, while drawing on the experience of other countries. The government prioritizes safeguarding the fundamental interests of all ethnic groups and aims to explore ways to address deep-seated problems in regard to counterterrorism and de-radicalization. We strive to combat terrorism while protecting human rights, maintain stability while improving standards of living, and balance compassion and severity while taking measures for rehabilitation. Moreover, our counterterrorism efforts do not target any specific region, ethnic group or religion. Achievements have been made in this process. The majority of the trainees have found jobs. Some found employment at local companies and some started their own businesses through preferential policies provided by the local government, which have contributed to poverty relief in the region.

Since last year, the centers have received dozens of visiting delegations with a total of nearly 1,000 members, including media, diplomats, experts, scholars, and religious representatives. After witnessing the operations there, they all recognize and support the successful practices they have seen and think that the practices are worth learning. By July 26, representatives from a total of 50 countries had jointly sent a letter to the UN Human Rights Council to voice their support for the practices. The letter provided a detailed introduction about the centers’ achievements. The number of the trainees is constantly fluctuating. Most of them have now completed their trainings and found employment. I also welcome you to visit the centers in Xinjiang. Thank you.

Reuters:

I have two questions. First, my question goes to Mr. Shohrat Zakir. Could you give us an approximate number about the trainees at those centers? Second, the U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo has described China's policies about these centers as being the "human rights "stain of the century'." What is your comment on this?

Shohrat Zakir:

Your question is similar to the previous one from the Hong Kong journalist. The centers are established and operated in accordance with the law and regulations. In recent years, serious violent terrorist crimes frequently occurred in Xinjiang, especially those committed under the guise of religion. Terrorism, extremism and separatism, the so-called "three evil forces," have created a series of violent terrorist incidents in the region.

Geographically, Xinjiang is located at the center of Asia abutting eight countries, some of which have been suffering with violent terrorist crimes themselves. Under certain foreign separatist influences, some people try to achieve their political goals through organizing violent terrorist crimes. By learning from the effective counterterrorism practices, we want to rehabilitate those who have been influenced by religious extremism or who have been forced to join terrorist groups. For those who have violated the criminal law, we will hold them accountable. For those who have been influenced by evil forces, we will strive to educate and rehabilitate them so that they can understand and obey the laws and regulations.

For those who are jobless and who have not received proper education, we established vocational education and training centers. The centers are by no means "concentration camps." They are established and operated publicly in accordance with the law. The number of trainees there fluctuates. After proper education, people involved may gradually become aware of extremism under the guise of religion and feel sorry for their former misdeeds. 

Some people may say, "I am not well qualified to find a job, and there are no available positions". For such people, we offer education and training courses in three fields to achieve a final goal of employment.

First, they must study the laws. As the citizen of a country, one must abide by the law. This is the most important attribute of human society and advanced civilization. If individual behavior is not restrained by the law, you can imagine what our society would turn into. Therefore, these people must learn their basic rights, responsibilities and obligations. 

Second, the Uygur people in south Xinjiang know little about the standard language of the country. They are unable to work outside their hometown because of the difficulty in communication. For these people, there are training courses covering the simple standard language. It can help them communicate with others, and make them feel part of the local community and the workplace.

Third, they need to learn what is religion and how to practice it. They need to learn how to protect their lawful rights concerning their religious beliefs, how to conduct normal religious activities under the protection of the law, and what is the true meaning of religion. Of course, in the vocational education and training centers, there are believers of other religions besides Islam. They must be able to learn the true meaning of religion.

Last, the goal of eradicating extremism has to be achieved. What we have to avoid is a situation whereby some people cannot distinguish whether a person is conducting extremist activities under the pretext of practicing religion, because, then, they follow such person blindly everywhere and thus can pose a threat to our society. It will do harm not only to these individuals, but also the life and property of others. It will also harm the social order, the unification of our country, and the peaceful and harmonious life of our people.

The trainees can leave the vocational education and training centers at an appropriate time. After study, the majority of them can find suitable jobs that they really like, and they can earn a satisfactory living. These people have become positive social factors, and achieved remarkable success in helping others to find a job and get rich.

As Mr. Alken just introduced, we have received government officials, diplomats, religious figures, officials of human rights organizations and personnel of all walks of life from dozens of countries. When they arrived at Xinjiang, they were allowed to go to any place they wished, including remote areas like Kashgar and Hotan. They could talk with the trainees in the centers. Most of them felt that the center was an excellent creation, and that it could effectively curb violent terrorist acts and the spread of extremism. Today, the society and all people in Xinjiang are focused on shaking off poverty and getting rich, leading a prosperous and happy life, and keeping an inclusive attitude towards other social and ethnic groups. This is a positive change. We welcome journalists, government officials, personnel of all walks of life and religious figures from other countries to go to Xinjiang and take a look personally. You can visit any vocational education and training center anywhere you like. Many centers now are oriented to short-term training on agricultural skills or vocational skills.

Alken Tuniaz:

Please allow me to add some points on this issue. All trainings in the vocational education and training centers in Xinjiang are carried out in accordance with the Constitution of the People's Republic of China and relative laws. The legal rights of trainees should not be encroached upon. No one is allowed to abuse trainees mentally or physically through any means. The personal freedom of trainees must be protected. Trainees can take a few days off if there is a need. They are also allowed to go home regularly. Their right to use the spoken and written language of their ethnic groups must be protected. The lifestyles of their ethnic groups must be protected and respected. The freedom of religion must also be protected. According to the Regulations on Religious Affairs formulated by the State Council, trainees are not allowed to conduct religious activities during their study; however, when they return home, they can resume their religious activities freely under the law. Like any other school, these centers also have venues for cultural and sports activities for trainees to relax in their spare time. 

Not long ago, I went to Kashgar and heard a story from an 85-year-old Uygur man about his son who did all sorts of bad things. In the past, the man wouldn't listen to his parents, abused his wife, forced his sisters to wear full face and body coverings. However, in the vocational education and training center, he learnt the standard language, knew what is allowed by the laws, and acquired some working skills. He then started a business near his home, and even helped other people. After telling me the story, the old man held my hands and extended his gratitude to the Party and the government for saving his son. There are many stories like this in Xinjiang. I hope journalist friends can talk with local people and learn the real changes taking place in Xinjiang. Thank you.

Hong Kong Economic Herald:

My question relates to local tourism. Xinjiang can always remind us of the splendid scenes unfolded by the lonesome pillars of smoke rising from the vast desert and the sinking sun sits round on the endless stream. It is also associated with ancient cites and over one-thousand-year-old populous euphratica forests. It is a merry land in the eyes of Wang Luobin, the late legendary folk songwriter and singer from western China. With such bountiful tourism resources, how do you plan to develop local tourism? Thank you.

Alken Tuniaz:

Thanks for your question. Xinjiang has rich tourism resources with a great potential for development. By the end of 2018, the region had 12 scenic spots rated 5A (the highest rating for Chinese scenic spots), 79 at 4A, and 132 at 3A. Xinjiang is well known for its unique natural scenery. The major destinations include the Heavenly Lake and Tianshan Mountains Scenic Area, divine Kanas Lake, the emerald vineyards of Turpan, the earthly paradise Narat Prairie, the spectacular Koktokay National Geopark, Zepu Jinhuyang National Forest Park in Kashgar and the Tianshan Grand Canyon. Meanwhile, Xinjiang showcases a kaleidoscope of local traditions and customs, featuring diversified folk cultures, arts, sports, costumes and foods. Besides, people of the ethnic groups in Xinjiang are born dancers and singers, and Xinjiang is dubbed the "Home of Songs and Dances".

With the dividends of stability continuing to be unleashed, Xinjiang's tourism has secured rapid growth momentum. Mr. Shohrat has introduced the local tourism industry's performance in 2018 and in the first half this year. Xinjiang will hopefully receive more than 200 million tourists this year as the numbers have been growing exponentially since the beginning of the year. We are fully confident in achieving the growth target.

Regarding your question about the further development of tourism, General Secretary Xi Jinping has pointed out that tourism is a comprehensive industry, a major driving force in economic growth and a bridge to facilitate exchanges and foster friendship among different civilizations and cultures. If tourism is flourishing, it drives other businesses. Based on past achievements, we will follow the important instructions of General Secretary Xi Jinping on tourism development, fleshing out the strategic plan to ensure the region can flourish as a tourist economy, and working to establish it as one of the world's most popular tourist destinations. We are fully focused on developing tourism as a new economic growth point for Xinjiang.

First, we will attach great importance to the role of plans. We'll improve the tourism development master plan and development plans for key areas. Special plans will be formulated for major projects, itineraries and scenic spots. At the same time, we'll foster all-for-one tourism and implement the "Tourism plus" strategy to integrate the development of tourism, culture, sports, transportation, agriculture and the forestry industry.

Second, we will focus on creating famous tourism brands. We aim to fully promote Xinjiang as a top destination for its natural scenery, folk customs, history, culture, resorts and outdoor activities. We plan to develop self-drive tours, land cultivation tours, rural tourism and border tourism. We'll explore ecological tourism in the Altai mountain range, prairie cultural tourism in Ili, folk cultural tourism along the routes of the Belt and Road initiative and golden tourism itineraries surrounding the Tianshan Mountain range. The 561-kilometer-long Duku Highway, which is flanked by mountains, prairies, rivers and forests with beautiful natural scenery all year round, is going viral online. Nowadays, the traffic load there reaches over 13,000 vehicles per day. We're developing all-for-one tourism with tourism circuits covering the entire region. At the same time, we are making efforts in improving and updating the scenic spots to lay a solid foundation for becoming 5A-tourist destinations. In addition, we are boosting the development of traditional tourism products, as well as folk handicrafts, specialties and agricultural and sideline products, in an effort to establish distinctive and popular tourism brands.

Third, we plan to upgrade our tourism services. We will focus on improving services to meet tourists' needs for catering, accommodation, transportation, sightseeing, shopping and entertainment, and apply new technologies, new media and new methods both online and offline to promote local tourism. At the same time, we aim to break transport bottlenecks by accelerating the construction of railways, highways and civil aviation networks.

Fourth, we are boosting construction of transport infrastructure to build a seamless, integrated and faster transport network, and the efforts are already paying off.

Next, we will focus on upgrading the supporting facilities within the scenic spots, especially in the major cities, major tourism towns and villages, and along main highways. We will strengthen regulation of our tourism market and improve our services to improve tourists' satisfaction. We hope that local tourism can eventually become a pillar industry releasing the greatest dividends to help people become rich. We sincerely welcome you media people to take your friends and families to visit Xinjiang and enjoy the remarkable natural scenery there. Thank you.

Guangming Daily:

After listening to your introduction just now, as a Xinjiang native who works outside the region, I am particularly proud of the achievements my hometown has made. My question is about religious work. A high proportion of people of the ethnic minority groups in Xinjiang believe in Islam. How are the legitimate rights and interests on freedom of religious belief guaranteed for religious believers from the various ethnic groups in Xinjiang? Thank you.

Shohrat Zakir:

Indeed, as this reporter has pointed out, there are many religious believers in Xinjiang. First, since ancient times, many religions have spread, evolved and undergone changes in Xinjiang. The ethnic groups living in Xinjiang for generations have held belief in various religions, such as primitive religions, as well as Christianity, Buddhism, and Taoism. Multiple religions have long coexisted in Xinjiang. Especially since the 11th century, Islam has been spreading. Islam has become a religion with relatively more followers in Xinjiang. Therefore, we respect and protect the freedom of religious belief of everyone. 

When the State produced the Constitution, it also clearly stipulated that every citizen enjoys the freedom to believe in, or not to believe in, any particular religion; or to believe in one religion or another. The freedom of religious belief is protected by law. The basic principles of the CPC on religious work are "protecting the lawful, banning the unlawful, containing the extremist, resisting infiltration and punishing crime." Therefore, legal religious beliefs and legal religious activities have always been protected in our country. Religious believers can engage in appropriate religious activities according to their own beliefs. Regarding the number of venues for religious activities, we have a remarkably large number of venues in comparison not only with other provincial regions in China, but also with some areas in the world where the population is similarly large.

Second, we provide management and services for religious affairs. As I said earlier, there are many venues for religious activities in Xinjiang because there are many religious groups. These venues include mosques, churches, Buddhist monasteries and Taoist temples. There are a total of 24,800 venues. Please think about this. We only have about 25 million people in Xinjiang, and not all of them are religious believers. In addition, we also have 29,300 clerical personnel. Among so many venues for religious activities, there are 24,400 mosques for the practice of Islam. I often hear from surprised foreign guests from countries where Islam is the main religion, who say "our population scale is more or less the same, but how do you manage to have more venues than we do?" We fully respect the religious beliefs of all ethnic groups. There is a university in Xinjiang called the Xinjiang Islamic Institute, where students are having undergraduate education just as in normal universities.

As we enhance the management and services for religious affairs, we require venues for religious activities, such as mosques, monasteries, Taoist temples and churches, to ensure absolute safety. The government often allocates funds to help them repair and maintain the facilities, in addition to ensuring basic necessities by providing "seven accesses, two conveniences, and nine equipment," which probably may not be realized anywhere else in the world.

"Seven accesses" means that, any venue for religious activities should have access to water, electricity, desirable road connectivity, supply of natural gas, a communications network, radio and television network, and its own cultural bookstore with religious books or other types of books, newspapers and magazines. All of these need to be available in a mosque.

"Two conveniences" means that ablution rooms and water closets are built. Muslims attending a mosque need to perform ritual ablutions before prayers -- this is what their religion requires. As they pray five times a day, they have to cleanse themselves five times - so we build a place for them to do the ablutions. In addition, we have built water closets. The flushing toilets are easily available in the city, but they can hardly be found in the vast rural areas. However, we make sure to provide these conveniences at venues for religious activities.

"Nine equipment " means that nine kinds of facilities and amenities should be provided. As venues for religious activities are sites for public activities, some people may suffer a heart attack or sudden illness, so we provide medical kits free of charge, as well as electronic displays, and computers. At the same time, according to the size of monasteries, churches and mosques, we equip them with electric fans or air conditioners, especially for the main mosque of a city used for the Friday communal prayer where more people convene. In the smaller mosques, we will provide electric fans, so that people who pray inside will not feel stiflingly hot. What's more, we require that fire-fighting facilities must be equipped, because these are public venues, where a large number of religious believers gather, and, for their safety, there must be means to fight any outbreak of fire. There is also natural gas for conveniently boiling water, or automatic drinking water equipment. Some churches and mosques provide shoe covers -- when it's raining and people step inside with muddy shoes, these covers can ensure cleanliness. There are also lockers for people to store things. These details are meticulously carried out and show our care.

The religious believers are part of the wider society. Great efforts have been made to create a highly clean, comfortable and good environment for them. By so doing, we have guaranteed the normal needs and demands of religious believers.

Therefore, regarding the question just asked about how freedom of religious belief is guaranteed, we can see that first, China legally guarantees one's freedom to believe in, or not to believe in, any particular religion; or to believe in one religion or another. Second, the government has exerted great efforts to guarantee that all venues for religious activities are safe and as comfortable as possible, so that religious believers will feel that by living in such a society and living in a socialist country like China, they can fully enjoy the rights they deserve.

Economic Daily:

Xinjiang, especially southern Xinjiang, is a contiguous poor area, which requires much work on poverty alleviation. My question is: How will Xinjiang achieve the goal of getting rid of poverty on schedule, and building a moderately prosperous society in all respects along with the whole country? Thank you.

Shohrat Zakir:

This question is of great public concern. I would like to invite Mr. Zhang to answer you.

Zhang Chunlin:

Thanks for your question about Xinjiang's economic development and poverty alleviation work. Xinjiang, especially the four prefectures in southern Xinjiang — Hotan, Kashgar, Aksu and Kizilsu Kirgiz, is indeed a contiguous poor area, facing great challenges in poverty alleviation. In 2014, a total of 3,131,800 people from 793,100 households were registered as living beneath the poverty line. Xinjiang had 3,668 poor villages and 35 poor counties at that time. Since the 18th CPC National Congress, under the leadership of the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core, with the strong support from government departments and 19 provinces and municipalities providing paired aid for Xinjiang, the region has fully implemented the Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era and General Secretary Xi's major expositions on poverty alleviation. Showing great responsibility and perseverance, we have overcome difficulties and achieved initial progress in poverty alleviation. From 2014 to 2018, we lifted a total of 2,314,700 people from 588, 700 households, 2,131 poor villages and 13 poor counties out of poverty. By the end of 2018, the poverty headcount ratio had dropped from 19.4% in 2013 to 6.1%.

With our efforts in the past five years, there were only 204,400 households and 817,100 people living under the poverty line at the end of 2018. The number of poor villages and poor counties has been cut to 1,537 and 22 respectively. All counties in northern and eastern Xinjiang were lifted out of poverty.

In particular, since the 18th CPC National Congress, Xinjiang has gained a wealth of experience in poverty alleviation work. These can be summarized as follows:

First, all localities have shouldered their due responsibilities under the strong leadership of the CPC. Xinjiang made poverty alleviation a top priority and the paramount livelihood project. Party organizations at autonomous region, prefecture, county, township and village levels in Xinjiang have actively participated in the poverty alleviation work. Party secretaries shoulder the most important task, and work to enhance the CPC leadership. Xinjiang also set up a Leading Group of Poverty Alleviation and Development, and a Leading Group of Poverty Alleviation in Poverty-Stricken Areas, with Chen Quanguo, secretary of the CPC Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Regional Committee and Shohrat Zakir, chairman of the Xinjiang regional government, as the leading figures. A total of 52 leaders at the provincial level have been active in the work of connecting poor counties, villages and households. In particular, Mr. Chen and Mr. Shohrat Zakir have visited all the poor counties and guided the poverty alleviation work themselves. Meanwhile, a deputy Party secretary and a vice chairman of the regional government have been appointed to be in charge of the poverty alleviation work. For example, as the executive vice chairman of the government, I make economic development and poverty alleviation work as my top priority. In the four prefectures in southern Xinjiang — Hotan, Kashgar, Aksu and Kizilsu Kirgiz, a deputy Party secretary was also required to work on poverty alleviation with a vice head of the local governments at prefecture, county and township levels. In addition, Xinjiang sent a number of major secretaries and working groups (including five to seven members) to 3,668 poor villages to help with the local poverty alleviation work. 

Second, we will adhere to objective standards to strengthen policy support and ensure availability of adequate funds. Budgetary input is crucial to winning the battle against poverty, and we are coordinating various resources and promoting our strength to ensure budget sufficiency. In 2016, the budgetary input for Xinjiang's poverty-alleviation work totaled less than 4 billion yuan. However, in recent years, we have been increasing the amount. I will share two of these numbers in this regard with you today. In 2018, all categories of budgetary input for poverty-alleviation work in Xinjiang reached 33.41 billion yuan. In the first half of 2019, a total of 38.152 billion yuan has been channeled into poverty alleviation, among which those for four prefectures in southern Xinjiang reached 35.946 billion yuan, or 94.22% of the total. As the most severe poverty-stricken areas, these four prefectures have become the priority of our poverty-relief funding. At the same time, we have strengthened policy support. This is demonstrated not only by our determination to win the battle against poverty, but also through drawing up the "13th Five-Year Plan for poverty alleviation in Xinjiang" and the "Implementation Plan (2018-2020) of Poverty Alleviation in Poverty-stricken Areas in Four Prefectures in Southern Xinjiang.

Third, we will continue to adhere to targeted poverty alleviation policies. The policy of "seven paths to alleviate poverty" has delivered solid progress in Xinjiang. Based on General Secretary Xi Jinping's concept of "targeted poverty alleviation in six aspects", designed to adapt poverty relief measures to local conditions, we are following a policy of the policy of "seven paths to alleviate poverty," and have made breakthroughs in leveraging local industry and employment to alleviate poverty. Now, I will introduce these "seven paths to alleviate poverty" in detail.  First, is to alleviate poverty by relocating surplus employment. We have been implementing a plan to relocate 100,000 surplus laborers to northern Xinjiang, to the Xinjiang Production and Construction Corps., as well as to other parts of China. Up to now, the employment of 96,500 people living in poverty through relocation has helped lift a total of 289,500 people out of poverty.

Second, is the way to alleviate poverty by supporting the development of local industry. We have been focusing on labor-intensive industries, such as textiles, garments, and the assembling of electronic products. We have also been developing jobs in the planting and breeding sectors, folk handicrafts, as well as rural tourism. Poverty-alleviation workshops have been built to help people living in poverty find jobs in places close to home. A total 372,400 people have been lifted out of poverty. In the first half of 2019, Hotan prefecture alone has introduced 27 shoe manufacturing businesses. This industry has created 11,000 employment opportunities in the county, among which 3,460 employees previously lived in poverty. On July 24 and 25, a convention on shoe manufacturing was held in Hotan, gathering more than 30,000 enterprises. Shoes manufactured there are now being exported to Russia and parts of Europe. 

The third route is to use land revenue to pay the labor of people living in poverty. As all the people living in poverty is qualified for this policy, a total of 512,100 job opportunities have been created.

Fourth is to create job opportunities in the civil service, such as border guards. This is aimed at people in poverty-stricken counties along the border. So far, some 50,000 people have found jobs in this regard.

Fifth is to promote poverty alleviation through ecological compensation, and this is targeted at grassland rangers. Around 58,000 people have been lifted out of poverty through this approach.

Sixth is to relocate people from inhospitable areas. A total of 35,000 households, involving 160,000 people in total, have been relocated to industrial parks in counties, away from areas with a fragile environment, such as places around deserts and mountainous regions. Such relocation has greatly contributed to poverty alleviation.

Seventh is to ensure that social security policies meet basic needs of the people living in poverty. This is aimed at some 320,000 people with severe disability, as well as the elderly with no kin to support them. In 10 years from now, we will prepare 2 billion yuan out of our fiscal income every year and use it to back up our social security policies.

Fourth, we have intensified efforts to improve access to education, medical care and infrastructure. We made it our goal to ensure Xinjiang people do not have to worry about food and clothing and have guaranteed access to education, medical care and housing. First, children from poor families in Xinjiang now enjoy free, equal and high-quality education from kindergarten to high school. Second, we have set up a universal urban and rural medical insurance system. Local people can receive convenient medical treatment at multi-level hospitals from countryside to big city. Thanks to the help of other provinces and municipalities, even hospitals at 22 extremely poor counties are able to offer heart surgery. Let me tell you a story. One of our colleagues suffered a heart attack while working at a rural town and needed to have a stent installed in his heart immediately. Instead of sending him to big hospitals in Urumqi, a local hospital finished the surgery through telemedicine and remote consultation. Third, we have improved working and living conditions by accelerating construction of rural roads, provision of safe drinking water and comfortable housing.

Fifth, we have coordinated efforts to alleviate poverty. Besides professional, industrial and social poverty alleviation, Xinjiang also has relief aid from other provinces and municipalities. A total of 249 units at autonomous region department level in Xinjiang paired up with 279 poverty-stricken villages; 16 central state-owned enterprises assisted 27 poverty-stricken counties; 33 relatively developed counties in northern and eastern parts of Xinjiang helped 27 counties in the southern part; 1,240 enterprises provided support to 1,276 poor villages; 1.12 million officials paired up with 1.69 million households to help them get rid of poverty. During the first half of this year, 12.268 billion yuan of Xinjiang-aid funds was spent on poverty alleviation through 970 projects.

These five points set out here are our basic experience. At present, our poverty alleviation efforts have yielded decisive results. Among 22 deep poverty-stricken counties in southern Xinjiang, we plan to lift 12 out of poverty in 2019 and another 10 in 2020. In order to implement the important instructions of General Secretary Xi Jinping when he presided over a symposium about solving prominent problems, including meeting the basic needs of food and clothing and guaranteeing compulsory education, basic medical care and housing, which was held in Chongqing on April 16, 2019, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region Committee of the CPC held a plenary meeting in late June, at which nine directions were clarified for the next-phase of work concerning poverty alleviation.

The first direction is to address identified weak links. We decided this was the necessary starting point for our ongoing work. After an investigation, we found a total of 9,355 households in Xinjiang still lacked safe housing. Construction of the necessary facilities has been started. At the same time, we found that 24 villages in five counties lacked any power supply, though they all have their own private electricity supplies. The power supply refers to the electricity generated for an electric appliance such as washing machine and refrigerator. We have allocated funds for counties in the Kashgar region. The project is underway. It is planned to ensure power supply is made available by the end of June 2020, enabling all villages in Xinjiang to have access to this utility. At the same time, we have also accelerated the coal-to-electricity project in southern Xinjiang. Although the coal resources in Xinjiang are very rich, there is an imbalance in distribution between north and south. We have decided to implement the coal-to-electricity project in Kashgar Prefecture, Hotan Prefecture and Kizilsu Kirghiz Autonomous Prefecture in southern Xinjiang this year. The supporting projects related to the power grid are underway, and the coal-to-electricity projects involving more than 330,000 households have been put out to tender, and we will strive to complete them by the end of the year. We will make breakthroughs in improving the power supply in southern Xinjiang, achieving cleaner production, and improving people's lives. 

The second direction is to actively focus on targeted measures. The third direction is to focus on efficient project funding. The fourth is to put into place a strong policy guarantee mechanism. The fifth is to improve overall planning, the sixth to improve our abilities in solving problems, the seventh to work out measures to prevent those who have escaped poverty from falling back into that condition again, the eighth to realize the goal of poverty alleviation through knowledge development, while the ninth is to solidify the foundations for all our work.

We have been counting down the days to achieving the final goal of eradicating poverty. Today, there are 520 days to go. In these 520 days, we must work hard to lift people out of poverty, and also make sure they never fall back into being poor again. There are 22 deep poverty-stricken counties. We must help them all get out of poverty. And in the meantime, we must consolidate the achievements already made in helping poverty-stricken counties to improve their conditions. Also, we must do a good job in those counties that have got rid of poverty to ensure they can maintain this state.

We have already taken concrete measures to prevent any return to poverty. The first is to improve related database by establishing electronic archives for every poor household. Through data informatization, it means we can formulate targeted plans to promote poverty alleviation in the future.

The second is to strengthen the mechanism for determining whether people have been lifted out of poverty. For those poor counties that have already got rid of poverty, we never slacken our efforts. We continue to support them and provide them with a series of favorable policies. In the second half of the year, we will prepare to allocate funds to address weak links so as to consolidate the achievements made in poverty alleviation. In order to prevent any slackening in progress, it is more important to mobilize ordinary people, strengthen the training of officials and promote skills training of poor households. As Mr. Shohrat Zakir and Mr. Alken Tuniaz introduced just now, we will strengthen the occupational training of all ethnic groups to stimulate endogenous motivation with the help of the vocational education and training centers.

After years of practice, we are confident in the effectiveness of our poverty relief efforts because we have found the right path. In particular, major breakthroughs have been made in poverty reduction through employment and industrial development. Hotan is the least developed area among the four prefectures in southern Xinjiang. Now, Hotan has launched a large-scale livestock and poultry breeding industry, having introduced over 20 million rabbits from Sichuan province and over 100,000 donkeys through cooperation with Dong’e Ejiao Co Ltd in Shandong province. Xinjiang actively promotes forestry and fruit farming. The red dates and walnuts grown in Xinjiang top the nation in quality. All of these efforts have contributed to poverty reduction. And we are confident in its success.

We believe that, after a prolonged period of hard work lasting 520 days, by the end of 2020, Xinjiang is bound to shake off poverty and build a moderately prosperous society in all respects in tandem with the rest of the country. We welcome you to visit the villages in Xinjiang, either those who have alleviated poverty or those that have not, and check our progress. We also welcome you to visit Xinjiang again in the first half of 2021 when we have won the battle against poverty. I will conclude here. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

Lastly, allow me to give the floor to Mr. Shohrat Zakir.

Shohrat Zakir:

Thank you very much. Thank you for your attention for the past two hours. Some of you have raised very good questions that are of wide interest. We're glad to answer them. I want to take this opportunity to thank you for your longstanding interest and support for Xinjiang. I also want to thank the State Council Information Office for giving us this opportunity to introduce Xinjiang to the rest of the country and the rest of the world. Starting from scratch, Xinjiang has changed greatly in the past 70 years. My colleagues and I have experienced Xinjiang's transformation from poverty to prosperity, and from underdevelopment to modernization. And we're proud to live in this era. Under the leadership of the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core as well as under the guidance of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, we believe Xinjiang will become better with each passing day. We welcome you to Xinjiang and hopefully, through your reports, more people will come and visit. Xinjiang is a beautiful place and we deeply love and proud of it. As we celebrate the 70th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China, we hope that Xinjiang will become better and contribute more to the country’s achievements 30 years later when we celebrate the PRC's centennial. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

This is the end of today's press conference. Thank you, Mr. Shohrat Zakir, Mr. Alken Tuniaz and Mr. Zhang Chunlin. Thank you for coming.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Yang Guang, spokesperson of the Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office of the State Council

Xu Luying, spokesperson of the Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office of the State Council

Chairperson:

Xi Yanchun, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office

Date:

July 29, 2019

Xi Yanchun:

Ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. Welcome to attend this press conference. Recently, the public have paid great attention to the situation in Hong Kong. Today, we are delighted to invite the spokespersons of the Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office of the State Council --Mr. Yang Guang and Ms. Xu Luying -- to introduce its position and views on the current situation of Hong Kong. They will also answer some of your questions.

Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Yang. 

Yang Guang:

Friends from the media, good afternoon. It was raining heavily when I came to attend the conference. Thank you for coming out in such bad weather. Today's press conference is held by the Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office of the State Council. This is the first time for Ms. Xu Luying and myself to meet you as spokespersons for the office. Please allow me to extend our warm welcome and great thanks to you for your attendance here. 

Recently, a string of protests and violent incidents have occurred in Hong Kong after the government of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (HKSAR) tried to discuss the amendments to the Fugitive Offenders Ordinance and Mutual Legal Assistance in Criminal Matters Ordinance. The situation has drawn widespread attention both domestically and internationally. The central government is also paying close attention to the developments.

The HKSAR government decided to amend the two ordinances because of a simple criminal case. Last February, a Hong Kong resident, Chan Tong-kai , was suspected of killing his pregnant girlfriend in Taiwan, and fleeing back to Hong Kong. Since the HKSAR government has no jurisdiction over the case, it proposed to amend the two aforementioned ordinances. This would allow the local government to cooperate with the mainland, Macao and Taiwan on extraditing criminal suspects and fugitives in individual cases through a special arrangement. This was because it has not signed agreement with the latter ones on extraditing fugitives and seeking legal assistance in criminal cases. This would be helpful in handling the aforementioned case, and would close an existing legal loophole to jointly combat crime, and uphold law and justice.

Unfortunately, some Hong Kong residents have insufficient knowledge about the mainland's situation and its legal and judicial systems. They began to doubt the HKSAR government's decision on amending the ordinances. What is worse, some ill-intentioned individuals and media outlets took this opportunity to spread exaggerated or false views, thus causing panic among the public, and obstructing the discussion of the amendments in the HKSAR Legislative Council. In this context, since June, several rather large protests over the amendments have occurred. On June 15, in order to listen to public opinion more widely, and to restore normal social order, the HKSAR government postponed work on the amendments and hence all related legislative activities came to a stop. The central government fully supports, respects and understands the HKSAR government's decision.

Yang Guang:

As to peaceful protests against the proposed extradition law amendments, the HKSAR police have granted approval and provided protection in accordance with the law. However, the intentional violent activities by some radical protesters since June 12 have gone far beyond the proper scope of peaceful demonstrations. They surrounded the Legislative Council building, blocked roads and halted traffic. They hurled bricks, metal rods and petrol bombs at the police and even charged the police cordon lines. They blockaded the Hong Kong Police Headquarters twice, and disturbed the operations of Hong Kong's Inland Revenue Department and Immigration Department, further worsening the situation.

Yang Guang:

On July 1, the day on which the 22nd anniversary of Hong Kong's return to the motherland was being celebrated, radical protesters stormed the Legislative Council building, vandalized facilities, smeared the emblem of the HKSAR, and tore up copies of the Basic Law of the HKSAR. In a series of violent activities, they fanned hatred towards the police, assaulted and attacked them with corrosive liquids or toxic powders, and even bit off part of a police officer's finger. Such violent acts are outrageous.

Yang Guang:

On July 21, some radical protesters blocked the building of the Liaison Office of the Central Government in Hong Kong, defaced the national emblem,and painted insulting words on the wall. Their behaviors are extremely serious in nature and have caused very bad influence. In addition, the HKSAR police have raided a homemade-explosives manufacturing lab in a factory building, seizing a large cache of TATP explosives and other materials intended for use in the violent demonstrations. So far, violence has not ceased. The day before yesterday, some radical protesters staged illegal rallies in Yuen Long District and committed a series of violent acts, injuring over 20 people. Yesterday, some radical protesters rallied illegally on Hong Kong Island and charged the police cordon lines there.

Yang Guang:

The marches and demonstrations and violent clashes have lasted more than one month in Hong Kong, impinging on the rule of law, social order, economic and social activities, people's life and international image of Hong Kong. This has saddened all the people who love and care about Hong Kong. I have three points to make.

Yang Guang:

First, it is hoped that people from all walks of life in Hong Kong will clearly oppose and resist violence. What has happened recently, especially the acts of violence committed by a small number of radicals, has undermined Hong Kong's prosperity and stability, challenged the rule of law and social order, threatened the personal and property safety of the residents of Hong Kong, and hit the bottom line of the principle "one country, two systems," and will not be tolerated. Violence will not be tolerated in any civilized society and society of rule-of-law. It is hoped that the general public of Hong Kong will be aware of the seriousness of the current situation and jointly condemn the evil and criminal acts committed by the radicals so as to prevent them from sabotaging Hong Kong.

Yang Guang:

Second, it is hoped that Hong Kong people will resolutely uphold the rule of law. This is the core value that Hong Kong people take pride in, a foundation for a favorable business environment, and an important cornerstone for prosperity and stability. We will not do nothing about the outrageous behaviors by a small group of people. Once the rule of law is undermined, Hong Kong cannot retain its prosperity and stability. The central government firmly supports Chief Executive of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (HKSAR) Carrie Lam in leading the HKSAR government to rule according to the law, the Hong Kong police in enforcing laws rigorously, the HKSAR government and the judiciary body in meting out punishment to violent criminals according to the law, and patriots and people who love Hong Kong in safeguarding rule of law in Hong Kong. Aware of the huge pressure that the Hong Kong police and their families are suffering, we give our solute to the fearless and excellent Hong Kong police who have been sticking to their posts, fulfilled their duties, and endured humiliation.

Yang Guang:

Third, it is hoped that Hong Kong will get out of the political contentions as soon as possible, and concentrate on developing its economy and improving people's livelihood. Development is crucial for Hong Kong, and it holds the key to resolving various local issues. Although Hong Kong, endowed with favorable conditions and enjoying unique advantages, has laid a pretty good foundation for its development, it can't stand turmoil and riots, which would leave dent on its prosperity and stability. If the chaos continues, the whole society of Hong Kong will bear its brunt. The HKSAR government and the whole society should explore ways and adopt efficient measures to promote local economic growth and improve people's livelihood, especially help young people to cope with difficulties in issues such as housing, education, employment and starting businesses, so as to alleviate their grievances. The central government is willing to join hands with the HKSAR government and people from all walks of life in Hong Kong to create favorable conditions for the development of young people.

Yang Guang:

Since Hong Kong's return to the motherland, the implementation of the principle of "one country, two systems" there has achieved widely recognized success. The principles of "one country, two systems," "Hong Kong people administering Hong Kong" and a high degree of autonomy in the HKSAR have been fully implemented. Hong Kong has maintained its prosperity and stability, and is generally recognized as one of the world's freest economies. Its outstanding business environment and global competitiveness are widely recognized by the international community. The people of Hong Kong enjoy unprecedented democratic rights and a broad range of freedoms rarely seen across the world. Hong Kong also continues to rank high in the World Justice Project Rule of Law Index.

Yang Guang:

Practice fully demonstrates the principle of "one country, two system" provides the best institutional arrangement to ensure Hong Kong's long-term prosperity and stability. The central government will unswervingly stick to and implement the policy of "one country, two systems," ensure its practice, and will not deviate from its expected direction.

Yang Guang:

It's believed that, with the strong support of the central government and all the people of the Chinese mainland, under the leadership of the HKSAR government led by Chief Executive Carrie Lam, our compatriots in Hong Kong will be bound to do a good job in administering, building and developing Hong Kong by bravely coping with all kinds of difficulties and challenges. The policy of "one country, two systems" will be bound to show its continued vitality and tenacity.

Yang Guang:

Next, my colleague and I will answer your questions.

Xi Yanchun:

Thank you, Mr. Yang, for your opening remarks. Now, the floor is open for questions. As we have many foreign media in attendance today, simultaneous interpreting is available throughout the press conference. However, consecutive interpreting will be provided when a question is raised so that everyone understands it. Please identify the news organization you represent before asking questions.

CCTV:

Presently, some individuals in the Hong Kong society advocate using violence and "achieving justice by violating the law." Could you please give us your views on this stance? Thank you.

Yang Guang:

Thank you for your question. Laws must be obeyed and offenders punished, which I think is the fundamental requirement for any society ruled of law. Moreover, the rule of law is the core value of which Hong Kong citizens have long been proud. What we want to say is that, no claim can be expressed illegally no matter how lofty its claimed goal might seem, let alone back by a resort to violence. Violence is violence, and unlawful practice is unlawful practice, whose nature won't change because of any disguised claim or advocacy. We have noted that, recently, all sectors in the Hong Kong society have repeatedly launched large rallies, calling for protecting Hong Kong, upholding the rule of law, and opposing violence. They represent the real mainstream public opinion in the Hong Kong community. The central government firmly supports the Hong Kong police, relevant departments and judicial institutions in punishing violent and illegal acts according to the law, ascertaining criminal responsibility of violent offenders, restoring normal social order as soon as possible, and ensuring public personal and property safety. Thank you.

Lianhe Zaobao:

Many Hong Kong people are worrying about the principle of "one country, two systems" existing in name only, or focusing more on "one country" rather than "two systems." How can the central government reassure them? Thank you.

Yang Guang:

Thank you. I think the core of your question is how to understand the principle of "one country, two systems." This is a complete concept and an integrated set of guidelines and policies requiring comprehensive and precise understanding. "One country" is like the roots of a tree. For a tree to grow tall and luxuriant, its roots must run deep and strong. Implementing the principle in Hong Kong and Macao, we should never hit the three bottom lines. The bottom lines are: Any attempt to endanger national sovereignty and security, challenge the power of the central government and the authority of the Basic Law of the HKSAR or use Hong Kong to carry out infiltration and sabotage activities against the mainland is absolutely impermissible. Only based on "one country" can we talk about "two systems." The central government will unswervingly implement the principle and make sure that it is fully applied in Hong Kong without being bent or distorted. Since Hong Kong's return to China, whenever the central government exercises its power in accordance with the law, questioning always emerges as to whether it would undermine the high degree of autonomy in the HKSAR. In my opinion, such comments are due to some people either not being able to understand the principle of "one country, two systems" comprehensively and precisely, or through deliberate misinterpretation.

South China Morning Post:

Since controversy arose concerning the HKSAR government's amendments to the Fugitive Offenders Ordinance and Mutual Legal Assistance in Criminal Matters Ordinance, Hong Kong has seen a protracted period of massive demonstrations. According to a University of Hong Kong opinion poll, the public approval rating for Carrie Lam has hit a new low. How does the central government judge her performance in the past one or two months, including her handling of the Fugitive Offenders Ordinance amendment bill? Is she still fit to run Hong Kong? Will the HKSAR's high-ranking officials including Carrie Lam be held accountable? Thank you.

Xu Luying:

Thanks for your question. Since taking office in 2017, Chief Executive Carrie Lam has led the HKSAR government to actively govern Hong Kong. She has done a great deal of work developing the economy, improving people's well-being and integrating Hong Kong into the national development course. This is obvious to all. All along, the central government has fully recognized the work of Carrie Lam and the HKSAR government. The amendment bill aims to plug loopholes in the HKSAR's existing legal framework, jointly crack down on crimes and uphold justice. It has the support of the central government. After big differences and demonstrations arose in regard to the amendment bill, the HKSAR government decided to suspend work on it to restore public peace and order as soon as possible. The central government has expressed its support, understanding and respect for this. We notice that the HKSAR government has summed up and reflected on its shortcomings in handling the amendment bill. At the July 1 reception to mark the 22nd anniversary of Hong Kong's return to the motherland, Chief Executive Carrie Lam said that the HKSAR government would change its style of governance to become more open and inclusive to public opinions. We also notice that quite a few Hong Kong citizens have been quietly supporting the chief executive and the HKSAR. The central government will continue to firmly support Chief Executive Carrie Lam and the HKSAR government in governing Hong Kong in accordance with the law and uniting and leading all sectors of Hong Kong to jointly maintain prosperity and stability. Thank you.

CNBC:

First question is (that) does the situation in Hong Kong affect the financial industry's daily operations or the future development. I'm interested in what's the central government' view on this. Second is (will) Carrie Lam is going to resign as many have reported and third is what is the central government doing to ensure public security and what kind of cooperation is the government doing with the local operations, whether it's individuals or organizations and whether the debate around electoral reform will be reopened as a way to relieve tensions. Thank you.

Xu Luying:

Thank you for your question. A favorable business environment is crucial to Hong Kong. So far, we have seen that Hong Kong maintains a good business environment, even though the recent radical violence has impinged on the social order and international image of Hong Kong. We have noticed that the Hong Kong Retail Management Association recently stated that most of its members have seen a significant sales decline over the past month. The data released by the City University of Hong Kong also revealed the consumer confidence index in Hong Kong had fallen to its lowest level in five years. The tourism industry has also reported the number of tourist groups visiting Southeast Asia has been declining recently. It is expected to drop by more than 70% at most. I believe this is only part of the situation but it is a warning and deserves deep thought by the Hong Kong community.

As for the impact on the financial sector you mentioned, it is not obvious from the data. However, I think that for an export-oriented small-scale economy like Hong Kong, in such a complex and volatile international economic environment, if the business environment and confidence level decline, the external risks faced by the financial sector will naturally increase. Therefore, we also maintain that the top priority is to punish violent criminals according to law, restore social order as soon as possible, and maintain a favorable business environment in Hong Kong. This is of paramount importance.

As for your second question, the reporter with the South China Morning Post has asked about that just now. so, I will not repeat my answer.

Regarding the third question, whether the central government will change the election mode, the electoral method in Hong Kong is stipulated by the Basic Law of the HKSAR and the relevant supporting laws. We must abide by the law, now and in the future, in order to continue developing a democratic system suitable for the actual situation of Hong Kong by stages. The central government's standpoint on this issue will not change. Thank you.

TVB:

I want to ask two questions. First, I have heard opinions that the team of Chief Executive Carrie Lam Cheng Yuet-ngor has lost the prestige of governance. If her administration is not dismissed and is held accountable, will you be worried that fingers will be pointed to the central government in the final analysis? Will the central government support the establishment of an independent committee to thoroughly investigate responsibility for the entire extradition bill incident? Second, there are claims that some white-clad thugs attacked citizens in the MTR station of Yuen Long on July 21, which was an indiscriminate terror attack. The public has questioned police abilities to fight against mobs and gangs, which may also indicate that some policemen are working with them. Also, a Hong Kong police officers association has written a letter expressing disapproval of the statement made by Chief Secretary for Administration. How to deal with the situation where the citizens are being attacked? Thank you.

Yang Guang:

Thank you. Your first question is about a commission of inquiry. In our point of view, the most dangerous part in the current situation in Hong Kong is that violent criminal acts have not been effectively stopped. The most important task of the Hong Kong administration at present is to resolutely punish violent crimes in accordance with the law, restore social stability as soon as possible, and safeguard Hong Kong's rule of law. I believe that, with the efforts of the Chief Executive Carrie Lam and the HKSAR government, under the strict enforcement of the Hong Kong Police Force and the concerted efforts of the Hong Kong people who love the city and the motherland, the community will be able to stop these violent crimes as soon as possible and help the Hong Kong society to return to normal.

Your second question is about the violent incident in Yuen Long. I have nothing to add on this question, because the chief of the Hong Kong Police Force and the head of the Liaison Office of the Central People's Government in the HKSAR have already made clear responses to this question. These rumors are unfounded slanders. We should pay special attention to the tremendous efforts made by the Hong Kong Police Force in maintaining public security and social order for more than a month. They have undergone many painful sacrifices. They personally have been under tremendous pressure, and their families are also under great pressure, suffering from various kinds of internet bullying. Despite this, the Hong Kong police have still shown restraint and their professionalism. We believe that with the efforts of the HKSAR government and the Hong Kong police, the various difficulties and challenges at present will certainly be resolved. Thank you.

Macao Daily News:

This year, the Macao Special Administrative Region (MSAR) will elect its fifth Chief Executive. Ho Iat Seng obtained a total of 378 nominations, which makes him the only qualified candidate. Will the central government support him to assume office as the next Chief Executive in MSAR? Thank you.

Xu Luying:

The MSAR will elect its fifth Chief Executive in August. In accordance with MSAR Basic Law and other relevant laws, the Chief Executive will be elected through a set of legal procedures and appointed by the central government. The standards formulated by the central government for nomination as the Chief Executive are consistent. They are required to be patriotic in regard to the motherland, trustworthy in the eyes of the central government, capable of administering regional affairs and be recognized by the entire local society. We believe the election of a new Chief Executive who meets these criteria will proceed smoothly. That's all I wish to say about the election of the Chief Executive in MSAR.

Now, I would like to add a few words to my previous answer to the question about the HKSAR, which was raised by a Hong Kong journalist, because both questions are concerned about elections. The HKSAR's election is based on its Basic Law, the resolutions made by the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress (NPC) and relevant local laws. Thank you.

Xinhua News Agency:

What do you think of the role that some Western countries played in the recent turmoil over the proposed legal amendments to the Fugitive Offenders Ordinance in Hong Kong? Thank you.

Yang Guang:

Thank you for your question. Regarding the series of demonstrations and violent incidents that happened in Hong Kong, some irresponsible Western individuals have made irresponsible remarks and played a disgraceful role. Some remarks display a perverse logic that violent offenders deserve sympathy, understanding and even forgiveness, while police fulfilling their duties to protect public order and security, and safeguard the rule of law in Hong Kong, should face criticism, outright condemnation and be held to account. Such logic is absurd and ludicrous.

As I said just now, the nature of violence and unlawful acts will never change because of any hypocritical claim. This is a bottom line of a society based on the rule of law, and must not be challenged.

Hong Kong is part of China, and its affairs are of domestic concern alone. The Chinese government absolutely does not allow any foreign forces to interfere in Hong Kong's affairs. Chinese State Councilor Wang Yi and spokespersons of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs have reiterated our unwavering stance many times. Some Western politicians time and again have made irresponsible remarks and even backed some certain people. Their ulterior motives are to disrupt Hong Kong, change Hong Kong into a troublesome sore for China and in turn constrain Chinese development. These attempts will get them nowhere. Thank you.

CNN:

For the situation in Hong Kong to have come this far, there must been serious concern about possible intervention of the PLA. Just last week, a journalist asked the spokesperson of the Ministry of National Defense about such intervention, but the spokesperson referred him to the Law of the People's Republic of China on the Garrisoning of the HKSAR. Could you just tell us directly on what premises and in what ways the PLA Hong Kong Garrison would be deployed and what possible international impact that would have. A follow-up question: what has happened in Hong Kong cannot be merely explained by the collusion between radical elements and external forces, and there are people who wonder if there has been a miscalculation by the central government on the deep-rooted structural social and political problems in Hong Kong. What is your response to this? Will the central government adjust its policies in this regard?

Yang Guang:

Thank you. As for your first question, I refer you to the Basic Law of the HKSAR, so I don't need to add anything. Your second question has been mentioned in my previous remarks and my answers to other questions. The priority now is to punish violent acts and safeguard the rule of law. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

The last question.

Hong Kong Ta Kung Wen Wei Media:

Some people believe there is a widespread mood of complaint in Hong Kong society. Deep-seated issues like land, housing and upward social mobility of the young generation have not been addressed. What will the central government do to help Hong Kong solve these problems? Thanks.

Xu Luying:

Thanks for your question. Deep-seated issues, including land, housing and upward social mobility of the young generation, do exist in Hong Kong. The reasons behind these issues are profound and multi-faceted, and are closely related to complex historical elements, the social roots of the population as well as the international background. These problems will not be solved in one day. Instead, we need to tackle them through comprehensive and multiple measures. The central government has been paying close attention to the deep-seated problems revealed in Hong Kong, and the government of the HKSAR has been working hard in this regard. Just as was emphasized in the statement, development holds the key to solving various problems facing Hong Kong, and its deep-seated problems will have to be resolved in the process of development. The central government will continue to support Hong Kong to develop its economy, improve the public livelihood, integrate the city with the overall development plan of the motherland. The relevant departments in the central government will continue to introduce a series of favorable policies and measures for the residents of Hong Kong to pursue their careers on the mainland. In particular, we will consider expanding opportunities and giving new impetus to Hong Kong in the development of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, which will provide Hong Kong residents, especially the young, with more opportunities. However, development cannot be realized without a harmonious and stable society. Therefore, we hope all sectors in Hong Kong can work together to walk away from the political turmoil as soon as possible, and seize major opportunities to achieve better development. Thanks.

Xi Yanchun:

It is the first time for the two spokespersons to speak here. Do both of you want to add any further comments?

Yang Guang:

Thanks for your attendance. Time is limited today and many media outlets have not had the opportunity to ask a question. However, I believe we will have more opportunities to continue our conversation in the future. You can also submit your questions to our colleagues and we will communicate with you in due time.

Xi Yanchun:

Thanks to everyone. This press conference is concluded.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Senior Colonel Wu Qian, spokesperson of the Ministry of National Defense;

Major General Cai Zhijun, deputy director general of the Operations Bureau of the Joint Staff Department under the Central Military Commission (CMC);

Colonel Pan Qinghua from the Publicity Bureau of the Political Work Department under the CMC;

Senior Colonel Wang Taiguo, deputy director general of the Finance Bureau of the Logistic Support Department under the CMC;

Senior Captain Wang Wei, deputy director general of the Coordination and Supervision Bureau of the Office for Reform and Organizational Structure under the CMC.

Chairperson:

Hu Kaihong, spokesperson of the SCIO

Date:

July 24, 2019

Hu Kaihong:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to this press conference. Today, the State Council Information Office issued a white paper titled "China's National Defense in the New Era." Here, we will introduce and explain the document's major content. 

Present at the conference are: Senior Colonel Wu Qian, spokesperson of the Ministry of National Defense; Major General Cai Zhijun, deputy director general of the Operations Bureau of the Joint Staff Department under the Central Military Commission (CMC); Colonel Pan Qinghua from the Publicity Bureau of the CMC Political Work Department; Senior Colonel Wang Taiguo, deputy director general of the Finance Bureau under the CMC Logistic Support Department; Senior Captain Wang Wei, deputy director general of the Coordination and Supervision Bureau of the CMC Office for Reform and Organizational Structure. I'm Hu Kaihong, spokesperson of the SCIO and host of this press conference.

First, I'd like to make a brief introduction of the white paper.

The white paper entitled "China's National Defense in the New Era" is China's first comprehensive document on national defense since the 18th National Congress of the Communist Party of China in 2012. It focuses on international community's concerns about the development of the Chinese military, and systematically introduces the characteristics, principles, as well as fundamental connotation of the defensive nature of China's national defense strategy. The white paper also clarifies the mission of the armed forces in regard to the "four strategic supports," which are to provide strategic support for consolidating the leadership of the CPC and the socialist system, safeguarding national sovereignty, unity and territorial integrity; protecting China's overseas interests; and promoting world peace and development. It also clearly demonstrates the distinct features of "never seeking hegemony, expansion or spheres of influence" of China's national defense, providing details of the reasonable and appropriate defense expenditure, as well as the global significance of China's armed forces, and its contribution to building a Community with a Shared Future for all Humanity. The white paper comprises around 27,000 Chinese characters, and is divided into four parts, including preface, main body, concluding remarks and appendices.

The white paper points out that, the world today is undergoing profound changes unimagined in the past century. As economic globalization, growth of the information society, and cultural diversity develop in an increasingly multi-polar world, peace, stable development and win-win cooperation form irreversible trends of the times. Nonetheless, there are prominent destabilizing factors and uncertainties in international security. The international strategic landscape is undergoing profound changes, though the Asia-Pacific Security situation remains generally stable, the risks and challenges facing China's national security should not be ignored. With increasingly fierce international military competition, the world is not yet a tranquil place.

The white paper also states that China adheres to a national defense policy that is defensive in nature. The fundamental goal of national defense in the new era is to resolutely safeguard China's sovereignty, security, and development interests. Never seeking hegemony, expansion or spheres of influence is the distinctive feature of China's national defense in the new era. Implementing the military strategic guideline for a new era is the strategic guidelines for China's national defense. Continuing to strengthen the military in the Chinese way is the way forward for China's national defense in the new era. The global significance is in the service of building a community with a shared future for mankind. 

In the new era, in meeting the strategic demands of national security and development, China's armed forces are firmly implementing the missions and tasks entrusted by the CPC and the Chinese people as a whole. They endeavor to provide strategic support for consolidating the leadership of the CPC and the socialist system, safeguarding national sovereignty, unity and territorial integrity, protecting China's overseas interests, and promoting world peace and development.

The white paper points out that, in the new era, China is promoting defense policy and military modernization across the board and deepening reform in its national defense program and its armed forces in all respects. China is reforming the leadership and command system; optimizing the size, structure and composition; reforming military policies and institutions, reshuffling PLA and PAP troops, and promoting defense and military development in all respects, by which China has already taken historic steps toward strengthening and revitalizing the armed forces.

The white paper also notes that China's armed forces have responded faithfully to the call for a community with a shared future for mankind, resolutely upholding the purposes and principles of the U.N. Charter and building a new-model security partnership featuring equality, mutual trust and win-win cooperation. China's armed forces have also spared no efforts to promote regional security cooperation, properly cope with disputes over territory and maritime demarcation, and actively provide international public security goods. These show that China's armed forces are striving for a better world of lasting peace and common security.

Guided by Xi Jinping's thinking on strengthening the military, China's national defense in the new era will stride forward along its own path to build a stronger military and endeavor to achieve the great goal of developing a world-class force in an all-round way. China's armed forces have the determination, confidence and capability to meet all threats and challenges. They stand ready to provide strong strategic support for the realization of the Chinese Dream of national rejuvenation, and to make new and greater contributions to the building of a community with a shared future for mankind.

The white paper has been published in Chinese, English, French, Russian, German, Spanish, Arabic and Japanese by the People's Publishing House and Foreign Languages Press. It will be issued across the country by the Xinhua Bookstore.

That's all for the general introduction. Next, I give the floor to Senior Colonel Wu Qian, spokesperson of the Ministry of National Defense.

Wu Qian:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Today, the white paper "China's National Defense in the New Era" makes its debut to the world. It is the 10th white paper on national defense that the Chinese government has issued since 1998 and the first comprehensive one since the 18th National Congress of the Communist Party of China in 2012. The white paper "China's National Defense in the New Era" is issued to expound on China's defensive national defense policy and explain the practice, purposes and significance of China's efforts to build a fortified national defense and a strong military, with a view to helping the international community better understand China's national defense, and to promote multinational cooperation and mutual trust.

The white paper consists of around 27,000 Chinese characters, including preface, main body, concluding remarks and appendices. The main body of the white paper is divided into six sections: the international security situation; China's defensive national policy in the new era; fulfilling the missions and tasks of China's armed forces in the new era; reform in China's national defense and armed forces; reasonable and appropriate defense expenditure; and actively contributing to building a community with a shared future for mankind. A total of ten tables are included in the appendices to introduce the functional organs of the Central Military Commission (CMC), the structure of China's defense expenditure, all major joint exercises and training by the PLA and PAP with foreign counterparts since 2012, and UN Peacekeeping Operations that the PLA have participated in, just to name a few.

The main body of the white paper "China's National Defense in the New Era" consists of the following six aspects:

1. An objective analysis of the international and domestic security situation. The white paper notes that the world today is undergoing profound changes unseen in a century, and there are prominent destabilizing factors and uncertainties in international security. International strategic competition is on the rise, global and regional security issues are on the increase, and the global military competition is intensifying. The world is not yet at a tranquil place. Nevertheless, the pursuit of peace, stability and development has become a universal aspiration of the international community with forces for peace predominating over elements of war. Peace, development and win-win cooperation remain the irreversible trends of the times. The white paper also points out that the national security situation of China remains generally stable, meanwhile China also faces diverse and complex security threats and challenges, especially when considering the acute fight against separatists.

2. As a systematic introduction to China's defensive national defense policy in the new era, the white paper stresses that resolutely safeguarding China's sovereignty, security and development interests is the fundamental goal of China's national defense in the new era. Never seeking hegemony, expansion or spheres of influence is the distinctive feature of China's national defense in the new era. Meanwhile, implementing the military strategic guideline is the main objective for China's national defense in the new era. Continuing to strengthen the military in a Chinese way is the path forward for China's national defense in the new era. China's national defense is of global significance and serves to build a community with a shared future for mankind in a new era.

3. A comprehensive picture of fulfilling the mission and tasks of China's armed forces in the new era. The white paper clarifies the four strategic priorities of the mission of China's armed forces in the new era, which is to provide strategic support for consolidating the leadership of the CPC and its socialist system; to safeguard national sovereignty, unity and territorial integrity; to protect China's overseas interests; and to promote world peace and development. The implementation of China's armed forces is demonstrated through the following seven aspects including safeguarding national territorial sovereignty and maritime rights and interests, maintaining combat readiness, carrying out military training in real combat conditions, safeguarding interests in major security fields, countering terrorism and maintaining stability, protecting China's overseas interests, and participating in disaster rescue and relief.

4. A comprehensive presentation about the historic achievements of reform in national defense and the armed forces. The white paper systematically presents China's armed forces' reform of its leadership and command system, its optimized size, structure and force composition, and the reform of military policies and institutions. It also introduces the reshuffled PLA and PAP troops, as well as the progress made in theoretical and political buildup, military theory, weaponry and equipment, logistics system, showing a brand-new model of China's armed forces after the reform.

5. A multi-dimensional briefing of China's defense expenditure. The white paper introduces the developing trend of China's defense expenditure since reform and opening-up, and thoroughly explains the scale, structure, and usage of China's defense expenditure since 2012, demonstrating its transparency. Besides, the white paper also includes a comparison of defense expenditure in the international context, justifying the reasonable and appropriate nature of China's defense expenditure.

6. An in-depth look into China's armed forces' efforts and their contribution to global peace and building a community with a shared future for mankind. The white paper says that building a community with a shared future for mankind conforms to the trends of the times for peaceful development, and reflects the common aspirations of all peoples throughout the world. China's armed forces' endeavor in this regard is manifested through their contribution in the following five aspects, including resolutely upholding the purposes and principles of the UN Charter; building a new-model of equal security partnership; mutual trust and win-win cooperation; building a regional security cooperation architecture; properly coping with disputes over territory and maritime demarcation; and actively providing international public security goods.

Compared with the previous versions of white papers in this regard, today's white paper features the following innovations:

1. Establishing China's defensive national defense policy in the new era for the first time. The white paper notes that the socialist system of China, the strategic decision to follow the path of peaceful development, peace-led foreign policy and the best of cultural traditions – holding peace and harmony as fundamentals – determine that China will pursue a national defense policy that is defensive in nature. The white paper demonstrates the strategic, stable, and systematic nature of how this is implemented. 

2. Putting forward the missions of China's armed forces in the new era for the first time. In the new era, to meet the strategic demands of national security and development, China's armed forces firmly implement the missions and tasks entrusted by the CPC and the people. They endeavor to provide strategic support for consolidating the leadership of the CPC and the socialist system, safeguard national sovereignty, provide unity and territorial integrity, protect China's overseas interests, and promote world peace and development. By introducing the missions and practices of China's armed forces, the white paper justifies the defensive, rightful, and limited implementation of China's armed forces.

3. Pointing out "never seeking hegemony, expansion or spheres of influence" as the distinctive feature of China's national defense in the new era, the development of China's national defense aims to meet its rightful security needs and contribute to the growth of the world's peaceful forces. By policy-based declaration, the white paper shows China's determination of never seeking hegemony, posing threats, nor setting spheres of influence regardless of China's future development.

4. Putting forward for the first time the building of a community with a shared future for mankind to be the global significance of China's national defense in the new era. The white paper explains the internal connections between Chinese dream and the global dream, as well as between China's national defense, its military development and global peace and stability. The white paper reinforces that the development of China's armed forces will not only provide strategic support for the Chinese dream, but also provide powerful positive energy for global peace and stability.

5. Giving an all-round presentation of the historic achievements of deepening reform in national defense and armed forces. The white paper systematically presents the progress of deepening reform in national defense and armed forces in all respects, and in doing so demonstrates the implementation of Xi Jinping's thinking on strengthening the military, and the commitment to building a strong military with Chinese characteristics. By providing a schedule, structure and results of our reforms, the white paper presents a brand-new system and outlook for the Chinese armed forces, showing their effort in building a strong military with Chinese characteristics.

6. We make a comparison of defense expenditure in the international context for the first time. By conducting comparison in the fields of defense expenditure's share in GDP, its ratio of spending to government expenditure, and China's per capita defense expenditure, the white paper justifies the reasonable growth and relatively low spending of China's defense expenditure, compared to other major counties in this regard in 2017. Meanwhile the white paper also notes that there is still a wide gap between China's defense expenditure and the requirements for safeguarding national sovereignty, security and development interests; for fulfilling China's international responsibilities and obligations as a major country; and for China's development.

That's all about the introduction to the white paper. Now the floor is open for questions, and please identify your news agency before questions.

Hu Kaihong:

Now, the floor is open to questions. Please identify the media outlet you represent before asking questions.

CCTV:

The new white paper is entitled "China's National Defense in the New Era". This differs from the title of previous comprehensive national defense white papers. Why is the document so entitled? Besides that, we take note of the fact that the international situation is undergoing a profound transformation. How does the new white paper describe the international and domestic security situation? Thank you.

Wu Qian:

Please allow me to answer your questions. As stated in the report to the 19th CPC National Congress, socialism with Chinese characteristics has crossed the threshold into a new era, and we have reached a new starting point in strengthening national defense and the armed forces. 

In the new era, China's national defense forces fully implement Xi Jinping's thinking on strengthening the military, and his thinking on military strategy. We are committed to achieving the goal of building a strong military capability in the new era, implement the military strategic guideline for a new era, and continue to strengthen the military in the Chinese way. We have made historic achievements and promoted historic changes in the national defense and army building campaigns. Changes have occurred in the people's army's system, its structure, patterns and appearance. 

The first comprehensive white paper on national defense in the new era responds to the trend of the times. It provides a precise summary of the world situation, that of the country and the pertaining to the Chinese military. It provides a comprehensive introduction of the new policies on national defense and army building, as well as the new missions, tasks, strategic deployment and practices related to building a strong military force. It will be helpful for the world and the Chinese people to have a more comprehensive and objective understanding of our national defense and army building efforts in the new era. 

Regarding your second question, the international strategic landscape is undergoing a profound transformation. The process of disintegration and re-integration of various international powers is gaining momentum. Emerging markets and developing countries have acquired greater strength. With various powers growing or waning, the global power configuration has become more balanced. Seeking peace, stability and development has become a common pursuit of international society. The forces for peace far outweigh factors causing war. At the same time, however, hegemony, power politics and unilateralism are mounting, and regional conflicts and wars are ongoing, threatening the international security system and order.

The white paper contains four strategic conclusions on the current international and domestic security situation: First, the international strategic landscape is undergoing a profound transformation. Second, the security situation of the Asia-Pacific region generally remains stable. Third, the security risks and challenges facing China should not be overlooked. Fourth, international military competition is intensifying.

In the face of such a complex international and domestic situation, China firmly believes that peace, development, cooperation and prosperity for all are irreversible trends of the times. Any attempt to seek hegemony or expansion is doomed to fail. Security and prosperity should be enjoyed by all. 

We call for all countries to go beyond outdated concepts such as a clash of civilizations, Cold War and a zero-sum mentality, and uphold such principles as conducting dialogue and consultation, seeking common ground while setting aside differences, and making joint contribution and sharing benefits. We should make joint efforts to tackle global challenges, promote peace and development, build a community with a shared future for mankind, and build an open, inclusive, clean, and beautiful world that enjoys lasting peace, universal security and common prosperity. Thank you.

China Daily:

The new white paper on national defense stresses Xi Jinping's thinking on military strategy. Could you please tell us the background and significance of the formation of this important thinking? What are its theoretical characteristics and historical contributions?

Cai Zhijun:

Thank you for your questions. Military strategic thinking is the banner that guides an army, and it should keep up with the times. Since the 18th CPC National Congress, President Xi, in his dedicated leadership of national defense, the building of our armed forces, and commanding actual military campaigns, has taken a broad view of the profound changes in the world not seen for a long time to deal with various risks and challenges involved in ensuring national security and meet the requirements of comprehensively building Chinese military into a world-class force. He has put forward a series of new ideas, viewpoints, judgments and requirements to enhance military strategic guidance as required by the times. Against this background, Xi Jinping's thinking on military strategy has taken shape. Xi, as the core of Party leadership and as commander-in-chief of the armed forces, is the main architect of this important thinking, and plays a decisive role in this process.

Xi Jinping's thinking on military strategy has always adhered to the strategic concept of active defense. It has profoundly revealed the important relationship between war and peace, military affairs and politics, national security and military security in the new era. It has comprehensively and systematically answered a series of fundamental, overarching and directionally important questions related to military strategic guidance in the new era. The important thinking is an innovative development of the Marxist view of war and methodology in China's national defense and armed forces building in the new era. It is the application and development of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era. It is an important part of Xi Jinping's thinking on strengthening the military. It is a scientific ideological and theoretical system.

Xi Jinping's thinking on military strategy has distinct scientific qualities. First and most important, in terms of theory, it inherits and develops the essence of the Party's military guidance theory, and is the latest achievement in adapting the Marxist view of war and its methodology to a Chinese context. Second, from an historical viewpoint, it seizes the right moment when socialism with Chinese characteristics has entered a new era, and China's national defense and armed forces building has followed suit. Third, from a strategic viewpoint, it grasps the laws of waging war and directing war, endowing the strategic concept of active defense with new connotations. Fourth, from a practical viewpoint, a great truth emerges from the great practice of strengthening and revitalizing the armed forces, so it has a unique strategic style and insight.

Xi Jinping's thinking on military strategy has established a new realm in the Marxist view of war and security. It enhances the strategic drive of realizing the Chinese Dream of great national rejuvenation. It breaks new grounds for implementing national security strategy. It broadens our vision of modernizing national defense and armed forces. The thinking is a fundamental rule and scientific guidance for using and building our military forces at present and in the future. At the military work conference of the Central Military Commission held in Beijing in January 2019, Xi Jinping's thinking on military strategy was established as the fundamental guiding ideology of China's military strategy in the new era. The decision is based on political, practical and strategic needs. It is also is also the common expectation of the whole army. Thank you.

CNN: 

Regarding South Korea's accusation against Russian and Chinese aircraft of "violating" its airspace, the Pentagon spokesman said the U.S. Defense Department was in close coordination with its Korean and Japanese allies about the event, and will continue to monitor activities as they make follow-up contacts with the Russian and Chinese military in diplomatic channels. I would like to know China's response to it.

And I have another related question. Mark Esper was sworn in as the new defense secretary in Washington yesterday. He has long pushed for the U.S. to take a hardline stance against China. Earlier this year, he stated the U.S. was engaged in strategic competition with China, which is both the foundation and the shaping of his views in this regard. Also, he thinks that Russia and China's aggressive development of formations, capabilities and weapons systems in recent years poses a long-term threat to American interests. Many people believe that the U.S. military is more likely to engage in a public standoff with the Chinese military during Esper's tenure. What is your comment on this? Do you have any concerns about the Sino-U.S. military relationship while Esper serves as defense secretary? Thank you.

Wu Qian:

For your first question. On July 23, the Chinese and Russian air forces organized the first joint air patrol in Northeast Asia. China's two H-6K bombers, along with two Russian Tu-95 bombers, patrolled a pre-planned route over the Sea of Japan and the East China Sea. During the patrol, the planes of China and Russia maintained their flights in line with international rules and did not enter territorial air space of any other country. 

This joint patrol was carried out with the aim of deepening the two countries' comprehensive strategic partnership of coordination for a new era, of further increasing understanding between the armed forces of the two countries, and of enhancing their capabilities to carry out joint actions, and strengthening global strategic stability. The exercise was performed in line with the planned annual military cooperation program between China and Russia and was not aimed against any third country. 

Furthermore, we also noticed that the Russian Ministry of Defense has issued a statement in this regard, and I suggest you read it. 

For your second question, Mark Esper has been confirmed as the U.S. Secretary of Defense and we would like to extend our congratulations to him. We hope that the military relations between China and U.S. could achieve healthy and stable development during his tenure. However, here I also would like to emphasize two points: first, China's sovereignty, security and developmental interests are inviolable. Second, the development of China's military power is entirely in line with the development of the forces for world peace. Thank you.

China Military:

We noticed that the White Paper introduced the measures and progress made in reforming the national defense and the armed forces. So, what are the reasons behind the progress and what kind of measures have been taken to push forward the reform? Last November, the Central Military Commission held the working group meeting to comprehensively launch reform for military policies and institutions, which was also mentioned in the White Paper. Would you please talk about the major characteristics and progress of the reform?

Wang Wei:

Thanks for your questions. I'll start answering your first question. President Xi Jinping was personally involved in leading and pushing forward the reform of national defense and armed forces, offering the fundamental guarantee for the reform. Since the 18th National Congress of the Communist Party of China, President Xi has been involved in the decision-making part of the reform, and included the national defense and military reform into the overall plan of comprehensively deepening reform. As the leader of the Leading Group for National Defense and Military Reform of the Central Military Commission, he worked to study major issues with regard to the reform and formulated the plan. He took part in a series of group meetings, presented the military flags to the newly adjusted and established units and delivered a series of major speeches. We overcame many difficulties and made a huge achievement in deepening the reform of national defense and armed forces. All of these are under the strong leadership of the Party, Central Military Commission and President Xi and guided by President Xi's thinking on strengthening the military.

The national defense and military reform is based on the systematic design of three major issues. First, reforming the leadership and command system and removing institutional barriers. Second, supporting reforms in force structure and composition and solving structural problems. Third, deepening reform of military policies and institutions and resolving policy-related problems. We owe our achievements to the leadership of the Party Central Committee, the Central Military Commission and the guidance of President Xi Jinping on the national defense and military reform, and to the concerted efforts of the Party, the military, and all the people in China. The PLA has dismantled the long-established systems of general departments, military area commands and the force composition with a dominating land force, and established a new pattern of the CMC exercising overall leadership, the TCs responsible for military operations and the services focusing on developing capabilities.

Your second question is about the reform of policies and institutions. The reform of military policies and institutions is a major part and solid guarantee for deepening the national defense and military reform. It involves all areas, all aspects, and all parts of the military practice, and is more systemic, comprehensive, and balanced. One of the characteristics of the military policies and institutions reform is to maintain a profound understanding of the implication of policy and system building, and strengthen planning at the top level and adopt a holistic approach in doing so. We should comprehensively advance the military policies and institutions reform, striding forward along the path to build a stronger military and fully transform the people's armed forces into world-class forces. We should launch our reform in the fields of command, construction, management and inspection. We should develop a socialist military institution with Chinese characteristics. We should focus on reform measures from four aspects: strengthening Party building in the military, improving policies and institutions for military force employment, reformulating policies and institutions and reforming the policies and institutions for military management. All of these measures have a clear, comprehensive and balanced guide for their reform, which is catered for national and military conditions and is suited for the new era, new mission and new system.

According to the plan of the policy and institutional reform, by 2020, reform of the main structures of all systems and areas will be completed, and the basic framework of the socialist military policy and institution with Chinese characteristics will be established. By 2022, we will further improve the coordinated policies and establish the system of socialist military policy and institution with Chinese characteristics. Since the CMC held its working group meeting on policy and institutional reform last year, all departments and units in the military have taken their responsibilities to mull over plans in different systems and areas, with steady progress in military policy and institutional reform. We also actively responded to the urgent demands of the military reform and carried out a series of reform measures with respect to Party building in the military, improving the wellbeing of service personnel, the joint operations commands and conducting supervision on military training. We have already put all 27 policies into practice in the first half of the year. Related information has been released by the media, which you can refer to.

All these policies played an important role in deepening reform, uniting the military and responding to the concerns of officers and soldiers, which were highly commended by the military.

CGTN:

We have noted that, in the white paper's view, protecting national interests abroad is one of the important strategic missions for the People's Liberation Army (PLA), meaning the army will be involved more frequently in overseas military actions. Therefore, my question to our spokespersons is whether the actions will disturb PLA's path leading to peaceful development? Thank you.

Wu Qian:

Please allow me to answer your question. My short response is they do not contradict each other at all. While going abroad, the PLA can, on one hand, better implement the missions required in the new era to protect China's overseas interests; and on the other hand, provide more public security goods to meet the general expectations of the international community. Be they peacekeeping missions, navigation escorts on the high seas or humanitarian aid, there are sufficient examples mentioned in the white paper. The socialist system of China, the strategic decision to follow the path of peaceful development, the independent foreign policy of peace, and the best of our cultural traditions – considering peace and harmony as fundamentals – determine that China will pursue a national defense policy defensive in nature. It will never seek hegemony, expansion and establishment of spheres of influence. The promise reflects the distinctive feature of China's national defense in the new era. In other words, what the PLA brings to the world while going abroad are neither threats nor challenges, but stability and opportunities for promoting peace. Thank you.

Phoenix Satellite TV:

As has been mentioned, this is the first comprehensive white paper issued since the 18th National Congress of the Communist Party of China (CPC). After a simple comparison with previous white papers, I find relatively large changes in the evaluation of the security situation, especially in the area of risks from the aspect of national security. It very clearly states that the situation regarding the "fight against separatists is becoming more acute". This was only briefly mentioned in the past and it was never explicitly stated from where the security threats came. This time it is different and the use of the term "more acute" is also different. So, can you please tell us what considerations went into making these changes? Thank you.

Wu Qian:

When the white paper talks about the fight against separatists being "more acute ", it is based on only one thing, and that is the fact. As you can see, the Democratic Progressive Party (DPP) stubbornly sticks to "Taiwan independence" since it came to power, refuses to recognize the 1992 Consensus, and promotes a gradual independence within the island. By seeking the help of foreign powers to intervene, they have gone further down the path of separatism. This is a fact that is obvious to all. The signal we want to convey through the white paper is very clear and straightforward: seeking "Taiwan independence" would go nowhere, and China will not allow the loss of a single inch of its sovereign territory. We want to do our utmost to strive for the prospect of peaceful reunification, and will never allow the secession of any part of its territory by anyone, any organization or any political party by any means at any time.

CRI:

As we know, President Xi Jinping has attached vital importance to raise political awareness in the military, which is also seen as a fundamental task for our armed forces. Could you give us an introduction on raising political awareness in the military after the CPC's 18th National Congress?

Pan Qinghua:

Thanks for your question. Political work is the lifeline of the PLA, as well as its most prominent characteristic and greatest strength. Since the Party's 18th National Congress, in order to achieve the Chinese Dream of national rejuvenation and the goal of developing world-class forces in an all-round way, we have made great efforts to reinforce and improve political work and catalyzed innovative development. China's armed forces unswervingly take Xi Jinping's thinking on strengthening the military as the guidance, firmly uphold Xi Jinping's position as the core of the CPC Central Committee and the whole Party, firmly uphold the authority of the Central Committee and its centralized and unified leadership, and follow the CMC Chairman responsibility system, in an effort to further strengthen the consciousness of the need to maintain political integrity, think in big-picture terms, follow the leadership core and keep in alignment.

It is reflected in the following three aspects: First, focusing on some prominent problems in the past, "The Decision on Issues Concerning the Army's Political Work Under New Circumstances" was adopted. Efforts to this end include promoting the ideals, values and principles of the Party, establishing new political standards for military personnel, and fostering a culture that values political work ethics. Second, a meeting on Party building of the Central Military Commission was held, so as to enhance its political and theoretical buildup, consolidate organizations, improve conduct, and enforce discipline in the new era. Third, to meet the objective of building a strong military for a new era, great efforts are being made to cultivate officers and soldiers of the new era with faith, ability, courage and integrity, and build troops with iron-like faith, conviction, discipline and commitment.

Global Times:

According to foreign media reports, Qian Weiping, the former vice head of the Equipment Development Department under the Central Military Commission (CMC) was arrested for alleged spying allegation. What is your comment on these reports?

Wu Qian:

I can tell you categorically that the spying allegation is false. As far as I know, Qian is now under investigation by the CMC's Discipline Inspection Commission for severe disciplinary violations and work-related crimes.

Wenhui Po:

I noticed that the Fifth Chapter of the White Paper covers China's defense expenditure. At the conclusion on Page 42, it states: "There is still a wide gap between China's defense expenditure and the requirements for safeguarding national sovereignty, security and development interests, for fulfilling China's international responsibilities and obligations as a major country, and for China's development." Can you elaborate on this? Thank you.

Wang Taiguo:

In the new era, to meet the strategic demands of national security and development, the armed forces are required to firmly implement the missions and tasks entrusted by the CPC and the Chinese people. They are endeavoring to provide strategic support for consolidating the leadership of the CPC and the socialist system, safeguarding national sovereignty, unity and territorial integrity, protecting China's overseas interests, and promoting world peace and development.

However, as the only major country yet to be completely reunified, and one of the countries with the most complex peripheral security environment, China faces serious challenges in safeguarding national sovereignty, territorial integrity, and maritime rights and interests.

Nowadays, with increasing global issues and challenges, as well as the development of China and its armed forces, the international community has higher expectations in regard to the international public security goods provided by the Chinese military. Therefore, our armed forces will spend more in fulfilling their international responsibilities and obligations as well as in participating in peacekeeping operations, vessel protection operations and disaster relief. 

At the same time, the armed forces are moving towards coping with the demands of the current informationization era, and shouldering arduous tasks in adapting to trends in worldwide RMA (Revolution in Military Affairs) and speeding up RMA with Chinese characteristics.

Therefore, there is still a wide gap between China's defense expenditure and the requirements for safeguarding national sovereignty, security and development interests, fulfilling our international responsibilities and obligations as a major country, and for the overall development of the country. China's defense expenditure will keep step with national economic development and maintain moderate and steady growth.

The China Times:

Page 15 of the white paper mentioned "sailing ships and flying aircraft around Taiwan." We know that we are six months away from the 2020 leadership election in Taiwan next year. During that time, will the PLA increase the frequency of warships and aircraft sailing around the island? Some opinions in Taiwan believe that the greater the movement of the People's Liberation Army, the more it will mean that the mainland will suppress and threaten Taiwan -- which will help the Democratic Progressive Party candidates gain popularity in their elections. What is your comment on that? In addition, the mainland's Ministry of National Defense recently put out news during Tsai Ing-wen's foreign visits, saying that the PLA held a routine military exercise on the southeast coast. The Global Times also quoted sources familiar with the matter and said that five military service branches were involved in the joint exercise, which would form a deterrent force for Taiwan. Please tell us about the exercise.

Wu Qian:

Indeed, as you said, many references about Taiwan in the white paper show that the Taiwan issue is of vital importance to China's core interests. We believe that the mainland and Taiwan share natural kinship, and that blood is thicker than the water. We are willing to strive for the prospect of peaceful reunification with the utmost sincerity and best efforts. However, we must resolutely point out that engaging in "Taiwan independence" is a dead end. If anyone dares to try to separate Taiwan from China, the Chinese army will certainly not hesitate to fight and resolutely defend the sovereign and territorial integrity of the country.

Regarding the second question about the exercise on the southeast coast, the Ministry of National Defense has released information on this issue, and I have nothing to add here.

China News Service:

The white paper mentions that the strategic guidance for China's national defense in the new era is to implement the military strategic guideline for a new era. Could you further introduce the strategic guideline? Thank you.

Cai Zhijun:

Thank you for your question. Since the founding of the People's Republic of China, the PLA has inherited the strategic concept and tradition of active defense and made eight major adjustments to the military strategic guideline, on average once every eight to ten years. Every adjustment was made in accordance with three principles: first, the strategic concept and military policies of the CPC are the fundamental guidance for formulating and adjusting military strategy; second, the profound changes of the international strategic landscape and its impact on national security environment are the objective reference; and third, the profound changes in military regard resulted from scientific and technological progress, especially the evolving form of war, are the motivation. 

The military strategic guideline for a new era is an important decision made by President Xi Jinping after tapping into the prevailing trend of development, with an overall vision on national security and innovation on military strategic guidance. The guideline is introduced in the following contexts: 

First, the Party's new theories have been constantly enriched and developed. The 19th CPC National Congress established Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era and Xi Jinping's thinking on strengthening the military as the guiding ideology of the Party and the military, requiring us to advance with the times and innovate the strategic guidance.

Second, there are new strategic goals for national development. The 19th CPC National Congress mapped out the new "three-step" development blueprint, which entrusts the military with missions and tasks for the new era, and put forward the ambitious goal of transforming our people's armed forces into world-class forces in all respects, which demands the strategic guidance to meet the requirements of building a strong country with a strong military.

Third, the international strategic landscape has undergone profound and complicated changes. We live in a world of profound changes unseen in a century, where uncertainties unseen in a century inevitably exist. Increasing risks and challenges, both predictable and unpredictable, require the strategic guidance to better respond to national security and development demands. 

Fourth, reforms of the armed forces have realized a historic and revolutionary restructuring. Adhering to the general principle of "the CMC exercising overall leadership, the TCs responsible for military operations and the services focusing on developing capabilities," we established five theater commands, new services and units. This has put forward new requirements for the strategic guidance in regard to the building and employment of military forces.

By implementing the military strategic guideline for a new era, China will remain committed to peaceful development and pursue a defensive national defense policy, never seeking hegemony, expansion or spheres of influence, sticking to the strategic concept of active defense and continuing to strengthen the military in the Chinese way. The guideline fully put into effect the guiding principles of the 19th CPC National Congress as well as Xi Jinping's thinking on strengthening the military. As a guideline for the building and employment of military forces in the new era, it bears four historic missions:

First, it has established the fundamental guidance for military strategy. It established Xi Jinping's thinking on strengthening the military as the military strategic guidance for a new era, and fully implements it as faith and principle.

Second, it is subordinate to and in the service of national development. Focusing on effectively fulfilling the military's tasks and missions in the new era, it, through in-depth study, gives answers to a string of major strategic issues concerning the critical juncture of China's development. 

Third, it has enhanced the holistic planning of the military strategy. It takes a political and comprehensive perspective, basing in the present while looking ahead to the development, seizing the strategic key point, so as to innovate the strategic guidance. 

Fourth, it has stressed the focus on enhancing military preparedness and combat capabilities. It has prompted all work serving the aim of strengthening military preparedness and enhancing combat capabilities and made significant achievements in this regard. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

The last two questions please, due to time considerations.

New York Times:

In the white paper you refer to, seeking partnerships rather than alliances, and you already mentioned the joint patrol yesterday with Russia. Do you anticipate more or deepening operations with Russia or any other countries? And related to that, there were reports this week of China seeking a basing arrangement with its neighbor forces in Cambodia, do you also see and anticipate additional efforts to establish operating bases or arrangements with other countries in other parts of world? Thank you very much.

Wu Qian:

Your questions comprise several specific points, to which I'll respond one by one.

First, it concerns foreign military relations. China actively develops constructive relationships with foreign military forces. A new configuration of foreign military relationships that is all-dimensional, wide-ranging and multi-tiered is taking shape. However, what we are engaged in are dialogues rather than confrontations, and partnerships rather than alliances. Regarding your questions about whether China and Russia will continue to hold joint aerial patrol, this will depend on the negotiations and decisions reached between the two sides on pragmatic cooperative programs. As we all know, the military relationship between China and Russia, following the epochal bilateral ties, is entering a new era. Under the strategic blueprint charted by the two State leaders, the bilateral military relationship is expected to achieve historical peaks one after another. The two countries will support each other's core interests, improve cooperative institutions on multi-tiered levels and expand cooperation in high-level exchanges, strategic partnership, military training, equipment technology and counter-terrorism. In doing so, we are positively acting to fulfill our duties to safeguard global peace and strategic stability.

In addition, you asked about the so-called military base arrangement in Cambodia. Our relevant administrations have already clearly stated that this is nothing but rumors. Although the two countries have maintained good cooperation through exchanges in military exercises, personnel training, logistical services and equipment development, our partnership targets no third party.

Hu Kaihong:

The last question.

Now TV (Hong Kong):

There have been so many conflicts and demonstrations in Hong Kong recently. How did the Ministry of National Defense evaluate and judge the situation there? Also, do you feel that some "Hong Kong independence" forces are also on the rise, and, if so, how will the Ministry of National Defense handle this?

Wu Qian:

In recent weeks, we have closely followed development of the situation in Hong Kong, especially the demonstrations and violent incidents on July 21, as well as the incident in which radical demonstrators violently besieged and stormed the Liaison Office of the Central People's Government in the HKSAR. The Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office of the State Council has already responded to this. The behaviors of some radical demonstrators have blatantly challenged the authority of the central government and touched the bottom line of the principle of "one country, two systems." Such behaviors are absolutely intolerable. "The Pearl of the Orient", Hong Kong, is not to be tarnished. Regarding the specific question you raised, the answer is that Article 14 of Chapter 3 of the HKSAR Garrison Law of the People's Republic of China has specific provisions in this regard.

Hu Kaihong:

This concludes the press conference today. Thank you all.

Read in Chinese

Speaker:

Mao Shengyong, spokesperson of the National Bureau of Statistics (NBS) and director general of the Department of Comprehensive Statistics.

Chairperson:

Shou Xiaoli, Press Bureau of State Council Information Office

Date:

July 15, 2019

Shou Xiaoli:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to this press conference. Today, we are releasing China's economic data. We are pleased to welcome Mr. Mao Shengyong, the spokesperson of the National Bureau of Statistics (NBS) and director general of the Department of Comprehensive Statistics, to introduce China's economic performance in the first half of 2019 and answer some of your questions.

Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Mao.

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you. Ladies, gentlemen, friends from the media, good morning everyone. I'll first give you a brief introduction of China's economic performance in the first half of 2019, and then answer some of your questions.

In the first half this year, China's economy remained stable while making further progress. In view of the complex domestic and international environment, under the firm leadership of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core, all regions and departments implemented the decisions and arrangements made by the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, and followed the general principle of pursuing progress while ensuring stability. We adopted the new development philosophy, promoted high-quality development, focused on supply-side structural reform, and further improved our efforts in reform and opening up. We also intensified efforts to ensure stable employment, a stable financial sector, stable foreign trade, stable foreign investment, stable domestic investment, and stable market expectations. Due to these efforts, the Chinese economy has been operating within a proper range, and remained stable while making further progress.

According to preliminary statistics, in the first half this year, GDP reached 45.09 trillion yuan, up 6.3% year-on-year in comparable prices. On a quarterly basis, the year-on-year increase was 6.4% and 6.2% respectively. In regard to the different industrial sectors, the added value of the primary, secondary and tertiary industries was 2.32 trillion yuan, 18.00 trillion yuan and 24.77 trillion yuan respectively, up 3.0%, 5.8% and 7.0% year-on-year.

Mao Shengyong:

First, the agricultural sector posted a sound performance following a bumper harvest of summer grain.

In the first half of this year, the added value of the crop farming sector posted a year-over-year increase of 3.9%, and the growth rate was 0.5 percentage point lower than that of the first quarter. The overall output of summer grain amounted to 141.74 million tons, 2.93 million tons more than last year, showing a yearly growth of 2.1%, which met the highest record (registered in 2017) of summer grain production. The structure of crop farming continues to be improved, as the planting area for cotton and soybean increased. On a year-on-year basis, in the first half, the output of eggs increased 3.6%; the output of milk increased by 1.7%; the output of pork, beef, mutton and poultry decreased 2.1% to 39.11 million tons. Specifically, the output of beef, mutton and poultry were up by 2.4%, 1.5%, and 5.6% respectively, while the output of pork was down by 5.5%.

Second, industrial production was generally stable, and the proportion of high-tech manufacturing rose.

In the first half of this year, the growth of the total value added of industrial enterprises above the designated size was 6.0%, and the growth rate was 0.5 percentage point lower than that of the first quarter. Meanwhile, the growth of the total value added of industrial enterprises above the designated size in June was 6.3%, and the growth rate was 1.3 percentage points higher than that of May, up 0.68% on a month-on-month basis. An analysis by types of ownership showed that the value added of state holding enterprises was up by 5.0%; that of share-holding enterprises up by 7.3%; and enterprises funded by foreign investors or investors from Hong Kong, Macao, and Taiwan up by 1.4%. 

In terms of sectors, the value added of the mining industry increased by 3.5%; that of manufacturing increased by 6.4%; and that of the production and supply of electricity, thermal power, gas and water increased by 7.3%. The value added of strategic emerging industries grew by 7.7% year-on-year, or 1.7 percentage points higher than that of the industrial enterprises above the designated size. The added value of the high-tech manufacturing increased by 9.0%, or 3.0 percentage points higher than that of industrial enterprises above the designated size, accounting for 13.8% of all industrial enterprises above the designated size, and this proportion is 0.8 percentage point higher than that in the same period last year. The production of new energy vehicles and solar batteries showed a year-on-year growth by 34.6% and 20.1% respectively.

From January to May, the profits made by industrial enterprises above the designated size stood at 2.38 trillion yuan, down 2.3% year-on-year. The decrease was 1.1 percentage points lower than that from the first four months. The profits made by industrial enterprises above the designated size in May grew by 1.1%, while the profits in April decreased by 3.7% on a year-on-year basis. The profit rate of business revenue of industrial enterprises above the designated size was 5.72%, 0.2 percentage point higher than that from the first four months.

Third, the service sector grew rapidly and the modern service industry is booming.

In the first half of this year, the service sector took on a sound momentum of development. Respectively, the year-on-year growth of information transmission, software and information technology service, that of leasing and business service, that of transportation, storage and postal service, and that of financial sector stood at 20.6%, 7.8%, 7.3%, and 7.3%, which is 13.6 percentage points, 0.8 percentage point, 0.3 percentage point and 0.3 percentage point faster than the growth of the tertiary sector.

In the first half of this year, the Index of Services Production increased by 7.3% year-on-year, and the growth rate drop by 0.1 percentage point from the first quarter. In June, the index was up by 7.1%, 0.1 percentage point higher than that in May. The Business Activity Index for services was 53.4% in June, which continued to stand above the 50-point mark separating growth from contraction. The index was 60.3%, showing a high-level performance.

The business revenue of service enterprises above the designated size from January to May increased by 10.1% on a year-on-year basis, and the growth rate was 0.3 percentage point faster than that from the first four months. Of those, the business revenue of strategic emerging services, high-tech services and technology services demonstrated fast growth, which increased by 12.5%, 12.3% and 12.0% respectively, or 2.4 percentage points, 2.2 percentage points and 1.9 percentage points faster than the growth of the service enterprises above the designated size.

Mao Shengyong:

Fourth, the market sales increased steadily, with the growth rate and proportion of online retail continuing to increase.

In the first half of this year, the retail sales of consumer goods totaled 19.52 trillion yuan, up 8.4% year on year, 0.1 percentage point faster than the first quarter. In June, the total retail sales of consumer goods was 3.39 trillion yuan, up 9.8% year on year, 1.2 percentage points faster than the previous month, and up 0.96% month on month. In a breakdown by location of business units, in the first half of this year, the retail sales of consumer goods in urban areas was 16.69 trillion yuan, up 8.3% year on year; that in rural areas was 2.83 trillion yuan, up 9.1% year on year. From the perspective of the types of consumption, revenue from the catering sector reached 2.13 trillion yuan, up 9.4%; retail sales of commodities totaled 17.39 trillion yuan, up 8.3%. Sales of goods representing consumption upgrade grew rapidly, with that of cosmetics companies above designated size growing 13.2% year on year, 4.8 percentage points faster than the total retail sales of consumer goods.

In the first half of this year, China's online retail sales totaled 4.82 trillion yuan, up 17.8% year on year, 2.5 percentage points faster than the first quarter. Of this, online retail sales of physical goods was 3.82 trillion yuan, up 21.6%, accounting for 19.6% of the total retail sales of consumer goods, and 1.4 percentage points higher than that in the first quarter.

Mao Shengyong:

Fifth, investment reported stable growth, with that in high-tech industries growing rapidly.

In the first half of this year, China's fixed asset investment (excluding rural households) totaled 29.91 trillion yuan, up 5.8% year on year, 0.2 percentage point faster than January-May, and 0.5 percentage point lower than that in the first quarter. Of this, the private investment was 18.03 trillion yuan, up 5.7%. In a breakdown by industry, investment in primary industries fell by 0.6%; investment in secondary industries grew by 2.9%, with that in manufacturing up 3.0%; investment in tertiary industries rose by 7.4%, with that in infrastructure up 4.1%.

Investment in the high-tech manufacturing sector grew by 10.4% year on year, 4.6 percentage points faster than the total; that in the high-tech services sector grew by 13.5%, 7.7 percentage points faster than the total. On a month-on-month basis, investment in fixed assets (excluding rural households) increased by 0.44% in June.

In the first half of this year, China's fixed asset investment (excluding rural households) totaled 29.91 trillion yuan, up 5.8% year on year, 0.2 percentage point faster than January-May, and 0.5 percentage point lower than that in the first quarter. Of this, the private investment was 18.03 trillion yuan, up 5.7%. In a breakdown by industry, investment in primary industries fell by 0.6%; investment in secondary industries grew by 2.9%, with that in manufacturing up 3.0%; investment in tertiary industries rose by 7.4%, with that in infrastructure up 4.1%.

Investment in the high-tech manufacturing sector grew by 10.4% year on year, 4.6 percentage points faster than the total; that in the high-tech services sector grew by 13.5%, 7.7 percentage points faster than the total. On a month-on-month basis, investment in fixed assets (excluding rural households) increased by 0.44% in June.

Mao Shengyong:

Sixth, the growth rate of imports and exports increased slightly, and the trade structure continued to improve.

In the first half of this year, the import and export value totaled 14.67 trillion yuan, up 3.9% year on year, 0.2 percentage point faster than the first quarter. Of this, the export value was 7.95 trillion yuan, up 6.1%; the import value totaled 6.72 trillion yuan, up 1.4%. The trade surplus was 1.24 trillion yuan, up 41.6% year on year.

The country further improved the mode and structure of trade. The import and export value of general trade increased by 5.5%, accounting for 59.9% of the total import and export value, 0.9 percentage point higher than the same period last year; the export value of mechanical and electrical products increased by 5.3%, accounting for 58.2% of the total export volume. The import and export value of private companies increased by 11.0%, accounting for 41.7% of the total import and export value, 2.7 percentage points higher than the same period last year.

In June, the import and export value totaled 2.56 trillion yuan, up 3.2% year on year. Of this, the export value totaled 1.45 trillion yuan, up 6.1%; the import value totaled 1.11 trillion yuan, down 0.4%.

In the first half of this year, the delivery value of exports of companies above designated size reached 5.84 trillion yuan, up 4.2% year on year. In June, the figure reached 1.06 trillion yuan, up 1.9%, 1.2 percentage points faster than that registered in May.

In the first half of this year, the delivery value of exports of companies above designated size reached 5.84 trillion yuan, up 4.2% year on year. In June, the figure reached 1.06 trillion yuan, up 1.9%, 1.2 percentage points faster than that registered in May.

In the first half of this year, China's consumer prices rose 2.2% year on year, 0.4 percentage point higher than that in the first quarter. Of this, consumer prices in both urban and rural areas rose by 2.2%. By category, the prices of food, tobacco and alcohol rose 3.9% year on year, the prices of clothing rose 1.8%, housing prices increased 2.0%, the prices of daily necessities and services rose 1.1%, the prices of transportation and communications fell 1.0%, the prices of education, culture and entertainment rose 2.5%, the prices of medical care increased 2.6%, and those of other goods and services rose 2.2%. Among food, tobacco and alcohol prices, grain prices rose 0.5%, pork prices increased 7.7% and the prices of fresh vegetables rose 9.2%. The core CPI excluding food and energy prices rose 1.8% year on year, 0.1 percentage point lower than the first quarter. In June, the consumer prices rose 2.7% year on year, unchanged from the previous month, down 0.1% month on month.

In the first half of this year, producer prices rose 0.3% year on year, 0.1 percentage point higher than that in the first quarter. In June, producer prices remained flat year on year and down 0.3% month on month. In the first half of this year, the purchasing prices of producers rose 0.1% year on year, the same as that in the first quarter. In June, the purchasing prices of producers fell by 0.3% year on year and 0.1% month on month.

Mao Shengyong:

The employment situation generally remained stable, and the total number of rural workers working outside their hometowns continued to increase.

In the first half of the year, 7.37 million new urban jobs were created across the country, meeting 67% of the annual employment target. The surveyed urban unemployment rate was 5.1% in June, up 0.1 percentage points from May. The urban unemployment rate among the people aged between 25-59 was 4.6%, 0.5 percentage points lower than the overall national urban figure. The jobless rate in 31 major cities and towns was 5.0%, the same as May. In June, the average weekly working hours of employees in enterprises nationwide was calculated at 45.7 hours. By the end of the second quarter, the number of rural laborers forming the migrant workforce operating outside their hometowns reached 182.48 million. This was an increase of 2.26 million or 1.3 percent year-over-year. The gain in the second quarter was 0.1 percentage points higher than the first quarter.

Mao Shengyong:

The growth rate of residents' income exceeded that of national economy, and the income gap between urban and rural residents further narrowed.

In the first half of the year, national per capita disposable income was 15,294 yuan, a nominal gain of 8.8% year-over-year, with a 0.1 percentage points increase in the pace between the first and second quarters. With actual growth of 6.5 % after adjusting for inflation, the figure was 0.2 percentage points higher than the national economic growth rate. Classified according to residents' permanent residence locations, urban residents' per capita disposable income was 21,342 yuan (actual growth 5.7%). Rural residents' per capita disposable income was 7,778 yuan (actual growth 6.6%). The per capita disposable income ratio between urban and rural residents stood at 2.74, down 0.03 year-over-year. The median per capita disposable income of national residents was 13,281 yuan, a nominal gain of 9.0% year-over-year.

Mao Shengyong:

Supply-side structural reform further deepened, and the economic structure has seen continuous progress in optimization.

We have consolidated the results achieved in the priority tasks of cutting overcapacity, reducing excess inventory, deleveraging, lowering costs and strengthening identified areas of weakness. In the second quarter, the national industrial capacity utilization rate was 76.4%, or 0.5 percentage points higher than the first quarter, and one percentage point higher than the average achieved since 2013. Among the figures, the industrial capacity utilization rates of the non-metallic mineral products industry, the ferrous metal smelting and rolling industry, and the non-ferrous metal smelting and rolling industry increased by 3.4, 1.7 and 1.7 percentage points respectively from the first quarter. By the end of June, the total floor space of commercial buildings for sale stood at 501.62 million square meters, which was 7.66 million square meters less than the figure at the end of May, and 8.9% lower year-over-year. By the end of May, the asset-liability ratio of industrial enterprises above designated size was 56.8%, down 0.6 percentage points year-over-year. In the first half of the year, investments in deprived areas of ecological preservation and environmental treatment as well as education grew respectively by 48.0% and 18.9% year-over-year (respectively 42.2, and 13.1 percentage points faster than the average growth of investments in all fields).

We continue the critical battles against major risks, poverty, and pollution. By the end of May, total local government debt stood at 19.8953 trillion yuan, which was within the limits approved by the National People's Congress. Targeted poverty alleviation made strong progress. The per capita disposable income of rural residents in poverty-stricken areas maintained comparatively rapid growth. Marked achievements were recorded in pollution prevention. Preliminary assessments indicate that, in the first half of the year, the share of clean energy consumption involving natural gas, hydropower, nuclear power and wind power in total energy consumption increased by 1.6 percentage points over the same period of last year, and energy consumption per unit of GDP dropped 2.7 percent year-over-year.

We have continuously optimized the economic structure. In the first half of the year. The tertiary industry's added value accounted for 54.9% of GDP, up 0.5 percentage points year-over-year, and 15.0 percentage points higher than the figure for secondary industry. The tertiary industry's contribution rate to GDP growth was 60.3%, or 23.2 percentage points higher than that of the secondary industry. Among industries above designated size, the strategic emerging industry and the high-tech industry maintained rapid growth. The contribution rate of final consumption expenditure to economic growth was 60.1%. Among the final consumption spending of all residents, service consumption accounted for 49.4%, up 0.6 percentage points year-over-year. We have steadily promoted a series of major regional development strategies, including the coordinated development of the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei Region and the integrated development of the Yangtze Economic Belt, the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, and the Yangtze River Delta. A new pattern of overall development across the country is taking shape.

Mao Shengyong:

In general, the national economy operated within a reasonable range in the first half of the year, having achieved generally stable growth while making further progress. However, we must also note that the current domestic and international economic situation remains complicated and severe. Global economic growth has slowed down, external instability and uncertainties have increased, and the problem of domestic development imbalance is still outstanding, while the economy faces new downward pressures.

In the next stage, we need to take Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era as the guide, seriously implement the decision-making arrangements and deployments of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the State Council, adhere to the general approach of steady progress, and maintain supply-side structural reform as the principal direction, while promoting high-quality development, deepening reform and opening up, optimizing the business environment, promoting independent innovation in key areas, so as to fully mobilize the enthusiasm of all parties. We also need to pay close attention to the implementation of the policies to stabilize employment, finance, investment, foreign trade, foreign investment, and expectations so as to ensure a steady and healthy economic development. Thank you.

Shou Xiaoli:

Thank you, Mr. Mao. Now, we will open the floor for media questions. Please tell us the name of your news organization before asking questions.

CCTV:

Since the beginning of this year, the economy has been under pressure and the downward pressure has increased. Based on the statistics you have just released, how would you evaluate China's economic development in the first half of the year? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you for your question. In the first half of this year, faced with a complicated situation at home and abroad, the economic growth maintained general stability and registered good progress. The main macroeconomic indicators are operating in a reasonable range and the economic structure is being optimized. The general characteristics are as follows:

First, the three main industrial sectors continued to develop. Agricultural production is relatively good, and there has been a bumper harvest of summer grain. The total output of summer grain this year increased by 2.1%, matching the record production achieved in 2017. Industrial growth was basically stable. In the first half of the year, the added value of industrial enterprises above designated size increased by 6%. In June, the gain was 6.3%, 1.3 percentage points faster than in May. The service industry continued to maintain rapid growth. In the first half of the year, the added value of the service industry increased by 7%. The service industry production index in June was 0.1 percentage points higher than that of May.

Second, the "Troika" is running smoothly. Consumption growth has generally accelerated. In terms of total retail sales of consumer goods, the six-month increase was 8.4%, showing a slightly faster rate compared to the first quarter. In particular, the total retail sales of consumer goods in June increased by 9.8%, 1.2 percentage points faster than the previous month. Investment growth is stabilizing. In the first half of the year, fixed assets investment increased by 5.8%, 0.2 percentage points higher than that in January-May. The import and export situation was better than expected. The total import and export volume of goods increased by 3.9% in the first half of the year, slightly faster than in the first quarter. June saw a further improvement over the May performance.

Mao Shengyong:

Third, the three major economic indicators are fared well. Employment was generally stable with 7.37 million new jobs created in urban areas in the first half of the year, meeting 67% of the 2019 target. The survey-based urban unemployment rate was held at around 5% in June; Market prices were also generally stable as the CPI grew by 2.2% year-on-year in the first half of the year, and the core CPI (excluding food and energy) rose 1.8%. That means consumer prices have only seen moderate growth; the PPI saw slight growth of around 0.3% year-on-year in the first half of the year.

At the same time, incomes have grown in tandem with economic development. Per capita disposable income rose 6.5%, which was 0.2 percentage points higher than the overall economic growth rate. One thing worth noting is that the disposable income of rural residents had grown faster than that of urban residents, and this is helping further bridge the urban-rural income gap.

Fourth, the industrial structure, the demand structure and the foreign trade structure all continued to be optimized. In regard to the industrial structure, agriculture consolidated its primary sector status, while the product mix continues to be further optimized. In the first half of the year, there was an increase in the planting area for soybeans and other cash crops.

Transformation of the secondary sector also continued to gather pace. For example, the value added component of high-tech manufacturing rose 9%, or three percentage points faster than that of industrial enterprises above designated size, and its proportion of the total value added of industrial enterprises above the designated size rose 0.8 percentage points year-on-year.

The tertiary sector continues to increase its contribution to economic growth. Proportionally, the value added of tertiary sector contributed an additional 0.5 percentage points to total GDP compared to last year. Thus, we continue to see a strong momentum in the development of a modern service industry.

In terms of the demand structure, consumption is consolidating its primary role in promoting economic growth. In the first half-year, an increase of consumption contributed 60.1% of GDP growth; the investment structure is also being optimized with expenditure on social development, high-tech industries and the manufacturing transformation being maintained at over 10% of the total investment mix.

The foreign trade structure has also improved. The proportion of general trade continues to rise year-on-year.

So, these are how major macroeconomic indicators performed in the first half of this year. Thank you.

Reuters:

In the first half of the year, China pursued intensified fiscal policies, like the tax cut of two trillion yuan and the issuance of special bonds worth 2.15 trillion yuan. However, some people don't think these policies have yielded obvious results in terms of data. How will you comment on that? And against the backdrop of the trade tension, is there any new policy in the second half of year to guarantee this year's growth target? Moreover, could you tell us the contribution of gross capital formation and the net exports of goods and services to GDP growth? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

In the first half of this year, the contribution made to GDP growth by consumption, gross capital formation and the net exports of goods and services were respectively 60.1%, 19.2% and 20.7%. 

In regard to the counter-cyclical adjustments, there is both a proactive fiscal policy and a prudent monetary policy. Since the end of last year, in order to cope with the external uncertainties and downward pressure on the Chinese economy, a series of policies have been released and vigorously implemented. For example, we have pursued a proactive fiscal policy with greater intensity and enhanced its performance, adopted a prudent monetary policy that retained an appropriate degree of flexibility and pursued a proactive employment policy with full force. With regard to fiscal policies, we have increased expenditures including raising intensity and pace of special bonds issuance as well as increasing their amounts. Moreover, more efforts have been made to cut taxes and fees. These policies have been starting to pay off since April and May. Our survey shows that enterprises have benefited from cutting taxes and fees. The statistics also show that the growth of investment in infrastructure accelerated during the Jan-June period, and the growth of investment in the manufacturing sector also rebounded in the last two months. All these indicate that the relevant policies have produced results and we expect them to continue to pay off in the second half of the year.

However, it is worth noting that investments in some sectors, including manufacturing and infrastructure, are still at a low level. We will, with more policies being implemented, continue to deepen reforms, improve the business environment and further invigorate market entities. We expect a better economic performance in the second half of the year. Thank you.

Economic Daily:

Since the growth rate of the Chinese economy fell in the first half of this year, will it continue to drop in the third quarter？Is there any pressure to achieve the anticipated economic growth ranging between 6% to 6.5% this year? Are there any difficulties in reaching the targeted range? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you for your questions. The national economy achieved a growth rate of 6.3% during the first half of this year, which is a relatively good performance. I interpret the key part of your question as how to view the growth rate, and from my perspective, these are the key elements.

First, the rate of 6.3% represents a moderate and stable level. How can we substantiate that belief? During the first quarter of this year, the economy rose by 6.4%, which was only 0.1 percentage point higher than what was finally achieved during the first six months. Furthermore, if we take into consideration the various indices, including employment, prices, incomes and endeavors to ensure a quality ecological environment, the economy is running within an appropriate range.

Second, a rate of 6.3% isn’t slow by any means. During the first quarter, the economic growth rate of 6.4% was certainly the best achieved right across the globe. Even though not all countries have yet released their economic growth figures for the first half of this year, it is probable that there was a general trend of global economic slowdown. Therefore, a growth rate of 6.3% achieved over the six months still ranks high.

Third, this rate of 6.3% indicates quality growth. While considering the economic performance we have achieved, we also need to be concerned about a number of important factors, such as relatively stable employment, increases in consumer prices that were moderate and, indeed, close to zero compared to fast-growing household incomes, and the decline of 2.7% in energy consumption per 10,000 yuan of GDP. Hence, such a growth rate means sustainable development with high quality.

Fourth, that growth rate of 6.3% wasn’t easily achieved. We all know that, since last year and continuing into the first half of this year, global economic growth and trade expansion have been slowing. In addition, the domestic economy, affected by underlying structural problems extending over quite a period of time, has been running under certain downward pressures. In such a context, the national economy has been growing steadily due to innovation-driven reforms, new macro-economic approaches, an improved business-friendly environment, reductions in taxes and administrative fees and the revived vitality of many market entities, rather than under some overwhelmingly strong stimulus plans.

Fifth, the growth rate of 6.3% is immensely sustainable. Achieving that during the first half of this year provides a solid foundation for an annual growth rate expected to range between 6.0% to 6.5%. Looking at the second half of this year, the external environment will probably remain complicated, and there are still downward domestic pressures to be handled. Despite that, the economic performance will still sustain stable momentum and the economic policies, with an increasingly competitive domestic market, still have a great number of options available. All in all, the various factors combined can ensure that the major goal for this year’s economic development can be achieved. Thank you.

Bloomberg:

My first question is on industrial production. If you look at the export data for June, there was a shrink of 1.3%, but industrial production is up 6.3% in the same period. There has been a substantial divergence between exports and industrial production over the course of the whole year. And especially if you look at the PMI numbers. New export orders are down about 46%, and the overall PMI numbers are also below 50%. How do you explain the divergence between exports, the PMI and industrial production data which seemed very stable? The second question is how much of the contribution of net exports is due to the fall in imports? Imports have fallen and exports have also fallen. But imports have fallen a lot more, which will lead to a bigger increase from net exports in the contribution to GDP. So, how much is the effect of the contribution of net exports to GDP is due to the decline in imports? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you for your two important questions. The first question is about the relationship between industrial growth, industrial exports and the PMI. In June, the value-added output of industrial enterprises above the designated size increased by 6.3% year-on-year, higher than that of May. The volume of industrial exports was stable in June, with the export delivery value of industrial enterprises above the designated size growing faster than in May. This data is based on the relevant indicators released by the NBS.

From this perspective, industrial growth and exports are generally matched. In June, the manufacturing industry’s PMI remained the same as the previous month, a little lower than the 50% threshold. However, in terms of the scale of enterprises, the index of large enterprises remained basically the same, while that of small and medium-sized enterprises registered a slight rise. Generally speaking, there is no big contradiction between the three indicators. In addition, when analyzing the relationship between indicators, we’d better consider the data of more than a month so that we can have a better grasp of the overall trend.

The second question is about the contribution of net exports, namely net exports of goods and services, to economic growth. The contribution rate was 20.7% in the first half of this year, higher than during the same period last year and the first quarter of this year. This is due to two factors. First, the value of total exports minus the value of total imports of goods and services, namely net exports, or trade surplus in goods, showed considerable expansion compared to the same period last year. At the same time, the trade deficit in services became smaller. Thus, the overall trade surplus in goods and services expanded.

To get an accurate and comprehensive picture of how the three drivers, namely consumption, exports and investment, contribute to economic growth, we have to take account of factors beyond the contribution rate. The first is economic structure, such as the sheer proportion of the three drivers in GDP. The recent years have witnessed a continuous rise in the share of domestic demand, and a fall in that of net exports of goods and services. China’s economic growth relies increasingly on domestic demand, especially consumption.

The second is speed, such as the growth of consumption, investment or gross fixed capital formation and net exports of goods and services. Overall, consumption and investment combined, or domestic demand, outpaced net exports during these years. The third is contribution rate, which reflects how much contribution the three drivers respectively make to economic growth.

In short, in order to reach an accurate conclusion about how the three drivers contribute to economic growth, we need to take into consideration not only their contribution rate, but also their own growth and share in the economy. By doing so, we concluded that China’s economic growth indeed relies increasingly on domestic demand, especially consumption. The central government has instructed that more focus be given to boosting the domestic market. Thank you.

China News Service:

According to a recent NBS report, China's per-capita GDP has surpassed $9,700. This had led some people to believe that China has escaped the middle-income trap. What's your view on this issue? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you for the question. First of all, the NBS is working on a series of reports that shows the achievements of China's economic and social development over the past 70 years. Three of the reports were recently released, and have won positive responses. There are still nearly 20 reports to be released. Please continue to follow us in this regard.

Second, the sum you mentioned in our first report was $9,732 to be accurate, and it was last year's per-capita gross national income (GNI). This index is different from GDP. GDP refers to the total added value produced by the permanent entities in a country or region in a period. It reflects economic growth from the perspective of production. In contrast, GNI was previously known as gross national product (GNP). The name was changed in 1993. It reflects the distribution of income among residents, government and enterprises. In 1993, the United Nations and some other international organizations adopted this name when revising statistics, because they found the name GNP not accurate for the concept. From then on, GNP has been gradually replaced by GNI.

Third, GNI and GDP are also related to each other. For instance, GNI is calculated on the basis of GDP. It is the sum of GDP plus the net income earned by foreign entities. Previous statistics show that there was no big difference between China's GDP and GNI, as the former was just a little higher than the latter. Please note that GNI is also different from resident disposable income, as the former consists of the net incomes of government, enterprises, residents and foreign entities. It is obviously much higher than the latter.

Fourth, you asked a question that many people are also eager to know the answer to. According to the standards of the UN, China is in the upper-middle income group. It must be admitted that after the rapid development over the past 40 years, China's economic situation and international status have improved remarkably, with the Chinese economy ranking second in the world. However, the per-capita income of the country has remained low. Figuring out when China will become a high-income country depends on many factors. Whether a country is a high-income country is decided by the status of other countries. When we will become a high-income country should be decided by our economic growth rate, price level, the development of other countries, as well as the exchange rates of the yuan, U.S. dollar and other currencies. Besides, international organizations may also change the methods of classification. Therefore, instead of discussing whether and when China can be ranked as a high-income country, we'd better focus on promoting economic development, improving people's livelihood and income, upgrading our economy and making it more efficient, so as to strive for high-quality development. Thank you.

21st Century Business Herald:

There may have been some answers already, but I would still like to ask. We have seen that the growth of industrial investment, the service sector and consumption all picked up in June, but the overall economic growth rate in the second quarter went down. What is behind the rebound of the growth rates in June? Will it last? In addition, the urban unemployment rate rose slightly in June. What do you think of the current employment situation? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you. You just asked two questions. The first one is whether the rebound of the growth rates in some indicators in June will last and what will happen in the second half of this year. The second question is about my views on the current employment situation.

As for your first question, we saw some indicators in June indeed picked up compared with those in May, including the industrial growth, as well as the growth of the retail sales of consumer goods and the production index of the service sector. For example, the total retail sales of consumer goods increased 9.8% in June, up 1.2 percentage points from May. The two main reasons are as follows. First, car sales performed better than expected. With the national standards for pollutant discharge of motor vehicles switched from Stage V to VI, promotional efforts were stepped up in June to increase automobile sales, which is a key reason for the better performance. The sales of automobiles by companies above designated size increased over 17%, driving the total retail sales of consumer goods to increase about 1.6 percentage points. Second, online retail sales in June performed relatively good. With promotional activities on June 18, we saw the online sales of cosmetics and household appliances grow at a relatively fast speed. These two factors combined to accelerate the growth of total retail sales in June. The growth of total retail sales of consumer goods had an obvious driving effect on the growth of the production index of the whole service sector, so these two indicators are correlated. As for industrial growth, we can look at the facts that the output and the value added of most industries and products increased in different degrees in June compared with those in May, and that there was also growth in export delivery in June. Thus, the growth figures were well-founded and also related with each other on the whole.

As for the second half of this year, there will be both positive and negative factors. On one hand, there will still be downward pressure for these indicators; on the other, there will be many favorable factors to support their stable performance. For example, the government will constantly stimulate more vitality in the market, and gradually implement a series of counter-cyclical adjustments, including a policy of stabilizing employment, trade, investment, finance, foreign investment and market expectations. These policies will have a more obvious effect on the indicators in the second half of this year, and all the above will be conducive to the stable performance of these indicators in the second half of the year.

The second question is about the unemployment rate. The surveyed unemployment rate in cities and towns increased 0.1 percentage point in June compared with that in May. Overall, the employment situation was still relatively stable, with the surveyed unemployment rate staying around 5%; however, we should notice that there are still some structural problems behind the overall stability that need to be addressed. In particular, with nearly 8.3 million university students graduating this year, there is still an increasing pressure on employment. As the graduation season comes in July and August, there is still some structural pressure on employment. Some traditional industries, including those undergoing structural transformation and overcapacity reduction, may also bring structural pressure on employment. The central government has paid close attention to employment, as it is the foundation of people's livelihood. This year, we have raised the priority of the employment policy to the same level as the proactive fiscal policy and the prudent monetary policy. Moreover, priority has been given to employment as the country takes major actions to keep stability. The government has also introduced many practical measures. On one hand, the employment situation remains stable on the whole; on the other, there are some structural problems and pressures that need our attention. With a series of policies and measures to stabilize and promote employment, we are able to maintain an overall stable employment situation. Thank you.

CNR:

In June, the PPI leveled off compared to the figure for the same period last year and actually fell 0.3% month-on-month. Some industry insiders are concerned about a potential deflation or inflation in the Chinese economy. Do you see the PPI continuing to fall in the second half of the year? Could you please give us your analysis? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

Thanks for your question. First, generally speaking, the PPI maintained moderate growth in the first half of this year, or around 0.3% year-on-year. In the next stage, it will be influenced by both the supply-demand situation as well as developments in the international environment, such as fluctuations in commodity prices. In general, I think there are likely to be some slight fluctuations ahead, but we will have to see how it goes.

Second, you talked about inflationary and deflationary risks, which are related to both economic performance and price changes. When we look at the price changes, we must analyze both the PPI and the CPI. If you put the two indicators together for the first half of this year, the CPI rose 2.2% and the PPI 0.3% year-on-year. Thus, you can see that prices were generally experiencing some modest growth while also stabilizing. Despite a slight fall, China’s economic growth, at 6.3% from January-June, still ranked among the top performers when compared to other major economies. Therefore, it is groundless to say that China may face either a deflationary or an inflationary risk. Thank you.

Market News International:

You just said the economic operation in the second half of the year has strong support. There is still a lot of room for policies. Can you give us a more detailed outlook on policy orientation around the real estate industry and infrastructure industry? For example, what change will there be for the state's attitude toward real estate investment, and what direction will the local governments turn to in terms of infrastructure investment? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you for your question. When it comes to investment, we say that it has three major components: first, manufacturing investment, second, infrastructure investment, and third, real estate investment. Real estate investment has maintained relatively rapid growth since last year, with a growth rate of about 10%. It has slightly declined from January to June, at 10.9%. Infrastructure investment growth has accelerated slightly from January to June, faster than that from January to May. Manufacturing investment growth has accelerated slightly in the past two months. All the above are the basic performances of the three major investments in recent months.

Speaking of real estate, from the statistics I just released, including the situation about housing prices released by the National Bureau of Statistics today at 9:30 am, we put together indicators of real estate aspects including housing prices, real estate investment, real estate sales, construction area, land transactions, etc., and examined them comprehensively and found that the current real estate market is still running smoothly. This is the first point. Second, for the next stage, on one hand, urbanization is still advancing, and there are still rigid and improvement demands from buyers. On the other hand, the concept of "houses are for living in, not for speculation" is more and more deeply rooted in the hearts of the people. Then we emphasize "particular policies for particular cities" and stress the main responsibility of the city government. With the two factors combined, stable land prices, stable housing prices and stable expectations can be achieved for the real estate market in the next stage. Under such circumstances, real estate investment will change radically.

From the perspective of infrastructure investment, I personally understand that our policy effects will continue to be exerted, including the strengthened issuance of special bonds. The introduction of some new measures has indeed accelerated the process of approvals for major projects that can complement shortcomings and provide strong stamina. In the next phase, these projects will gradually come to fruition, so infrastructure investment should rebound at a low level as expected. Thank you.

Hong Kong Commercial Broadcasting:

As we can see, the second quarter produced the lowest growth in 27 years. After the trade negotiation between Beijing and Washington resumes, do you think economic growth will continue to fall to a new low or can it recover in the second half of the year? Thanks.

Mao Shengyong:

As I said, China's economic growth reached 6.3 percent in the first half of the year, which does indeed represent a comparative slowdown in contrast with the past. However, if the increasingly harsh and complicated internal and external environments are considered as the backdrop, the speed remains high, particularly compared to other major economies in the world. 

So, judging from this angle, we should adopt a broader vision to comprehend the current growth speed. Using a new development concept, we have to look beyond growth speed in dealing with the economy. On the one hand, the economy is operating in a stable manner within a rational range. On the other hand, more energy is being expended on restructuring the economy and upgrading various industries. We cannot compromise our policies just for the sake of maintaining a certain growth speed. So, it is fair to say the current growth involves solidity, quality and sustainability, and is in line with the requirements of the new development concept. Therefore, its gold content is comparatively high. This is the first point.

Secondly, world economic growth, including international trade, has slowed down to some extent. Against this backdrop, in the first half of the year, although China's economic growth slightly decelerated, it still operated in a stable form within a rational range. And this is not so easy to come by.

The indicators of employment, commodity prices, incomes and protection of the ecology and environment all performed well. This indicates that, in order to respond to the changes in the external environment, we need to pay more attention to maintaining strategic concentration, and focusing on managing our own business well. For instance, we should focus more on reform and innovation, and constantly upgrading the wide range of our industries. We should further expand opening-up at a high level. We should take the initiative to lower import tariffs. Last year, the overall tariff level was lowered to 7.5%, and there will be a further cut this year. We need to further optimize the business environment, reduce the negative list, and promote stable development of foreign investment and foreign trade. Thanks.

Now TV (Hong Kong):

The GDP growth rate of the second quarter dropped 0.2 percentage point from the first quarter. How much was this due to the trade war? Will the figure continue to decline in the second half this year for the same reason? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you for the question. The economic growth rate of the first half this year was 6.3%. On a quarterly basis, it dropped slightly by 0.2 percentage point. I have mentioned that the world economy overall has slowed down in terms of development, and our external environment has become more complex. At the same time, we have continued to focus on structural adjustment and upgrading. In this context, when analyzing the overall economic performance, we should see if our economic performance has remained within a reasonable range. Currently, despite a slight slowdown in the growth rate, the major economic indices have all remained in a reasonable range and can meet our expectations. 

In the next period, despite possible changes in the external environment, we will focus on our own affairs, striving to keep the economic performance within a reasonable range and striving for high-quality development. Thank you.

Shou Xiaoli:

Thank you, Mr. Mao. Thank you everyone. That ends today’s press conference. See you all next time.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Ma Xingrui, vice secretary of the CPC Guangdong Provincial Committee, governor of Guangdong province;

Fu Hua, member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Guangdong Provincial Committee, head of the Publicity Department of Guangdong province;

Zhang Hu, vice governor of Guangdong province;

Chairperson:

Hu Kaihong, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office of China

Date:

June 3, 2019

Hu Kaihong:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to this press conference. This is one of a series of press conferences for provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities directly under the central government that mark the 70th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China. 

Present at this press conference are: Mr. Ma Xingrui, vice secretary of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Guangdong Provincial Committee and governor of Guangdong province; Mr. Fu Hua, a member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Guangdong Provincial Committee and head of the Publicity Department of Guangdong province; and Mr. Zhang Hu, vice governor of Guangdong province. They will speak about Guangdong's reform, opening up and innovation-driven development, and answer some of your questions.

Now I'll give the floor to Mr. Ma.

Ma Xingrui:

Friends from the media, ladies, gentlemen, friends, it's a great pleasure to take this opportunity to brief you on Guangdong's development. First of all, on behalf of the provincial Party committee and provincial government, I want to express sincere gratitude to all of you for your long, enthusiastic attention to Guangdong. 

Since the founding of the People's Republic of China 70 years ago, the country has witnessed radical changes, and achieved remarkable success in its development. Guangdong is a typical example of this change. Following are some highlights of Guangdong's development. 

First, economic development has maintained rapid growth. The provincial GDP increased from 2.03 billion yuan in 1949 to 9.7 trillion yuan in 2018, ranking among the top few across China for nearly 30 years. This year, the figure is estimated to exceed 10 trillion yuan. 

Second, provincial financial power has grown stronger. The revenue in the general public budget (in comparable prices) increased from 320 million yuan in 1950 to 1.2 trillion yuan in 2018, making the province the first in China to have a revenue in the general public budget exceeding 1 trillion yuan. 

Third, the province has continued to enhance opening up to the outside world. In 2018, total imports and exports of the province reached 7.16 trillion yuan, accounting for one-fourth of the national total, and ranking first in the nation for 33 years in a row. A total of US$447 billion in foreign investments were utilized, accounting for more than one-fifth of the national total. 

Fourth, a world-class manufacturing center has been established. There are approximately 47,500 industrial enterprises that have annual revenue of 20 million yuan or more from their main business operations. From traditional to advanced manufacturing, such as electronic information, green petrochemicals, automobiles, intelligent home appliances and robots, Guangdong has established a relatively complete and well-supported modern industrial system. The output of the electronic information industry accounted for 34% of the national total. 

Fifth, both rural and urban development have been significantly enhanced. A comprehensive transportation network has taken shape. Guangzhou, Shenzhen and other major cities in the Pearl River Delta have formed a modern city cluster with an urbanization rate that has reached 70.7%. All counties are connected by expressway, and all cities will soon be connected by bullet train.

Sixth, people's livelihoods have improved continuously. The average life expectancy has been extended to 77.2 years. The revenues of urban and rural residents have increased continually and absolute poverty has been eliminated. More than 2.4 million people previously recognized by the provincial government as living in relative poverty have risen out of poverty. 

You may wonder, how Guangdong is able to achieve such success despite having no special natural resources, with no foundation for development initially. Please allow me to share some of my views on this issue. Our achievements should be attributed to our system, political path, and the introduction of reform and opening up policies.

Since the founding of New China in 1949, the establishment of socialism has created the fundamental political conditions and the institutional foundation for achieving all development and progress in China today. Under the strong leadership of the CPC Central Committee, Guangdong has carried out socialist transformation smoothly, promoted socialist advancement vigorously, and established a relatively sound system for economic and social development, laying a solid foundation for the province's progress to come.

The introduction of reform and opening up policies in 1978 marked a new awakening and great revolution of the CPC, which propelled the Party into a great innovation from theory to practice, and boosted a tremendous advancement in promoting Socialism with Chinese characteristics. Comrade Deng Xiaoping, the chief architect of reform and opening up, chose Guangdong as the pioneer in the campaign after careful consideration. He required us to forge ahead despite all difficulties. The forerunners in the province, with Xi Zhongxun, former secretary of the CPC Guangdong Provincial Committee, as their representative, were dauntless in exploration and innovation. Thanks to their efforts, Guangdong started the glorious journey of leapfrog development. 

Under the strong leadership of the CPC Central Committee, the provincial Party committee and provincial government of all sessions have united and led all officials and the general public in Guangdong to establish special economic zones, carry out reform and opening up policies, and promote the development of the market economy. We implemented the central authorities' strategic plan of reform and opening up innovatively, and made great achievements in this area. We have served as a window showing China's progress to the world, as a pilot ground for reform and opening up policies, and as a pacesetter of development in China.

Since the 18th Communist Party of China (CPC) National Congress in 2012, the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core has demonstrated tremendous political courage and a powerful sense of mission. It has united and led all Party members and all the Chinese people of all ethnic groups in applying a new vision of development, implementing the five-sphere integrated plan and the four-pronged comprehensive strategy. With this, it has prompted historic shifts and achievements in the cause of the Party and the country, and steered socialism with Chinese characteristics into a new era.

Attaching great importance to the development of Guangdong province, General Secretary Xi Jinping visited Guangdong in his first inspection trip outside Beijing after the 18th CPC National Congress. He has joined deputies from Guangdong in panel discussions during two sessions of the National People's Congress, paid two visits to Guangdong, attended the signing ceremony of the framework agreement on the development of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area and the opening ceremony of the Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Bridge. He has delivered important speeches and gave important instructions on the development of Guangdong, designating it as a leading province in four areas (building institutions for high-quality economic development, developing a modern economy, pursuing opening up on all fronts and creating a social governance model based on collaboration, participation, and common interests), and a window for China to showcase its achievements in reform and opening-up as well as for the international community to observe the progress of the endeavor.

With General Secretary Xi Jinping's requirements in mind, we embarked on a new journey of the reform and opening-up drive, striving to break new ground in the new era. 

First, we made sweeping efforts to strengthen Party leadership and Party building, taking a clear political stand and fostering a healthy political atmosphere of integrity. We worked to ensure that all the officials in Guangdong keep in mind the need to maintain political integrity, think in big-picture terms, follow the leadership core, keep aligned, strengthen our confidence in the path, theory, system, and culture of socialism with Chinese characteristics, resolutely uphold General Secretary Xi Jinping's core position in the Party Central Committee and in the Party as a whole, and resolutely uphold the Party Central Committee's authority and its centralized, unified leadership.

Second, we took comprehensive steps to deepen reform and opening-up, improve the socialist market economy, enable the government to play a better role and create a more favorable business environment.

Third, the building of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area got off to a good start. The development plan is being fully implemented. The Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Bridge and the Guangzhou-Shenzhen-Hong Kong high-speed railway has come into operation. The bay area is attracting an inflow of talent, capital, technology and enterprises.

Fourth, innovation has become an essential force in driving Guangdong's economic growth. In 2018, Guangdong's R&D spending exceeded 250 billion yuan; its PCT (the Patent Cooperation Treaty) applications accounted for about half of the country's total; and the provincial regional innovation capability has maintained its top place nationwide. Guangdong is home to a large number of world-class enterprises, including Huawei, Tencent, Guangzhou Automobile Group, Gree and Midea.

Fifth, Guangdong's economy has been transitioning to a stage of high-quality development and the province has 45,000 national high-tech enterprises. The value-added of advanced manufacturing accounted for 56.4% of the total of industries above the designated size, and the contribution of the tertiary sector to GDP increased to 58.9%.

Sixth, Guangdong has seen a continuous improvement in its ecological environment, with the PM2.5 concentration falling to 31 mcg/m³. The Pearl River Delta has become China's first national forest city group demonstration zone.

Seventh, we have enhanced our ability to meet people's basic needs. Last year, per capita disposable personal income grew to 35,800 yuan. A provincial management system for aged-care insurance funds has been established. There has been steady progress in the efforts to address the key issues affecting living standards, such as offering easier access to medical and government services.

Eighth, we have improved our capacity to forestall and defuse major risks. With the courage and ability to fight, we have ensured social order and stability.

Ma Xingrui:

The world we live in today has been undergoing tremendous changes which are unseen in the past century, and the global economic order is facing unprecedented challenges. Guangdong will fully implement all major policies and plans made by the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core, uniting as one, and continuously focusing on managing China's own affairs well to prepare for any difficulties and challenges. With the strong leadership of Comrade Xi Jinping and the Central Committee of the CPC; the solid foundation established since the PRC was founded 70 years ago and the reform and opening up that was initiated 40 years ago, especially since the 18th CPC National Congress; as well as the capability and experience of market entities and with the united effort of the whole nation, we are fully confident in dealing with the various challenges and risks.

Last October, General Secretary Xi Jinping made major policy speeches during his visit to Guangdong province, giving important instructions in four aspects including pursuing deeper reform and greater opening up, promoting high-quality development, encouraging a balanced and coordinated form of development, and strengthening the leading role of the CPC and Party building. Guangdong province has fully implemented and made further progress in the "1+1+9" Plan, in which the two "ones" refer to the political guarantee of strengthening the leading role of CPC and Party building, and the driving force from pursuing deeper reform and greater opening up. The "nine" in the Plan refers to nine key missions, which are the following -- promoting the construction of the Guangdong-Hongkong-Macao Greater Bay Area; implementing the strategy of innovation-driven development; promoting high-quality development; building a modern economic system; laying a good foundation for the "three critical battles" against potential risks, poverty and pollution; implementing a rural revitalization strategy; improving the regional development plan of "One Core, One Belt, and One Region (i.e.to improve the economic structure of the Pearl River Delta as the core of the area; to foster new sources of growth in east and west Guangdong province which form a costal economic belt with cities along the Pearl River Delta; and to turn the mountainous region in north Guangdong province into an ecological zone.)"; developing a culturally prosperous province; and establishing a social governance model based on collaboration, participation and common interests. General Secretary Xi Jinping has instructed us to continue to be consistent in our efforts and stressed the significance of the tangible outcomes from these projects. General Secretary Xi Jinping has also noted that Guangdong province is an important window, not only for China to showcase to the world the achievements of our reform and opening up, but also for the international society to observe the process of our endeavor. The crucial status has placed Guangdong province under the spotlight, especially in the following aspects:

First, we take the building of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area as the guiding principle for Guangdong's reform and opening up in the new era, and will dedicate all of our province's strength to work on it.

We join hands with Hong Kong and Macao to build a world-class city cluster and an international-level bay area, promote the joint pursuit of the Belt and Road Initiative, and bolster the leading role of Guangdong to create a new pattern of high-level comprehensive opening up to the outside world. We place top priority on our work to promote the consistency of rules and regulations among the three places. Under the principle of "one country, two systems," we enact flexible measures in line with local conditions, align our business environment with a high-standard of international economic and trade rules, and promote the smooth flow of people, goods, funds and information between the Greater Bay Area. It can be said that Guangdong in the Greater Bay Area is worth looking forward to.

Second, we focus on promoting innovation-driven development.

We resolutely and calmly respond to challenges and tests of any kind, and we have strengthened our capacity for self-reliance and independent innovation. While aiming to increase core competitiveness, core technologies for key fields and basic research, we will invest more in scientific and technological innovation, and concentrate our efforts to improve the regional technological innovation system with enterprises playing a leading role. At the same time, we will speed up the adjustment of industrial structures and promote the transition of Guangdong from a manufacturing-orientated to an innovative province with high-quality development. It can be said that a Guangdong province with high quality development is worth looking forward to.

Third, we pursue a more balanced form of development across the regions as well as the rural and urban areas.

We will vigorously implement the strategy for rural revitalization, make good strides in the battle against poverty, and pursue coordinated development of Pearl River Delta region, coastal economic belt and mountainous area of North Guangdong.. We will show even greater resolve, make greater efforts, and take more practical measures to support the revitalization of the old revolutionary base areas and the development of areas with concentrations of ethnic minorities. According to the provincial financial plan, in 10 years and over different phases, we will invest 160 billion yuan to strengthen the weak links in rural infrastructure and basic public services, and speed up the improvement of rural life. It can be said that a Guangdong province with coordinated development is worth looking forward to.

Fourth, we pursue the balanced development and mutual reinforcement of material and cultural and ethical progress. 

We have launched activities to enhance cultural and ethical progress in the new era, and promote the building of the system of public cultural services. For example, we will promote the innovative development of the traditional Lingnan culture (a prominent culture in South China), based on the approach of respecting others' cultural characteristics while pursuing their own so as to progress together as the Chinese nation. It can be said that a Guangdong province with cultural prosperity is worth looking forward to as well.

Fifth, we will unswervingly advance the construction of an ecological civilization. We will implement China's new concept for development in an all-encompassing way and put into practice General Secretary Xi Jinping's instruction that "lucid waters and lush mountains are invaluable assets." We will adopt a holistic approach to conservation programs aimed at protecting our mountains, rivers, forests, farmlands, lakes, and grasslands, and apply the most stringent rule of law in this process. We will put in place key measures of protecting the environment, conserving energy, reducing emissions, promoting green development, pursuing a low-carbon and circular economy, and advancing ecological civilization. Our goal is to make Guangdong province a homeland with beautiful mountains, waters and nostalgic memories. An ecologically beautiful Guangdong is worth looking forward to. 

Sixth, we will create a social governance model based on collaboration, participation, and common interests. We will implement the general plan of the rule of law and further make Guangdong a place that is safe and based on the rule of law. We will strengthen social governance and make our business environment more internationalized, convenient and based on the rule of law. We aim to make Guangdong one of China's safest and most stable, fair, and just areas. We will continue to increase the people's sense of gain, happiness and security. A safer and more harmonious Guangdong is worth looking forward to.

On our new journey in the new era, Guangdong will hold high the great banner of socialism with Chinese characteristics, rally even closer around the Central Committee with Xi Jinping at its core, follow the guidance of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era and fully implement the spirit of General Secretary Xi Jinping's speeches and instructions on Guangdong. We will remain true to our original aspirations and keep our mission firmly in mind. We will continue our hard work, forge ahead, and write a new chapter in the new era of Guangdong's reform and opening up. We will strive to meet the requirement for Guangdong to become a national leader in four areas – establish institutions favorable for high-quality economic development, build a modern economic system, break new ground in pursuing the opening up on all fronts, and create a social governance model based on collaboration, participation, and common interests. Guangdong will also serve as two important windows – a window to showcase China's achievements in its reform and opening-up to the world and a window for the international community to observe China's reform and opening-up. By doing this, we will make our contributions to helping realize the Chinese Dream of national rejuvenation.

Thank you again, friends from the press. Thank you for attending today's press conference. Now my colleagues and I will begin to take your questions.

Hu Kaihong:

Thank you, Mr. Ma. Now we open the floor to questions. Please identify your media organization before raising your question. 

CCTV:

Society has placed a great deal of attention and expectation toward the construction of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. So how Guangdong will take the opportunity of building the Greater Bay Area to advance its reform and opening-up? Thanks.

Ma Xingrui:

Thanks for the question. Indeed, people are very concerned about this effort. The Greater Bay Area has been planned, deployed and promoted by General Secretary Xi Jinping himself as a significant strategy of national importance. Xi personally witnessed the signing of the Greater Bay Area framework agreement and clearly pointed out that Guangdong should mobilize resources from the whole province to promote the construction of the Greater Bay Area, and it is an important historic opportunity for Guangdong to renew its efforts in reform and opening-up. It is expected that Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao can make concerted efforts to turn the Greater Bay Area into a world-class city cluster and a first class bay area, which can rival the New York Bay Area, the San Francisco Bay Area, and the Tokyo Bay Area, so as to further improve Guangdong's competitiveness and help realize high-quality development.

The Party Central Committee and the State Council unveiled the Outline Development Plan of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area on Feb. 18, which clarifies the Greater Bay Area's five identities — a vigorous world-class urban agglomeration, an international science and technology innovation center with global influence, an important support for the construction of the Belt and Road, a demonstration zone for in-depth cooperation between the mainland and Hong Kong and Macao, and a world-class city cluster that promotes a high quality of life, where people can live, work and travel happily. 

Under the leadership of the Party Central Committee and the State Council, Guangdong has formed a close cooperation model with Hong Kong and Macao. We deeply feel that the reform and opening-up since 1978 has brought great changes to Guangdong, and the construction of the Greater Bay Area presents Guangdong with another important opportunity to carry on its reform and opening-up. Our work will be carried forward in the following five aspects. 

First, the business environment will be improved through interlinked rules. We will adhere to the principle of "one country" and make good use of the benefits of "two systems" to interlink the rules in the market economy system, and pave the way for the linkage of various factors. The objective is to ensure that personnel, logistics, capital and information can flow efficiently and orderly. There is still huge potential in this aspect.

Second, the construction of the Greater Bay Area into an international science and technology innovation center will be expedited. This is a key task that people are deeply concerned about.  The Tokyo Bay Area, the New York Bay Area and the San Francisco Bay Area are stronger than the Greater Bay Area in terms of original innovation. This is also our shortcoming. But we have the foundation that has been laid over the past 40 years' of reform and opening-up and over the past 70 years of the New China's development. Hong Kong and Macao have several world-class universities, and if combined with the innovation ability of Guangdong's real economy, they can effectively boost the construction of the international science and technology innovation center. In particular, all relevant departments of the central government attach great importance to the job, such as the building of major scientific and technological infrastructure, large scientific installations, national key laboratories, and national laboratories, etc. In addition, there are also certain favorable tax policies customized for science and technology staff. For example, we are working to make it possible that talents from Hong Kong and Macao can be taxed according to Hong Kong and Macao tax policies in Guangdong. In a word, scientific and technological innovation is a major task for us.

Third, the Greater Bay Area should be built into an important support structure for the construction of the Belt and Road. It is known that the three places have their respective advantages. Hong Kong is an international center of finance, trade and shipping. Macao is a world tourism and leisure center, and has a link with Portuguese-speaking countries. Guangdong is a manufacturing powerhouse and a major province in international trade. So, in the construction of the Belt and Road, the Greater Bay Area can play a very important role.  

Fourth, infrastructure facility interconnectivity will be promoted. As we know, the Guangzhou-Shenzhen-Hong Kong high-speed train service opened last year, which implements the system of "one place and two inspections." It takes only 47 minutes to travel from Hong Kong to Guangzhou by train, while before its opening, we took more than four hours by car. There are also some key infrastructure facilities under construction, such as the Liantang/Heung Yuen Wai Boundary Control Point, and a new port connecting Macao and Zhuhai, both of which will be completed before the end of this year. In particular, we are advancing the coordinated development of high-speed railway, harbors and airport clusters in the region. There are three major airports — Hong Kong Airport, Guangzhou Baiyun International Airport and Shenzhen Baoan Airport, which handle more than 70 million, nearly 70 million and over 45 million passenger trips a year respectively.  

Fifth, an environment with a high quality of life where people can live, work and travel happily will be created. Guangdong will provide sound environment for the youth from Hong Kong and Macao to pursue innovation and start new businesses. Meanwhile, we will also make great efforts to improve the ecological and living environment, since there is still room for improvement in these aspects.

As for information on the Greater Bay Area, you must already be familiar with it as the media has reported widely on it. Due to the tight schedule, I would like to stop here. Thanks.

China Daily:

We learned that the GDP of Guangdong province is expected to surpass 10 trillion yuan in 2019. So my question is what achievements has Guangdong made in promoting high-quality economic development and building a modern economic system, especially in the layout of emerging industries? Thanks.

Ma Xingrui:

Thanks for your question. The GDP of Guangdong province has ranked first in the country for 30 years in a row. As you mentioned, this year it will hit 10 trillion yuan. But for Guangdong, there still remains problems in achieving high-quality development.

First, it must be reflected in the economic system. Since the 18th National Congress of the CPC, General Secretary Xi Jinping has visited Guangdong twice and attended the plenary sessions of the Guangdong NPC delegation twice. He made a series of important instructions, clearly requiring Guangdong to play a leading role in building the system and mechanism to promote high-quality development and a modern economic system. Currently, we should ensure that the market plays its decisive role in resource allocation, and we should give better play to the role of the government, which were also clearly pointed out at the third plenary session of the 18th Central Committee of the CPC. In accordance with the requirements of the Party Central Committee, we are deepening the supply-side structural reform. In this respect, the government is to provide an institutional environment of rule of law and with preferential policies for companies, especially for the real economy. In recent years, we published a series of policies in support of the real economy, private economy, foreign trade, and employment as well. For example, Guangdong took the lead in overall planning of  pension for employees working for local enterprises, bringing benefits to companies and people.

Second, we must focus on developing market players. Guangdong is now home to 11.46 million individual business and companies, with nearly 5 million companies among them, ranking it first in China. Currently, a total of 12 companies in Guangdong have entered the Fortune Global 500 list and the revenue from the main business operations of 29 companies has exceeded 100 billion yuan. So I think all of these are very important. Meanwhile, to develop the market economy, we must focus on developing industrial clusters. Now we already have two industrial clusters which have a total output value of more than one trillion yuan and are engaged in electronic information and green petrochemical. We also have seven emerging industrial clusters with an output value of over 100 billion yuan respectively. There are many examples like these.

First, we took the lead in pushing the development of the 4K UHD (ultrahigh definition) video industry. In the past, we had 1K and 2K, and now we have 4K, bringing many benefits to technology, industries and the lives of people. Now the output of 4K TV accounts for about half of the country. 

Second, we are sparing no effort to develop the robotics industry. Now around 20% of  industrial robots are made in Guangdong. In 2018, the total output of industrial robots reached 32,000 sets, accounting for 22% of the total. In the first quarter of 2019, the output of Topstar Technology Co., Ltd, one of the tech companies that produces industrial robots in Guangdong, generated a year-on-year growth of 36%, maintaining a good momentum. 

Third, we support the new energy automobile industry. I used to work in Shenzhen where we worked to ensure that all buses were powered by electricity within three years. This was also realized in Guangzhou and Zhuhai, which promotes the development of new energy automobiles. The emission of a bus that fueled by diesel is equivalent to that of 40 cars. So the development of new energy automobiles will help to improve the air quality. You can take a look in Shenzhen and Guangzhou, there are now many changes.

Fourth, we promote the development of the industrial internet. Guangdong is a province that based on information. We encourage companies to improve themselves with the help of information technology, especially that of the industrial internet. A total of 3,000 companies now have access to the cloud platform, and that number will reach 10,000 in the future. 

Fifth, we are making efforts to develop the mobile communication industry. The output of smartphones now accounts for 43.9 % of the total output in the country. Most of the mobile phone brands, like Huawei, OPPO, VIVO and Apple, have established their production lines in Guangdong. In addition, we are stepping up the building of the 5G network. This year, we will set up base stations for the commercial use of 5G in Shenzhen.

Generally speaking, high-quality development is the key to building a modern economic system. We also need to give full play to the market and government. In addition, we need to target strategic emerging industries and future industries like artificial intelligence.

Phoenix Satellite TV:

I have two questions. First, what measures will Guangdong take to jointly promote cultural development in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, which is stressed in the area's development plan? Second, as you just said, Guangdong is fully confident in its ability to develop its economy and cope with its challenges. How much impact does the economic and trade friction between China and the United States have on Guangdong, since there are many high-technology enterprises in the province? What measures have you taken to ease the impact? Thank you.

Ma Xingrui:

Now Mr. Fu Hua will answer your questions. He is a member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Guangdong Provincial Committee and head of the Publicity Department of Guangdong province. He is in charge of related works.

Fu Hua: 

Jointly promoting cultural development in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area is a significant part of the area's development. As you know, Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao share the same culture, making it easy to promote cultural development in the area. Besides, over the past 40 years of reform and opening-up, the three regions have enjoyed increasingly close and active cultural exchanges. These have laid the foundation for jointly promoting cultural development and spreading cultural values in the bay area.

According to the requirements of the Development plan for the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, certain arrangements and considerations have been made by Guangdong province in jointly building a cultural Bay Area. Not long ago, we published a Three-year Plan of Guangdong province to establish a circle of culture in the Greater Bay Area. We will be carrying out certain preliminary policies from 2019 to 2022 based on the following three aspects. First, as the shared wealth and the cultural basis of Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao, Lingnan culture should be treated as a bridge to carry forward China's fine traditions and to promote its innovative transformation and development. Second, the rich cultural resources in the Bay Area will be fully utilized, and the rich cultural products of the new era should be put forward. Third, Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao should focus on cultural communication by presenting the story of China and its Bay Area in a more compelling way. 

In terms of specific works concerned, our vision is as follows:

First is to promote the development of a culturally prosperous province. The cultural capacity of Guangdong needs to be further developed in order to collaboratively build a cultural Bay Area. With the initiative of the Party committee and the government of Guangdong province, a Three-year Plan to develop the cultural prosperity of Guangdong has been created, which consists of 10 key programs and 50 projects, including the inheritance and innovation of Lingnan culture, the promotion of the high-quality development of the cultural industry in Guangdong, and the endeavor to elevate the culture and arts of Guangdong to a new level in the new era. Among all the fine arts of Guangdong, it is necessary for the excellences to stand out to present the essentials of the new era.

Second is to deepen cultural exchange and cooperation, which is of great significance. So far, our concerns have been mainly focused on five aspects as follows. First, we will co-host the cultural festival of the Greater Bay Area, organizing public galas and events to promote Lingnan culture, notably the Cantonese opera, dragon boat, martial arts and Guangdong lion dance. Second, we will work with Hong Kong and Macao to protect our cultural heritage and to raise people's awareness in this regard. Third, we will promote the in-depth integration of our cultural industry into tourism, by innovating on the industrial chain and developing a world-class resort in the Bay Area. Fourth, we will collaboratively work to improve the cultural and creative industries. As over 300 industrial parks in these fields are in Guangdong province, the cultural and creative industries have room to thrive in the Bay Area. Finally, we will build the Alliance for Art and Culture of the Greater Bay Area in order to promote the collaboration of Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao in producing films, TV series, literature, music and artworks to present the development of the Bay Area. More cultural icons with characteristics of the Bay Area should be created.

Third is to provide more support for, and to create a better environment in the area of public opinion on the development of the Greater Bay Area. We are aware that on May 19, the first Media Summit of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area was organized in Guangdong province. The summit was a success, and over 110 media outlets from Guangdong, Beijing and Taiwan covered the summit, which was attended by a total of more than 600 media professionals and guests. During this one-day event and three days of interviews, we achieved a lot. This can be seen not only in the over 3,000 original news reports on the development of the Bay Area, but also in the consensus among many media outlets on how to present the first-class Bay Area. In this regard, we will work hard to make further progress in the gathering of media resources. Because the Greater Bay Area is a new area of growth, it will surely be under the spotlight. We hope that media around the world will pay more attention to the construction of the Greater Bay Area, thereby attracting more resources for its development in order to jointly contribute to an environment with first-class media and public opinion. Thank you.

Ma Xingrui:

Just now, Mr. Fu answered your first question. In order to create a strong cultured province, I think another point is also important - that is that advanced culture needs to be promoted by advanced technology. In my opinion, the cultural industry or cultural undertakings not only provide us with nourishment for our mind, but also stimulate technological development. Next, we are planning to popularize 4K, 8K and 5G, which will surely bring huge benefits to cultural communication. Therefore, the cultural industry has great demands and significant driving forces for technology.

I would like to answer the second question briefly. Recently, the trade friction between China and the U.S. has become an extremely important international issue. Yesterday, the State Council Information Office (SCIO) of China published a white paper clearly indicating China's stance on trade consultations. It said that the trade friction is provoked unilaterally by the U.S. and is not in line with related international rules. The continuous escalation of  trade friction is not only detrimental to economic and social development, enterprises and people on both sides, but is also harmful to the world's economy. Guangdong is a big province in regard to international business and economics, because we account for about one fifth of the total trade value between China and the U.S. Currently, enterprises and the market economy in Guangdong still have relatively high economic vitality. Tested by the 2008 international financial crisis, they have become more resilient and are better equipped to resist risks and support economic development. Guangdong has paid much attention to intellectual property (IP) protection, we have IP courts and established a standardized IP trading system. In addition, we have a bunch of enterprises that demonstrate a strong ability to innovate, such as Huawei which is a world leader in cutting edge 5G technology. Trade friction between China and the U.S. does have some effect on Guangdong, but it's generally within control. Thank you.

CGTN:

Guangdong regards digital government as an important driver for reform. It has proposed a series of innovative measures, including launching a government service app Yueshengshi in Guangdong. Could you tell us more about Guangdong's progress in its building of a digital government? Thanks.  

Ma Xingrui:

Thank you for the question. Let me invite Guangdong Vice-Governor Zhang Hu to answer the question.

Zhang Hu:

Thank you for your concern on Guangdong's digital reform and construction. President Xi Jinping pays great attention to applying information technology in state governance. He has emphasized many times the role of information technology in the state governance, and that promoting the modernization of the state governance system and governance capability by the use of information technology, so as to better serve the country's economic and social development and improve people's livelihoods. 

Guangdong's building of a "digital government" is an important deployment of General Secretary Xi's important instructions and spirit in this regard. It is significant for the province to foster an "internet plus government services", modernize the government's governance system and governance capability as well as playing up and creating new strengths in the business environment. After more than two years' work, the reform and construction of our "digital government" has achieved remarkable results. In April, the General Office of the State Council's e-governance office entrusted third party agencies to assess the online government service capabilities of provincial-level governments. Guangdong was ranked first in the assessment. I would like to introduce it through the following three aspects:

First, why this reform? Guangdong has always placed great significance to the informatization of governance and has launched government service applications with Guangdong characteristics. But in the light of the new situation and new requirements, we still have four prominent issues to resolve. Firstly, the construction and management mechanism lags behind. There is no department directly affiliated to the provincial government to lead and plan the deeper integration of informatization within the provincial-level government. There is also insufficient coordination and collaboration among the relevant governments at the city- and county-level. There is no vertical planning and collaboration so synergy is lacking between the superior and subordinate departments, and among different departments in one place that are related to the undertaking. Second, sporadic and repetitive construction is common. Before the reform, every department directly affiliated to the provincial government had its own information center, and there were as many as 1,068 such information systems, which were separated from each other. This led to the existence of many isolated information islands. Third, the services for enterprises and people are not in place. Because the data resources of different units are separate, and there was no unified management and effective sharing, the people and business owners often complained that they had to go to different departments and repeatedly provide certification materials to deal even with a simple matter related to the government. Fourth, the staff are not professional enough. The professional structure of talents on the informatization in government departments is comparatively basic. Statistics show the proportion of talents in the middle- and high-level professional ranks is not high, which does not match with Guangdong's status as a major province of the information industry.  

Secondly, how do we advance this reform? In response to the aforementioned prominent issues, the CPC Guangdong provincial committee and the Guangdong provincial government initiated the "digital government" reform. At the end of 2017, it was labeled as the first of the 18 key tasks for Guangdong's deepening of reforms. Guangdong Party chief Li Xi presided over the work conference to examine and settle on the final reform plan, and made detailed deployments. Guangdong Governor Ma Xingrui held the post as the leader of the team to deepen reform, and has conducted inspections many times to create the master plan and the construction plan to advance the reform. Our efforts are mainly in these four aspects:  

First, we have deepened institutional reforms. Governance service data administrative bureaus were established at the governments of the province, city and county level, which form a coordinated informatization administrative body connecting the superior and subordinate government bodies. The functions such as local office of government set-up committee's responsibilities in promoting the administrative approval system reform, the development and reform commission's duties in initiating and approving projects related to informatization, and the supervision of public resource trading platforms are now assigned to the government data service bureaus, so that a vertical and intensive management system that features the integration of technology and operations is formed. 

Second, we have established a model featuring the "collaboration of government and enterprises, and division of administration and operations". We have integrated the resources of Tencent, China Mobile, China Unicom and China Telecom and founded the Digital Guangdong, which is in charge of the building, operation and maintenance of the "digital government". We have brought together a group of talents in big data, networks, operations and development and resolved the shortage of talent and the rigidity of the government system in starting a business. 

Third, we have strengthened the platform's role as a powerful support and efficient service provider. Building a unified government cloud and big data platform, promoting inter-department and cross-level data sharing, and reinforcing the foundation for a digital government. Based on this foundation, we have advanced the platform's applications in three aspects — Yueshengshi app, Guangdong governance service website (gdzwfw.gov.cn), and coordinated office platform, in a bid to realize "the 'clouding' of data and the delivering of services".

Fourth, we place greater emphasis on the role of think tanks. A "digital government" reform and construction expert board was set up. We invited Wang Qinmin, who is the former vice chairman of the National Committee of the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference, and director of the State Council's e-governance expert committee, to head the board, which consists of more than 100 experts and provides strong technological support in the construction of "digital government" for Guangdong.

Third, how about the effect of the reform? The Yueshengshi app has made it possible for users to deal with 630 government-linked issues relating to their everyday lives through their smartphone. For 86% of these issues, people now do not need to go to government departments in person, saving them considerable time and costs. For example, the photos people needed to take at the border exit-entry is now free of charge, which saves people's time, and nearly 100 million yuan ($14.49 million) a year. In the first year of the app's launch, more than 12 million people have logged on it. In terms of services for enterprises, the Guangdong governance service website has covered all service items related to governments at the village, township, county, city and provincial levels. This has greatly enhanced the working efficiency and reduced the amounts of materials enterprises have to submit by nearly 56%, according to our statistics, and reduced the amount of the time for registering a new business to five days at most. In addition, in terms of government coordination, the integrated collaborative office platform has been promoted for use in 21 cities in the province, as well as 42 departments directly affiliated to the provincial government, among which more than 90% has initiated cloud-based work platforms. Our survey indicates the time for handling department documents has dropped by about 40%, and the efficiency of administrative approval and services have markedly improved.

Currently, Guangdong has entered a key phase in its "digital government" reform and construction. Although we have made some progress, there are still many more tasks to be done. We will act strictly according to the CPC Central Committee and the State Council's deployment and requirements, learn the good experience and working methods from other provinces, and unswervingly deepen reform and seek innovation — like hitting the nail on the head — to take Guangdong's "digital government" reform and construction to another level. That's all I have to say about the topic. Thanks.

Ma Xingrui:

As for the "digital government", I would like to say more. First, it is important for us to implement the deployment of the "Digital China", as it represents the direction for guiding and pushing forward the development of the digital economy. Second, we need to build a public cloud platform and public data platform, breaking the former state in government work in which there was a lack of coordination among different departments. Third, we founded Digital Guangdong, a network construction company employing 1,200 people, which is a joint venture involving Tencent, China Mobile, China Telecom and China Unicom and operating according to market laws. Meanwhile, we founded a governance service data administrative bureau, which is indeed a tough institutional breakthrough. That's all. 

South China Morning Post:

I have two questions about the China-U.S. trade friction. First, what specific measures will Guangdong take to cushion the impact of the U.S. moves? You said the provincial government had introduced some important measures to meet the economic challenges that emerged in 2008. What measures has the government taken or plans to take to hedge against the impact of the current trade friction? Second, Guangdong plays a key role in promoting innovation, and you said the province plays a leading role in the innovation-driven development of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. So, what impact will the trade friction exert on Guangdong’s role as an innovation driver for the Greater Bay Area?

Ma Xingrui:

As to your first question, I think we need to let the market play the decisive role in resource allocation, along with the government playing its supervisory role better. 

First, we will pursue greater opening-up in accordance with the requirements of the CPC Central Committee. On several occasions, General Secretary Xi Jinping has stressed that China will broaden its opening-up. The occasions include the Boao Forum for Asia, the first China International Import Expo and the second Belt and Road Forum on International Cooperation. Guangdong, as an important window for China's opening-up and construction of the Greater Bay Area, must take more resolute measures to ensure broader opening-up. 

Second, we will further relax controls on market access, act to promote the foreign investment law passed at the second session of the 13th National People's Congress this year and implement an across-the-board management system based on pre-establishment national treatment and requirements of the negative list. We have also introduced a series of other measures to ensure stability of our foreign trade and better utilization of foreign investment. 

Third, we will continue to expand the overseas market. Last year, Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao jointly hosted a promotional event in Paris, which was attended by some 600 to 700 companies. This year's promotion in Tokyo was larger, drawing more than 1,200 participants. Lam Cheng Yuet-ngor, chief executive of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (SAR), Chui Sai On, chief executive of the Macao SAR and myself attended the event. We have been organizing such events since we became fully aware that, in the age of economic globalization, no country can achieve development if its door is closed to the outside world. Judging by the current situation, foreign trade in Guangdong is steady.

Regarding your second question: First, speaking from both long-term and current perspectives, Chinese technological development must be achieved by self-reliant innovation. Of course, self-reliance doesn't mean cutting ourselves off from the rest of the world. The U.S. has no legitimate grounds for placing Huawei on its Entity List. For many years, Guangdong has been strengthening the role of enterprises in innovation, and we have made solid progress that is demonstrated by at least four figures of "90%" coming from enterprises, namely the percentage of R&D investment, the percentage of R&D personnel, the percentage of R&D institutes and the percentage of patent applications and approvals. Guangdong was ranked first in the comprehensive capacity of regional innovation among Chinese provinces in both 2017 and 2018.

Second, weak points affecting Guangdong's innovation capacity lie in basic research and application-oriented basic research. We have increased our efforts to develop platforms for technological innovation and promoted the establishment of several key scientific facilities, national and key laboratories. We have founded a provincial foundation for basic research and application-oriented basic research. We have also promoted technological breakthroughs in nine key areas (rail transit equipment, high-end vessels and ocean engineering equipment, smart robots, smart vehicles, sophisticated modern agricultural machinery, high-end medical appliances, new materials, smart manufacturing, and major technical equipment). Unremitting efforts are required for further progress.

Third, we have been focusing on providing a relaxed development environment for talent. So far, we have attracted a number of academicians and experts, innovation groups and entrepreneurial teams to Guangdong, and we also encourage enterprises to promote global allocation of technological resources.

Fourth, we attach great importance to intellectual property protection. Priority should be given to promoting the transfer and trade of technological outputs. The annual trade volume of technical contracts in Guangdong province has now reached more than 100 billion yuan.

Firth, we have made continuous efforts to improve Guangdong's ecosystem for innovation. This requires persistent efforts that cannot be achieved overnight. So, we encourage experts and academics to concentrate on their research rather than seeking fame and wealth. We are working to create an enabling environment in which failure is tolerated and exploration is constantly encouraged particularly in basic research. At the same time, we will always take resolute disciplinary action against academic misconduct. Thank you.

Economic Daily:

The uneven development between urban and rural areas and between various regions in Guangzhou has always been a challenge for the province. Last year, General Secretary Xi Jinping made requirements for Guangdong during his visit to the province. To address the challenge, what measures have been taken and how do they work? Thank you. 

Ma Xingrui:

Thank you for your question. The most daunting challenges facing Guangdong are the uneven development between regions and the urban-rural dual structure. Since the 18th National Congress of the CPC, General Secretary Xi Jinping has set very clear requirements for Guangdong's integrated development for multiple times. Especially during his visit from Oct. 22 to 25 last year, Xi asked us to take efforts to resolve the urban-rural dual structure, narrow the gap between the Pearl River Delta and the region of south Guangdong, west Guangdong and north Guangdong, and push for balanced and coordinated development. Those three areas occupy 70% of the land in the province, but account for only 20% of the provincial GDP, while the remaining 80% goes to the Pearl River Delta. Uneven development has been a longstanding issue. Guangdong still has a huge gap between urban and rural areas, as the ratio of rural income to urban income stands at 1:2.58. As a result, we will work hard to resolve the two issues.

Regional coordinated development means further focusing on relative strategies. The provincial government designed the new development pattern of "One Core, One Belt and One Region," —the Pearl River Delta as "One Core," the coastal economic belt as "One Belt," and the ecological development zone in north Guangdong as "One Region." Regional coordinated development also means we will increase support for east Guangdong, west Guangdong and north Guangdong. For example, we will advance the construction of the high-speed transit connecting the Pearl River Delta with the three parts of Guangdong, as well as a high-speed railway. We will also facilitate the construction of airports in Zhanjiang, Jieyang and Shaoguan. We are funneling more S&T resources to those three areas of Guangdong, and supporting their development of basic public services, including medical care, employment and education. On July 1, 2017, Guangdong was the first province to implement a coordinated basic pension system for employees. We will build 30 top-notch hospitals in the province, and now there are already 22 such hospitals, among which five are in the three core areas. The provincial government has invested 50 billion yuan in building a community-level medical service system. We will develop various education especially professional education. Moreover, we are optimizing the industrial structure. For instance, Zhanjiang and Jieyang are introducing a number of investment projects each worth tens of billions of yuan. 

As for urban-rural development, we will roll out policies and mechanisms to address the unevenness. We will stick to the principle that "urban areas support rural development, and industry promotes agriculture." The province will invest 160 billion yuan over the next 10 years to reshape the rural areas. We will do a good job to offset cultivated land used for other purposes, ink the amount of urban and rural land designated for construction to that of land returned to cultivation, and put returns from the land trade in the fund used to develop rural areas. We will push forward demolition and reclamation projects in rural areas. We are making efforts to advance industrial revival. We have built 150 modern provincial agriculture industrial parks, each granted 50 million yuan in subsidies to develop special agriculture and help raise the income of farmers. We will work hard to improve living conditions in urban and rural areas. We are confident that there will be significant progress within three years, huge achievements within five years, and fundamental changes within 10 years. Thank you. 

Hu Kaihong:

Due to the time limit, the last question will be for journalists. 

Hong Kong Economic Herald: 

Hong Kong youth entrepreneurship on the mainland has progressed to the version 2.0 under the background of the Greater Bay Area. What will Guangdong do to take forward the development of youth entrepreneurship and employment bases for Hong Kong and Macao? Thank you.

Ma Xingrui:

Thank you for your question. I have never heard of the version you mention. However, I can give you a brief introduction of the relevant work. First, during the development of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, the CPC Guangdong Provincial Committee and Guangdong provincial government have always sought to meet the requirements of the central leadership in ways suiting the needs of Hong Kong and Macao, proactively promote the development of youth entrepreneurship and employment bases and provide services for the youth of Hong Kong and Macao. The Greater Bay Area consists of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (HKSAR), the Macao Special Administrative Region (Macao SAR) as well as the municipalities of Guangzhou, Shenzhen, Zhuhai, Foshan, Huizhou, Dongguan, Zhongshan, Jiangmen and Zhaoqing in Guangdong Province (known as the "nine Pearl River Delta municipalities"), covering a total area of 56,000 square kilometers and with a combined population of approximately 70 million. Their combined gross domestic product (GDP) has been around $1.6 trillion. In recent years, we have established the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Science and Technology Innovation Special Cooperation Zone in Qianhai of Shenzhen, attracting a large number of young people from Hong Kong to take up innovation as well as entrepreneurship in Guangdong with great success. Now, all the Pearl River Delta municipalities have provided great opportunities to promote youth innovation and entrepreneurship for Hong Kong and Macao. Recently, I attended the Hong Kong-Guangdong Cooperation Joint Conference with Madam Carrie Lam Cheng Yuet-ngor, the fifth-term Chief Executive of the HKSAR, and the Guangdong-Macao Cooperation Joint Conference with Mr. Chui Sai On, the fourth Chief Executive of the Macao SAR. All the relevant work is now well underway and our cooperation has made good progress.

Second, we have been working hard to make it convenient for youth from Hong Kong and Macao to find a job, study and go to hospital here. For example, we have so far helped 100,000 citizens from Hong Kong and Macao to apply for mainland residence permits. In the areas of medical and endowment insurance, local governments from the three [pillars of the Greater Bay Area] vow to strengthen communication and improve relative supporting policies.

Third, we are always striving to provide convenience for youth from Hong Kong and Macao to incubate their scientific and technological achievements. For example, Da-Jiang Innovations (DJI) has grown in strength in Guangdong. At the beginning, the founder of DJI, Wang Tao, and his tutor got the idea in Hong Kong, but they chose Guangdong to incubate their achievement thanks to its highly-qualified manufacturing industry and mature industrial chain. Another example is UBTECH. Its innovative team had spent years trying to find a suitable place to produce robots, and finally chose Guangdong as its headquarters because of the mature industrial chain it offered. I want to say Guangdong's mature industrial chain helps a lot in transforming the innovation achievements of youth from Hong Kong and Macao. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

That's the end of the Q&A section. Now I'll give the floor to Mr. Ma for some closing remarks.

Ma Xingrui:

On behalf of the CPC Guangdong Provincial Committee and Guangdong provincial government, I would like to express my sincere gratitude to the SCIO and all media friends for your concern and support of Guangdong in its development. Welcome all of you to visit Guangdong. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

This concludes today's press conference. Thank you, Mr. Ma. Thank you, Mr. Fu and Mr. Zhang. Thank you all.

.

Read in Chinese

Speaker:

Wang Shouwen, vice minister of commerce and deputy China international trade representative

Chairperson:

Guo Weimin, vice minister of the State Council Information Office

Date:

June 2, 2019

Guo Weimin:

Ladies, gentlemen, media friends, good morning. Welcome to this press conference.

Today, the State Council Information Office (SCIO) released a white paper entitled "China's Position on the China-U.S. Economic and Trade Consultations." At this press conference, we will brief you about its major content, along necessary explanations.

Present at this press conference is Mr. Wang Shouwen, vice minister of commerce and deputy China international trade representative. I'm your host, Guo Weimin, vice minister of the State Council Information Office.

First of all, let me brief you about the major content of the white paper. The document is entitled "China's Position on the China-U.S. Economic and Trade Consultations." It summarizes and introduces the history of China-U.S. trade friction, and the general situation of the bilateral trade talks. It also explains China's principles and position on the various issues involved. The document contains approximately 8,300 words, and contains three parts - foreword, main content and conclusion.

The white paper notes that trade cooperation remains the ballast and the propeller for China-U.S. relations. This issue is critical to the fundamental interests of the two nations and their people, as well as world prosperity and peace. Since March 2018, in response to the economic and trade friction unilaterally initiated by the United States, China has had to take forceful measures to defend its national interests and its people. At the same time, China has always adhered to the basic principle of resolving disputes through dialogue and consultations, and there have been several rounds of trade negotiations with the United States. China has tried its best to maintain a stable trade relationship with the United States. We certainly don't want to see a trade war occur. However, if it really comes, we won't be afraid, and will fight it if necessary. Our attitude on this has never changed.

The white paper clearly shows how China-U.S. trade friction provoked by the United States has harmed the interests of both countries and, indeed, the world as a whole. The imposition of trade tariffs has done no good to the United States as well as others. It has impeded bilateral trade investment and cooperation. It has also affected market confidence and economic stability worldwide. A trade war won't "make America great again." Instead, it has raised the production costs of American enterprises, increased domestic prices in America, harmed U.S. economic growth and people's livelihood, and obstructed the flow of American exports to China. The trade bullying carried out by the U.S. have had a negative influence on the entire world. They have damaged the multilateral trading system, enormously disturbed the global industrial chain and supply chain, and damaged market confidence. They pose a severe challenge to the recovery of the global economy, and pose a grave threat to advancement of economic globalization.

The white paper noted that in the trade negotiations with China, the United States has gone back on its words, and not acted in good faith. Since the United States provoked the trade friction, bilateral trade and investment have been badly affected. This led to both sides agreeing to sit down and discuss a solution. Since the trade negotiations started in February 2018, significant progress has been made, and consensus has been reached on the majority of issues. However, there were also various twists and turns, all of them caused by the U.S. government, as it has repeatedly abandoned the bilateral consensus, gone back on its words, and broken its promises. The setbacks in our trade negotiations should all be blamed on the U.S. government.

The white paper pointed out that China has always adhered to the principles of equality, mutual benefit and good faith throughout the consultations. It has always believed that the U.S. threat of trade war and the imposition of tariffs won't help solve trade problems. China and the United States should seek solutions through consultations in the spirit of mutual respect, equality, mutual benefit, goodwill and good faith.

The white paper also emphasizes that, in China-U.S. trade consultations, the sovereignty and dignity of each country must be respected. Any agreement must be on an equal basis and be beneficial to both sides. When it concerns major issues of principle, China will never take a step back.

Finally, the white paper stresses that a mutually beneficial, win-win agreement between China and the United Stated conforms to the interests of both countries, and also meet world expectations. We hope that the United States and China can work together and meet each other halfway when managing trade disputes and enhancing trade cooperation, so as to jointly promote the Sino-U.S. relationship on the basis of coordination, cooperation and stability, and to increase the benefits available to the people of the two countries and the world.

The white paper "China's Position on the China-U.S. Economic and Trade Consultations" is available in eight languages, namely: Chinese, English, French, Russian, German, Spanish, Arabic and Japanese. It is published by the People's Publishing House and the Foreign Languages Press, and is distributed by the Xinhua Bookstore across the country.

That's all for my part. Now, let's welcome Mr. Wang Shouwen, vice minister of the Ministry of Commerce, deputy China international trade representative, to provide a detailed briefing.

Wang Shouwen:

Thank you, Mr. Guo. Friends from the press, ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Today, the State Council Information Office issued a white paper titled "China's Position on the China-U.S. Economic and Trade Consultations." Thank you very much for joining us this weekend. Mr. Guo has just provided a brief introduction to the main contents of the white paper, and I would like to add a few more points here.

The international community has paid close attention to the China-U.S. economic and trade consultations, and there are some rumors and speculations. In order to clarify the facts and show China's position on this issue, the Chinese government has compiled a white paper, "China's Position on the China-U.S. Economic and Trade Consultations." The white paper provides a comprehensive picture of the China-U.S. economic and trade consultations and presents China's policy position on these consultations from the perspectives of the impacts of China-U.S. economic and trade frictions, the backtracking of the U.S. on commitments in China-U.S. trade consultations, and China's principle and position on the consultations.

China believes that China and the U.S., the two largest economies in the world, benefit from cooperation and harm each other in disputes. The bilateral economic and trade relations bear on the fundamental interests of the two peoples and the prosperity and stability of the global economy. Since the establishment of diplomatic ties 40 years ago, China and the U.S. have seized the historic opportunities brought by the integration of the global economy and the liberalization of trade and investment, giving full play to the huge complementary advantages of the two economies, and promoting the leapfrog and diversified development of bilateral economic and trade cooperation from scratch. The value of bilateral trade in goods was only $2.5 billion when the two countries established diplomatic ties. Last year, bilateral trade in goods reached $633.5 billion, an increase of 252 times. The volume of bilateral trade in services reached $125 billion, and the two-way direct investment approached $160 billion. It can be said that China and the U.S. witnessed an economic and trade cooperation that has never been broader or deeper as today, and the two economies have become more closely linked, which not only brings tangible benefits to the two countries and the two peoples, but also contributes to the prosperity and stability of global economy.

Certainly, it is inevitable that there are some differences and frictions in the economic and trade cooperation because the two countries are in different stages of economic development and have adopted different economic systems. This is normal in our view and requires both sides to solve problems, resolve disputes, expand consensus, and narrow differences through dialogues and consultations while adopting a rational and cooperative attitude, so as to push bilateral economic and trade relations along the track of cooperation.

Since it took office, the current U.S. administration has frequently provoked economic and trade frictions with trade deficits and intellectual property rights as excuses, and imposed unilateral tariffs on China, regardless of the interests of China, the U.S. and even the world, or the nature of the mutually beneficial cooperation between China and the U.S. in economic and trade fields. China has to take effective measures to safeguard the interests of the country and its people. Meanwhile, China has always insisted on resolving disputes through dialogues and consultations and has conducted several rounds of economic and trade consultations with the U.S. side, working hard to stabilize bilateral economic and trade relations. China adopts a consistent and clear attitude that we are willing to address the economic and trade differences between the two countries through cooperation and push for a mutually beneficial agreement; however, there are principles for cooperation and a bottom line for consultations, and China will not back down on major issues of principle.

As President Xi Jinping pointed out, cooperation is the only correct choice for China and the United States. China will continue to work earnestly no matter how the situation changes. We would like to see both sides to meet halfway, and narrow differences and strengthen cooperation in the spirit of mutual respect, equality and mutual benefit, in a bid to promote the steady and sound development of the China-U.S. economic and trade relations together and improve the well-being of the people of the two countries and the world at large. Thank you.

Guo Weimin:

Thank you. Now, it's time for questions. Please identify the news organization you represent before asking questions. Simultaneous interpretation service is provided at today's press conference, and if you ask questions in English, we will provide translations on the spot. Let's start.

CCTV:

Question goes to Mr. Wang. Recently senior American officials accused China of "backtracking" that led to the stagnation of the negotiations. What's your comments on that? Sources also said that China deleted some of the draft text of the agreements, which led to the breakdown of the negotiations. Is it true? Thanks.

Wang Shouwen:

Thank you. China has always showed our full sincerity toward the China-U.S. trade talks. It is irresponsible for the U.S. to accuse China of "backtracking" during the consultations. This is mud-slinging. During the consultations, and before reaching an agreement, everything we put on the table is only a discussion; there is no so-called "backtracking" since there is no deal yet. There is a saying on consultations, that "Nothing is agreed until everything is agreed." Last December, China and America's presidents reached an important consensus during their meeting in Argentina that economic and trade frictions will be resolved through consultation, with the ultimate objective of removing all tariffs imposed by the two sides. China is committed to the presidential consensus in the interest of China-U.S. economic and trade relations. China has always kept reasonable, exercised restraint and showed its full sincerity and kindness when responding to the concerns of the United States.

On many issues raised by the U.S. side during the consultations, China has overcome difficulties and come up with practical measures. However, when you give the U.S. an inch, they'll want a yard. The U.S. side insisted on unreasonably lofty requests. They insisted that some requirements that interfere with China's sovereignty should be included in the agreement. They also insisted that all tariffs imposed since the trade frictions started should remain in place. They also put pressure on China by raising the rate of tariffs, leading to the escalation of the bilateral economic and trade friction and the severe setback on the consultation. All of us can tell from the facts which side should be responsible for the current status of the negotiations.

China always stresses that consultations should be based on mutual respect, equality and mutual benefit, and the two sides should meet each other halfway. By saying mutual respect, it means that each party should respect the other's sovereignty and core interests. We hope the U.S. can meet China halfway. With mutual understanding, both sides should compromise, instead of asking only one side to compromise. Equality and mutual benefit means that the two sides are on an equal footing and the results of the consultation should be beneficial to both sides. If one side doesn't respect the other side's sovereignty and core interests and tries to force the other side to compromise, negotiations cannot succeed. It is futile for the U.S. to exercise extreme pressure and other ways to escalate the trade frictions to force China to compromise. Thanks.

Economic Daily:

The U.S. claimed that trade frictions has hurt China more than it has the U.S. What is your point of view on this? Thank you.

Wang Shouwen:

There will be no winners in a trade war. The measure of imposing tariffs taken by the U.S. on Chinese goods has not only affected China, but also taken a toll on the U.S. and the global economy.

I think the results from U.S. research are most convincing and compelling when it comes to assessing the impact of the trade restrictions on the U.S. For instance, the U.S. claims that because the U.S. suffers a huge trade deficit with China, the trade war could help narrow this deficit. The fact of the matter is that U.S. statistics last year showed that the U.S. goods trade deficit rose by 10.4 percent, the U.S. soybeans exports to China plunged by 50 percent, and the U.S. automobile exports to China decreased by more than 20 percent. It shows that the trade sanctions have hurt the interests of the U.S. workers and farmers. The sanctions have also hurt U.S. consumers as well. A report released by the International Monetary Fund found that the tariff revenue collected has been borne almost entirely by U.S. consumers. How much is that? A research by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York showed that every U.S. household has to pay $831 more as a result of the tariffs. The trade friction will also put pressure on U.S. employment. Trade Partnership, an U.S. based think tank, found in its research that if the U.S. increased tariffs on Chinese imported goods, the U.S. would lose 2.23 million jobs. The trade sanctions will hit the U.S. and the world economy as well. The trade friction has disrupted the global value chain, caused chaos in the trade order and dented confidence of investors across the world. A report by the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development found that the global cross-border investment slipped in 2017 and 2018 by a two-digit rate. The trade friction caused by the U.S. has not only harmed consumers' confidence, but also the world economy. Thank you.

Reuters:

I want to ask whether Xi Jinping will meet with Donald Trump at the G20 this month. And should they meet, what sorts of topics, what specific trade issues might they be talking about?

Wang Shouwen:

Thank you for your question. However, I have no information for you on this.

Bloomberg:

It seems to me from what you said today that you blame the U.S. for the breakdown of the talks. What gestures or what kind of statements of sincerity does the U.S. have to do to bring China back to the table? Is the next step, from your perspective, that the U.S. having to make the next move? Or is there some kind of trust building that you could go through? My second question is will Liu He be going to the trade ministerial meeting in Tsukuba in Japan next week? And if not, will there be any contact between the U.S. and Chinese negotiation teams either in Tsukuba or the finance ministerial meeting which Yi Gang will be attending? Thank you.

Wang Shouwen:

Thank you for your question. China and the U.S. have held 11 rounds of high-level economic and trade consultations. During the 11th round, the U.S. took the step of raising the tariff from 10% to 25% on a total of Chinese goods valued at $200 billion. It also announced it had launched procedures for additional tariffs on other Chinese goods worth around $300 billion. The U.S. also misused its export control, listing against some Chinese companies. These actions have ratcheted up the trade friction and represent a severe setback to the consultations. The U.S. government should bear the sole responsibility for this.

The two presidents reached an important consensus in Argentina, agreeing to stop imposing additional tariffs and step up consultations towards the removal of those additions already made. However, events have taken a new turn recently, for which the U.S. side should bear sole responsibility.

As to your second question, China will send representatives to the coming G20 Ministerial Meeting on Trade and Digital Economy in Tsukuba. Thank you.

CNR:

The U.S. has accused Chinese companies of obtaining valuable technologies and intellectual property from America through various ways, and believed that the Chinese government has directed companies to invest in American companies to acquire these cutting-edge technologies and intellectual property. What is your response?

Wang Shouwen:

Thank you for your question. China has done a lot of work in intellectual property rights protection and has increasingly become an important nation that leads on intellectual property. Last year, for example, China filed more than 1.5 million utility patent applications, ranking first in the world for eight consecutive years. Of course, while China is inventing and creating, it also trades intellectual property with other countries. We buy intellectual property rights from other countries and also export them to other countries. In terms of purchases, China paid $1.9 billion in intellectual property royalties in 2001, but paid $35.6 billion last year, that's a nearly 19-fold increase. Of that amount, we paid $8.64 billion to the United States, nearly a quarter of our total intellectual property purchases.

Therefore, this shows that China attaches great importance to the protection of intellectual property, so that more and more inventions of its own can be made and companies from other countries will be willing to sell their intellectual property to China. China has done a lot of work in intellectual property legislation, justice, and law enforcement, so that is a welcome development. The Chinese government is not involved in the acts of Chinese companies buying or exporting intellectual property abroad. What the Chinese government does is to create an environment that respects and protects intellectual property rights. This will promote the creation of intellectual property and better protect it. It's also good for the development of an innovative economy.

You mentioned earlier that some people said that "the Chinese government directs Chinese companies to invest in American companies to acquire advanced technologies." I don't think this is true. When Chinese companies invest abroad, what projects to invest in and what to buy or not to buy are entirely their own decisions, they are responsible for their own profits and losses, and make independent decisions at their own risk. The Chinese government is not involved in the specific commercial activities of companies. It does not direct or require companies to invest in any projects or buy any technologies. Thank you.

Phoenix TV:

The trade row has been lasting since March last year. The United States, on many occasions, including during Donald Trump's presidential election campaign and after he took office, has stressed that the US has a huge deficit in its trade with China, which is as high as $500 billion, and saying that the US has lost millions of jobs in its manufacturing industry, and the US has suffered losses in its trade with China. How do you respond to, and comment on these voices? Thanks.

Wang Shouwen:

I have heard these voices, claiming the U.S. suffers huge deficits in trading with China. In fact, whether it is trade deficit or surplus is not related to one side's loss or of being taken advantage of by the other. For instance, the US maintains surplus in its trade with Australia, while Australia enjoys a surplus with China, and China with the U.S. In this circulatory process, there are trade surpluses as well as deficits. Then who loses? And who gains an extra advantage by unfair means?  

It cannot be simply concluded that there is any relationship between trade surpluses and profiting at the expense of the others, or between trade deficit and suffering unfair losses. You mentioned the huge American deficit in trade with China. In fact, the US seriously overestimates its trade deficit with China. For instance, the U.S. sets its trade deficit in goods with China at $419.2 billion. However, is that figure of $419.2 billion accurate? According to research of a statistics team formed between the commerce ministries of China and the U.S., the American figure is usually 20 percent higher than the actual level. So, it is necessary to somewhat discount the US data. Meanwhile, we need to consider that, in Sino-U.S. trade, there are large amounts of processing trade, in which China imports parts from other countries or economies and assembles them before exporting the finished products to the United States. So, China's trade surplus with the U.S. should not be all identified as being China's gain.

Besides, we should take the bilateral trade in services into account. China does indeed have a surplus in goods trade with the U.S. However, according to American estimates, it maintains a huge surplus in services. If all these factors are considered, our conclusion is that, combining the trade in goods and services, the American deficit is only $150 billion, nothing like the alleged $410 billion-plus. Even the $150 billion trade deficit cannot be interpreted as China using unfair means to gain at American expense. This is because in China's trade surplus with the United States, 54 percent stems from the activities of foreign ventures, and 53 percent from processing industry trade. In the latter, China only profits from the processing costs. What does America gain? The products are designed by the U.S., and many key parts are provided by the U.S., which is also in charge of marketing. So, the U.S. side also obtains huge profits from China's trade surplus. When Chinese commodities are exported to the United States, because of their cost advantage, they help lower the burden on American consumers, and helps create a lot of jobs in the wholesale, retail and logistics sectors on the American side. So, it cannot be simply said that imports from China harm American interests.

You mentioned that imports from China have destroyed American manufacturing jobs. In fact, some U.S. research institutes assert that the country started losing manufacturing jobs before China entered the World Trade Organization in 2001. The main reason for this is the advancement of science and technology and the improvement in labor productivity. It is baseless and totally unreasonable to blame China. The American economic structure has changed. Although there are fewer jobs in manufacturing, jobs in the service sector have seen a steady rise, and this has brought the unemployment rate in the U.S. today down to a level not seen for decades. So, whether in service trade or goods trade, no matter who has surplus or deficit on one or the other, Sino-U.S. trade is mutually beneficial and is good for the world as well. Thanks. 

CNN:

It has been noticed that China's comments or stance have become increasingly tougher. While talking about the trade war, officials and media outlets have all mentioned the rare earths issue. And, China announced its "unreliable entity list" on Friday. Some Americans say China remains vague on the list, which gives the Chinese government an opaque means to attack U.S. giants in science and technology, as well as other enterprises. The Chinese media also mentioned FedEx. After Huawei's senior executive was detained in Canada and China detained two Canadian citizens in China, some people feel that the Chinese government will take similar measures targeting at U.S. companies in China as well as American citizens. Some Americans worry about their commercial and investment interests, as well as their personal safety in China. How do you respond to these? Could you clarify and explain China's strategies and tactics in the future trade war? Thank you.

Wang Shouwen:

Thanks for your questions. China's stance on trade frictions is crystal clear - China is not willing to fight, but does not fear fighting. As to what you have said, we think, some of it is being over-interpreted. For instance, as for the FedEx incident, China welcomes foreign enterprises that abide by laws in their operation in China. However, if they violate Chinese laws, we should conduct investigation according to the law. China has just passed its Foreign Investment Law, and stresses that all Chinese and foreign investors in China will be treated equally without discrimination, and foreign investors' lawful rights and interests can be well protected. In this regard, people should feel well assured. However, all companies must abide by Chinese laws, respect Chinese laws, and do business under the framework of Chinese laws.

As for the unreliable entity list, my colleagues have explained about this the day before yesterday. It mainly targets those enterprises, organizations and individuals that violate market principles, the spirit of contracts, block or cut supplies to Chinese firms for non-commercial reasons, and that in some way violate the legal rights and interests of Chinese enterprises, and harm China's national security and public interests. These entities will be added to the list. The purpose is to protect stable, equitable and sustainable trade order between enterprises. So, there is no need to exaggerate this point. Thanks.

CGTN:

First, why does China choose to issue the White Paper of China's Position on the China-US Economic and Trade Consultations at this time? What is the significance of it? We know that China increased tariffs on some imported American products from June 1. What kind of message is China trying to send by doing so? Thanks.

Guo Weimin:

I will answer the first question as to why choose this moment to issue the White Paper. Recently, the China-U.S. economic and trade consultations have received great attention from China and the United States, as well as the international community. It is necessary to offer a comprehensive report on the situations of the consultations and to expound on the stance of the Chinese government on the issue. I think the timing is appropriate and the issuance of the White Paper is of vital importance. This is my answer to the question.

Wang Shouwen:

Thank you for your question. China did increase tariffs on some of the imported American products from June 1. This is a necessary and reasonable response to the escalation of the trade protection actions taken by the U.S. side. We need such measures to protect the rights of the nation, the rights of the people and the rights of Chinese companies. Thank you.

China Daily:

Recently, an intermediary organization said in a report that some U.S. companies in China are facing challenges such as slower customs clearance, more inspections and delayed approvals for licenses. What's your comment on this report? Moreover, the Ministry of Commerce said on Friday that China will establish a list of unreliable entities. How is this system progressing? Thank you.

Wang Shouwen:

Thanks for your question. I've also noticed the report that you mentioned, saying that some enterprises are experiencing slower customs clearance and longer waits for approvals for licenses in China. I'm not sure whether these problems are true or not, and we need to figure out the details of this situation. But we have already been investigating seriously for more information. I want to stress that China has adopted many measures to simplify its customs clearance process. The number of customs clearance document required for imports and exports has been reduced from more than 80 to more than 40, and this number will further decrease in the future. We are also working on speeding up the handling of these documents so as to reduce the overall time on customs clearance. At the same time, we also aim to cut the expenses paid by enterprises in clearing customs. These facilitation measures that China has adopted are very effective, which was reflected in the World Bank's Doing Business Report last year.

China has been constantly deepening its reforms to delegate power, streamlining its administration and optimizing government services through a series of measures in regards to the aspects of examination and approval you raised. Recently, the relevant authorities have issued a notice to further reduce production permits for industrial goods and types of compulsory certifications for products. This is to enable the market to play a bigger role and allow the government to pay more attention to the supervision and administration work which is something that the government must do. For the specific problems confronted by the companies, they can report them to the local commercial authorities. In general, the business environment in China is good, but for the specific issues encountered by certain companies, I suggest they report to the local commercial authorities, or even use the complaint reporting system. According to China's new Foreign Investment Law passed in March, China will establish and improve the complaints mechanism for foreign companies. With the establishment of the complaints mechanism, I suggest that those enterprises report their specific issues through this channel.

As for the progress of the list of unreliable entities you've asked about, the relevant measures will be released soon. Thank you.

Lianhe Zaobao:

Is it possible that Huawei will be included in the economic and trade consultations? Will China put some restrictions on the exports of rare earth metals to counter the U.S.? The third question is also about the list of unreliable entities. What will be the consequences for an enterprise if it is on the list? Thank you.

Wang Shouwen:

Regarding the list of unreliable entities, I've answered earlier, the specific measures will be published soon.

Regarding the rare earth metals, China, being the country with the largest reserves of rare earth metals in the world, is willing to meet justified demands of other countries. However, if some countries use China's rare earth metals to produce products to contain China's development, it is unacceptable. 

Regarding the U.S.-China economic and trade consultations, as I mentioned earlier, it should be based on the principles of mutual respect, equality, mutual benefit and both sides should meet each other halfway. Consultations would be pointless if they are not based on these principles. Without this, we would not be able to reach an enforceable and sustainable agreement in consultations. Thank you.

Guo Weimin:

The last question.

Xinhua News Agency:

At present, everyone is very concerned about the development of the China-U.S. economic and trade negotiations. The U.S. side also stated earlier that the leaders of China and the United States will meet in June at the G20 summit, which the public generally believe to be a key for both sides to restart negotiations. May I ask Mr. Wang, is there any contact at the working level between the two sides? Is there a plan for negotiations? If so, what kind of trade agreement will China accept? Thank you.

Wang Shouwen:

Thank you. As I just mentioned, the reason for the serious setback in the China-U.S. economic and trade consultations is because the United States has raised the additional tariffs on $200 billion of Chinese exports to the U.S. from 10 percent to 25 percent, and then launched procedures to slap additional tariffs on remaining Chinese goods, which are worth around $300 billion. The United States also abuses its national security exceptions and added some Chinese companies onto its list of export control entities, which is the reason for the escalation of economic and trade frictions between the two sides. China has always been sincere in the negotiations. We want to reach an agreement that is mutually beneficial and equal. Allow me to repeat, that if consultations are needed, the two sides involved must respect each other, and work together to meet each other halfway; the consultations must be equal and mutually beneficial. Thank you.

Guo Weimin:

This concludes today's press conference. Thank you.

Translated and edited by Li Huiru, Chen Xia, Zhang Jiaqi, Cui Can, He Shan, Zhang Liying, Zhang Rui, Li Yang, Liu Sitong, Gong Yingchun, Wang Qian, Guo Xiaohong, He Shan, Zhou Jing, Wang Yanfang, Jennifer Fossenbell, Geoffrey Murray, Laura Zheng, Degen Hill, Kenneth Teh Chiu Soong

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Wang Dongfeng, secretary of Hebei Provincial Committee of the CPC, chairman of the Standing Committee of the People's Congress of Hebei province

Xu Qin, vice secretary of Hebei Provincial Committee of the CPC, governor of the People's Government of Hebei province

Chairperson:

Hu Kaihong, spokesperson of the State Council Information Office of China

Date:

May 28, 2019

Hu Kaihong:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to this press conference. This year marks the 70th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China. Starting now, we will hold a series of press conferences, and invite the heads of every province, autonomous region and municipality directly under the central government to brief you about local economic and social development over the past 70 years. 

Today, we invite Mr. Wang Dongfeng, secretary of the Hebei Provincial Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) and chairman of the Standing Committee of the People's Congress of Hebei province, as well as Mr. Xu Qin, vice secretary of the Hebei Provincial Committee of the CPC and governor of the People's Government of Hebei province, to brief you about the province's development in the new era. 

Now I'll give the floor to Mr. Wang.

Wang Dongfeng:

Ladies and gentlemen, friends from the press, I am very glad to see you here. Firstly, on behalf of the Hebei Provincial Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC), the Standing Committee of the Hebei Provincial People's Congress, the People's Government of Hebei province, the Hebei Provincial Political Consultative Conference and 75 million people of Hebei, I would like to extend a warm welcome and sincere gratitude to all of you here. 

The theme of today's press briefing is, "Hebei: Forging Ahead on a New Journey in the New Era." I am very delighted to have the opportunity to be with you to review the development and great changes that Hebei province has made over the past 70 years since the founding of the People's Republic of China, and share our vision for Hebei's future of strong economic growth and a beautiful environment in the new era. 

Cherishing a long revolutionary history, Hebei is home to many heroic figures. It was where the plan to establish a new China took shape. Seven decades ago, when Comrade Mao Zedong and the CPC Central Committee left Xibaipo, the move was compared to students going to the capital city to take the imperial examination of old. Since then, under the leadership of the CPC, the Chinese nation has achieved a remarkable transformation — it has stood up and grown rich. Thanks to 70 years of hard work, as with all the regions in the country, Hebei has made historical achievements and witnessed fundamental changes. Generally speaking, five major changes have taken place.

First, the economy continues to develop in a sound manner and great changes have taken place in the overall strength. The province has increased its GDP by more than 880 times since the founding of the People's Republic of China, and the level of productivity has increased substantially, forming a modern industrial system with a solid foundation. In 2018, the added value of high-tech industries accounted for 19.5% of those industrial enterprises above the designated size, 1.1 percentage points higher than that of the previous year. After three rounds of industrial restructuring, the proportion rankings of the three industries had changed from "secondary, tertiary, primary" to "tertiary, secondary, primary" by the end of last year. With new historic changes in industrial, ownership and product structures, the province has made new strides in high-quality development.

Second, with the rising living standards and the income of rural and urban residents, people in Hebei province are forging ahead with a better life and the goal of building a prosperous society. In 2018, the per capita disposable income of urban and rural residents was 119.5 and 123 times that of 1978, respectively.

Third, the constant push for reform and opening-up has facilitated the desired change of growth drivers. By deepening supply-side structural reform and pursuing a new round of high-level opening-up, we have injected greater dynamism into Hebei's development. Nearly 3,000 national-level high-tech enterprises started business in Hebei between 2017 and 2018 alone. The service sector contributed 65.5% of provincial economic growth in 2018. The HBIS GROUP Serbia Iron & Steel is an outstanding example of international cooperation within the framework of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). Its management team was awarded the title "role model of our times" by the Publicity Department of the Communist Party of China Central Committee for its contribution to promoting the BRI and building a community with a shared future for all humanity.

The fourth aspect is to promote the harmonious coexistence between humanity and nature. The quality of the ecological environment has been significantly improved. We have resolutely put into practice Xi Jinping's thinking on promoting ecological progress, which resulted in positive changes in environmental protection and constantly improved air quality. As is known, Hebei's industrial structure has long been more inclined to heavy industry and the energy use structure was not that reasonable. In particular, there is considerable surplus steel production capacity. We have adopted the approach to "resolutely cut capacity, actively adjust and accelerate the process of transformation." We would rather sacrifice GDP growth and ensure blue skies for the Beijing region. Through the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei joint prevention, control and governance program, air pollution control has secured important achievements. Last year, Hebei's concentration of PM2.5 was 56 micrograms, a 48% drop from 2013, and down 14% from the previous year. Not only Shijiazhuang but other cities in the province have witnessed a growing number of days with blue sky. In addition, this also serves as the key to help Beijing and Tianjin to increase their blue-sky days, which, in turn, increases the sense of gain and happiness of the people. The pollution control in regard to water and the soil has also been solidly promoted, and blue skies, green land and beautiful sparkling waters are gradually becoming a reality in Hebei province.

Fifth, we uphold the overall leadership of the Party, and our Party's and our government's working style, as well as our social conduct, have greatly improved. We consistently uphold the guidance of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, press ahead with the great new project of Party building, and move further forward with the full and rigorous governance of the Party. We are continually purifying and improving our political ecosystem across the entire province, and the public widely believe that our Party's and our government's working styles have continuously improved, and that our social conduct has achieved a historical level of change. Last year, in the re-elections to the provincial People's Congress, provincial government and provincial Political Consultative Conference, the candidates for all posts approved by the CPC Central Committee and proposed by the provincial Party Committee, as well as for deputies to the National People's Congress, were all elected by unanimous vote or by absolute high vote. In this year's election for the "two sessions" of the province, the candidates for all posts were all elected by unanimous vote.

The achievements of the past 70 years fully demonstrate the unparalleled advantage of the leadership of the CPC and socialism with Chinese characteristics. Hebei people are eager for more achievements in the new era and will make unswerving efforts for this. 

Since the start of reform and opening-up in 1978, particularly after the 18th CPC National Congress, Hebei province has made fresh economic and social advances. General Secretary Xi Jinping is quite familiar with provincial affairs and cares about us deeply. In the 1980s, he worked in Zhengding county, and left us valuable thoughts, cultural wealth and many achievements. After moving on to other posts, he has never ceased caring about us. Since the 18th CPC National Congress, he has made seven inspection tours of Hebei. On Jan. 16, he returned to the province and issued a series of major instructions. On Jan. 18, a symposium was held in Beijing to discuss the integrated development of Beijing, Tianjin and Hebei. He pointed out our shortcomings while recognizing our achievements. In particular, he issued a series of major instructions on improving the quality and degree of integrated development. His remarks mapped the future direction for Hebei's reform and development, and gave us the fundamental guidelines in our ongoing work. When visiting Xibaipo, he stressed that Party officials and Party members should seek a good performance, as well as in other ongoing and upcoming "tests," so as to satisfy the people. 

The provincial CPC committee, the provincial government, all officials and the general public in the province will always bear in mind the instructions of General Secretary Xi. We will strengthen our consciousness of the need to maintain political integrity, think in big-picture terms, follow the core leadership and keep in alignment. We will increase our confidence in the path, theory, system, and culture of socialism with Chinese characteristics. We will resolutely uphold General Secretary Xi's core position on the CPC Central Committee and in the Party as a whole, and resolutely uphold the CPC Central Committee's authority and its centralized, unified leadership. 

We will work hard to achieve good results in the "examinations" of the new era. Surrounding Beijing geographically, we will rally closely to the central authority. We will promote a stable atmosphere in the province to help maintain the capital city's stability. We will make further advances to better contribute to the development of Beijing and Tianjin and the other parts of the country in the reform and opening up. 

We will launch continuous campaigns to study, publicize and implement Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era. We will fully implement the guiding principles of the 18th and 19th CPC national congresses, and all major policies and plans made by the CPC Central Committee. We will pursue coordinated implementation of the five-sphere integrated plan and the four-pronged comprehensive strategy. We are totally committed to the underlying principle of pursuing progress while ensuring stability. We will follow the new development philosophy, fulfill the requirements for high-quality development, and take supply-side structural reform as our main task. We adhere to the "3689" plan on provincial development. Based on the achievements of our forebears in this task, we will continue to make fresh advances in the new era, and build Hebei into a strong economic power and a beautiful province.

The major characteristics of Hebei's development can be summarized as follows. First is being firm in political stance and implementing national key development strategies and projects. As is well known, the three key projects for Hebei province include the planning and development of the Xiongan New Area, the coordinated development of the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei region, as well as Beijing's cooperation with Zhangjiakou city to co-host the 2022 Winter Olympics, in which the sporting events on ice will take place in Beijing and the snow events will be held in Zhangjiakou. All three of these key projects have inspired people in Hebei province, building their confidence and determination to forge ahead and work toward the Chinese dream. Taken as the major political tasks of Hebei province, the three key projects have undergone steady, orderly and effective implementation. Although significant progress has been made in recent years, we can still put forth greater effort. With the further implementation of national key development strategies and projects, Hebei province has become a popular destination for investment from all over the world. 

Second is the full implementation of the new development philosophy, making solid progress in innovative, green and high-quality development of Hebei province. We will fully implement General Secretary Xi Jinping's important instructions to scale down overcapacity, promote structural readjustment and speed up the transformation of growth drivers. We will accelerate the transformation and upgrading of traditional industries, and improve their quality and performance. In order to achieve this goal, we need to, first of all, cut overcapacity in the steel industry. The steel produced in Hebei province is of world-class quality, yet such overcapacity is not outdated. Our principle in this regard is to "shut down small outdated steel plants and strengthen development of big producers, and promote the elite and phase out the inferior." Up to now, the total steel production volume is still relatively large. With a 14-million-ton annual reduction in steel production, the annual volume of steel produced in Hebei is expected to be held within 200 million tons by 2020. Meanwhile, we also encourage the global development of our advanced industrial capacity. For example, the HBIS Group Serbia Iron & Steel was awarded the title "role model of our times" by the Publicity Department of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee. It sets a model on how China's steel industry can go global, and a success story in international cooperation under the Belt and Road Initiative. In addition, we have made progress in the development of strategic emerging industries and the modern service industry. The province has sustained steady and sound economic and social development. Last year, Hebei's GDP increased by 6.6% and the general public budget increased by 8.7%. Per capita disposable personal income in urban and rural areas increased by 8% and 8.9% respectively. The first quarter of this year saw a good start, as its GDP increased by 7.4% and its general public budget increased by 13%. During the January-April period, the value added from industrial enterprises with annual revenue of 20 million yuan or more increased by 8.8%,  with the high-tech industries growing by 15.5%. In the first quarter, the per capita disposable personal income in urban and rural areas increased by 7.9% and 8.9%, respectively. The fixed-asset investment increased by 6% and foreign investment utilized increased by 10.6%. The gross export value increased by 12.3%. Many figures from the first quarter reached their highest level compared to the same period in recent years. 

Third, we should adhere to the people-centered development methods to continually enhance the people's sense of gain, happiness and security. Serving the people should be made the starting point and foothold of all work. The CPC Hebei Provincial Committee and the Hebei provincial government have kept at it for many years, with 20 livelihood projects launched every year, such as the renovation of shanty areas, transformation of old residential communities and dilapidated rural houses, renovation of "villages" inside cities, and more. By these means, the people's concerns about employment, starting new businesses, medical care, education and caring for the elderly have been well addressed, the income of urban and rural residents has increased continuously, and the environmental and ecological issues that the people care about have also been markedly improved. 

For example, the authorities have dealt with bulk coal pollution to promote clean heating in winter, which helps to transform the energy structure and also controls pollution. We have so far replaced bulk coal stoves with electricity and natural gas in 5.35 million homes. 

We have also carried out the greening campaign. Last year, Hebei saw its forest area grow by 9.87 million mu (658,000 hectares), and this year, we will further enlarge it by over 10 million mu. When you travel in Hebei by car or train, you can see green everywhere on either side of the roads and railways. For one thing, we need to deal with air pollution to win the blue-sky battle; and for another, we need to plant trees to improve the ecology, and we need to keep the water clean. 

Air pollution control is an inter-regional effort, and water pollution control is a joint effort with Beijing and Tianjin in terms of the whole river basin. Soil contamination prevention and control work is being undertaken by local governments. Delivering these combination blows, Hebei has been taking the initiative to protect the environment. Hebei has also carried out a rural revitalization strategy to improve the living environment in villages, and people's living and working environments have hence been greatly improved. 

These achievements have been made possible by the firm leadership of the CPC CentralCommittee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core, as well as by the support of all relevant ministries, other provinces, cities and autonomous regions, as well as the whole society, including the media. These achievements are also returns on the Hebei people's united struggle. 

It is an arduous challenge and serious duty for Hebei to forge ahead on a new journey in the new era. Xi Jinping, general secretary of the CPC Central Committee, points out the times give us a test, we are the exam takers, and the people are the ones in charge of reviewing the exam papers. On the journey of the new era, Hebei should rally closely around the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core, and must always be true to its missions, bravely assume its responsibilities, and strive to celebrate the 70th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China with the latest developments on all fronts.

Now is the time for Xu Qin, provincial governor of Hebei, and me to take your questions. 

Hu Kaihong:

Thank you, Mr. Wang. At this time, we welcome questions, Please report the news agency you represent before asking your question.

CCTV:

Over the past five years, Hebei has done a lot to promote the coordinated development of the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei Region, especially in striving for breakthroughs in the three key areas of transportation, environmental protection, and industry. What will Hebei focus on in advancing in the future? 

Wang Dongfeng: 

Thank you for your question. We all know that the coordinated development of the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei Region is a significant national strategy that is designed and promoted by General Secretary Xi Jinping and he has paid great attention and much effort to it. I have mentioned the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei cooperative efforts on making breakthroughs in promoting traffic integration, joint prevention, control and management of pollution and industrial collaboration in my report. I won't repeat it. Though, we have some measures in the next phase which are as follows: 

First, we will focus on relieving Beijing of functions non-essential to its role as capital and work to build the Xiongan New Area, a centralized platform accommodating relocated functions and other platforms in cities and counties in Hebei. General Secretary Xi stressed in the report to the 19th CPC National Congress that relieving Beijing of functions which are non-essential to its role as capital is key to the coordinated development of the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei Region. In the planning outlines and general plans approved by the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, it is clearly stated that the Xiongan New Area is the centralized platform accommodating non-capital functions of Beijing. It is the primary principle guiding its development. There are some other cities and counties in Hebei accommodating relocated functions of Beijing. For example, the three counties in Lanfang city, which are located between Beijing and Tianjin and have a larger area than Beijing sub-administrative center, have been approved to use the same standard as the Tongzhou District in making plans, standards and policies, and management, according to a general plan made by the CPC Central Committee. The development plan has been submitted to the Leading Group of the Coordinated Development of the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei Region and will be carried forward after approval. This will be a new cooperative platform. The Beijing Daxing International Airport will be put into use in September. Occupying areas in both Beijing and Hebei, the airport is a hub in Beijing and northern China. So it is Hebei's political duty to guarantee a stable overall situation and offer good services in the airport. In the vicinity of the airport, a 150-square-kilometer airport economic zone is to be established, with 50 square kilometers in Beijing and the other 100 square kilometers in Hebei. It will also use the Tongzhou standard in making plans, standards and policies, and management. A new coordination and cooperation mechanism will be set up and the plan is also under examination. Additionally, Langfang, Wuqing and Tongzhou are also pilot zones of the coordinated development mechanism of the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei Region that apply unified standards and stick to integrated development. Three ports in Hebei, namely, Qinghuangdao, Tangshan and Huanghua ports, form part of the Bohai-Sea Port Cluster together with Tianjin Port. Hebei introduced 2,516 projects from Beijing and Tianjin last year with a capital inflow of 430.8 billion yuan. More than 1,400 high-tech enterprises have moved from Beijing and Tianjin to Hebei so far.

Second, Hebei will make comprehensive efforts to fulfill the designated functions and accelerate its development while serving and aligning itself with Beijing and Tianjin. Hebei was designated as an important national base for modern trade and logistics, a pilot zone for industrial transformation and upgrading, a demonstration area for modern urbanization and coordinated development of urban and rural areas, and an ecological buffer zone. In accordance with the positioning, the cities and counties in Hebei province are working to promote high-quality development by making differentiated but coordinated progress. Dahongmen Clothing Wholesale Market, Xinfadi Agricultural Products Wholesale Market, and Beijing Zoo Clothing Wholesale Market have been relocated from Beijing to Baoding and Cangzhou. We are promoting the development of cities of different sizes in different regions to foster new development platforms and advance the establishment of a world-class city cluster with Beijing at the core. We have taken a series of measures to ensure ecological security of the capital and to prevent and control air and water pollution. Notable progress has been made after several years of efforts to improve river basins upstream and downstream and curb over-exploitation of groundwater in the North China Plain. Recent media reports said water came to the surface of lakes and rivers from under the ground in Xingtai, suggesting a rise in the water table. We are now implementing restrictions on the use of groundwater and are making good use of the water diverted from the South-to-North Water Diversion Project and the Yellow River Water Diversion Project. We require self-provided wells to be closed in places where water can be diverted from the South-to-North Water Diversion Project, and we charge fees for using groundwater. In addition, Hebei Provincial People's Congress has also introduced relevant laws to combat this problem. In short, we have been making efforts on the legal, economic, administrative, and other fronts to improve Hebei's ecological environment.

Third, we will unswervingly advance the construction of "two new driving forces" and "two zones" so as to drive the green development in Hebei province. This is another major initiative proposed by General Secretary Xi Jinping. The development of both Xiongan New Area and Beijing's subsidiary administrative center will become two new driving forces for Beijing's development. And the development of both Xiongan New Area and Zhangbei county in Zhangjiakou city - a co-host with Beijing to the 2022 Winter Olympics - will become two new driving forces for Hebei's development. The "two zones" that have been proposed by General Secretary Xi Jinping in Zhangjiakou refer to the capital's water source conservation zone and the ecological buffer zone. Their construction is not only Hebei's ecological task but an important political responsibility. Zhangjiakou city, Hebei province, provides water for ecological development and people's daily life in both Beijing and Tianjin. Miyun Reservoir (in Beijing's Miyun district) serves as Bejing's water source; Guanting Reservoir, which is located in Zhangjiakou city, used to be Beijing's water source earlier. Moreover, Yuqiao Reservoir, as part of the Water Diversion Project from Luanhe River to Tianjin Municipality, serves as Tianjin's water source. Hebei is located in the upstream area of all these reservoirs, so we have the responsibility to ensure the water quality for Beijing and Tianjin. This is Hebei's role as a water protector. It is a major strategy. Hebei province, together with the National Development and Reform Commission (NDRC), has submitted working plans to the CPC Central Committee and the State Council. A lot of work is underway, and some initial outcomes have been achieved, all of which need the concern, support, and assistance of the media outlets. 

Generally, we will, following a series of measures, strive for new progress in promoting innovative, green, and high-quality development in Hebei province. Thank you. 

China Arab TV:

People from all walks of life are paying close attention to the construction of Xiongan New Area, and the media have also reported many times that Xiongan New Area is about to reach its large-scale construction phase. What will be the biggest change it can show to the world next? 

Wang Dongfeng:

Thanks for your question. The establishment of Xiongan New Area is a historic and major strategic choice made by the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core. General Secretary Xi Jinping has made great efforts to plan for it and promote its construction. Under the strong leadership of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, the planning and construction of Xiongan New Area have been pushed forward in an orderly and effective way, turning now from top-level design to substantial construction. The progress also embodies the support of the Leading Group for the Coordinated Development of the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei Region and its office, as well as ministries and commissions, plus the help of Beijing, Tianjin and other brother areas, as well as the care and help of our media friends. In the process of implementation, what more can the plan show the country and the world, apart from the construction of a new modern city? 

First, striving to create a Xiongan quality standard and a national role model of high-quality development. Creating a Xiongan quality standard is a strategic goal put forward by the CPC Central Committee and General Secretary Xi Jinping for Hebei province and Xiongan New Area. In the first place, centering on high-quality development, Xiongan will perform well as a model of high-quality development in the country. From the perspective of a high-quality index system, it will benchmark world-class standards, and carry out quality management throughout its planning and construction. It will uphold high-tech and high-end principles, build quality and model projects, and create a Xiongan quality standard. This is a highlight, and a focus of international and domestic attention. 

Second, striving to promote innovative development and build a demonstration area for innovative development that implements the new development concepts. Xiongan will pursue innovative, coordinated, green, open and shared development in a comprehensive fashion. It will take in elements of innovation from Beijing and Tianjin, integrate resources and elements from the whole country and around the globe, establish a batch of key national laboratories, and re-innovate upon introduction and absorption, so as to promote the development of high-end and high-tech industry clusters. Such moves will allow a demonstration area featuring the five concepts to take shape and effect in Xiongan, and benefit the general public as the work goes on. 

Third, striving to develop a new generation of artificial intelligence and establish itself as a world-leading digital smart city. People around the world are paying attention to the construction of smart cities. Xiongan will make its standard system more systematic, comprehensive and international. Xiongan New Area is now constructing the underground part first, and the aboveground part will follow. It will adopt the use of the Beidou Satellite, remote sensing, infrared rays, terahertz, facial recognition, big data, cloud computing and other technologies, and is using BIM and CIM in the process of construction. Induction facilities, as well as optical fibers and cables, are required to be buried underground, so if not buried now, it will be too late to wait for the completion of construction. In the past, transportation, medical care and urban management of smart cities were considered independent from each other while construction. Different cities have a variety of good methods and experiences, and Hebei has integrated the experiences of smart city planning across the country and the world. The important thing for now is to formulate a good strategic plan, to improve as the work goes on and to eliminate wasteful duplication of efforts. 

Fourth, striving to promote reform and opening up and to reach new heights in institutional and mechanism reform. The Xiongan Administrative Committee has jurisdiction over three counties in Baoding city. There is no local Party committee, people's congress, government or Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) committee in Xiongan New Area, which represents a new political, economic and social model featuring a flat structure, coordination and high efficiency. When it comes to public security, environmental protection, court and procuratorate affairs, it is necessary to stress social management and governance in accordance with the law. Therefore, the province has designated offices in Xiongan New Area, and there are local Party committees, people's congresses, governments and  CPPCC committees in the three counties, which are administered by the Party Working Committee and the Administrative Committee. No existing mechanism or model can be referred to, which, thus, requires innovation. In accordance with the guidelines and arrangements of the CPC Central Committee, the provincial Party committee and the provincial government have granted Xiongan New Area with the power of economic and social management, and entrusted the three counties to the Party Working Committee and Administrative Committee of Xiongan New Area. The admittance of market players, consultation, acceptance of applications, approval and handling of business and feedback can all be processed online, regardless of whether the applicants are at home or at work. 

In addition to the abovementioned four aspects, Xiongan New Area will next focus on the comprehensive governance and protection of Baiyangdian Lake, major construction projects like infrastructure, support facilities and peripheral transportation, livelihood, land acquisition and demolition. Currently, the Beijing-Xiongan High-Speed Railway is under construction and will begin operation next year. We are also planning to connect to Beijing's subway system and the airport express to and from Beijing Daxing International Airport. If these are all connected, you could take the subway from downtown Beijing to Beijing Daxing International Airport, then transfer to the airport express to reach Xiongan. People from Xiongan New Area could check their luggage in Xiongan, go directly to Daxing International Airport for boarding with their boarding passes, and reach downtown Beijing conveniently. You can live in Xiongan and work in Beijing, or live in Beijing and work in Xiongan, both of which are very convenient. Xiongan New Area is a major plan for the millennium and a major event for the country. Both domestic and foreign media pay close attention to it, and have effectively helped to popularize it with positive coverage. We need your continued help. That is all. 

China News Service:

The air quality in Hebei province has improved in the past two years. What measures has the government taken to prevent and control air pollution? And what achievements has Hebei made? 

Xu Qin:

Thank you for your concerns about Hebei's air environment. A good environment is beneficial to our people. The CPC Hebei Provincial Committee and the provincial government firmly implement the decisions and plans of the Party Central Committee. We prioritize ecological conservation and green development, and we continue to control air pollution. General Secretary Xi Jinping requires that we build a beautiful Hebei with blue sky, green land, and clean water. The Hebei government implemented General Secretary Xi Jinping's important instructions and has always highlighted the control of air pollution, making contributions to the region's air quality. 

First, we established the Ecological Protection Committee and appointed the provincial Party Secretary and the provincial governor as directors. Second, we mulled over the "1+18" policy system to prevent and control air pollution. In the system, we take measures in six aspects to improve the air quality, which covers a wide spectrum of areas. After years of efforts, the average density of PM2.5 in Hebei province has already dropped by 39.8 % in the past four years, and in 2018, the average density of PM2.5 dropped by 14 %. Currently, the air quality in Hebei province is the best it has been in the last six years. The measures we took are as follows: 

The first measure is the prevention and control of industrial pollution. The emissions from the industry can put great pressure on the environmental carrying capacity. We reduce the production capacity and upgrade the steel and coal industries to achieve ultra-low emissions. More than 120,000 heavily polluting enterprises were closed down and upgraded. The emissions that pollute the air have greatly reduced. From 2013 to 2018, we have reduced the emissions of dust by 276,000 tons and reduced the emissions of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides by 45.5% and 37.1% respectively. 

The second measure is the prevention and control of pollution from coal burning. Dispersed coal operations are one of the major sources of air pollution in autumn and winter. We take measures to control the emissions from dispersed coal burning in rural areas by replacing the coal with gas and electricity. So far, a total of 5.35 million households in Hebei province have been upgraded. This year, we plan to upgrade 1.8 million households, which is in accordance with the storage volume of gas and electricity. This kind of replacement contributes to at least 30% of the improvement in air quality.The cities around Beijing -Langfang city, Baoding city, and 20 counties that cover a total area of 118,000 square kilometers - are listed as the "no-coal" area. This greatly reduces air pollution from coal burning. Hebei will cut the total consumption of coal by 4 million tons this year. 

The third measure is the prevention and control of pollution by vehicles. Hebei is an important passage of transportation with a large number of vehicles passing by. The pollution from vehicles also causes great pressure on the environment, so we need to improve the quality of refined oil and related oil products. Starting from July 1, the "National VI" emission standard will be implemented. We will further optimize the transportation structure by replacing truck transport with rail transport, in a bid to further reduce emissions. We also encourage the local railway administration to cooperate with companies to build special lines for transportation, which will reduce the emissions from vehicles. 

The fourth measure is to prevent and control wind-borne dust and promote afforestation. The efforts to prevent and control wind-borne dust has been made in six aspects, including construction sites, urban roads, bare lands in urban and rural areas, stock grounds of companies, highways, and surface mines. Meanwhile, we promote afforestation. From 2013 to 2018, we have afforested 2.33 million hectares of land. As Mr. Wang has mentioned before, we plan to afforest 0.66 million hectares of land this year. The Saihanba Forest Farm has created a green miracle by transforming the barren wasteland to a sea of forests. The forest farm received top environmental honors from the U.N. 

The fifth measure is to tackle heavy air pollution. We have built a trans-regional governance model with Beijing and Tianjin for joint environmental prevention and control, unifying the efforts of early warning, emergency response, and joint law enforcement in different areas in order to make sure all kinds of measures will be carried out to control the heavy air pollution. 

The sixth measure is to focus on rectifying prominent environmental problems. We will focus on rectifying the ecological problems found during environmental inspections and always look back to examine how the government controls the pollution. We will ensure the strict law enforcement and measures are put in place, in a bid to improve the air quality. As you can see, the air quality in Hebei province has improved a lot. With these measures in place, the air quality in Hebei will become better in the future. 

Phoenix Satellite TV:

We noticed that at the beginning of this month, after the approval of the Hebei provincial poverty alleviation office and the leading group for poverty alleviation, 21 districts and counties such as Zanhuang county have been taken off the list of poverty-stricken counties. At present, how many poverty-stricken counties and how many poor people are there in Hebei province? What are the current difficulties? How will the Hebei provincial government respond to the two major problems of tackling poverty alleviation and preventing the return to poverty? Thank you. 

Wang Dongfeng: 

Thank you to the reporter from Phoenix Satellite TV. I'll address this question. Winning the battle against poverty is one of the three major battles put forward by General Secretary Xi Jinping in the report delivered at the 19th National Congress of the Communist Party of China. It is also a major political task in terms of implementing people-centered development thoughts. The task of poverty alleviation in Hebei province is relatively heavy, which originally had a poor population of 4.99 million people. There were 45 poverty-stricken counties as recognized at the national level and 17 as recognized at the provinciallevel. Last year, 21 poverty-stricken counties grew out of poverty and 650,000 people steadily rose out of poverty. There are still 399,500 poor people and 13 poverty-stricken counties. This year, if 330,000 people were taken off from poverty list, and 13 poverty-stricken counties all got rid of poverty, there will be only 69,500 poor people left. They will be fully lifted out of poverty in the first half of next year. The inspection and recognition will be carried out in the second half of next year, and then our achievements will be consolidated to prevent a rebound. This is how the progress of poverty alleviation works. Last year, we made a turnaround win and registered good grades in the national assessment of poverty alleviation achievements, as well as in the assessment of poverty alleviation by coordination efforts from east and west China. The poor counties and the poor people still left are the "hardest bones" and are mainly located in the cities of Zhangjiakou, Chengde and Baoding. The three cities are overseen by myself, Mr. Xu Qin and the deputy secretary of the provincial Party committee, respectively. And each member of the provincial Party committee oversees one city in the province. Among the cities, there are great poverty counties under them. We want to ensure that we can accomplish the annual poverty alleviation task as scheduled this year and ensure that the battle against poverty will be fully won next year. 

We are taking several measures to overcome the hardest challenges, and to prevent the return to poverty: 

First, we must strengthen the implementation of responsibilities and continue to work hard to cement our poverty alleviation achievements. The Party secretaries of five levels will work hard together to get rid of poverty. Their Party job and government job should share the same responsibility, while their own single official post should have dual responsibilities. All the responsibilities should be fully implemented from one level to another. From the province to the city and to the county, the leading cadres at all levels will join the poverty alleviation battle with poverty-stricken counties and poor households, as well as with the poverty alleviation teams and working groups stationed in the villages. For those that were already lifted out of poverty, they should achieve "four don'ts", which are: don't relieve responsibility, don't terminate policies, don't stop helping, don't end supervision. This is the first measure to resolutely prevent the return to poverty. 

Second, we need to pay close attention to the bottom-line task and comprehensively resolve the "two no worries and three guarantees." We implement interaction between the higher and lower levels and integration of departments and regions at different levels. For issues of education, health, dangerous houses and low income of ordinary people, etc., the provincial departments are responsible, while the municipal, county and village secretaries are responsible for organizing special improvement campaigns. To combine the rural revitalization strategy and to build a moderately prosperous society in all respects, the provincial government fully deploys and fully implements all actions to achieve high quality and meet high standards. 

Third, we will focus on key efforts, and on soundly addressing industrial poverty alleviation, employment poverty alleviation, science and technology poverty alleviation and relocation poverty alleviation. This is an important measure to enhance revitalization and ensure sustainable development. For these to work effectively, they must adhere to the "one town, one industry; one village, one product" policy, in order to develop unique industries. Li Baoguo from Hebei province is an excellent role model recognized by the instruction from General Secretary Xi Jinping, and he is a role model of our time. He was a professor at Hebei Agricultural University, and his wife follows his steps and continues to serve the people. Now the Hebei Academy of Agriculture and Forestry Sciences, Hebei Agricultural University and other agricultural research institutes, as well as help teams, will go into villages to resolve technical problems for people during their planting and the aquaculture processes, and will increase the scientific and technological content and added value for their agricultural products. And regarding relocation, it should be combined with the management of hollow villages. The Bashang region of Zhangjiakou is bordered by Inner Mongolia. There are many hollow villages, which means there is basically no labor there — only the elderly are left behind. To accomplish a series of support facilities for water, electricity and heating, we need a lot of investment. We are determined to move the people from Bashang out of the hollow villages and relocate them to the counties, towns and other villages. The elderly who have no ability to work will be sent to nursing homes, the ones who can work will enter the industrial parks, and the children will go to schools. If they need vocational training, they will have vocational training, which will lay the foundation for future employment and entrepreneurship. Bashang region will then return farmland to grassland to build ecology, and after the grassland is restored, we can repurpose it for grazing and raising cows. We are fully coordinating and promoting the relocation of the hollow villages, and the results have been very good. For the completion of a new type of urbanization and the construction of a moderately prosperous society in all aspects, this is a combination package of measures which will have comprehensive effects. We must make further efforts and ensure that we can move them out, let them live steadily, and increase their wealth. 

Thank you, reporters. 

The Economic Daily:

During the first quarter of this year, Hebei achieved a relatively high economic growth rate of 7.4% year over year. What are the measures that you have adopted to pursue economic restructuring, reduce excessive industrial capacity, promote economic transformation and high-quality development? What achievements have you made? 

Xu Qin:

Thank you for your interest in Hebei's economic development. The good start of Hebei's economy during the first quarter of this year should be attributed to the concerted efforts of the entire province along with the Hebei CPC Committee and provincial government, who resolutely implemented the guidelines of the Central Economic Work Conference. As you just said, our GDP growth rate of 7.4% in the first quarter is the best in years. Meanwhile, our fiscal revenue increased by 13%, the value-added of industries above the designated size grew by 8.8%, applied foreign investment rose by 10.6% and exports jumped by 12.3%. The remarkable achievement is proven by the data. But how did we make it into reality? This is a big issue and I will give you a quick introduction. 

We have resolutely put into practice the important instructions of General Secretary Xi Jinping. General Secretary Xi has inspected Hebei seven times since the 18th CPC National Congress and has made a series of important instructions for us. In particular, he asked Hebei to resolve difficulties resolutely and accelerate transformation proactively. We have implemented the General Secretary's instructions in all these aspects, followed the new development philosophy and pushed forward the supply-side structural reform. Our concrete steps include: 

First, we have made three-year plans. During the past two years, we worked out 15 three-year action plans, covering areas like innovation-driven development, industrial transformation and upgrading, and strategic emerging industries. They have been formulated in line with the "13th Five-Year Plan" and lay a solid base for the upcoming "14th Five-Year Plan." In doing so, we are embracing overall industrial transformation and upgrading and improving economic quality. 

The second is our efforts to cut overcapacity. We have worked out a number of regulations and standards concerning quality, environmental protection and security issues which force some industries to cut overcapacity. Other measures include merging and restructuring of enterprises, closing valueless small enterprises and relocation to cut excessive capacity. Meanwhile, through international industrial-capacity cooperation, we have exported advanced production capacity. Through our endeavors, steel enterprises in Hebei have reduced from 123 to 64 and their productive capacities have been reduced by 82.23 million tons since 2013. It is not easy to make such an achievement, especially when China must simultaneously deal with the slowdown in economic growth, make difficult structural adjustments, and absorb the effects of previous economic stimulus policies. We have overcome many difficulties, including how to help workers displaced due to overcapacity cuts. However, we would rather temporarily sacrifice GDP growth and fiscal revenue, and win a strategic space for development in the future. We're determined to fight to keep the sky blue above Beijing, Tianjin and Hebei province. 

The third is that we have made efforts to promote innovation-driven development from five aspects: innovation entities, innovation capacity, innovation professionals, innovation ecosystem and innovation environment. Just as Mr. Wang said that in the beginning of 2017, the province had a total of 2,031 national-level high-tech enterprises. Over the past two years, the number has grown to 5,099, and we expect the number will be more than 7,000 by the end of this year and 10,000 within three years. The number of high-tech SMEs has grown by 26,000 in the past two years and it is expected to surpass 80,000 next year. During the first quarter of this year, the number of patent applications and authorized patents grew by 59.5% and 55.6% respectively. Last year, investments, value-added and exports of high-tech enterprises rose by 30.4%,15.3% and 28.3% respectively.

The fourth is to transform and upgrade our industries through six methods. There are 150,000 traditional manufacturing enterprises in Hebei province, so there is huge potential to improve the quality, build brands and increase efficiency. Many industries are low end, therefore, moving up to high end will increase their future competitiveness. This is the main battlefield of transformation and upgrading. We took the following six methods to transform and upgrade traditional industries. 

First, we have persisted in achieving high standards and high quality. Here is an example. The Junlebao Dairy Co, Ltd participated in the World Food Quality Evaluation Conference last year and won the highest prize: the "Special Gold Award." Now its milk powder has been sold to Hong Kong, with demand exceeding supply. 

Second, we have put more emphasis on industrial design so as to improve the quality of our products and give them more cultural and artistic connotation. At the same time, the added value of our whole products has been improved. 

Third, we have launched the technological transformation and upgrading plan. We intend to complete the technological transformation of large industrial enterprises by 2020. 

Fourth, we have extended industrial chains. We have promoted the integration of upper- and lower-stream cooperation between industries, so as to create a group of famous brands and achieve the upgrading of industrial chains. 

Fifth, we promoted the in-depth integration of industries. In order to achieve industrial transformation and upgrading, we promoted traditional industries to integrate with artificial intelligence (AI), the internet, and big data. The approach is also a future development trend and key area. 

Sixth, we have implemented innovation-driven development. This is an important means to enhance the competitiveness of future industries. 

There are many examples in these six areas. Take Handan-based Chenguang Biotech Group Co, ltd for example. The company has advanced bio-extraction technology, and its capsicum red pigments provide the global supply, occupying a considerable share of the international market. 

Meanwhile, we have further optimized the distribution of the industrial chains of the whole province. At the city level, we promoted the development of leading industries; while at the county level, we promoted the revitalization of economic endeavors with distinctive features of local areas. According to our statistics, there are a number of traditional industries with obvious competitiveness in Hebei province, and 80 of them exceed 10 billion yuan in economic strength. Many of them are leading enterprises in their industries, playing a very important role in the national trade and export market. These industrial clusters with distinctive local features will foster a new source of growth of Hebei. In the future, we will realize the transformation and upgrading of traditional industries, so as to optimize the supply, improve the quality and increase the benefits. Through several years of efforts, we will double both the scale and efficiency. 

Finally, we stepped up efforts in fostering the emerging industries of strategic importance. We pursued the coordinated development of the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei region and promoted high-level openness to achieve interconnected growth. We gathered resources, opened up markets and developed emerging industries of strategic importance. We have worked out ten development goals and have comprehensively promoted the implementation of plans involving AI, intelligent manufacturing equipment, information technology industry, biotechnology industry, new materials, advanced environmental protection and other fields. We also implemented six major projects, such as the industrialization of high and new technology. 

Emerging industries of strategic importance grew by 16.8% in the first quarter of this year, while other industries doubled at the same time. We will seize opportunities, further promote industrial transformation and upgrading, and maintain sustained and high-quality economic development. At the same time, we also planned in advance for some future industries, such as emergency equipment industry, the winter sports industry and the rehabilitation industry. These industries have huge market capacity, but the current supply cannot meet market demands. Hebei will continue to make great efforts to promote industrial transformation and sound economic development.

CNR:

A 1,000-day countdown activity was just held in Zhangjiakou to mark the preparations for the 2022 Beijing Winter Olympics. How is Zhangjiakou's preparation for its part in the games? 

Xu Qin:

Holding a successful Winter Olympics is of national significance, which is pushed by General Secretary Xi Jinping in person. The CPC's Hebei provincial committee and the provincial government have long adhered to their political duties to prepare for the games since it is a big project for the province. Secretary Wang Dongfeng just said that there will be 109 gold medals in the 2022 Winter Olympics, among which 51 will be awarded in Zhangjiakou. 

Currently, the preparation is being carried out in an orderly manner. We have fully implemented President Xi's four concepts on hosting the games – green, sharing, open and honest – in a bid to make them a fabulous, unique and outstanding event. Under the leadership of the 24th Winter Olympics Leading Work Group, and with the guidance of the organizing committee for the 2022 Beijing and the supports of relevant ministries and commissions, Hebei will closely cooperate with Beijing to advance relevant work. 

In terms of the construction of venues and supporting facilities, we organized nearly 80 domestic and foreign planning teams to roll out 10 special planning schedules and seven zoning plans over the past two years. In the display today, there is a designing plan for a new competition venue for the Winter Olympics. 

Meanwhile, we have ensured that construction projects and their organizations are of high quality and high standards. Currently, the construction of 70 venues, out of 76, has been started, and the rest will be started this year to ensure they can be finished in time to meet the requirements of the test competitions and the games. 

The high-speed railway train connecting Xizhimen of Beijing and Chongli of Zhangjiakou will come into operation. It will take about 47 minutes to reach the downtown of Zhangjiakou from Beijing, and 55 minutes to arrive in Chongli. This will make it more convenient for the winter sports lovers in Beijing to go to Zhangjiakou, and will provide good transport conditions for industries' relocation to Zhangjiakou and its neighboring regions. Zhangjiakou is a paradise for winter sports and a summer resort. The city welcomes you all.

The other guarantee measures are also proceeding as planned. The guarantee plans for traffic, security, accommodation, dining, medical care and volunteer services have already been made. In the future, the region's medical care will be very good, and the Peking University Third Hospital has set up its branch in Zhangjiakou. Sport medical care resources will also be expanded in the region. At the same time, the people's winter sports will develop fast, as winter sports teams will be organized to take part in relevant training of the national teams to provide better support for the sports resources of the country. 

At the same time, we will promote the development of our winter sports industry. Two winter sports industrial bases have been planned in Zhangjiakou. Last year, 15 enterprises from the United States, Japan, the Republic of Korea and Europe have registered in Zhangjiakou, and another 20 companies have signed contracts to invest in the region. This year, at least 20 companies will be registered and another 30 will sign investment agreement, which will help form the backbone of the winter sports industry. Currently most winter sports apparatus and wearable equipment are foreign brands and manufactured abroad. It is hoped that Zhangjiakou can foster the industry's booming into a new growth point while working together with Beijing on the Winter Olympics. 

General speaking, we should host a successful Winter Olympics on the one hand, and develop Zhangbei into a powerhouse of the province, as Xi required. Zhangjiakou is a water source and ecological supporting zone for the capital. We are forging ahead according to the central authorities' requirements to ensure Zhangjiakou's ecological functions are well protected. That's all. Thanks.

Hebei TV: 

Economic development in Hebei has entered a stage featuring fast, stable and healthy progress. We have noticed that, this year, the number of market entities in Hebei has increased rapidly. What has the provincial government done to improve the business environment, such as launching major projects and changing the proportion of foreign investment? What do the figures mean in practice? 

Wang Dongfeng: 

This is an important question. A good business environment is critical to the development of Hebei. It involves promoting economic development, providing services to enterprises and the general public, establishing a good local credit system, building integrated government programs, and launching reforms to streamline administration, delegate powers and improve regulation. 

The provincial Party committee and the provincial government regard improving the business environment as a major political task. We focus on fostering a sound environment in legal, market, service and administrative fields, and promoting fair and just market competition. Our aims are boosting economic progress, promoting quality development, serving enterprises to enhance their competitiveness, and serving the people to ensure they feel more satisfied and happier. 

A series of effective measures have been undertaken in this regard. Last year, on the first day back to work after the Spring Festival, the provincial Party committee and the provincial government held a meeting on developing innovation and business startups, and better serving enterprises and the general public. This year, on the first day back to work after the Spring Festival, we held a meeting on promoting the development of innovation and business start-ups, improving people's livelihood, and intensifying discipline. In the past two years, we have spared no efforts in pursuing these goals. Focusing on reforms to streamline administration, delegate powers and improve regulation. We have improved the construction of a social credit system and enterprise credit system in an all-round way. Historic changes have taken place in the investment environment, with more market entities emerging. The  core competitiveness of enterprises has been improved, and the public is becoming more satisfied, happier and more secure. 

Major measures we have taken include: First, intensifying efforts in developing innovation and business start-ups, and in serving enterprises and the people, so as to stimulate the vitality of market entities. Last year, the number of market entities reached 5.38 million in Hebei, with a year-on-year increase of 14.5%, while the number of high-tech enterprises and high-tech SMEs increased by 1,800 and 13,000 respectively. 

Second, intensifying our efforts to improve the public livelihood, so as to guarantee and improve production and living conditions. We always put people first in development. Sufficient funds have been earmarked in the government budget to improve the public livelihood. More than 80% of our expenditure has gone to this field. Governments at all levels have worked together and launched 20 related projects. The emphasis has been on employment, medical treatment, education, elderly care, social security, amid other issues. Constant progress has been made in the process. Last year, new jobs were offered to 870,000 people, and the per capita disposable personal income in urban and rural areas grew 8% and 8.9% respectively. In the first quarter this year, new jobs were offered to 266,000 people, and the per capita disposable personal income in urban and rural areas grew 7.9% and 8.9% respectively. These have made people feel more satisfied than before. 

Third, there has been an intensification of the efforts in discipline, and improving reforms to streamline administration, delegate powers and improve regulation. We established a bureau responsible for administrative examination and approval. Services are offered online and in the service hall. Examination and approval powers are now in the charge of one department, while law enforcement power goes to another. Enterprises and the general public can enjoy one-stop services both online and offline. A total of 70 issues previously subject to administrative examination were cancelled. No government administrative fees were levied in the province. We welcome all media outlets to supervise us, and inform us of any malpractices. No tolerance will be given to those violating rules. We will also fully implement the policies on reducing taxes and fees made by the Party central committee and the State Council this year, and try our best to achieve real results. Negligence of duty and malpractice will be severely punished. Last year, we investigated 7,972 cases related to the "Four Malfeasances," in which 9,184 people were held accountable. In the first four months this year, we probed 925 similar cases, in which 1,211 people were held accountable. These efforts have greatly improved officials' performance, made them more active in taking responsibilities and carrying out works, and protected their enthusiasm, initiative and innovation in serving enterprises and the people. Meanwhile, Party committees and governments at all levels have taken their own responsibilities in protecting officials who are deligent and daring in work. An incentive system and a sound environment have been created. 

Improving the business environment is our approach to implement new development philosophy and achieve the Party's objectives. It marks a revolution in our own established practices. It is an effective measure to improve reform and opening up, and improve law-based governance. It is also a long-term mission in which we have only achieved some preliminary results. Improving the business environment is a task that will never end, as there will be new needs in new eras. We will work harder and never stop our efforts in this field. We also welcome you to watch over our work, find our errors, and give us advice. Thank you. 

Guangming Daily:

According to the Report on the Work of the Government of Hebei Province released at the second session of the 13th People's Congress of Hebei Province this January, a total of 20 livelihood projects will be implemented this year. Could you give an update on the progress of these projects in Hebei? 

Xu Qin:

Thank you for your interest in the "two sessions" of Hebei Province. People's livelihood is their deepest concern, and this is of greatest significance in our work. The Party Committee and the government of Hebei province has always stayed true to the vision of people-centered development, and it is our due responsibility to enable the people to share the benefits of reform and development. Since last year, together with all of our cities and counties, our provincial government has put forward a total 20 key livelihood projects. In addition, more regional livelihood projects have been initiated by local city and county governments. We are always committed to ensuring and improving people's livelihood. Regarding your question, our 20 livelihood projects focus on the following four aspects: 

The first focus is infrastructure and basic living situations, including the infrastructure renovation of run-down urban areas, dilapidated rural houses, outdated and overused pipelines, just to name a few. The second is improving the standard of public services, such as the service on employment, public culture, public facilities and schools in rural areas, and many others. The third is safeguarding people's basic living standards by, for example, developing community-based and at-home elderly care; financially supporting people with disabilities who are living in poverty; improving sanitation and so on. The fourth focus is the ecological environment, including adopting clean energy sources for winter heating, improving management of household refuse in rural areas, renewing the living environment in rural areas and many others. All of the abovementioned measures are closely tied to people's daily lives. Although these projects can be divided into different fields, they share a single goal, which is to improve people's well-being. People's welfare is never too trivial to address, as our Party committee and the government of Hebei province has attached great important to it, sparing no effort in the implementation of these projects. This is also our endorsement to practice General Secretary Xi Jinping's important instructions to "ensure and improve people's livelihood with more commitments and practical measures." Our 20 livelihood projects were approved by the secretary of Hebei Province party committee, and passed after thorough discussion by the standing committee of the provincial party committee, the government executive committee and the "two sessions" of Hebei province. During the implementation process, specific requirements, including the leading team, schedules and routes of the projects have been made in order to make sure that these projects are successfully completed. 

Following are some statistics for your reference. Regarding the progress of the 20 livelihood projects in the first quarter of this year, a total of 266,000 jobs have been created, which is an increase of 11,000 jobs over the same period of last year. In run-down urban areas, 24,000 houses have been renovated, which accounts for 63.8% of the annual task. Renovations have been completed on 46,900 dilapidated rural houses, which accounts for the 95.3% of the total number. Some 2064 renovation projects in outdated neighborhoods have been launched, reaching 74% of the plan total. In terms of community-based and at-home elder care, before the end of the 2019, 90% of the subdistricts in main urban area will have at-home elder care centers. As for school-building in rural area, we have started construction of 191 small-scale schools and county-based boarding schools, the area of which covers 360,000 square meters. In health sector, the pilot management system have been fully implemented in 213 provincial modern hospitals, and will cover 50% of the province's total by the end of this year. Tangible benefits in the public culture service sector have also been brought to people of Hebei. These figures demonstrate the promising prospects of our livelihood projects' implementation in the first quarter of this year. We will further the implementation of these projects in the coming three quarters to ensure high-quality and efficient completion of the livelihood projects.

Hu Kaihong:

That's the end of the Q&A section. Now I'll give the floor to Mr. Wang for some closing remarks. 

Wang Dongfeng:

I would like to express my sincere gratitude to the SCIO and all the friends from the media for your understanding and support of Hebei in its development. On behalf of the CPC Hebei Provincial Committee and the Hebei provincial government, I invite you to visit Hebei. We are ready to offer you our services. Thank you. 

Hu Kaihong:

This concludes today's press conference. Thank you, Mr. Wang. Thank you, Mr. Xu. Thanks to all. 

By Li Xiaohua, Chen Xia, Mi Xingang, Gong Yingchun, Zhang Jiaqi, Cui Can, Zhang Liying, Zhang Rui, Li Jingrong, Zhu Bochen, Li Yang, Wu Jin, Wang Qian, Huang Shan, Zhou Jing, Zhang Junmian, Wang Wei, Yuan Fang, Wang Yanfang, Li Huiru, He Shan, Li Shen, Jennifer Fossenbell, Geoffrey Murray, Jay Birbeck, Laura Zheng

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:
Xu Lin, deputy head of the Publicity Department of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee, minister of the State Council Information Office (SCIO), vice president of the CDAC organizing committee and executive committee;

Kong Xuanyou, vice minister of foreign affairs;

Zhang Xu, vice minister of culture and tourism;

Du Feijin, member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Beijing Committee, head of the Publicity Department of the CPC Beijing Committee

Chairperson:
Guo Weimin, vice minister of SCIO

Date:
May 9, 2019

The State Council Information Office of China invites four officials to brief the media about the Conference on Dialogue of Asian Civilizations in Beijing, May 9, 2019. [Photo by Liu Jian/China SCIO]

Guo Weimin:

Ladies and gentlemen, friends from the media, good morning. Welcome to this press conference. The Conference on Dialogue of Asian Civilizations (CDAC) is to convene soon and has drawn great attention from Chinese and foreign media. Today, we hold this press conference to brief you on the CDAC. 

Present at this conference are: Xu Lin, deputy head of the Publicity Department of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee, minister of the State Council Information Office (SCIO) and vice president of the CDAC organizing committee and executive committee; Kong Xuanyou, vice minister of foreign affairs; Zhang Xu, vice minister of culture and tourism; and Du Feijin, a member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Beijing Committee and head of the Publicity Department of the CPC Beijing Committee. They are all vice presidents of the CDAC executive committee, and I'm honored to be a vice president too. 

Mr. Xu will offer an introduction first, and then the four gentlemen will answer some of your questions. Now I'll give the floor to Mr. Xu.

Xu Lin:

Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. The Conference on Dialogue of Asian Civilizations (CDAC) will be held in Beijing on May 15. First of all, on behalf of the preparatory committee of the CDAC, I would like to welcome all our friends to today's press conference and express my heartfelt thanks to all those who care about and support the CDAC.

In recent years, President Xi Jinping, in his attempts to build a beautiful world and a community with a shared future for mankind, has put forward a series of important ideas and expositions on strengthening exchanges and mutual learning among different civilizations, which have produced positive responses from the international community. At the Conference on Interaction and Confidence Building Measures in Asia, held in Shanghai in 2014 and the 2015 Boao Forum for Asia, President Xi Jinping twice advocated for the convening of the CDAC, and received positive responses from the participating countries. Since then, China has carried out multi-level and interdisciplinary dialogues and cultural exchanges with the relevant countries in Asia and around the world, creating good conditions for holding the CDAC. The convening of the CDAC implements President Xi Jinping's initiative. It also further promotes exchanges and mutual learning among civilizations in Asia and the rest of the world, and encourages us to achieve common progress.

The Chinese government attaches great importance to the CDAC. President Xi Jinping will attend the opening ceremony of the CDAC, deliver a keynote speech, and attend relevant activities.

The Conference on Dialogue of Asian Civilizations is another important diplomatic event following the Second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation and Beijing International Horticultural Exhibition. It will be a landmark international event. I would like to summarize the conference with the ensuing five points:

First, the theme is clear. The theme of the conference is "Exchanges and Mutual Learning among Asian Civilizations and a Community with a Shared Future", which reflects important philosophies articulated by Chinese President Xi Jinping. These include exchanges and mutual learning among civilizations, the establishment of an Asian community with a shared future and building of a shared future for mankind. The conference not only reflects the general hopes and wishes from Asian countries but also those of the entire world. The activities of the conference are designed and developed around this theme.

Second, the response has been enthusiastic. More than 2,000 people, including government officials from 47 countries in Asia as well as from outside the region, plus representatives from the fields of culture, education, film and television, think tanks, media and tourism, will attend the opening ceremony and sub-forums. Entertainers, artists and people of all walks of life from Asian countries and other countries in the world will participate in Asian Culture Carnival, Asian Civilization Week and other events. The conference organizers also invited leaders of Cambodia, Greece, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Armenia and Mongolia, as well as officials from UNESCO and other international organizations to attend the conference.

Third, the conference boasts diversified events, including the opening ceremony, sub-forums, Asian Culture Carnival and Asian Civilization Week. Leaders from China and foreign countries, as well as heads of international organizations who participate in the conference, will share and explore ideas through exchange and mutual learning among Asian civilizations. In additional, the conference has six parallel sub-forums, inviting government officials, experts and scholars, and those engaged in particular fields to join discussions. A grand Asian Culture Carnival will be held, with more than 30,000 people from home and abroad expected to attend. In order to showcase diversified Asian civilizations, Asian Civilization Week will be held, including events like Asian Civilization Parade, Asian Culture Festival, Asian Culture and Tourism Exhibition, Asian Film and TV Week, and a Joint Exhibition of Asian Civilizations. Meanwhile, an Asian Cuisine Festival will be held simultaneously in the cities of Beijing, Hangzhou, Guangzhou and Chengdu.  

Fourth, we will provide an effective guarantee. This year's conference has a large number of participants and a long duration. We are striving to create a first-class conference environment and provide warm and thoughtful services to all participants. At present, the official website of the conference has been officially launched and all kinds of important information related to the conference will be published on that site. Beijing has recruited more than 3,700 volunteers to provide services to participants. At present, more than 2,800 Chinese and foreign journalists have signed up for the conference. The conference has set up a news center and will hold a series of news release activities to provide services for journalists.

Fifth, the conference is expected to achieve a fruitful outcome. Some documents will be issued based on the major consensus reached during the conference, which will showcase the fruitful outcomes of the conference, and present a bright and prosperous future of the exchanges and mutual learning among Asian civilizations and other civilizations in the world. At the same time, a series of multilateral and bilateral initiatives and agreements will be signed in various fields, such as media, think tanks, tourism, films and television, cultural heritage protection, etc. The results of some major projects and research reports will be announced during the conference. Concrete measures will be proposed to implement the conference outcomes and advance exchanges and mutual learning among civilizations. 

President Xi Jinping said that our civilizations have become richer and more colorful through exchanges and mutual learning. We believe the CDAC will present a rich and colorful display of Asia's civilizations to the world. We will warmly welcome guests from all over the world. On behalf of the conference's organizing committee, I would like to sincerely invite you, friends from the press, to cover the grand event, spread the beauty of civilizations, and join our efforts in making the conference a success. Now, my colleagues and I are ready to take your questions. Thank you.

CCTV:

Mr. Xu's introduction let me see that the Conference on Dialogue of Asian Civilizations is a large-scale event that is rich in content and plural in forms. It is fair to say that the world will focus its attention on Beijing again. In your opinion, what are the main highlights and characteristics of this event? Thanks.

Xu Lin:

The CDAC will show Asian civilizations' charms, and promote exchange and mutual learning of all civilizations in the world. The event's broad participation and rich content were already shown through my introduction. I would like to summarize its highlights and characteristics in four aspects as follows.

First, it grips the theme and responds to questions of the times. Among different civilizations of modern world, should the relations be conflict or dialogue, confrontation or cooperation? The answers to these questions concern humanity's future and fate, and these are also questions of the times concerning the development of human civilizations. The conference's theme is "Exchanges and Mutual Learning among Asian Civilizations and a Community with a Shared Future." The conference will follow the theme, follow the overall trend of cooperation and development, carry forward the people's wishes for civilization exchange and organize in-depth discussions on the diversity of Asian civilizations, as well as the mutual learning and exchange between these civilizations. In this way, it will further explore the importance and meaning of civilization exchange to the construction of a community of shared future for mankind, and build a bridge connecting the hearts of different peoples.  

Second, it shows the concepts of inclusiveness and common progress. The conference is based on Asia but it faces the world. It is related to all countries of Asia and open to all civilizations in the world. It invites representatives of all 47 Asian countries, who are from the circles of literature, arts, film, cultural relics, think tanks, media and youth. The conference also invites representatives from outside of Asia, which builds a good platform for mutual exchange and mutual learning of different civilizations so that they can make progress together.

Third, the conference shows the diversity of civilizations, which are colorful and can coexist in harmony. The event consists of an opening ceremony, panel discussions, the Asian Culture Carnival and Asian Civilization Week, which involves more than 110 activities that will demonstrate the diversity and charm of Asian civilizations, as well as the profound historical background of the Chinese civilization and the exchange and integration of Asian and world civilizations. The Asian Culture Carnival can be regarded as a highlight of the conference, which is based on the concept of inter-connectivity and the shared future of Asia, and will present the world with a great event on civilization, featuring grand exchange of Chinese and foreign civilizations, grand integration of different cultures and a grand gala of different peoples. 

Fourth, the conference highlights the principle of broad participation. It is oriented to the needs of the people, pays attention to attracting public participation and strives to improve people's sense of participation, experience, benefit and happiness. The well-designed Asian Culture Carnival and Asian Civilization Week will present many public lectures, square performances, shows and exhibitions at affordable ticket prices, as well as films to meet the needs of people's spiritual and cultural life and expectations of the future. We have also strived to arrange a proper time for the gourmet festival activities to meet the needs of the people and attract more people to participate into them.

We also expect that you reporters can come to take a look at the civilization cruise, and relevant exhibitions and shows, and sample foods from around Asia to experience the diversity of Asian civilizations. It is believed the conference will provide the world with collective participation, dialogues of plural civilizations, colorful cultural exchange and lively cultural experiences. It will leave an important mark on the history of human civilizations exchange. Thank you. 

China Arab TV:

Recently, the second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation was successfully held in Beijing. President Xi Jinping said that China will build the Belt and Road Initiative into a road of peace, prosperity, openness and innovation and a road that brings together different civilizations. What does the theme of the Conference on Dialogue of Asian Civilizations have in common with President Xi's proposal ?

Kong Xuanyou:

Dialogue between civilizations and cultural exchanges are a major component of the Belt and Road Initiative. At the second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation concluded just now, President Xi stressed that we need to actively build bridges for cultural exchange and mutual learning. He also said that we needed to deepen cooperation in education, science, technologies, culture, sports, tourism, health and archaeology, in order to facilitate multi-faceted people-to-people exchanges.

The Belt and Road is not only a road to development and prosperity, but also a road to the integration of civilizations. Historically, the Silk Road was not only a way of trading goods, but also a major artery of exchanges between civilizations. It spread right across the Egyptian, Babylonian and Indian civilizations, and hosted the gathering places of Buddhist, Christian and Islamic believers. It also crossed the settlements of peoples of different nationalities and colors. Different civilizations, religions and races were able to seek common ground while reserving differences, and together wrote a great poem of mutual respect and painted a beautiful picture of common development.

The holding of the Conference on Dialogue of Asian Civilizations can be said to be a positive attempt to promote the construction of a road that brings together different civilizations along the Belt and Road routes. We should uphold the ideals of peace and cooperation, openness and inclusiveness, mutual learning, and the pursuit of win-win solutions. We should transcend civilization barriers through exchanges, transcend civilization conflicts by mutual learning, and transcend the sense of superiority by coexistence of civilizations. We should promote mutual understanding, respect and trust. We hope the Conference on Dialogue of Asian Civilizations will further enrich the cooperation concept of the Belt and Road Initiative, and write a new chapter of Belt and Road cooperation. Thank you.

BTV:

I have noticed that Beijing will hold a series of activities like parades and food festivals during the conference. A lot of people would like to participate in these activities. Could you please share how you will guarantee people's participation? Thank you. 

Du Feijin:

Thanks for your question. By drawing upon the successful experiences in facilitating large-scale international conferences and activities, we have carefully designed the Asian Civilization Parade and the Asian Cuisine Festival in accordance with the principle of facilitating people. We will introduce a series of measures to make sure local people can participate in the events, through which Beijing citizens can experience other Asian civilizations, cultural exchanges and the festive atmosphere. It will be a civilization festival featuring culture, food and technology.  

The civilization parade and cuisine festival will be held simultaneously in the central area of the Olympic Park between May 16 and May 22. The parade, which features the distinctive cultures of Asian countries, comprises four parts including "Beautiful China," "Colorful Asia," "Shenzhou Charm" and "Beijing Welcomes You." A performance will be staged at 10 a.m. and 4 p.m. each day, allowing an audience of about 13,000 per day. We have invited 28 well-known performance groups from home and abroad to the parade. In addition, we have arranged for parade buses and a graffiti wall featuring Asian cultures.

The cuisine festival will feature 14 exhibitions & taste activities at the main venue, with additional food festivals at six shopping malls across the city with over 200 domestic and foreign food companies participating. Eight exhibition areas will be established at the main venue to display three major Asian food cultures: "taste," "technique" and "tableware." Apart from the wonderful parade performances, visitors will have the opportunity to take a taste of food from countries like Thailand, Singapore, Malaysia and Japan. At the exhibition areas of "Food Technology and Inheritance" and "Modern Smart Cuisine," visitors can experience via VR and AI technologies the smart services in today's food industry and get a sense of the changes that traditional industries have witnessed thanks to modern technology. 

Food festivals will be simultaneously held in six malls across the city including China World Mall, Solana, Hopson One, Chaoyang Joy City, Golden Resources Mall, and Wukesong Huaxi Shopping Center. Asian food restaurants will be encouraged to hold sales activities to attract more citizens to enjoy the festivals. By a conservative estimate, the food festivals will reach at least one million people. In order to benefit the people, activities like Asian Food Week will be launched with the help of multiple internet platforms during the cuisine festival. Online promotions such as red envelopes discounts, group buying for characteristic dishes and Asian food restaurants recommendations will be introduced.

The parade and cuisine festival at the main venue are open to invited guests as well as the public through online booking. 7,000 tickets per day will be dished out online. Those who are interested in the event can book tickets online. We hope that the media can help report the event in advance and your coverage will attract more people to these events. Thank you! 

Strait Times:

We have noticed that some people believe China is trying to use this conference to expand its influence. Is China trying to unite Asian civilizations to respond to the pressures from the West?

Xu Lin:

First of all, I want to emphasize that we hold the CDAC not to provoke confrontation between different civilizations, but to promote dialogue, mutual learning and common progress. We have noticed the views on the international stage. Some people are trying to draw the public attention to the so-called competition, conflict, or confrontation between the East and the West. If people believe this because of some misunderstanding, it proves that a dialogue between different civilizations is necessary, valuable and meaningful. But if people spread such views out of ill intentions, trying to provoke conflict and confrontation, then they will lose public support and are doomed to failure.

From the development of China's 5,000-year-old civilization, we can determine that the Chinese civilization is deeply rooted in our land, and has been enriched by other civilizations through communications. The ocean is vast because it admits hundreds of rivers. Throughout our history, we have pursued harmony in diversity and pursued mutual enrichment. We have lived harmoniously with other civilizations, learnt from each other through dialogue, and sought progress together. The world consists of many colorful civilizations, which are equal and inclusive. Regarding different civilizations, we believe in the notion that all countries should respect the interests of others while pursuing their own, and should advance the common interests of all. To show respect to the diversity of civilizations, we should first respect, cultivate and develop our own civilization. Meanwhile, we should respect and appreciate other civilizations. We should pursue common progress through dialogue, integration and mutual learning. Joint efforts to this end will surely promote the sustained peace, prosperity and development of our world, thus building a community with a shared future for mankind.

From the history of human development, wheat was first planted on the Anatolian Plateau in the Euphrates and Tigris rivers basins, rice was first planted in the Yangtze River basin in China, while cotton was developed in the Indus and Ganges. These beginnings and fruits of different human civilizations have become crucial material bases for human survival thanks to exchanges and sharing. That is an example of exchanges, mutual learning and sharing among civilizations. 

China not only advocates cultural exchanges and mutual learning, but also works to promote such exchanges. President Xi Jinping proposed on many important international occasions that different civilizations should pursue inclusiveness, mutual learning, and draw on each other to achieve common progress. The purpose of this conference is to provide a platform to spread progress and carry forward the achievements of the civilizations of Asia and the world, while promoting exchanges and mutual learning among different countries and civilizations, so as to advance the development of human civilization and build a community with a shared future for mankind. In my opinion, it demonstrates that China has lived up to its responsibility as a major country in terms of promoting world peace and development and the building of a community with a shared future for mankind. Thank you.

Sri Lanka Mirror:

Mr. Zhang, it was mentioned just now that a total of 47 countries will participate in a series of cultural tourism activities to be held during the event. Would you please give more details about these activities? Thank you. 

Zhang Xu: 

I am very glad to answer your question. The Ministry of Culture and Tourism is mainly responsible for coordination and implementation of activities under the conference's framework such as the parallel sessions of Culture, Tourism and People-to-People Exchanges, and the Asian Civilization Week, which includes an Asian Cultural Tourism Exhibition, Asian Civilization Joint Exhibition (cultural relics and art exhibitions), and Asian Cultural Performances. The ministry will also assist the China Media Group and Beijing Municipality in hosting the Asian Cultural Carnival and Asian Civilization Parade.

The parallel sub forum on Culture, Tourism and People-to-People Exchanges will be held at the National Convention Center on May 15. At Present, around 120 foreign guests have confirmed their attendance to the event, including former Deputy Prime Minister of Thailand Phinij Jarusombat, who will also make keynote speeches during the session. The Asian Culture and Tourism Exhibition will be held from May 16 to 18. Travel agencies from 31 Chinese provinces (autonomous regions and municipalities) and 23 other countries and regions will participate in the exhibition, with the number of representatives reaching 160 and 200, respectively. Cambodia and Laos will attend the conference as Guests of Honor. A series of events will also be launched during the exhibition, including the Asian Travel Agencies Conference, Chinese Cultural Tourism Promotion Seminar, Asian World Heritage Image Exhibition, and the Asian Cultural Tourism Products Fair. The Asian Civilization Joint Exhibition includes cultural relics and art exhibitions. The art exhibition consists of one main exhibition and four smaller ones. The main art exhibition will be opened at the National Art Museum of China on May 10. Four other sub-exhibitions, covering the themes of intangible cultural heritage, digital art, oracle bone script and literature, will be held at different museums across Beijing. Amongst the sub-exhibitions, the one named The Memories in Oracle Bone Script is a permanent exhibition. Some of you may have already seen it. The other three will be launched during May 7 and June 13. The cultural relics exhibition will be opened at National Museum of China on May 13. Some 300 artifacts from more than 20 Asian countries will be displayed. The Exhibition of Treasures from National Museums along the Silk Road will also be presented as a part of the CDAC event. The Asian Cultural Festival is scheduled to raise the curtain on May 14 with the debut of Ballet Gala of Asia at Beijing Tianqiao Performing Arts Center. It will be jointly performed by artists from China's Hong Kong, Japan, South Korea and the Philippines. Later, the audience will enjoy an audio-visual feast in a series of colorful and diversified activities, including concert, drama, dance and etc. Moreover, the Ministry of Culture and Tourism has invited foreign artists to join in the Asian Cultural Carnival and the Asian Civilization Parade. About 750 of them will perform in the Asian Cultural Carnival, and 480 others in the Asian Civilization Parade. That's all for my introduction. Thank you. 

Kyodo News:

Japan and China are two important Asian civilizations. The leaders of the two countries recognize that notable progress has been made in improving bilateral relations over the past few years. In your opinion, how will their relations influence the exchanges among Asian civilizations? And what does China expect Japan to do to maintain the momentum?

Kong Xuanyou:

Mr. Xu just introduced the background and significance of the conference in detail. Focusing on Asia while facing the world, the conference will present the outstanding achievements made by different Asian civilizations, while also showing diversified world civilizations as a whole. These should be the purposes of the conference.

It is obvious that, with two-thirds of the world's population, over 1,000 ethnic groups and a total of 47 countries, Asia has a glorious history of interconnection among different civilizations, including Islam, Christianity, India and China. Therefore, Asia represents a region where different civilizations exist in harmony. And we believe Asia is capable of spearheading the exchanges and mutual learning among different civilizations.

However, Asia cannot make headway and embrace a promising future without paying due attention to the major trends in global development. Therefore, the conference is designed to be inclusive of civilizations outside Asia and embracing friends from different regions all around the world. Actually, other than the 47 Asian countries, we have invited prestigious scholars and important guests from nearly 50 non-Asian countries to join us in relevant events of literature, arts, think tanks, media and youth work. They come from countries in Africa, Europe, the Americas and Oceania.

China and Japan have a history of more than 2,000 years of friendly exchanges. Jianzhen, an eminent Chinese monk of the Tang Dynasty (618-907) who travelled to Japan to preach Buddhism, and Abe no Nakamaro, a Japanese scholar who studied in China during the Tang Dynasty and subsequently died in the country, are vivid examples of the cultural linking between the two countries. They left much of valuable thought and ideas for both sides, which have been passed down and inherited by numerous generations.

Through the joint efforts of China and Japan, bilateral relations have returned to normal and achieved new development. In the new historical era, exchanges between the two civilizations and mutual learning will be conducive to further tapping the similar genes in regard to our cultural relations, deepening mutual understanding, trust and friendship between the two peoples, and opening up better prospects for further development of bilateral relations.

We sincerely hope that China and Japan will join hands and work together in proposing new ideas for partnership in win-win cooperation, and create a new situation of exchange and mutual learning between Asian and world civilizations. The beneficial explorations and practices of both sides will help further substantiate the connotation of a community with a shared future for mankind. Thank you.

Phoenix Satellite TV:

You have mentioned the conference is on a rather large scale with a vast number of participants, and this may present some challenges in terms of service. My question is: How will you seek to solve such problems? What specific measures will you take? Thank you.

Du Feijin:

Thank you for your question. As you said, the conference features high level, large scale, rich contents and diversified events and extends over a long period. Providing excellent service for such a conference is an important task the central authorities have given to Beijing. It shows the central authorities have full trust in us. We have made intensive efforts to plan, organize and coordinate related works, so as to provide sound service over a full range, including publicity, reception, transportation, security, venue preparation, environmental protection, volunteer services, safe production, food safety, air quality improvement, and good healthcare. Generally, our efforts can be divided into three aspects.

First, effective efforts have been undertaken to organize and support the conference. All related departments under the municipal government are meeting the strictest requirements in organizing and supporting the many tasks, such as examining and building conference venues, producing and distributing passes, arranging hotels for guests and journalists, designing and decorating the streets, improving the environment, preparing vehicles for the conference, hiring and training volunteers, and establishing medical teams. Sound services will be provided in all areas, including dietary requirements, accommodation, transportation, organizing events and overall security.

Second, effective efforts have been undertaken in regard to the important work. The carnival is a major event and a special activity of the conference. The construction of the carnival stage is challenging, with high requirements in regard to power supply. All concerned departments have worked hard to ensure smooth construction of the stage through close communications and coordination. On April 15, a power transmission capability of 11,200 kW was ready at 56 spots. On April 22, the stage was completed. On April 27, a rehearsal of all performers, including extras, was held in the National Stadium.

Third, we fully intend to provide final solutions to every single challenge that might arise. In addition to the support services to safeguard the smooth running of the event, we are responsible for maintaining good order among the spectators and visitors expected to watch the relevant parades or attend gourmet festivals. The preparatory work has been difficult since it involves many different jobs at spots over long distances and covering a great number of areas. However, with the concerted efforts taken by the various parties involved, we have managed to address the most daunting challenges properly, such as where and how the figurants can rehearse, how to plan the pedestrian and traffic flows, how to guide the performances of overseas troupes and where to fix and how to arrange the main areas of gourmet festivals.

To provide convenience to the media, we have established eight functional blocks, including a comprehensive service area, a press conference center, open media workplace, exclusive media workplace, monitoring center, cultural exhibition center, a catering area and a tearoom, at the conference news center. This has all the facilities needed for broadcasting, a good office infrastructure and a high-speed Internet network enabling journalists to fully cover the event and work in cozy surroundings.

I would also like to take this opportunity to express my gratitude to our citizens in Beijing for their great hospitality and a strong sense of participation. They have given us substantial support and shown deep understanding in every major event held so far this year. Their active involvement, as a result of their broadminded attitudes, hospitality, openness, inclusiveness and indifference to fortune and fame, has demonstrated the great legacy of this unique city. Therefore, please allow me to show my sincere admiration to all. Thank you for your question.

China Daily:

Mr. Zhang, you have just now mentioned that a series of colorful cultural and tourism activities will be held during the conference. What significance do these activities have in boosting the cultural exchange and cooperation between China and other Asian countries? Thank you.

Zhang Xu:

As we know, Asian countries have long histories and diversified cultures. The birth and development of Asian civilizations have made positive and important contributions to the development of world civilization, and serve as a main force in maintaining world peace and harmony. Under the background of globalization, it is imperative that countries in Asia join hands to deal effectively with constantly arising cultural conflicts and other new challenges. In March 2014, Chinese President Xi Jinping delivered a speech at the headquarters of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) in Paris. In his speech, Xi elaborated both broadly and profoundly on his views and propositions regarding exchange and mutual learning among human civilizations, putting forward that "civilizations come in different colors, and such diversity has made exchange and mutual learning among civilizations relevant and valuable; civilizations are equal, and such equality has made exchange and mutual learning among civilizations possible; civilizations are inclusive, and such inclusiveness has given exchange and mutual learning among civilizations the needed drive to move forward." Xi's speech pointed to our current direction in seeking approaches to address the problems facing human society today.

The cultural and tourism activities under the framework of the Conference on Dialogue of Asian Civilizations (CDAC) are very rich and colorful, and are highly participatory and interactive with cultural connotations. Through these activities, we hope the conference will further enhance cultural dialogue among Asian countries and promote exchanges between the Chinese cultural tourism industry and our Asian counterparts, so as to better improve the mutual understanding among Asian countries and strengthen win-win cooperation in the fields of culture, arts and tourism. 

Therefore, we firmly believe that by sharing the achievements of cultural and tourism activities within the framework of the conference, we will be able to further raise the importance of cultural diversity and cross-cultural dialogue to different countries. We hope to promote culture, artistic and tourism exchanges among different countries to enhance mutual understanding and people-to-people connectivity, and build an inclusive environment of mutual understanding to promote the coexistence and harmony between different ethnic groups and between mankind and nature, so that every country and culture will be able to play a positive role and become an important force to promote the sustainable development of human beings. Thank you.

Hong Kong Economic Herald:

I have a question for Mr. Xu Lin. What consensus will be reached at the conference? How do you evaluate the contribution of Asian civilizations to global civilization? Thanks. 

Xu Lin: 

The ultimate consensus of the conference is up to the participating members. As far as what we have seen, I believe there will be a positive consensus on mutual exchanges, mutual learning and common development between different civilizations. I am sure this conference will help translate the participating members' notions of civilization and then transform that into concrete actions based on equality, inclusiveness, exchanges and cooperation. The outcomes of the conference will relate to these areas. 

As we all know, Asia is of considerable significance to the globe in terms of population, nations and GDP. If we look at the development of the global civilization, the cultivation of wheat, rice and cotton was first seen in Asia. Ancient civilizations along the Nile, Tigris, Euphrates, Ganges, Indus, Yellow and Yangtze rivers have all made distinctive contributions to the history of human civilization. Asia itself is home to diverse civilizations which have co-existed, exchanged and learned from each other, and developed hand in hand, setting a good example to other regions and contributing a lot to the diverse development of the global civilization. Thank you.

Guo Weimin:

Today's press conference concludes. Thanks to all.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Shen Changyu, director of the National Intellectual Property Administration;

Zhao Gang, vice director of the National Intellectual Property Administration;

Yu Cike, director of the Copyright Administration under the Publicity Department of the CPC Central Committee

Chairperson:

Shou Xiaoli, Press Bureau of the State Council Information Office

Date:

April 28, 2019

Shou Xiaoli:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to the press conference. April 26 this year was the 19th World Intellectual Property Day. China's protection of intellectual property has received great public attention. Today, we have invited Mr. Shen Changyu, director of the National Intellectual Property Administration, to introduce China's efforts to protect intellectual property in 2018, and answer some of your questions. Also with us today are Mr. Zhao Gang, vice director of the National Intellectual Property Administration, and Mr. Yu Cike, director of the Copyright Administration under the Publicity Department of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee.

Now, Mr. Shen will give us a brief introduction.

Shen Changyu:

Thank you, Ms. Shou. Good morning, everyone. First, I wish to thank the State Council Information Office and all our friends from the press for having shown understanding and support for the work on intellectual property rights over all these years. General Secretary Xi Jinping delivered a keynote speech at the opening ceremony of the Second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation in Beijing, April 26, 2019. In his speech, Xi announced a series of major reforms and opening-up measures that China will take, stressing that China will intensify its efforts to enhance international cooperation in the protection of intellectual property. According to Xi, China will spare no effort to foster a business environment that respects the value of knowledge, fully improve the legal framework for protecting intellectual property and step up law enforcement. It will also enhance protection of the lawful rights and interests of foreign intellectual property owners, stop forced technology transfers, improve protection of trade secrets, and crack down hard on violations of intellectual property in accordance with the law. Xi's remarks further convey China's stance and attitude toward its efforts to fully protect intellectual property in accordance with the law to the international community. His remarks also provide principles and guidance for the development of China's intellectual property rights, which will be fully studied, grasped and put into practice.

Now, I will give you a brief introduction on the development of China's intellectual property rights in 2018.

In 2018, the CPC Central Committee and State Council elevated IPR protection to an level of importance that is unprecedented. General Secretary Xi Jinping emphasized in his keynote speech at the opening ceremony of the Boao Forum for Asia Annual Conference 2018 that IPR protection is the centerpiece of the system for improving property rights protection, and it would provide the biggest boost to enhancing the competitiveness of the Chinese economy. The State Council has made a series of important decisions on IPR protection. Over the past year, the departments of the Chinese government and local authorities have worked to implement a series of important decisions on IPR by the CPC Central Committee and State Council, so as to move faster to transform China into a country that is strong on intellectual property rights, and to ensure new progress can be made in all works.

First, we made stable efforts to transform China into a country that is strong on intellectual property rights. We earnestly implemented last year's plan on deepening the national IPR strategy and building China into a country that is strong on IPR. We started to formulate the Outline of the National Intellectual Property Strategy for 2035. We completed an evaluation of the implementation of the current version of the Outline of the National Intellectual Property Strategy as well as a mid-term evaluation on the plan for IPR protection and utilization in the 13th Five-year Plan Period (2016-2020). We also restructured the National Intellectual Property Administration, which is now also responsible for the administrative adjudication of patents, trademarks and geographical indications, while affairs related to copyrights are now administered by the Publicity Department of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee. The quality and efficiency of IPR examination continues to rise: The examination process for trademark registration has been cut to six months, and for high-quality patents the process has been cut by 10%. A total of 5.86 billion yuan in patent application fees was exempted or reduced over the past year. A national appeal court for IPR cases was inaugurated at China's Supreme People's Court so as to better strengthen IPR protection and management.

Second, the protection of intellectual property rights has been comprehensively strengthened. The draft amendment to the Patent Law passed the first review of the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress. The draft established a punitive compensation system for infringement and has greatly increased infringement costs. We have been actively promoting the revision of the Copyright Law and initiated the revision of the Trademark Law. The Regulation on Patent Agency and the Regulations on the Protection of New Varieties of Plants were revised. The Action Plan for the "Internet Plus" Intellectual Property Protection was formulated. A total of 38 ministries and commissions have carried out joint punishment for serious discredit conducts in the field of intellectual property (patents). The administrative law enforcement of intellectual property rights continued to strengthen, with 77,000 patent administrative law enforcement cases being handled, up 15.9% year-over-year. Altogether 31,000 trademark violation cases were investigated and handled, with a total case value of 550 million yuan. 2,500 infringement and piracy cases were filed and investigated. 3.77 million pieces of pirated products were seized, and 1.85 million infringing links were deleted. Customs at all levels detained altogether 44,550 batches of infringing goods. The number of infringing goods was 23.18 million, with a total worth of 200 million yuan. The courts of all levels received 301,279 first instance IPR cases, up 41.13% year-over-year. The public security organs of all levels registered nearly 28,000 cases of infringement and counterfeit crimes. Of them, 19,000 cases were solved, and 28,000 suspects were arrested. The case value amounts to 9.87 billion yuan. The procuratorates of all levels approved the arrest of more than 5,600 people who were involved in more than 3,300 IPR infringement cases. More than 4,400 cases involving more than 8,300 people were brought to public prosecution.

Third, the amount and quality of intellectual property creations have risen. We further implement the patent quality improvement project and trademark brand strategy, and severely crack down on non-normal patent applications and trademark preemptive registration and hoarding behaviors. The number of domestic invention patents (excluding Hong Kong, Macao, and Taiwan) reached 1.6 million pieces, an increase of 18.1% year-on-year. The ownership number of invention patents per 10,000 population reached 11.5 pieces, and the number of Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) international patent applications received and processed was 55,000, a year-on-year increase of 9%. The number of valid domestic trademark registrations reached 18.05 million, a year-on-year increase of 32.8%. The number of applications for international trademarks registration according to the Madrid Agreement Concerning the International Registration of Marks was 6,594, a year-on-year increase of 37.1%. A total of 2,380 geographical indication products and 4,867 registered geographical indication trademarks were approved. A total of 1,990 new varieties of agricultural plants and 405 new varieties of forestry plants were awarded, an increase of 34% and 153.1% respectively. The number of registrations of works and computer software copyrights reached 2.35 million and 1.1 million, an increase of 17.48% and 48.22% respectively. According to the Global Innovation Index 2018 Report published by the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), China ranked 17th in the world and became the only middle-income economy to enter the top 20.

Fourth, the use of IPR has been greatly improved and is now more efficient. We have improved the national public service platform for the trading of IPR and launched IPR trading systems in 16 major cities. We have rolled out a set of measures to use IPR to promote the innovative development of private enterprises. The fund raised by pledging patents and trademarks totaled 122.4 billion yuan, up 12.3% year-over-year. We issued 40 golden awards to patents and external designs, and 20 golden awards to copyrights. We checked 8,179 enterprises for their use of geographic indication in products with a total output value of 1 trillion yuan. From 2016 to 2018, the export of IPR royalties reached US$11.51 billion, achieving the goal set in the 13th Five-Year Plan ahead of schedule.

Fifth, we have deepened the international cooperation on intellectual property rights. We hosted the 2018 High-level Conference on Intellectual Property for Countries along the Belt and Road, took an active part in multilateral activities under the framework of the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) and the World Trade Organization. We have also enhanced cooperation with international organizations such as the International Union for the Protection of New Varieties of Plants, and improved international rules regarding intellectual property rights. Together with the WIPO, we established a Technology and Innovation Support Center. We tried to promote an earlier implementation of the Beijing Treaty on Audiovisual Performances, as 23 countries have either ratified or joined the treaty. We held the Global IP Protection and Innovation Development Conference during the first China International Import Expo. The number of China's partners in the Patent Prosecution Highway (PPH) program has increased to 28. China's valid patents have also been officially registered in Cambodia, and the results of our patent examination are recognized in Laos.

The above is the development of China's intellectual property rights in 2018. Now I'm ready to take your questions. Thank you.

Shou Xiaoli:

The floor is now open to questions. Please identify your media outlet before asking questions.

CCTV:

During the Second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation, President Xi Jinping said more efforts will be made to promote international cooperation on intellectual property protection. My question is for Mr. Shen. What is the current status of the cooperation on intellectual property protection under the Belt and Road Initiative? What will be done to improve the cooperation in the future? Thank you.

Shen Changyu:

Thank you for your question. As you said just now, during the Second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation, General Secretary Xi Jinping expounded on China's major principles and policies regarding intellectual property protection, and pledged to strictly protect intellectual property under the law, which has won international praise. The National Intellectual Property Administration is now working hard to study related issues and develop feasible and tailored measures to ensure an effective implementation of these policies.

Regarding cooperation in this field under the Belt and Road Initiative, we have cooperated with other departments and held the High-level Conference on Intellectual Property for Countries along the Belt and Road in 2016 and 2018 respectively. General Secretary Xi wrote congratulation letters for both meetings. So far, a regular mechanism for cooperation has been established to promote intellectual property protection under the BRI. Practical cooperation projects in eight fields, including communication on macro policies, intellectual property examination, development of fundamental capabilities, and exchange of information and data, have been carried out.

So far, steady progress has been made in every project, many of which have achieved significant results as a result of cooperation. For instance, the applications of patents and trademarks of China and countries along the route of the BRI are rapidly and continuously increasing. In addition, as I've mentioned, the validation of the patents authorized by China in Cambodia, and Laos' recognition of the results of the examination of Chinese patents, have greatly enhanced bilateral economic and trade cooperation, as well as technological and cultural exchanges. China has established a postgraduate program - a masters in intellectual property for students from countries along the route of the BRI, and students in the first class under this program have graduated. In addition, we have launched the portal for the cooperation of intellectual property under the BRI, which has access to our Patentcloud examination system. We agree to strengthen and build closer communication on global intellectual property issues in order to promote the development of open, inclusive, balanced and effective international rules of intellectual property, as well as to further support the joint construction of the BRI.

Next, we will put into practice the principles outlined in General Secretary Xi Jinping's keynote speech, and deliver more substantial and concrete outcomes of intellectual property cooperation under the BRI. The third High-Level Conference on Intellectual Property for Countries Along the Belt and Road will be held next year. And we will take the principles outlined in General Secretary Xi Jinping's keynote speech as our guide to review the progress of intellectual property cooperation projects in eight aspects in the past two years. On this basis, we will draw up a blueprint of the relevant projects and issues relating to intellectual property cooperation under the BRI in the upcoming conference. This will allow us to provide a better ecosystem of innovation to support technological exchanges and cooperation on a national-level in accordance with market principles and laws. Thank you. 

China Radio International:

Some reports say that among China's 10 million or more valid registered trademarks, some of them are malicious trademark registration and trademark hoarding, which have disturbed the standard registration procedure and violated the principle of fair competition. What measures will the National Intellectual Property Administration take to combat malicious trademark registration and hoarding? 

Shen Changyu:

Thanks for your question. We have done a lot of work in this aspect. Now, I would like to invite the deputy commissioner of the National Intellectual Property Administration, a trademark expert, to answer this question. 

Zhao Gang:

Thank you. Just as you mentioned, China ranks first in the world with its large number of registered trademarks. However, a small portion of the registration is driven by malicious intent, which we usually call them "malicious trademark registration." It has been divided into two categories. The first category is for people who register names of famous brands on irrelevant products or services or register some popular international brands in China. The second category is for people who register trademarks and then sell them for a profit. This is what we call the "hoarding of registered trademarks." The former type of malicious registration, which is clearly defined in relevant laws, has been effectively contained in recent years thanks to our great efforts to crack down on it. Regarding the hoarding of registered trademarks, however, in spite of principle provisions, law enforcement is difficult due to lack of direct, specific, and operable articles.  

In recent years, the former State Administration for Industry and Commerce and the newly restructured State Intellectual Property Office have paid close attention to and taken solid strides on the crackdown on hoarding registered trademarks for profit. In accordance with the Trademark Law, we declare the invalidity of a large number of hoarded trademarks that lie unused, especially those resembling famous registered trademarks. In some cases where trademark infringement cannot be dealt with through application or complaint processes, we will declare invalidity after registration in accordance with Article 44 of the Trademark Law. Both administrative organs and people's courts agree that a trademark can be canceled, if the holder has registered a large number of trademarks but is not using them. However, the implementation involves many challenges before registration.

Therefore, the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress revised the Trademark Law on April 23. As you may have noticed, the revision aims to stop at the source those registration applications that are not intended for use. The Trademark Office of National Intellectual Property Administration can directly reject applications during the review phase. If the Trademark Office of National Intellectual Property Administration fails to spot such cases during the review phase, as long as an objection is raised, the application can be stopped. Even if registration has been approved, it can be dismissed through another procedure. The procedure that determines whether the application is valid is very powerful. And the revised Trademark Law also stipulates that, for those who register a trademark maliciously, in addition to their trademark being rejected and invalidated, they may also face administrative penalties such as warnings and fines. I believe that after the revision, the Trademark Law will be more effective in combating behaviors such as hoarding of trademarks and malicious registration. In the next stage, we must also step up the development of supporting measures to ensure implementation of this revised Trademark Law. Thank you.

Science and Technology Daily:

Just now, Mr. Shen, you introduced China's intellectual property rights development of 2018. Could you please give more information on the achievements and progress made by our country in IPR protection? Thanks.

Shen Changyu:

Thank you for your question. IPR protection is crucial for the system to improve property rights protection, so our entire society pays close attention to this issue. In 2018, the achievements our country made in IPR protection were evident in the following areas.

First, the understanding of IPR has been deepened. Last year, General Secretary Xi Jinping emphasized in his keynote speech at the opening ceremony of the 2018 annual Boao Forum for Asia that IPR protection is the centerpiece of the system to improve property rights, and it would provide the biggest boost to enhancing the competitiveness of the Chinese economy. The statement leads us to a much deeper understanding on IPR protection and provides us with a fundamental principle.

Second, the duty of IPR protection has been optimized and readjusted. Through reform of institutions, the centralized management of trademarks, patents and geographical appellation of origin has been realized. The law enforcement team of the State Administration for Market Regulation is in charge of unified law enforcement on trademarks and patents. Meanwhile, the National Intellectual Property Administration is responsible for construction of the system to improving property rights protection, guidance of law enforcement for trademarks and patents and judging standards for patent and trademark infringement. All of these raise the effectiveness of law enforcement for IPR protection. 

Third, a punitive compensation system for IP infringements has been introduced, which demonstrates significant progress in this regard. This punitive compensation system has been specifically written into the draft amendment to the Patent Law, by which fines could be imposed up to five times for malicious IP infringement. In the recently-passed amendment to the Trademark Law, the max compensation limit for malicious trademark infringement was been raised to a quintupled level, which is a fairly high standard globally.

Fourth, the credibility and efficiency of IP examination has been enhanced, the notable progress of which was also been seen last year. During the first China International Import Expo in Shanghai in 2018, General Secretary Xi Jinping made a clarion call on the need for enhanced credibility and efficiency of IP inspection. The State Council has conducted certain deployments, noting that in the next five years, the time it takes to finish trademark inspections should be reduced from eight months to less than four months, an efficiency level which would rank top among the OECD countries. Also, examination times for inventions and patents should be reduced by one-third, while for high-value patents the time could be cut by half, which will mean a ranking of the most efficient in the world. All of these strategies will contribute to strengthening the protection of IP from its source.

Fifth, joint punitive mechanisms have been built. Together with another 37 departments, the National Intellectual Property Administration of China has built joint punitive mechanisms against bad faith in the fields of IP that maximizes continuous negative influence on businesses involved in IP infringement. The mechanism is said to be the strictest punitive measure in the history of IP, and has forcefully deterred the practice of IP infringement. I believe all of the points mentioned above constitute fundamental reform of IP protection in China, and they have drawn wide attention to different quarters of our society. Thank you.

HKTV:

The United States and some other western countries have accused China of not doing enough in cracking down on infringements. There are also cases of stealing and infringing intellectual property rights. May I ask Mr. Shen, what is your response to this? How do you view China's determination to crack down on infringement?

Shen Changyu:

Thank you for your question. First of all, I should say that some accusations about China's intellectual property protection are groundless. They have not seen the tremendous progress and achievements that China has made over the years in terms of intellectual property protection.

In fact, since the reform and opening up, especially since the 18th CPC National Congress, China has upped the ante in IPR protection, insisting on the equal treatment and protection of IPR of domestic and foreign enterprises. China has made great progress, which is recognized by the world. The U.S. intellectual property authorities and relevant media also said that China's IPR environment is at the forefront of developing countries and is becoming the preferred place for multinational corporations to initiate intellectual property litigation in global range. The reason they do so is because they believe that they can be treated equally in China.

It should be said that there's no limit in improving IPR. At present, there's still room for China to make improvements, and we are stepping up efforts to resolve these problems. At the same time, we must realize that the issue of intellectual property infringement is a worldwide problem. The issue exists in every country, only that different countries at different stages of development have different manifestations. All countries should strive to improve their business environment and solve their own problems.

Of course, apart from the efforts of individual countries, international cooperation is also needed to solve the problem of intellectual property infringement. We are willing to work with Western countries including the United States, to strengthen communication and cooperation in the field of intellectual property protection. We hope to work jointly to combat all kinds of infringements and create a good business environment, because strengthening IPR and cracking down on infringements are not only the need for fulfilling our international obligations but also the inherent need of China's implementation of innovation-driven development. Therefore, we must work together to promote a good international business environment and promote the prosperous development of the world. Thank you.

China News Service:

I want to ask Mr. Yu this question. The issue of film piracy during the Spring Festival this year has aroused widespread concern in society. What actions has the National Copyright Administration taken to combat piracy? In addition, what further governance actions will the National Copyright Administration take against such issues in the future? Thank you.

Yu Cike:

Thank you for your question. Chinese theaters screened eight domestic films during the Spring Festival, which were widely popular, and the films also set new box office records for the Spring Festival film season. However, it is true that the issue of film piracy has also triggered widespread concern in society. In order to maintain good copyright order and ensure the healthy and prosperous development of the film industry, the National Copyright Administration has taken many effective measures along with the State Film Administration, the Ministry of Public Security, the Cyberspace Administration of China, and the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, strengthening copyright protection of theatrical film releases.

First, we cracked down rigorously on stealthy recording and the spread of piracy and infringement. The National Copyright Administration and the Ministry of Public Security formed a special task force to check 11 key provinces and cities such as Beijing and Jiangsu province, conducting case investigations, cracking down on covert recordings and various websites, apps and e-commerce platforms that spread pirated movies. Currently, we have cracked down on 22 major cases of pirated theatrical film releases with help from public security organs. Among them, we hunted down a major stealthy recording case in Yangzhou city, Jiangsu province, knocking out a criminal gang that pirates theatrical releases and arresting 52 suspects.

Second, we dealt quickly with infringing web links. We increased the monitoring of film piracy, carefully screened public reports, and quickly deleted unlawful information. Until now, we have deleted more than 30,000 links of pirated Spring Festival films, with help from the relevant government departments.

Third, we increased copyright pre-warning protection. Since March, the National Copyright Administration has released two lists of key released films protected by cinema copyrights, bringing 15 theatrical releases (including 7 overseas films) under our pre-warning protection, requiring relevant network service providers to take effective measures to deal with infringement and piracy in a timely manner.

Fourth, we promoted social co-governance of copyright protection. We promoted the establishment of a theatrical releases copyright protection alliance on April 26, World Intellectual Property Day, and guided producers, distributors and commercial websites to carry out copyright cooperation to take full advantage of collective action to protect IP rights.

Next, the National Copyright Administration will carry out special action on theatrical releases copyright protection, further increase efforts to crack down on infringement and piracy of theatrical releases, strengthen self-discipline and actions of rights protection in the film and television industries, and promote relevant internet enterprises to take the lead responsibility. At the same time, regarding the current situation that a large number of small piracy websites have servers located outside of China, we will strengthen cross-border law enforcement cooperation with relevant countries and regions to jointly crack down on internet infringement and piracy. Thank you.

Wall Street Journal:

China and the U.S. will hold trade talks next week. What kinds of progress in IPR protection will promote the bilateral talk? Is there any progress made that is targeted to the U.S. concerns? Are there any enforcement measures in place to guarantee more progress in IPR protection? Is it possible to say that China's potential progress in IPR protection will prompt the U.S. side to cancel its tariff toward China?

Shen Changyu:

Thank you for your question. The China-U.S. high-level trade talks are of concern in both countries, as well as in the international community. Not long ago, the two sides made new progress in the ninth round of negotiations, as they implemented the important consensus made by the two heads of state during their meeting in Argentina and held talks on the text of the agreement. IPR protection is an important part of that text, according to releases by related departments. I think their releases also cover the answers to your questions.

Since the country's reform and opening up, and especially after the 18th CPC National Congress, China has strengthened IPR protection and achieved recognizable achievements as it committed to provide equal treatment to domestic and foreign companies. It is fair to say that IPR protection is not only a focus of the China-U.S. trade talks and an issue of international concern, but also a necessity for China's wider opening up and its next step for innovation-driven development. This year, we will take further steps to comprehensively strengthen IPR protection, which may contain answers to your questions.

First, to improve related laws and regulations. We will promote amendments to the patent law and improve the punitive compensation system to significantly raise the cost to offenders. We will impose a fine of up to five times for serious IPR infringements, a high penalty compared to the international standard. The amendments to the Trademark Law that we just completed have increased the punitive compensation for serious trademark infringements.

Second, to strengthen the source protection system. We will improve the quality and efficiency of IPR inspections, cut the process for trademark and patent inspections, and provide timely authorization and sturdy rights. Stricter enforcement measures will also be taken to fight against abnormal patent applications, as well as unethical trademark applications and trademark hoarding. Mr. Zhao Gang already answered questions related to that topic.

Third, to improve law enforcement measures. We will strengthen our market supervision and law enforcement team, improve the judgement criteria for trademarks and patents infringements, and increase effectiveness of law enforcement.

Fourth, to improve the co-governance system. We will take joint punitive actions against serious violators. "Once discredited, violators will face restrictions everywhere." Like I just said, this is among the strictest punitive measures in IPR history.

Fifth, to improve the coordination mechanism to ensure quick authorization, confirmation, and rights protection. We will provide more efficient, easier and less costly channels to safeguard the rights of market entities. 

These works are essential to IPR protection and major concerns of the China-U.S. trade talks, and we are going to promote them throughout the year. Therefore, a large part of the trade talks coincides with what we are doing and will continue to do in the future. And we will strive to advance those related works. Thank you.

Guangming Daily:

World IP Day was celebrated on April 26 this year, with the theme of "IP and Sports." With the scheduled opening of the Winter Olympics in China approaching, my question is about the protection of IP for the Olympic Games. Would you please provide an overview of the pertinent issues?

Shen Changyu:

Thank you. The theme of this year's IP Day was "Reach for the Gold: IP and Sports," which, by my view, is a high integration of IP culture and athletic spirit. It has created a general environment tailored to the Winter Olympics and Winter Paralympic Games scheduled to be hosted in China in 2022.

Actually, IP is closely related to sports, which can be exemplified by the massive adoption of new high-tech in sports fields, upgraded facilities and new materials, many of which are patented products. In addition, copyright protections are highly relevant in the rebroadcast of sports events, brands of sports products, and the ability to generate increased profits from trademark protections.

The protection of IP rights at the Olympic Games has always been a big concern of China. As early as 2002, we issued "Regulations on the Protection of Olympic Symbols," which was amended last year. Regarding the Winter Olympics, we have greatly endeavored to protect its IP rights since China won the bid. We have launched all-around and multi-dimensional protections of the patent, trademark and copyright of the emblem, as well as related symbols.

In the next stage, we'll focus on the IP protection of the Winter Olympics in two underscored aspects. First, we'll endeavor to protect the IP rights of its torch and mascot. Second, we'll establish a system, particularly in Beijing and Hebei provinces, to report on and prosecute any violations relevant to the Games. Meanwhile, we'll also make growing efforts to crack down on any infringements to ensure a splendid Winter Olympics. Thank you.

People's Daily:

Mr. Shen, the Outline of National Intellectual Property Strategy released in 2008 might expire in 2020. So what are our next steps? Thanks. 

Shen Changyu:

Thank you for your question. I believe you are an expert in the field of intellectual property, especially in that you know IP strategy very well. In 2008, China issued the Outline of National Intellectual Property Strategy, which is the first strategy outline in its field. Since its implementation ten years ago, China's IP industry has achieved rapid growth and great results, showcasing the plan's leading role.

Last year, we completed a thorough review of the strategy's implementation. It revealed that the major goals and tasks designed for the year 2020 will be realized successfully, and some of them have already been met. A report of this review was published a few days ago, and provides a systematic display of the achievements made by implementing the strategy outline over the past 10 years. Generally speaking, progress was made in the following aspects:

First, the creation of IPR has been advanced in both quantity and quality, making China a major IPR country. Second, IPR protection has been strengthened and the environment for business and innovation has improved, leading to a steady increase in social satisfaction with IPR protection. Third, the utilization of IPRs has produced a powerful effect, offering a strong impetus for economic development. Fourth, a model of IP management based on China's national conditions has been established, and the performance of regulations and capacity of public services have seen a continual increase. In terms of international IPR cooperation, China has remained a strong defender, major participant and active builder of international trade rules. In addition, since the Outline of the National Intellectual Property Strategy was issued in 2008, public awareness of IPR protection has significantly improved. We have made considerable progress.

To ensure the continuity of the strategy's implementation, to ensure this strategy can keep playing a leading role, and guided by the "two-step" strategy adopted at the 19th National Congress of the CPC and the related policies developed by the State Council, we are working hard to formulate the Outline of the National Intellectual Property Strategy for 2035. We are trying our best to make our country more robust on intellectual property rights, and ensure the continuous implementation of the strategies on intellectual property. The first draft of the outline will be finished at the end of the year and we welcome the participation, support and attention from all parts of society till then. Thank you.

Shenzhen Satellite TV:

Last year, patent application cases in Shenzhen reached 228,600, or approximately 90 patented inventions per 10,000 people on average, nearly 10 times the number of the national average. Additionally, the city has taken the lead among mid- and large-sized cities in the number of applications for the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) for 15 years in a row. At the same time, the "Regulations on IP Protection in Shenzhen Special Economic Zone" is the first comprehensive set of regulations for IP protection in the country. An IP tribunal was also established in the city's Qianhai area. Mr. Shen, how would you evaluate the city's achievements in patent application and IP protection? What's your opinion of the "Shenzhen phenomenon"? Thank you.

Shen Changyu:

Thanks for your questions. During the past few years, Shenzhen has indeed made notable progresses in creating, protecting, using and managing IP rights, particularly with its leading role in the number of PCT applications.

In my view, those achievements should be attributed to the strong creativity of the city, and local innovative entities are important driving forces. Secondly, they should be attributed to the intensive local awareness of IP protection, in support of which a slew of measures have been adopted there. More to the point, awareness of IP rights is strong in Shenzhen. Those factors combined have fueled the rapid development of local IP businesses.

As you said, the number of patent applications, especially those for the PCT in Shenzhen, has continued to boom, which is probably caused by local enterprises' international strategies for global business. Meanwhile, many local companies have developed well in the global market. They have paid substantial attention to international patent applications, which is highly relevant to corporate operations,. 

We hope the city can make more progress in regards to IP operation. Shenzhen is a model city in this particular sector country-wide, a competitive place for the IP industry and a pilot zone for experimental IP projects. We'll increasingly support it in its endeavors in IP development. Thank you.

China Intellectual Property News:

During the "Two Sessions" this year, some NPC deputies and CPPCC National Committee members suggested the amendment to the Patent Law should grant jurisdiction to the court for prosecution of patent invalidity, in order to address the issue of the long duration of patent prosecution. As far as we know, the National Intellectual Property Administration of China is responsible for the prosecution of patent invalidity. What's your opinion on this situation?

Shen Changyu:

Thank you for your question. Indeed, the issue was raised regarding the amendment to the Patent Law during the "Two Sessions" this year. We appreciate their attention to the amendment to the Patent Law. The prosecution of patent invalidity is a fairly professional and complex issue.

As you've said, currently the National Intellectual Property Administration holds responsibility for the prosecution of patent invalidity. Speaking from the nature of the Patent Law, judgment on patent invalidity in China is an important component of the administrative process of patent right confirmation. The procedure is a subsequent administrative oversight and error-correcting program for the earlier authorization and examination act, which is similar to a special kind of administrative reconsideration. Such a system is both a legally mandated duty of the National Intellectual Property Administration and an institutional arrangement that has lasted for decades in China. Also, such duty is practiced by the patent administrations of the majority of countries around the world. China is not the only case in this regard. 

Some experts believe that the long duration of patent prosecution is partly caused by judgment on patent invalidity. Patent prosecution indeed takes a long time, but the reasons for specific cases vary. I think one important reason is that patent cases are generally complicated and involve great technical complexity, thus increasing the difficulty of prosecution.

Some attribute it to the problem of system design, while others believe it's the result of "parallel system," which means that the determination of both patent right and the infringement are charged with different authorities. These type of opinions were discussed in articles and at meetings. However, it doesn't seem quite objective. According to the analysis of the statistics, 93% of the cases on patent infringement judged in 2018 are not influenced by invalid procedures. That is to say, the "parallel system" is not the pervasive factor causing the long period for patent protection.

Some people believe that circulation in patent litigation is another cause for the unreasonable delay in filing patent infringement litigation. This type of opinion also lacks evidence. According to the statistics from 2010 to 2018, only around 30 cases of invalidation application were caused by such reason, accounting for only 0.1% of the total during the same period. So, it is not the major cause for such delay.

However, it still requires more studies from various parties to find out the specific reason. Since we brought up the issue today, I'd like to brief you about China's examination on cases of invalidation application. Currently, China examines efficiently on cases of invalidation application. In 2018, it took 5.1 months on average to examine a case of invalidation application, the shortest in the world. About 97% of the cases of invalidation application will be resolved in the administrative procedures, which supports the intellectual property protection and is widely recognized by the relevant parties. 

Shou Xiaoli:

The press conference ends here today. Thanks to Mr. Shen and our guest speakers, and thank you, everyone.

By Li Xiaohua, Chen Xia, Li Xiao, Wang Yanfang, Guo Yiming, Li Huiru, Zhang Rui, Wu Jin, Zhang Liying, Zhu Bochen, Gong Yingchun, Wang Qian, Li Shen, Zhou Jing, Jennifer Fossenbell, Laura Zheng

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Xiao Weiming, director general of the Department of General Affairs at the Office of the Leading Group for Promoting the Belt and Road Initiative;

Song Lihong, director general of the Comprehensive Department at the Ministry of Commerce

Chairperson:

Hu Kaihong, spokesperson for the State Council Information Office of China

Date:

April 22, 2019

Hu Kaihong:

Ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon and welcome to this press conference. Today, the Office of the Leading Group for Promoting the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) issued "The Belt and Road Initiative: Progress, Contributions and Prospects," and its text has been published by the Xinhua News Agency. To offer more information about the document, we are delighted to welcome two of the officials involved to update you on the development of the BRI and to answer your questions. They are Mr. Xiao Weiming, director general of the Department of General Affairs at the Office of the Leading Group for Promoting the Belt and Road Initiative; and Mr. Song Lihong, director general of the Comprehensive Department at the Ministry of Commerce. Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Xiao.

Xiao Weiming:

Ladies and gentlemen, friends from the press, when General Secretary Xi Jinping visited Central Asia and Southeast Asia in 2013, he proposed the initiative of jointly building the Silk Road Economic Belt and the 21st Century Maritime Silk Road, known for the Belt and Road. This has received a positive response and widespread support, and has been followed with great interest by the international community. To promote the implementation of this major initiative, the Chinese government has set up a leading group and established the Office of the Leading Group for Promoting the Belt and Road Initiative within the National Development and Reform Commission.

Ahead of the second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation (BRF), being approved by the Leading Group for Promoting the Belt and Road Initiative, the Office of the Leading Group has released the book "The Belt and Road Initiative: Progress, Contributions and Prospects." This is the third time for the Chinese government to publish the progress of BRI project construction, which is also one of the major achievements of the second BRF. From an objective, rational and fair perspective, the report has summarized the experience of building the BRI over more than five years as a way to further enhance the international community's understanding of this joint building initiative, and to promote mutual political trust, economic integration and people-to-people connectivity among different countries. The BRI also aims to work together with the international community to cope with the challenges facing the global economy, to create new development opportunities, to seek new driving forces for development, to realize advantageous complementarities and mutual benefits, and to work together toward the jointly building of the community with shared future for mankind — so that a new journey of BRI construction can soon be embarked upon.

The report contains around 18,000 words and consists of four parts: Preface, Progress, Contributions, and Prospects. It will be published in Chinese, English, French, Russian, German, Spanish, Arabic, and Japanese. Today, I will present the Chinese and English versions to you. The other six versions will be issued soon.

The report pointed out that the BRI adheres to the principle of joint construction through consultation to bring benefits to all, and has achieved remarkable results in the past five years. All participants have benefited from the BRI and have a growing sense of identity and engagement with the initiative. This corresponds with an old Chinese saying: the peach and the plum do not speak, yet a path is born beneath them (a sincere man attracts admiration). 

In terms of policy coordination, the Belt and Road Initiative and its core concepts have been written into relevant documents of organizations including the United Nations, the G20, APEC and other regional organizations. So far, China has signed more than 170 cooperation documents with more than 150 countries and international organizations, including the China-Mongolia-Russia cooperation plan, and bilateral cooperation plans with Kazakhstan, Cambodia, Laos, Czech Republic, Hungary and Brunei.

In terms of facilities connectivity, the construction of six international economic cooperation corridors has been steadily advanced, playing an important role in establishing and strengthening interconnected partnerships among countries and building an efficient and smooth market for Asia and Europe. The China-Laos Railway, the Sino-Thai Railway, the Jakarta-Bandung high-speed railway, and the Hungary-Serbia high-speed railway have all solidly advanced. Projects such as Gwadar Port, Port of Hambantota, Port of Piraeus and Port of Halifa are progressing smoothly. Significant progress has been made in energy cooperation ¬– electricity, oil and gas, nuclear power, new energy, coal, etc. – and the construction of cross-border optical cable information channels. As of the end of March, the China-Europe freight rail service network has exceeded 14,000 trips.

In terms of smooth trade, China launched the Initiative on Promoting Unimpeded Trade Cooperation along the Belt and Road -- so far, 83 countries and international organizations have been actively involved. China has signed or upgraded the free trade agreements with the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN), Singapore, Pakistan, Georgia and other countries and regions. Since the first Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation, China has signed more than 100 customs inspection and quarantine cooperation documents with countries along the route, and has achieved food quarantine access for more than 50 kinds of agricultural products.

In terms of financial and monetary integration, China, together with 27 countries, has endorsed the Guiding Principles on Financing the Development of the Belt and Road. The People's Bank of China has worked with multilateral development institutions to finance over 100 projects stretching across more than 70 countries and regions. The China-IMF Capacity Development Center and the Belt and Road Financial Development Research Center have been inaugurated. So far, 11 Chinese banks have established 76 first-level institutions in 28 countries along the Road. The cross-border RMB payment services have expanded to cover nearly 40 countries and regions along the Road.

In terms of people-to-people ties, China established the Silk Road Chinese government scholarships, and signed agreements with 24 countries along the Belt and Road route granting mutual recognition of higher education degrees and diplomas. China also concluded visa abolition agreements with 57 countries along the Belt and Road covering different types of passports, and reached 19 agreements with 15 countries to simplify visa procedures. The country also established overseas traditional Chinese medicine (TCM) centers and 43 bases for international cooperation on TCM in 35 countries along the Belt and Road.

In terms of industrial cooperation, from 2013 to 2018, direct investment from Chinese enterprises to countries along the route hit US$90 billion and the turnover of foreign contracted projects surpassed US$400 billion. China has signed capacity cooperation agreements with more than 40 countries and signed third-party market cooperation agreements with France, Italy, Spain, Japan and Portugal, to name a few.

The report stresses the initiative is from China, but it belongs to the world. It is rooted in history, but oriented towards the future. It focuses on the Asian, European and African continents, but is open to all partners. In a world undergoing major development, transformation and adjustments; peace, development and cooperation still remain the trend of the times. While the BRI projects are currently being carried out in a steadily and meticulous manner, China stands ready to work with all the parties to promote the implementation of BRI, turning the Belt and Road into a route of peace, prosperity, openness, green, innovation, civilization and integrity. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

Thank you, Mr. Xiao. Now, let's welcome Mr. Song to make an introduction.

Song Lihong:

Friends from the media, good afternoon. Today, the Office of the Leading Group for Promoting the Belt and Road Initiative launched the book "The Belt and Road Initiative: Progress, Contributions and Prospects."I'd like to take this opportunity to introduce the trade cooperation under the Belt and Road Initiative, as the former is an important part of the latter. 

Since the proposal of the Belt and Road Initiative, the Ministry of Commerce, guided by Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era and fully implementing the Party Central Committee's policy decisions on the initiative, has worked hard to promote trade cooperation between China and other countries along the routes, and made remarkable achievements. These are evident in five aspects.

First, two-way trades were increased continuously. We actively promoted the expansion of mutual market openness of countries along the routes of the Belt and Road Initiative, and continued to promote trade facilitation. We improved trade structure, and nurtured new areas of trade growth. We also strengthened trade promotion activities with countries along the routes through comprehensive and special exhibitions. We accelerated the innovation of trade forms, and nurtured new models of business, such as e-commerce. 

Between 2013 and 2018, the imports and exports between China and other countries along the Belt and Road exceeded US$6 trillion, registering an annual increase of 4%, which is higher than the increase in China's total foreign trade. The volume accounted for 27.4% of China's total trade in goods.

Second, two-way investments are developing in an in-depth way. We continue to strengthen the necessary service guarantees and encourage enterprises to invest in relevant Belt and Road countries. While realizing their own development, they can also help the host countries to develop their economy and improve local people's livelihood. At the same time, we continue to relax the permission procedures for foreign investment as part of creating a high-standard business environment, set up 12 free trade pilot zones open to the world, and explore the construction of free trade ports to attract countries along the Belt and Road to invest in China. From 2013 to 2018, Chinese enterprises directly invested more than US$90 billion in countries along the Belt and Road, with an average annual growth rate of 5.2%. The turnover of foreign-contracted projects along the Belt and Road has exceeded US$400 billion, while direct investments in China from Belt and Road countries has exceeded US$40 billion.

Third, big projects have been carried out and are producing their intended results. We, along with relevant parties, have launched a series of cooperation projects to build infrastructure facilities and industrial investment. Some big projects have been carried out as planned, one after another. For example, the Addis Ababa-Djibouti Railway has come into operation; the China-Maldives Friendship Bridge has opened to traffic; the Gwadar Port in Pakistan has acquired the capacity necessary to ensure its complete operation. There are so many such infrastructure facility projects, which have effectively promoted the host countries' economic development and the improvement of local people's livelihoods, making them popular among locals.

We have also actively co-built some economic and trade cooperation zones, which have developed and improved over time. These zones play the following roles: they provide Chinese enterprises with platforms for their overseas investment and development; they provide the host countries with opportunities to learn more from China's experience in using industrial parks to boost economic growth; and they also prove to be effective carriers for industrial cooperation between China and these countries. 

Fourth, the construction of free trade areas has sped up. We have expedited the construction of free trade areas with countries along the route of the Belt and Road, and signed or upgraded the free trade agreements with the Association of Southeast Asian Nations, Pakistan and other countries and regions. These agreements have provided effective institutional arrangements for the liberalization and facilitation of trade and investment between these countries and China.

It is fair to say that a free trade zone network has gradually taken shape along the route of the Belt and Road. In addition, we have also actively promoted regional economic cooperation. We have signed trade and economic cooperation agreements with the Eurasian Economic Union, and the negotiations on regional comprehensive economic partnerships have made positive progress. 

Fifth, the cooperation mechanism has improved. The Ministry of Commerce has built bilateral economic and trade committee as well as joint committee mechanisms with all countries related to the Belt and Road Initiative. Meanwhile, we also have some regional and sub-regional cooperation platforms. We take advantage of these platforms to strengthen communication and coordination on important Belt and Road topics. 

At the same time, to further strengthen the frequency and effects of coordination, we have built work groups on unimpeded economic and trade cooperation, and investment with relevant countries, under the bilateral committees and joint committees. We have created bilateral e-commerce business cooperation mechanisms with 17 countries, and service trade cooperation mechanisms with 14 countries, as well as signed third party market cooperation agreements with Japan, Spain, the Netherlands, Belgium, etc. All this can be seen in media reports.

Generally speaking, the economic and trade cooperation between China and the countries involved in the BRI have improved greatly. Since the Belt and Road Initiative was proposed six years ago, it has produced remarkable achievements, intensified economic ties, and deepened economic cooperation between China and its partner countries. The initiative has also helped China improve its development through opening-up, and also prompted relevant countries to integrate into regional or even global value chains. This has allowed it to make positive contributions toward the development of economic globalization and the open world economy. Thank you all.

Hu Kaihong:

Thank you, Mr. Song. Now, we open the floor to questions. Please identify the news organization you represent before asking your question.

People's Daily:

The Second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation (BRF) will be held in Beijing later this week. During the first BRF held in 2017, China and other involved parties reached a number of cooperation agreements and policy measures, resulting in more than 270 deliverables. Could you brief us on the implementation of those results in the past two years? Thank you.

Xiao Weiming:

Thank you for your question and careful attention to the results of the first BRF. Indeed, the forum achieved a remarkable outcome. I'm delighted to announce that, through concerted efforts, all of the 76 items comprising 279 concrete results in five key areas have been completed as planned, and some have even become routine works for further implementation. The accomplishment satisfying to all the concerned parties lays a solid foundation for the second BRF.

I think the 279 concrete results can be summarized as follows:

First is the fresh progress made in policy consultation through closer cooperation and a broader consensus. The Belt and Road cooperation documents signed between China and more than 10 other countries or international organizations during the first BRF have been implemented, effectively enhancing policy connectivity, political trust and the convergence of interests. The BRF Advisory Council and Liaison Office have both been officially established. The Facilitation Center for Building the Belt and Road within the National Development and Reform Commission has begun operation. The ability of the official Belt and Road Internet portal to engage in international communications has been significantly improved.

The second aspect lies in promoting infrastructure connectivity focusing on key projects. We have implemented a large number of infrastructure cooperation projects in such fields as transport, energy and water resources, and gained financing support for the Jakarta-Bandung high-speed railway, Colombo Port City, Hungary-Serbia railway and Line 2 of the Hanoi light rail network, etc. The agreements signed between China and Russia, Belarus, Germany, Kazakhstan, Mongolia and Poland to deepen cooperation in promoting China-Europe regular railway cargo services is being implemented, with an international mechanism for the cooperation playing an important role.

Third is enhanced liberalization and facilitation of trade and investment through expanded industrial investment. China has signed production capacity cooperation agreements with 41 countries, set up platforms of investment and financing such as those linking China-Latin America and China-Africa, and successfully hosted the first China International Import Expo. We have deepened cooperation for connectivity in regard to standards, metrology, customs, inspection and quarantine. Six ports, including Khorgos have started to implement the Convention on International Transport of Goods Under Cover of TIR Carnets. Under the BRI framework, China has fostered agricultural cooperation with Serbia, Chile, Egypt and other countries.

Fourth involves the efforts being made in diversifying systems of financial connectivity through strengthened financing support. China has worked with other concerned parties to jointly formulate guidelines for financing Belt and Road-related development projects, in an effort to establish a stable and sustainable financial safeguard system controlling risk. The Asian Financial Cooperation Association now has more than 100 members, offering special lending schemes worth RMB 380 billion equivalent to support Belt and Road cooperation in infrastructure, industrial capacity expansion and financing. The Silk Road Fund has been expanded by RMB 100 billion.

Fifth is the enhancement of people-to-people exchanges through more interactions. We have deepened cooperation in culture, media, environmental protection with other Belt and Road countries, offered more than 800 short-term research visits to China for foreign scientists, and developed new people-to-people exchange platforms such as a network for cooperation among NGOs in countries along the Belt and Road, a music education alliance and think tank networks. Thank you.

Economic Daily:

Mr. Song of the Ministry of Commerce just now introduced some achievements in the Belt and Road economic and trade cooperation. What measures does the ministry plan to take to promote the cooperation from now on? Thank you.

Song Lihong:

Thank for your question. Last August, President Xi Jinping stressed at a symposium marking the fifth anniversary of Belt and Road construction that high-quality joint construction should be pursued with even more meticulous efforts. We will act strictly in accordance with the requirement by further deepening mutually beneficial and win-win cooperation with relevant countries in the economic and trade fields, and improve the quality of our cooperation to achieve more for the benefit of people all over the world. We will take five specific steps this year:

First is to build a high-level platform for cooperation. As you all know, last year, we successfully hosted the first China International Import Expo. This was an important decision made by the Communist Party of China Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core to promote a new round of high-level opening up, and is a major initiative by China to further open its market to the rest of the world. The successful convening of the first expo exerted wide influence worldwide, winning high praise and establishing an important milestone for high-level opening up in the new era. This year, while consolidating the achievements of the first expo and promoting the completion of deals and contracted projects achieved then, we will make careful preparations for the second expo in accordance with the important instructions of President Xi Jinping to ensure we can host a high-level, productive and increasingly improving event. I believe it will provide a platform for all countries to share the dividends of China's development and an effective promoter for high-quality construction of the Belt and Road.

The second step is to make meticulous efforts for major economic and trade cooperation projects. We will focus on industrial investment and infrastructure connectivity, and promote the construction of a number of major projects with good comprehensive benefits and strong driving effects, so as to help developing countries consolidate their foundations for further economic development, better participate in the global division of labor, and benefit from the global value chain. We will continue putting people at the center of our efforts, delivering timely assistance to the needy, promoting more foreign aid projects concerning people's livelihood and immediate interests, and increase their sense of gain.

Third, we intend to carry out more activities to promote trade and investment. In my opinion, to construct a superior Belt and Road, the government should seek to play a role of higher quality. However, it is still the market that should play the decisive role in allocating resources. Thus, it is up to market players at large to strengthen their cooperation. Entrepreneurs need to meet, negotiate and discover business opportunities. Therefore, we will perform our duty in organizing various kinds of large-scale exhibitions, especially for the Belt and Road countries, and step up efforts in attracting investment and inviting exhibitors. We will also support regional efforts to build trade and investment promotion platforms with distinctive themes and features, creating more business opportunities from interactions among entrepreneurs.

Fourth, we intend to accelerate the development of "Silk Road E-commerce". The internet and the upcoming large-scale commercialization of 5G will create more favorable conditions for e-commerce development. At the beginning of the reform and opening up program, China's trade and investment cooperation with relevant countries proceeded through door-to-door marketing. Now, we do not need to follow that way any longer. With computers and mobile phones, we can select goods and services and have them delivered to us at the press of a button. Therefore, we will make full use of modern information technology to empower, add new impetus and boost the growth of China and relevant countries' foreign trade with e-commerce.

Fifth, we will promote the construction of free trade zones. We will work with willing countries to establish new free trade zones, and upgrade existing ones according to higher standards. In other words, we will reduce institutional and artificial barriers to trade and investment, and promote a grand market of the Belt and Road. Thank you.

AFP:

I have a question on numbers. Could you tell us the total sum of investment and loans for the Belt and Road projects?

Xiao Weiming:

Thanks for your question. Over the years since the Belt and Road Initiative was proposed in 2013, we have invested a total of over US$90 billion in countries along the Belt and Road. The sources of loans for those Belt and Road projects are diverse, including commercial banks, policy banks and international monetary institutions. In doing so, we share both benefits and risks. Thank you.

CCTV:

It is now more than five years since the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) was first raised, and different views towards the initiative have emerged. How does the BRI contribute to the world? I would like to know your point of view.

Xiao Weiming:

Thank you for the question. After fully grasping the guiding principles from General Secretary Xi Jinping's important addresses and instructions, and studying the documents on the decisions and plans of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, I would like to sum up the great significance of the BRI in the following aspects: 

For China itself, it is the master plan to promote opening-up and international economic cooperation.

For the world, it provides an important platform for promoting common development and prosperity, and building a community featuring a shared future for humanity. 

Domestically, the BRI has further promoted the reform and opening of our country, with the focus on the overall plan for promoting all-round economic, political, cultural, social, and ecological progress, as well as the Four-Pronged Comprehensive Strategy. It has become a distinct symbol of China's reform and opening in the new era. Driven by the BRI in recent years, we have increased the openness of the service sector; made the manufacturing sector basically open to all; widened access to the agriculture, energy and resources sectors; deepened reform of the investment and financing, fiscal and tax systems and the financial sector overall; reduced the negative lists for the access of foreign investment for both nationwide implementation and pilot free trade zones (FTZs); and, it has significantly improved the overall business environment. According to the 2019 World Bank Doing Business Report, China ranks 46th globally, 32 places higher than last year.

We have promoted the opening-up of areas along the coastline and the Yangtze River, as well as in border and inland regions, moving toward nationwide opening-up that connects the eastern and western regions, and attaching equal importance to the "bring in" and "go global" strategies. We have cooperated with some developed countries to jointly explore third-party markets, while constantly raising the quality and standard of opening-up. What I want to emphasize here is that, as they have fully engaged in the Belt and Road development, China's central and western regions, especially the latter, have moved from forming the background to the forefront of China's reform and opening up, and are filled with great vitality. 

The contributions to the international political and economic landscapes lie in the following two aspects: 

First, the BRI's firm support in building multilateralism and the multilateral trading system, as well as enhancing free trade and investment have provided a robust driving force for the recovery of global economy. China has contributed over 30% of global economic growth, which has made us the strongest driving force globally. In addition, the annual rate of contribution of China's final consumption expenditure to global consumption growth in recent years places China as the top contributor. Therefore, due to the BRI, Kazakhstan, the largest landlocked country in the world, is able to establish a corridor to the sea; Belarus is able to develop its own automotive industry; Maldives' dream to build bridges is coming true; Pakistan's electricity shortage is solved because of several new power plants; and Laos will change from being a landlocked country to one that is land-connected once the China-Laos railway opens. These examples show the contributions of the BRI to economic growth and improvement of the wellbeing of people living in the countries along its route.

Second, the BRI helps to improve global governance. Within the BRI, the principles of consultation, collaboration and benefit for all, as well as "the connectivity of policy, transportation, trade, currency and the heart of the people" show the initiative's endorsement of multilateralism, free trade, and a multilateral trade system. We firmly believe in dialogue and consultation, and work collaboratively to promote communication. This is in order to build a community with a shared future for mankind through political and mutual trust, economic globalization as well as people-to-people exchanges. The initiative has been widely recognized worldwide and as I've mentioned before, the BRI has been included into many documents of international organizations like the U.N., G20, APEC, and SCO. It is clear that the BRI fulfills the internal requirements of a global governance system reform, demonstrating the concept of a community with a shared future for mankind and providing Chinese wisdom toward the improvement of the global governance system. Thank you.

Reuters:

China has promised to develop the Belt and Road into a sustainable and green path, and refuted claims of a so-called "debt trap." Do you have any details or concrete measures to share with us on this? In addition, does China have plans to introduce new laws and regulations on company investments to regulate future investments under the framework of the Belt and Road Initiative?

Xiao Weiming:

Thank you for your concern. Promoting the building of a green Silk Road is an important part of jointly building the Belt and Road Initiative. Over the past few years, Chinese companies that are "going global" have been adhering to the idea of green and environmentally friendly development, both in infrastructure investment and manufacturing investment. We have conducted strict environmental assessments in the building of hydroelectricity power plants, coal-fired power plants, roads and ports. We have even hired third-party independent organizations to do some preparatory research. In fact, due diligence is always performed in China by companies to produce a feasibility report. So we are upholding to the idea of green and environment-friendly development as we push forward in our projects.

We are willing to work with all parties concerned to follow through on our commitments to green development. We will strengthen international cooperation on eco-environmental protection to address climate change. We will improve the protection and restoration of the eco-system and develop "green finance." As to the platitudes on the "debt trap," I can say responsibly that since the initiative was proposed, no country has fallen into the so-called "debt trap" for participating in the building of the Belt and Road. On the contrary, all the participating countries have witnessed rapid development. Therefore, the so-called "debt trap" is a false proposition. Thank you.

Song Lihong:

Please allow me to share with you some of my thoughts and what I've learned. Recently, there were many stories about the so-called "debt traps." If a country, a family or an enterprise wants to make progress, the correct way is through self-accumulation before anything else. However, I want to emphasize that if you discover great potential of development, or if you are very confident of achieving development, you need to make extra efforts to realize it. In this situation, you need to use financial leverage tools. In other words, you need to borrow money to achieve development. How to judge if the timing is right for such a move? You must be able to obtain the loan. You must borrow money without doing harm to your reputation. On a country-level, especially those relatively less developed, or are under rather heavy debt burdens, I still don't think they should be deprived of the right of seeking development. Or, to put it another way, they should enjoy the right of seeking development by increasing their leverage ratio a little bit.

In this case, no matter who is involved — the country that lends the money, the country that borrows the money, or the enterprise that take a part in the cooperation, all face certain requirements. The borrower needs to pay close attention to its financial situation. It must focus on economic growth. In particular, it must intensify the efforts in infrastructure construction and industrial investment, so as to accelerate the industrialization process. Meanwhile, countries that lend the money, whether developed or emerging countries like China, are obliged to help the comparatively less developed countries improve their financing conditions. Regarding enterprises that take a part in the cooperation, as Mr. Xiao just said, they need to carry out feasibility studies to manage risks. What is the return of foreign investment? We should understand this concept from two perspectives: One is the time value of the funding, the other is the risk premium of the investment. If you cannot manage the risks, how can you make profits?

Solving the debt issue needs the efforts of all parties involved. We can follow the principle of "consultation, collaboration and benefit for all" to gradually tackle the problem. Although some countries are under high debt pressures, their debts will gradually fall when their industrialization, urbanization and modernization are accelerated. One thing for sure is that without development, without hard work, there will be no hope at all. Thank you. 

Phoenix Satellite TV:

Could you please introduce the progress being made in the construction of overseas economic and trade cooperation zones, and what kind of expectation do you have for the next stage in their development? Thank you. 

Song Lihong:

The overseas economic and trade cooperation zones, as I said at the beginning of the briefing, are an important platform for Chinese enterprises to invest abroad. They are also an "effective carrier" for China to conduct industrial cooperation with countries along the Belt and Road. Since the BRI was first proposed, overseas economic and trade cooperation zones have witnessed fast development. However, it should be noted that these zones were already being established before the BRI was proposed, so they are actually not an emerging phenomenon. However, they have kept expanding ever since the BRI was proposed. You can tell that they have become a major focus of BRI construction and a glorious part of a beautiful landscape. Such examples can be found in many countries, and I believe most of you present may have already witnessed their development, so I will not go into details here. According to the statistics of the Ministry of Commerce, the accumulated Chinese investment in overseas economic and trade zones has reached nearly US$40 billion, while contributing over US$3 billion in taxes and fees to the host countries, and creating more than 300,000 jobs. Over 70% of those economic and trade cooperation zones have been jointly established with countries along the Belt and Road. 

Next, we will enhance the integration of plans, industries and mechanisms with our partner countries through jointly building the Belt and Road Initiative. We strongly advocate openness and cooperation, adhere to the concept of green and sustainable development as well as promote practical cooperation in the construction of cooperation zones. We want to make cooperation zones the effective medium of industrial cooperation between China and the host countries and pilot zones for promoting industrialization by host countries. We should strive to cultivate some cooperation zones with geographical advantages, distinct industrial positioning, advanced management and outstanding construction achievements. We want to let cooperation zones become important international cooperation platforms based on mutual benefit and creating a win for all.  

There will be 12 sub-forums in the upcoming Second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation. I hope to draw attention to the Overseas Economic and Trade Cooperation Sub-Forum which is sponsored by China's Ministry of Commerce. The preparatory work is now coming to an end. We will invite relevant countries, intermediaries and enterprises to discuss how to develop high-quality overseas economic and trade cooperation zones at the sub-forum. Thank you.

China News Service:

Just like what you said, Mr. Xiao, the Belt and Road Initiative will become the road of peace, prosperity, opening up, green development and innovation, the road connecting different civilizations and the road with high ethical standards. May I ask you to elaborate on the specific plans and designs that China has endeavored to achieve in the aforementioned goals.

Xiao Weiming:

Thank you. First, please allow me to help review the origins of the seven aspects of the abovementioned "road." In May 2017, Xi Jinping, the General Secretary of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC), pointed out at the opening ceremony of the first Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation that the Belt and Road Initiative should become the road of peace, prosperity, opening up and innovation as well as a road connecting different civilizations. This set the tone and outlined the initiative's five functions. At the same time, he also stressed that we should strengthen international counter-corruption cooperation so that the Belt and Road will be a road with high ethical standards. During last year's Beijing Summit of the Forum on China-Africa Cooperation, General Secretary Xi proposed to adopt the principle of green development when executing the Belt and Road Initiative. Those are the seven principles of the "road," around which our prospects and preliminary plans have formed.

In view of the road being one that leads to peace, we are willing to pursue common, comprehensive, cooperative and sustainable security with the rest of the world, while adhering to the global governance principle of sharing growth through discussions and collaboration. We hope that we can jointly establish dispute settlement, risk early-warning and prevention and control mechanisms, all be resolved to combating terrorism, secessionism and extremism. We want to also promote a new type of international relations featuring mutual respect, fairness, justice and win-win cooperation, forge partnerships of dialogue with no confrontation and of friendship rather than alliance.  

In view of the road being one that leads to prosperity, we hope that we can press ahead with interconnectivity whether on land, at sea, in the air or through the internet, with the rest of the world. We will expand bilateral and multilateral investment and trade, deepen industrial cooperation, cultivate new driving forces and new business models. We also want to establish a stable and sustainable financial service system that keeps risks under control, and achieve economic integration and interconnected development to the benefit of all participants.

In view of the road being one that leads to further opening-up, China upholds and strengthens the multilateral trade system which is rule-based, open, transparent, inclusive and non-discriminative. China promotes liberalization and facilitation of trade and investment by building high-standard free trade areas jointly with other countries. We'll follow the rules of the market as well as internationally applicable standards and rules to build a global economy that is fully open. 

In view of the construction of the Green Silk Road, we are willing to work with countries around the world to implement the overall concept of green development, deepen international cooperation, jointly address various challenges, strengthen ecosystem protection and restoration, as well as exploring the development of green finance. We are committed to creating a way of life and work that is green, low-carbon, circular and sustainable, so as to achieve the 2030 Sustainable Development Goals set by the United Nations.

In view of building a road of innovation, we want to develop a national-level joint scientific research platform with various countries around the world, thus forming a multi-level and diversified scientific and cultural exchange mechanism. We are also willing to strengthen cooperation in frontier, cutting-edge sectors such as the artificial intelligence, nanotechnology and quantum computers, as well as promoting intellectual property protection.

In terms of building a road that brings together different civilizations, we seek to deepen cooperation with many countries around the world in regard to education, science and technology, culture, health, sports, media, tourism and other fields. We will also strengthen our exchanges between political parties, think tanks and non-governmental organizations, as well as promoting exchanges between women and youth. In fulfilling these goals, we are willing to continue providing assistance within our capacity to developing countries along the Belt and Road routes.

In terms of building a road reflecting the high ethical standards, we wish to work with various countries to strengthen supervision, management, and risk prevention and control of the construction projects emerging along the routes. We will make efforts to create a clean and efficient modern business environment, promote international anti-corruption exchanges and cooperation, improve the anti-corruption law system, and continue to crack down on commercial bribery, etc. Thank you.

Kyodo News:

Yesterday, explosions rocked Sri Lanka. Will this incident be mentioned in theis forum? Also, please tell us about the specific discussions on peace building and security aspects.? Thank you.

Xiao Weiming:

Thank you for your question. Regarding the security issue you mentioned, China pays great attention to safety and security in Belt and Road construction. The relevant Chinese government departments have strengthened cooperation with the security authorities of countries along the Belt and Road and conducted institutional dialogues and exchanges. In general, the results of cooperation are extensive and in-depth. We have established an institutionalized security dialogue mechanism with countries in Central Asia and South Asia. The overall goal is to jointly fight against terrorism and various violent crimes through cooperation between the relevant Chinese authorities and those in countries along the Belt and Road, in order to create a good security environment, and provide guarantees for safe and smooth development of Belt and Road projects. We also hope countries along the Belt and Road will continue to strengthen cooperation with the Chinese government, further improve dialogue, and enhance mutual exchange of information and mutual assistance in law enforcement during expanded collaboration in the future. Thank you.

Xinhua News Agency:

It has just been mentioned that, during the Second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation, the Ministry of Commerce will take the lead to organize two sub-forums, namely the Unimpeded Trade Sub-Forum and the Overseas Economic and Trade Cooperation Zones Sub-Forum. Can you tell us more about these two sub-forums? Thank you.

Song Lihong:

The Ministry of Foreign Affairs has held a briefing regarding the Second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation. Since you are concerned about the two sub-forums hosted by the Ministry of Commerce, I will give you a brief introduction about them.

The Unimpeded Trade Sub-Forum will be held at the National Convention Center on the afternoon of April 25. The sub-forum is organized by the Ministry of Commerce, and is co-organized by the General Administration of Customs, the State Taxation Administration, the Export-Import Bank of China and the China Export and Credit Insurance Corporation. The theme is "Openness, Inclusiveness, and Innovation, Deepening Belt and Road Unimpeded Trade Cooperation." Discussions will focus on "deepening multilateral and bilateral economic and trade cooperation, and promoting openness and integration," "developing new trade forms and promoting innovation-driven development," and "optimizing the business environment, and promoting sustainable development." Judging from the number of sign-ups, the sub-forum has drawn a lot of attention. We estimate that there are about 300 Chinese and foreign participants, including more than 200 of the latter, many of whom are ministerial level and above.

The Overseas Economic and Trade Cooperation Zones Sub-Forum will be held at the National Convention Center on the morning of April 25. The Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs and the All-China Federation of Industry and Commerce are co-organizers. The theme is "Jointly building overseas economic and trade cooperation zones and promoting Belt and Road international investment cooperation." Participants will discuss the topics of "building overseas economic and trade cooperation zones through discussion and collaboration" and "promoting high-quality development of overseas cooperation zones." There will be about 200 participants, more than half being foreigners.

In addition to the guest speaker session, these two sub-forums also have a discussion session. We believe that all parties will make full use of these opportunities to create a greater consensus on economic and trade cooperation, and make new efforts and contributions to promote the high-quality development of the Belt and Road. Thank you.

Beijing Youth Daily: 

According to the report, China has signed cooperation documents with more than 150 countries and international organizations as well as standardization cooperation agreements with more than 40 countries and regions. My question is, what else should China consider when trying to promote the connectivity of policies, standards and regulations with these parties in addition to the implementation of the agreements and documents?

Xiao Weiming:

Thank you for your question. With the further development of the plan to jointly build the Belt and Road Initiative, the aspect of connectivity has transformed from a "hard" concept in the past five years that mainly involves infrastructure construction, to a "soft" one that now involves standards and regulations. Or, at least equal stress has been placed on both aspects. In my opinion, the integration of the "soft" aspect of the BRI is more important and lasts longer than that of the "hard" aspect, to some extent. This is because all the physical connectivity will depend on the connectivity of standards and regulations eventually. So we are keenly aware of the heavy responsibilities we bear and have already launched an effort to specifically work on the integration of standards and regulations which are already included in the key points of our work in 2019. Related departments have also been instructed to carry out work in this aspect. Here, I would like to emphasize a few points:

First, on the connectivity of policies, I believe that more is better and this is a process that is always underway. The Belt and Road Initiative is an open and inclusive one. We welcome any country that wants to build the Belt and Road Initiative with us. In addition to the more than 150 countries and international organizations you have mentioned before, we welcome and are waiting for other countries to join us.

Second, as for the connectivity of standards and regulations, this is a long and arduous task. It's easy for us to speak in general terms about this issue but, in reality, it's very complicated when you sit down to negotiate about integration. Since the beginning of last century or the end of the 19th century, people have started to draw up international standards and regulations. Among those standards and regulations, there are some related to the Belt and Road Initiative and can be roughly classified into three categories, namely international law, international private law and international economic law. As for the standards of international economic law, those of investment and trade are the top priorities. Aspects like trade, investment, transportation, finance, insurance, intellectual property protection and labor are already included in investment and trade standards. Furthermore, each aspect includes many international treaties, conventions and agreements. So you have to negotiate them individually when you plan to integrate a specific standard or regulation. 

Third, the Chinese government firmly supports the multilateral trading system and free trade based on rules, and upholds the UN Charter. It also observes the international law and the basic norms governing international relations and adheres to international treaties, conventions and agreements China has entered into and participated in. China has always been willing to make her own contributions to the improvement of international standards and regulations based on international treaties, conventions and agreements.

So I think the connectivity of standards and regulations will become the key point of our work in the next phase as we hold the Second Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation and implement its outcomes. Thank you.

China Daily:

Dubbed the "caravans of steel camels", the China-Europe Railway Express has been gradually increasing the number of its freight train runs and expanding its coverage and influence. Could you give us an introduction of its development, the main work and future plans?

Xiao Weiming:

Thanks for your attention to the China-Europe Railway Express, which has been growing along with the Belt and Road Initiative. So far, the cumulative total of shipments has reached 14,691. The freight trains have created a link between 62 cities in China and 51 cities in 15 European countries. A total of 68 rail routes have been developed. All Chinese cities can be linked with any European country via three rail channels -- a western route through the Alataw Pass, an eastern route through Manzhouli, and a middle line through Erenhot -- and then on through central Asia, Belarus and Russia. Goods are flowing continuously via these "caravans of steel camels" as you say. The progress made in China-Europe Railway Express project can be described through several features.

First, the transport quality has improved significantly. The ratio of departing trains to returning trains has gone from 2:1 to 3:2 and to 99% now. A balance in two-way communications has been basically achieved. Currently, 88% of the containers are full of goods, an increase of 4 percentage points compared with last year. We have also beefed up security measures along the routes.

Second, the goods transported have gradually become more diversified. The goods items have expanded from IT products like smartphones and computers to clothing, shoes and hats, automobiles and auto parts, grain, grape wine, coffee beans and logs. Car exports form a new growth pillar. It is worth noting that China-Europe Railway postal services have also become regularized.

Third, the railway has significantly spurred the growth of surrounding areas. With the development of the railway, a safe, convenient and efficient "trade passageway" has opened for countries along the route, and most certainly for China's landlocked regions. Multimodal connectivity projects have appeared and have basically achieved rail-inland water and rail-maritime transportation, contributing greatly to regional economic and employment growth. The total cargo value of China-Europe freight trains reached US$ 3.3 billion in 2018, up 106% from the year before.

Fourth, significant progress has been made in institutional construction. An agreement for further cooperation covering China-Europe Railway has been signed by seven countries, including China, Belarus and Russia. A joint working group has been established, with the addition of three national observers, namely the rail administrations of Lithuania, Latvia and Austria. The joint working group has cooperated to improve the capacity in regard to transport organizing, marketing and information-sharing. Domestically, a coordinating board for China-Europe Railway has been established as a self-coordinating mechanism between enterprises. 

Therefore, we are confident that with the further implementation of the BRI, the China-Europe Railway will enhance international cooperation and interaction between industries, win a higher reputation for itself, further address railway traffic congestion, improve the efficiency of customs clearance, and provide better services for people of countries under the BRI. Thank you.

China Business News:

While trying to meet the challenges from the complicated geopolitical and international trade landscape of China, the United States and Europe, our country is also undergoing domestic economic restructuring. How can we ensure a sustainable development and effective implementation of the BRI in this context? Thank you.

Xiao Weiming: 

That's a fairly broad question. I will have to answer it briefly. The China-U.S. trade friction has drawn worldwide attention, and the Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation will be convened soon. Guided by the principles of openness, inclusiveness, and mutual benefit, we welcome all countries, including the United States, to participate in the BRI and the upcoming forum.

China and the United States are the biggest developing country and developed country in the world. We have huge potential for cooperation with complementary strengths. Last year, the GDP of the United States surpassed US$20 trillion, reaching US$20.5 trillion, while the GDP of China totaled US$13.6 trillion, about 66% of the U.S. figure. However, the per capita GDP of China is only about 15% of the U.S. level. Thus, there is still a big gap between us. We need to learn from the United States, and promote development through economic cooperation. There is enormous room for cooperation between the two countries.

In addition, China is a large market for American agricultural and high-tech products. Therefore, we have good reason to believe cooperation outweighs friction in the China-U.S. relationship. As for trade friction, it's normal for the two countries to have some disputes and differences in trade and opinion. I believe that more countries, including the United States, will gradually embrace the principles of extensive consultation, joint contribution and shared benefits, as well as "a five-pronged approach" [policy coordination, connectivity of infrastructure and facilities, unimpeded trade, financial integration, and closer people-to-people ties] to jointly build the BRI. 

When it comes to the European Union, China and it have long cooperation, and many of EU member states have become important partners to jointly build the Belt and Road. In particular, the EU strategy on Connecting Europe and Asia proposed by the EU dovetails neatly with the BRI, and the two sides are working to enhance the policy coordination. We welcome closer cooperation with the EU and its member states to produce more substantial benefits. Thank you.

Song Lihong:

Please allow me to add something. You asked just now what China's consideration is under the circumstance of facing a very complicated geopolitical situation when promoting Belt and Road construction. I would like to ask you when the geopolitical situation was not complex from World War II until now. And do you know how much the world economy has developed since then? 

Therefore, I do not think that is a problem. As long as countries uphold openness and cooperation rather than working behind closed doors, the general trend of cooperation will be unstoppable. The leaders of all countries have the ability and wisdom to solve these problems, and our people are more than capable of solving these problems with their collective wisdom. Our entrepreneurs are also able to continue strengthening cooperation even though facing complex conditions and various risks.

Your second question concerns China's economic restructuring. Since the 18th CPC National Congress, the central government has held a view that China has entered a new normal in economic development. This means that we have shifted from a high to a medium-high growth rate, our economic structure have moved from low-to-medium level to medium-to-high level, and the driving force of our growth has changed from resource consumption to innovation. China's economy cannot achieve stable, sustainable and quality development without accelerating restructuring. Therefore, we must deepen the reform and open wider. 

Chinese President Xi Jinping has reiterated several times that China's door will never be closed, and it will only open still wider. Regional economy and global economy will make further progress and create more benefits only through continuous openness and cooperation, free flow of elements, better distribution of resources, and deepening integration of markets. 

Of course, when profits grow, we need to distribute them appropriately. But undoubtedly, they are beneficial to both the Chinese and global economies. Thank you.  

Hu Kaihong:

That's all for today's press conference. Thank you all.

.

Read in Chinese

Date:

April 17, 2019

Shou Xiaoli:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to this press conference. Today, we will release China's economic data. 

Mr. Mao Shengyong, the director general of the Department of Comprehensive Statistics at the National Bureau of Statistics (NBS) and spokesperson of the NBS, will present China's economic performance in the first quarter of 2019, and answer some of your questions. 

At this time, I'll give the floor to Mr. Mao.

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you. Ladies, gentlemen, friends from the media, good morning. In accordance with the usual practice, I will introduce the basic situation of the economic operation in the first quarter to you, and then answer your questions. 

In the first quarter, the national economy enjoyed stable performance with growing positive factors.

In the first quarter of 2019, under the strong leadership of the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping as its core, all regions and departments implemented the decisions and arrangements made by the CPC Central Committee. The State Council, adhered to the general working guidelines of making progress while maintaining stability, and fully implemented the new development philosophy. It also conformed to the requirements of high quality development, made solid efforts to advance the supply-side structural reform, strengthened the counter-cyclical adjustment, and spared no effort to put the policies into effect. As a result, the national economy enjoyed stable performance with growing positive factors. There is also stronger market expectation and confidence, which will sustain the momentum of progress in overall economic stability.

According to preliminary estimates, the gross domestic product (GDP) of China was 21.34 trillion yuan in the first quarter, an increase of 6.4% at comparable prices year-on-year. This figure is the same as that of the fourth quarter last year, 0.4 percentage point lower than that of the same period last year and 0.2 percentage point lower than that of 2018. The value added of the primary industry was 876.9 billion yuan, up by 2.7% year-on-year; for the secondary industry it was 8.23 trillion yuan, up by 6.1%; and for the tertiary industry it was 12.23 trillion yuan, up by 7.0%.

1. The agricultural sector posted a stable performance with an improved planting structure. 

In the first quarter, the added value of the agricultural sector (crop farming) posted a year-over-year increase of 4.4 percent. The output of poultry, eggs and milk increased by 2.3 and 2.0 percent year-over-year, respectively; the combined output of pork, beef, mutton and poultry was 22.52 million tons, down 2.8 percent year-over-year. Broken down, the output of pork was 14.63 million tons, down 5.2 percent; but the output of beef, mutton and poultry were up by 1.7,1.4 and 2.1 percent, respectively. In March, the spring ploughing and sowing have proceeded smoothly in most major farming areas, due to favorable sunshine and soil moisture conditions, as well as good light and temperatures. The planting area intended for soybeans increased by 16.4 percent year-over-year, and the area for quality middle-season rice and single-cropping late rice grew by 1.9 percent.

2. The growth of industrial production accelerated and the proportion of high-tech industries rose. 

The growth of the total value added of industrial enterprises above the designated size was 6.5% year-over-year in the first quarter of 2019, or 1.2 percentage points higher than in the first two months, and 0.8 percentage point higher than in the fourth quarter of last year, also 0.3 percentage point lower than the same period last year. Analysis by types of ownership showed that the value added of state holding enterprises is up by 4.5%; that of share-holding enterprises is up by 7.8%; and that of enterprises funded by foreign investors or investors from Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan is up by 1.4%. In terms of sectors, the value added of the mining industry grew by 2.2% year-over-year, manufacturing increased by 7.2%, and the production and supply of electricity, thermal power, gas and water increased by 7.1%. The  value added of high-tech industries grew by 7.8% year-over-year, or 1.3 percentage points higher than that of industrial enterprises above the designated size, accounting for 13.5% of all industrial enterprises above the designated size, 0.8 percentage point higher than in the same period last year. The value added of strategic emerging industries grew by 6.7% year-over-year, or 0.2 percentage point higher than that of the industrial enterprises above the designated size. New products registered fast growth, with the output of devices for mobile communication base stations, urban rail vehicles, new energy automobiles and solar cells growing by 153.7%, 54.1%, 48.2% and 18.2% respectively in the first quarter. In March, the total value added of industrial enterprises above the designated size was up by 8.5% year-over-year, 3.2 percentage points higher than that of the first two months, or up by 1.0% month-over-month.

In the first two months, the profits made by industrial enterprises above the designated size stood at 708.0 billion yuan, down by 14.0% year-over-year, a slight decline compared with the same period last year after deducting the Spring Festival factor. The profit rate of business revenue of industrial enterprises above the designated size was 4.79%. Preliminary data shows that industrial enterprises improved realization of profits in March.

3. The service sector grew fast and the growth of major industries rebounded.

In the first quarter, the development of the tertiary industry witnessed progress while maintaining overall stability. Specifically, the added value of leasing and business services grew by 8.3% year-on-year; the financial industry increased by 7%; accommodation and catering services increased by 6%; and the wholesale and retail industry grew by 5.8%. All these growth rates were higher than the fourth quarter of last year. Information transmission, software and information technology services maintained rapid growth, up by 21.2% year-on-year.

In the first quarter of 2019, the national service industry production index increased by 7.4% year-on-year, 0.1 percentage point higher than that of January and February, and 0.2 percentage point higher than that of the fourth quarter of last year. In March, the national service industry production index was up by 7.6% year-on-year, 0.3 percentage point higher than that of January and February. In the first two months of the year, the business revenue of service enterprises above the designated size increased by 10.9% – 0.5 percentage point lower than that of last year.

4. Growth rate of market sales rose; share of online retail sales increased.

In the first quarter, the total retail sales of consumer goods totaled 9.78 trillion yuan, up by 8.3% year on year. This was a 0.1 percentage point higher than that of the first two months this year and 1.5 percentage points lower than that of the same period last year. The retail sales of consumer goods in urban and rural areas totaled 8.34 trillion yuan and 1.44 trillion yuan respectively, up by 8.2% and 9.2% year on year. Catering sales totaled 1.06 trillion yuan, up by 9.6% year on year. The retail sales of commodities totaled 8.71 trillion yuan, up by 8.2% year on year. The sales of cosmetics and communication equipment above the designated size grew by 10.9% and 10.0% respectively. This was 2.6 percentage points and 1.7 percentage points higher than that of total retail sales of consumer goods respectively. In March, the total retail sales of consumer goods increased by 8.7 percent year on year, 0.5 percentage point higher that of the first two months and 0.91 percentage point higher than that of February.

In the first quarter, online retail sales across China totaled 2.24 trillion yuan, up by 15.3% year on year. This was 1.7 percentage points higher than that of the first two months of this year. The online retail sales of physical commodities totaled 1.78 trillion yuan, up by 21% year on year. This accounted for 18.2% of the total retail sales of consumer goods and was 1.7 percentage points higher than that of the first two months of this year. 

5. Investment rebounded steadily and investments in high-tech industries grew rapidly.

In the first quarter of 2019, the investment in fixed assets (excluding rural households) was 10.19 trillion yuan. This marked a growth of 6.3% year-over-year. The growth rate was 0.2 percentage point higher than that of the first two months, or 1.2 percentage points lower than that of the same period last year. Specifically, private investment reached 6.15 trillion yuan, up by 6.4%. Investments in the primary industry grew by 3.0% and the secondary industry was by 4.2%. Among this, investments in manufacturing grew by 4.6%. The tertiary industry grew by 7.5%, of which the investment in infrastructure grew by 4.4%. Investments in high-tech manufacturing went up by 11.4% year-over-year, 5.1 percentage points higher than that of the total investment. Investments in high-tech services went up by 19.3% year-over-year, 13 percentage points higher than that of the total investment. In March, the investment in fixed assets (excluding rural households) grew by 0.45% than that in February. 

The total investment in real estate development in the first quarter was 2.38 trillion yuan, up by 11.8% year-over-year. The growth rate was 0.2 percentage point higher than that of the first two months, or 1.4 percentage points higher than that of the same period last year. The floor space of commercial buildings sold reached 298.29 million square meters, down by 0.9% year-over-year. The decrease was 2.7 percentage points lower than that of the first two months. The total sales of commercial buildings were 2.70 trillion yuan, up by 5.6%, and 2.8 percentage points higher than that of the first two months.

6. The growth of the total value of imports and exports accelerated and the trade structure continued to be optimized.

The total value of imports and exports in the first quarter was 7.01 trillion yuan, up by 3.7% year-on-year, 3 percentage points higher than that of the first two months. The total value of exports was 3.77 trillion yuan, up by 6.7% while the total value of imports was 3.24 trillion yuan, up by 0.3%. The trade balance was 529.7 billion yuan in surplus, up by 75.2% over that of the same period last year. The trade structure continued to be optimized. The value of general trade grew by 6 %, accounting for 59.6% of the total value of imports and exports, 1.3 percentage points higher than that of the same period last year. The export of electrical and mechanical products increased by 5.4%, accounting for 58.8% of the total value of exports. The total value of imports and exports by private enterprises went up by 9.9%, accounting for 40.6% of the total value of imports and exports, 2.3 percentage points higher than that of the same period last year. In March, the total value of imports and exports was 2.46 trillion yuan, up by 9.6% year-on-year, which was 8.9 percentage points higher than that of the first two months. To be specific, the total value of exports was 1.34 trillion yuan, up by 21.3% while the total value of imports was 1.12 trillion yuan, down by 1.8%. 

In the first quarter, the export delivery value of industrial enterprises above the designated size reached 2.77 trillion yuan, up by 4.8% year-on-year. In March, the export delivery value of industrial enterprises above the designated size stood at 1.03 trillion yuan, up by 5.7%.

7. Consumer prices rose slightly and producer prices for industrial products experienced modest growth.

In the first quarter, consumer prices went up by 1.8% year-on-year, 0.2 percentage point higher than that of the first two months, or 0.3 percentage point lower than that of the same period last year. To be more specific, prices went up by 1.9% in urban areas and up by 1.8% in rural areas. Grouped by commodity categories, prices for food, tobacco and liquor went up by 2.2%; clothing increased by 1.8%; housing went up by 2.1%; articles and services for daily use rose by 1.3%; transportation and communication went down by 0.8%; education, culture and recreation increased by 2.6%; medical services and health care went up by 2.7%; and other articles and services rose by 2.1%. In terms of food, tobacco and liquor prices, prices for grain went up by 0.5%, pork fell by 1.2%, and fresh vegetables rose by 6.9%. In March, consumer prices went up by 2.3% year-on-year, 0.8 percentage point higher than that of last month, or down by 0.4% month-on-month.

In the first quarter, producer prices for industrial products went up by 0.2% year on year, 0.1 percentage point higher than that of the first two months, or 3.5 percentage points lower than that of the same period last year. In March, the producer prices for industrial products went up by 0.4% year-on-year, 0.3 percentage point higher than that of February, or up by 0.1% month-on-month. In the first quarter of 2019, the purchasing prices for industrial producers were up by 0.1% year-on-year and in March, it was up by 0.2% year-on-year, the same as that of February.

8. The surveyed unemployment rate in urban areas dropped slightly and the number of rural migrant workers continued to increase.

In the first quarter of 2019, there were 3.24 million new jobs in cities and towns across the country. In March, the national surveyed unemployment rate in urban areas was 5.2%, 0.1 percentage point lower than that of February. To be specific, the surveyed unemployment rate of people aged from 25 to 59 was 4.8%, 0.4 percentage point lower than that in urban areas. The urban surveyed unemployment rate in 31 major cities was 5.1%, 0.1 percentage point higher than that of last month. The employees of enterprises worked an average of 46.0 hours per week, which was an increase of 1.1 hours from February. At the end of March, the number of rural migrant workers reached 1.77 billion, 2.10 million more than that of the same period last year. This figure was up by 1.2%, and marked a 0.1 percentage point increase year-over-year.

9. Resident income grew steadily and the income growth of rural residents outpaced that of urban residents. 

In the first quarter, the nationwide per capita disposable income of residents was 8,493 yuan, a nominal increase of 8.7% year-over-year. The actual increase of price factor was 6.8%, 0.2 percentage point higher than the same period last year. In terms of permanent residence, the per capita disposable income of urban households was 11,633 yuan, an actual increase of 5.9%. The per capita disposable income of rural households was 4,600 yuan, an actual increase of 6.9 percent. The per capita disposable income of urban households was 2.53 times that of the rural households, 0.02 percentage point less than that of the same period last year. The median of the nationwide per capita disposable income was 7,158 yuan, a nominal increase of 8.8%.

10. Economic structure has been optimized, transformation and upgrading have achieved remarkable results.

The supply-side structural reform has been further advanced. In the first quarter, the national industrial capacity utilization rate reached 75.9%, the second highest level since 2013 compared with the same period in the past. At the end of March, the floor space of commercial buildings for sale was 516.46 million square meters, 6.05 million square meters less than at the end of February, and down by 9.9% year-over-year. At the end of February, the asset-liability ratio of industrial enterprises above the designated size was 56.9%, down by 0.2 percentage point year-over-year. In the first quarter, the investment in ecological protection and the environment governance, and the railway transportation industry went up by 43.0% and 11.0% respectively, 36.7 percentage points and 4.7 percentage points higher than the growth rate of the total investment.

Steady progress was made in advancing the "three critical battles"– preventing and defusing financial risks, conducting targeted poverty eradication and controlling pollution. At the end of February, the balance of local government debt stood at 19.14 trillion yuan, which was within the limit approved by the National People's Congress. The work in poverty eradication has progressed steadily, with the per capita disposable income for rural households in impoverished areas registering fast growth. The work of pollution prevention and control has continued to show results and the share of clean energy consumption has increased. According to preliminary estimates, the share of consumption of clean energy such as natural gas, hydropower, nuclear power and wind power in total energy consumption in the first quarter was 1.5 percentage points higher than that of same period last year. The energy consumption per unit GDP went down by 2.7% year-over-year. 

The economic structure has been optimized continually. In the first quarter, the value added of the tertiary industry accounted for 57.3% of total GDP, up 0.6 percentage point year-over-year, 18.7 percentage points higher than that of the secondary industry. It contributes 61.3% to GDP growth, which is 24.4 percentage points higher than that of the secondary industry. Consumption continued to perform as the dominant driving force from the demand side with final consumption expenditure contributing 65.1% to GDP growth. Service consumption took up 47.7% of households' final consumption expenditure, 1.4 percentage points higher than that of the same period last year. With the integrated development of the eastern, central, western and northwestern regions, achievements in the coordinated development of the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei region has made good progress. There has also been accelerated implementation of close coordination on environmental protection along the Yangtze River Economic Belt. The integrated development of the Yangtze River Delta has steadily advanced and the Outline Development Plan for the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area has been released. The building of the Hainan Pilot Free Trade Zone and its layout of development has also been further improved. 

11. Market expectations improved notably and the confidence in development has been strengthened.

The Manufacturing Purchasing Managers' Index (PMI) returned to the expansionary range. In March, the Manufacturing PMI was 50.5%, 1.3 percentage points higher than that of February. This brought it back to the range of expansion after staying below the threshold for three months in a row. All five sub-indices rebounded, among which the Production Index and the New Orders Index went up by 3.2 percentage points and 1 percentage point respectively. The Production and Operation Expectation Index was 56.8% , 0.6 percentage point higher than that of February. The Business Activity Index for Non-Manufacturing Industries stayed within the range of expansion. In March, the Business Activity Index for Non-Manufacturing Industries was 54.8%, 0.5 percentage point higher than that of last month. The Business Activity Index for services was 53.6%, 0.1 percentage point higher than that of last month. The New Orders Index for services stayed within the expansionary range for three consecutive months. The Business Activity Index for construction stood at 61.7%, within the expansionary range. The Composite PMI Output Index showed a marked rise. In March, the Composite PMI Output Index was 54%, 1.6 percentage points higher than that of last month. The expansion of production and operation of enterprises accelerated in general. In the first quarter, the Consumer Confidence Index was 124.6, 3.2 percentage points higher than that of the fourth quarter last year.

Generally speaking, the national economy performed within an appropriate range in the first quarter, sustaining the momentum of progress with growing positive factors in the economy's overall stability. This has laid a sound foundation for the stable and healthy economic development of the whole year. However, at the same time we should also be aware that given slowing global economic growth and international trade as well as growing international uncertainties and prominent domestic structural issues, the task of reform and development is arduous and an economic downward pressure still persists. At the next stage, taking Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era as the guideline, we should fully implement the spirit of the Central Economic Work Conference and the decisions of the Report on the Work of the Government. We should also follow the general working guideline of making progress while maintaining stability, focus on supply-side structural reform, and make continuous efforts to win the "three critical battles." In addition, we should also take coordinated steps to achieve steady growth, advance reform, make structural adjustments, improve living standards, guard against risk and maintain stability. We want to also fully mobilize the initiative of all sectors of the society, and redouble efforts to implement policies in order to make the national economy perform within an appropriate range and promote high-quality development. Thanks!

Shou Xiaoli:

Thank you, Mr. Mao. So now we will open the floor to questions, please identify the news organization you represent before asking your question.

CCTV:

According to your briefing, China's economic growth in the first quarter exceeded expectations. The statistics in the industrial and consumption fields were both higher than expected, and major indexes have rebounded. What's your view on China's economic performance in the first quarter? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

Statistics show that China's economic performance was stable in the first quarter. In particular, many indexes in March were higher than expected. People have been increasingly optimistic about the market and the number of positive factors has increased. Since the beginning of the first quarter, the Chinese economy has enjoyed steady performance while gathering momentum. I would like to summarize the situation into three points, which may sound cliché, but contain new information.

My first point of view is that the economic performance stayed within a reasonable range. This was shown by the main economic indexes, such as growth, employment, price and income.

Firstly, in the first quarter, GDP grew by 6.4%, obviously higher than market expectations. The figure was previously expected to be 6.2 percent or 6.3 percent.

Second, regarding employment, the surveyed unemployment rate of urban areas was registered at 5.1%, 5.3% and 5.2% in the first three months respectively. The figure dropped 0.1 percentage point from 5.3% in February to 5.2% in March. In the first quarter, the number of newly employed people in urban areas totaled 3.24 million, fulfilling 29.5% of the annual target. The general situation on employment has been stable.

Third, regarding price, the consumer price index (CPI) continued to rise slightly, up by 1.8% on average in the first three months. The producer price index for industrial products (PPI) continued to rise modestly, up by 0.2% on average in the first three months. In March, the CPI growth rate was a bit higher, up by 2.3% year-on-year, while PPI rose slightly by 0.4% year-on-year. The changes show that demand and supply in the market have been more balanced. While supply was sufficient in quantity and better in quality, prices rose slightly, indicating that market demand had improved.

Fourth, regarding income, in the first quarter, the real increase of personal per capita disposable income was 6.8%, 0.2 percentage points higher than the same period of last year. Taking into account the GDP growth rate of 6.4%, the growth of income outpaced GDP in the first quarter. In addition, the gap between the income of urban and rural residents narrowed. The per capita disposable income of urban residents was 2.53 times that of rural residents, 0.02 less than that of the same period last year.

The main indexes indicated that China's economic performance stayed within a reasonable range. This was not easy. 

The second point is that the economic structure has been optimized and upgraded. The structural reform of the supply side has continuously advanced this year. Three hard battles against grave risks, poverty and pollution are yielding results. The economic structure is continually developing in the direction of optimization, adjustment and upgrading. 

This can be seen according to the following angles. First, in terms of industrial structure, the service sectors have maintained comparative fast growth. The proportion of added value of the service sectors to GDP continuously increased in the first quarter, hitting 57.3%, up 0.6 percentage point year-over-year, and the rate of increase is higher than that in the same period last year. Second, in terms of the structure of industries, the growth of high-tech industries and strategic emerging industries remains comparatively fast, up 7.8% and 6.7% respectively. Third, the modern service industries have also kept up rapid growth.

Secondly, in terms of the structure of demand, first of all, the foundation for consumption to play a core role or act as a leading power to stimulate demand is comparatively solid. The contribution rate of consumption to economic growth was 65.1% in the first quarter. Among all residents’ consumption expenditure, service consumption accounts for 47.7%, up 1.4 percentage points year-over-year, which means the consumption structure is improving. Second, investment has maintained momentum through a modest rise, and the internal structure of investment is being further optimized. Investment in technical reform, high-tech industries, social fields and some short-slab fields have maintained relatively fast growth, which will add more impetus to future development. Third, the structure of foreign trade is being enhanced. The General Administration of Customs also released relevant data showing that in the first quarter, the share of general import-export trade is 1.3 percentage points higher than that in the same period last year. 

Thirdly, in terms of regional structure, the coordination among regional developments has improved. The eastern region continues to play a leading role in innovation-driven upgrades and development. The first-quarter total growth of the added value from high-tech manufacturing in the eastern region was faster than in January and February, and the input in research and development is also increasing continuously. The growth rates of industry and investment in the central and western regions are markedly higher than the national average, showing growing advantage to accepting industries transferred from the east. Although the growth speed of northeast China is a bit lower than the national average, an accelerating trend compared with the same period of last year is evident. The key regional development strategies, such as the Yangtze River Economic Belt, Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei Coordinated Development, and Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, are all making solid progress.

My next point relates to the notable improvement in market expectations. It is self-evident that the external environment since the second half of last year has been less promising. Based on certain global statistics, growth in international trade and the global economy is slowing, and some leading indicators have also experienced recession to varying extents, which all contribute to lower expectations for global economy. Nevertheless, the confidence and prospects for China's economic growth have steadily improved, which came not without effort, as China owes its stronger market expectations and confidence to the introduction and implementation of a series of policies for reform and opening up. Policies ensuring tax cuts and fee reductions on a larger scale and with greater efforts, which was introduced at this year's NPC & CPPCC sessions, provided a huge boost to the market. Compared with the statistics from February, the PMI in March saw a rise of 1.3 percentage points, while the Business Activity Index for Non-Manufacturing Industries in March also grew by 0.5 percentage point. Additionally, the Consumer Confidence Index was 3.2 percentage points higher than that of the fourth quarter last year.

In addition, some international organizations also raised their expectations of China’s economic growth. For example, the IMF, in its latest report, raised the expectation from 6.2% to 6.3%. Some international investment banks, too, are raising their outlooks on China’s economic growth. Therefore, both Chinese producers and consumers, and foreign organizations have an optimistic outlook on China’s economic growth, and their confidence in Chinese market has increased. Faced with various uncertainties from the external environment and tough challenges posed by domestic reforms, it is not an easy thing to achieve this greatly improved confidence in the market.

However, we should also be aware that at present, the growth of the global economy and of international trade are slowing, and there are still many international uncertainties. Although China's GDP grew by 6.4% in the first quarter of this year, and generally performed better than market expectations, it still declined compared with the same period last year, as well as with last year on the whole, suggesting that the economic downward pressure persists. Therefore, in the next period, we will follow the decisions and arrangements set by the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, and will better implement major policies and measures to ensure the economy operates in an appropriate range, and to march on toward high-quality development. Thank you.

China Business Network:

You have just mentioned that the economic performance figures in March are relatively good, what's the reason behind it? The performance in the first quarter is in line with that of the fourth quarter last year and better than the market expectation. Can you give an analysis of future economic performance?

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you for your question. Last month when I released figures here, people were concerned that the economic performance in the first two months was not so good, but figures in March are now excellent. Some indexes remarkably rebounded and the added value of the industrial enterprises above designated size increased by 8.5%, 3.2 percentage points higher than that of the first two months. Overall investment has picked up and consumption has accelerated slightly. The pickup rate of exports in March exceeded 20% and some indexes rebounded significantly and performed better than expected. 

Generally, the improvement of those indexes can be attributed to the following reasons:

First, there are positive effects of the policies. During the fourth quarter of last year, we carried out six principal policies to stabilize the economy and they are now taking effect. At the beginning of this year, we have continued to implement a series of policies in a bid to expand investments and stimulate consumptions. Meanwhile, the Government Work Report issued in this year's Two Sessions has given birth to a slew of tax reduction polices, which will be specified in the near future. The positive signals released from the trade negotiations between China and the United States have also yielded positive results. The combination of those factors has boosted the confidence of businesses.

Second, stimulated by the policies, businesses and markets have higher expectations and additional growing confidence in the market. Early signals of improvement are already visible. 

Third, the Spring Festival had an impact on deviating the economy from its normal trajectory. Influenced by the particular earliness of this year's festival, the data in the first two months of this year showed signs of declining but eventually rebounded in March. Therefore, we’d better neglect the impact of the festival factor in specific months and hold a panoramic view of the entire quarter while comparing them with those in the same period last year. Many indexes in the first quarter this year dropped year over year, but they almost all are now equal to the data from the fourth quarter of last year and some of them are even higher.

To your question, there are some industrial indexes for reference. When getting the first glimpse of the data, we truly feel it was beyond our expectations. But it becomes rational when putting into scrutiny. Why? Just like what I have said, we need to take a look at the general factors: first, the factor of policies, which stimulate the positive effects of enterprises; second, the factor of enterprises' expectations, which are growing higher and higher; and third, the lowered value-added tax rate, which is considered highly important. For instance, the rate of value-added tax in manufacturing industries has fallen from 16% to 13% since April 1 of this year. Therefore, to enjoy the tax-rebating policies as much as possible, many enterprises asked for more supplies in order to increase their inventories. At the same time, the suppliers from the upstream industries are stimulated to expand their productive capacities. That can better explain the third factor. Fourth, we still need to take into consideration the factor of the Spring Festival. The economy of the industrial enterprises above designated size grew by 5.3% year-by-year in the first two months this year. But the figure could have been 6.1% had the impact of the festival been ignored. However, the growth of 8.5% in March should also be partly attributed to the festival factor. All in all, the industrial economic growth of 6.5% in the first quarter this year sustained a good momentum. This is the answer to your first question.

For the second question, about whether there's sustainability in the next step. For example, from the perspective of industrial growth, some of the factors just mentioned are short-term factors, some are medium- and long-term factors. But in combination, for example, the basis or favorable conditions for supporting the smooth operation of industry is relatively large or many.

The first favorable factor is, starting from April 1, the policy of lowering the value added tax rate has already been implemented, and the supporting rules and details will come out soon. After May 1, the cut of enterprise contributions to social insurance will also be implemented. A series of policies will be implemented, reducing the burden on enterprises and facilitating enterprises wanting to expand investment and increase production.

The second favorable factor is, based on the current situation, the role of finance to serve the real economy is strengthening, and the prudent monetary policy is flexible and appropriate. We see that market liquidity is reasonably abundant. From this perspective, the financial environment for the development of the real economy has improved slightly.

The third favorable factor is export. Exports increased by 21.3% in March, a significant increase of 21.2 percentage points compared with January to February. This was also affected by the factors just mentioned. Export growth in the first quarter was good. For the next stage, exports are still expected to maintain a certain growth. Judging from the situation we know, including from the survey and the data in early April, we see that exports can still maintain a certain growth. From historical data, we see that the growth rate of industrial enterprises above the designated size and the growth rate of exports are closely linked, and it is also a strong supporting force for the steady growth of the industry.

Therefore, many favorable factors support the steady growth of the industry in the next stage. Of course, we also see that there are many external uncertainties, and the growth rate of profits of industrial enterprises above the designated size has slowed. These are negative factors. Taken together, the growth of industrial enterprises above the designated size is unlikely to be as encouraging as what we've seen in March, but the industry can still maintain a stable and healthy development based on conditions and supports.

Bloomberg:

You said that consumption contributed to a higher economic growth. What role did investment play? Is the situation sustainable? As to the decline in vehicle sales, if the cut in vehicle purchase subsidy in the second quarter affect the sales, will the Chinese government introduce some measures?

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you for your question. The fundamental role of consumption in producing economic growth has been strengthening in recent years. First, in terms of spending, the contribution of demands is in a state of flux. In the first quarter, the three major forces driving economic growth, namely consumption, investment and external demand performed well, to a greater or lesser degree. Consumption maintained a rapid growth, and investment increased at a higher rate. Foreign trade, in both goods and services, also registered a good performance. However, an increase in the contribution of one force means a decrease in the other two. In the first quarter, consumption made the largest contribution making up 65.1% of economic growth, performing as the dominant driving force. In the first quarter of last year, foreign trade played a negative role in promoting economic growth, with the net exports registering a negative contribution rate. In the first quarter of 2019, China’s surplus in trade in goods went up by 75.2% over that of the same period last year, indicating an increase in the contribution of net exports. Actually, the contribution made by the net exports of goods and services grew to 22.8%. In addition, despite higher growth of investment and rising capital formation, the contribution of gross capital formation stood at 12.1% – 28.3 percentage points lower than that of the same period last year. Although the respective contribution of the three major demands has changed, consumption, the proportion of which was above 60%, was still the largest contributor in absolute terms.

Second, the contribution of consumption has hovered around 60% in recent years, but has exceeded 70% or even approaching 80% in some individual quarters. This is a testament to the strengthening fundamental role of consumption in promoting economic growth.

Meanwhile, we need to be aware that the potential of consumption has yet to be maximized. China's consumption environment needs further improvement. Some incidents in recent years have added a new urgency to strengthen protection of consumers' rights and interests. Besides, consumption upgrades call for more supply of quality products and services. Therefore, there's still much room for China to unleash its consumer market potential.

Regarding your second question, the fall in car sales has drawn great public attention. Recent statistics show that there was a moderate slowdown in car production and sales. Domestically speaking, it resulted from the booming development of the Chinese car industry in the past 10 years. Car production and sales grew very quickly during that period. But the number of car owners among residents has increased continuously until today. This is the basic situation. The production and sales of cars are likely to enter a short period of adjustment. In some major developed countries, car production and sales have slowed down as well. This is my first point of view.

Second, the statistics in March show that although car production has continued to drop, the speed of the decline has slowed down. The value added of the industry actually saw a positive growth. This means that the upgrading of the industry is accelerating. The situation was the same regarding sales. Therefore, after a period of adjustment, the rate of decline of production and sales will decrease further. 

Third, when analyzing China's car market, we should focus on new cars. Approximately 28 million new cars were sold in 2018. However, we should also pay attention to used cars, because that market has been expanding. Last year, nearly 14 million used cars were sold, accounting for half of the number of new cars sold. The growth rate exceeded 10%. In the first quarter, the transaction of used cars increased both in terms of the number of cars sold and in terms of their transaction value. Therefore, we should consider both new cars and used cars when analyzing China's car market. From what we can see, the used car markets in developed countries are all vibrant. Thank you.

China Global Television Network (CGTN):

We know that the Sino-U.S. trade frictions have persisted for one year since March 2018. I'd like to ask how the trade friction has affected the economic data in the first quarter. Could you please give an analysis on it? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

Thank you for your question. Since the second half of 2016, the world economy has recovered following seven to eight years of adjustment. In 2017, the overall recovery momentum of the world economy was relatively strong, but since 2018, it has been slowing down. Later, we find that global economic growth is slowing down and international trade expansion is also slowing down. What is the reason? I think a very important reason is that the rise of international trade protectionism started to intensify in 2018, indicating that protectionism is not conducive to economic growth or world trade growth, and is harmful to the world economy.

As for the issue of Sino-U.S. economic and trade frictions you have asked, the Sino-U.S. economic and trade consultations have been carried out for nine rounds, and positive signals have been continuously released, indicating that the negotiations have made substantial progress. We have seen that every time the Sino-U.S. economic and trade consultations release a positive signal, the international capital market and international companies respond positively, and the market shows a very active state. To strengthen economic and trade exchanges and maintain normal mutually beneficial economic and trade cooperation is not only beneficial to both sides, but also conducive to the development of the world economy and the recovery of international trade. Thank you.

Beijing Business Today:

According to the statistics regarding housing prices in March, the number of cities with increasing sales prices month-on-month of both newly-constructed and second-hand residential buildings is rising. What's your response to this situation? Meanwhile, the growth of the total investment in real estate development in the first quarter is notably faster than that of 2018 and that of the same period last year. What kind of trend does it imply in the real estate market? How much does it contribute to the fix-asset investment? Thank you.

Mao Yongsheng:

Thank you for your question. There are two issues, the first is about housing prices and the second is about real estate development investment. Judging from the house price data of 70 large and medium-sized cities nationwide in March released yesterday, the growth of house prices in first and second tier cities is either slowing or lower year-on-year. In general, house prices in China have overall stability, as the growth in the majority of cities has been subdued and even dropped in some cities. Stability is still the general trend of housing prices. Nevertheless, differences surely exist due to imbalanced regional development, in which growth has been less synchronized.

Regarding the second issue, since last year, real estate development investment has been maintained at around 10%. Over the first quarter of this year, the growth of real estate investment has accelerated. This is due to two reasons: the first is the stabilization of housing prices; and the second is the rise of floor space under construction. Regarding your question about the impact of accelerated investment in real estate: accelerated investment and enlarged floor space now under construction can help to relieve the pressure of rising house prices, increasing the supply of real estate, and better achieve the balance between supply and demand in the market.

From the perspective of the real estate market, the public's expectations are relatively stable. The market positioning of "staying and not speculating" has become clearer. The house is the property of residence. and the property of consumption. We need to improve the quality of demand and the development of new urbanization. It should be clarified that we need to limit home purchases to rein in speculative and investment-driven housing demand. We also need to reinforce the regulation and governance of local government to adapt the policy based on practical situations and enhance management ability. On the whole, the real estate market is expected to be relatively stable, the land price is generally stable, and the house price operation is relatively stable. Thank you.

China News Agency:

We have seen that the GDP growth rate in the first quarter of this year remained flat with little fluctuation compared with that in the fourth quarter of last year. Some people questioned the stability of China's economic growth over the years, during which the data of other countries fluctuated. What do you think of it? Thank you.

Mao Shengyong:

We have learned about what you mentioned through various channels, and I would like to respond to it. We know that China's economy has shifted from high speed growth in the past to high-quality development. In this new phase, the economic growth has slowed down from rapid speed in the past to medium-to-high speed growth. However, while the growth rate is decreasing, the economic operation is becoming more stable. In fact, it reflects the change of the economic development phases and not the smoothing out of economic growth fluctuations. The reasons are as follows:

First, in terms of total volume, China's economic aggregate is growing increasingly larger, with total economic output exceeding 90 trillion yuan in 2018. The increasing amount of money means that economic growth may slow down on the one hand, but it also means that economic growth is not prone to rapid fluctuations and will show greater stability. The larger the economic aggregate is, the less likely it is to fluctuate. But as the economic aggregate becomes larger, every percentage point of growth can bring about incremental economic growth.

Second, from the perspective of industrial structure, the proportion of the service industry's value added in GDP has exceeded that of the secondary industry and become the largest industry since 2012. The service industry has maintained rapid growth ever since, and the proportion of its value added in GDP has continued to increase, sustaining an increasing contribution to overall economic growth. In the first quarter of this year, the contribution rate was 61.3%. In terms of the demand structure, the contribution of consumption to economic growth has been constantly consolidated. In the first quarter, the contribution rate of final consumption expenditure was 65.1%. In terms of production and demand, it is the service industry and consumption that contribute to production and demand respectively, and both of them feature fast growth. We know that consumption and the service industry also both have the very important feature of relatively small volatility, allowing these two leading forces to lead to more stable GDP growth.

Third, from the policy point of view, the CPC Central Committee and the State Council have continuously innovated in macroeconomic regulation and control, and on the basis of strengthening the range control, directional regulation, precise regulation, and camera regulation have been continuously strengthened, which have better responded to the downward pressure on the domestic economy. These efforts have kept the economy running smoothly in an appropriate range, which shows the effects of our policies.

Fourth, when developed economies, including the U.S., Japan and European countries release their quarterly GDP growth, sometimes they release annualized rates first, and then year-on-year rates. Annualized rates will amplify seasonality, both positive and negative, thus magnifying the fluctuation of statistics. For example, during the four quarters of 2018, the first quarter ranked the highest at 6.8%, while the last quarter ranked the lowest at 6.4%. The range of annual economic growth is 0.4 percentage point. Whereas the statistics of the U.S. in 2018 are 3.0% and 2.6% respectively, and the corresponding range of growth is also 0.4 percentage point, which also seems to be fairly stable. However, when based on the perspective of annualized rate, in which the highest growth of the U.S. is 4.2% and lowest is 2.2%, the result is a 2-percentage-point range of discrepancy. This explains the reason why sometimes the annualized rate published by developed countries seem to indicate significant fluctuations while China’s numbers show more stability. This is because the statistics published by China refers to the year-on-year growth and those of foreign countries are based on an annualized rate. If we review the year-on-year growth for both, the statistics released by China and foreign countries remain relatively stable.

Over the past years, people may neglect that the National Bureau of Statistics has also released the quarter-over-quarter growth rate apart from year-over-year rates when publishing the quarterly GDP. If you have interest, you can make some derivation based on the quarter-over-quarter speed of growth and see its annualized rate. Based on our rough calculation, we note that if the annualized rate is determined on the basis of the quarter-over-quarter growth rate, its fluctuation rate is higher than the year-over-year growth rate.

Generally, Chinese economic performance is stable now, which is a manifestation of the objective rules of China’s economic development in the current phase, and is also in line with the international rules of development. It also showcases the effect of policy tuning, rather than deliberately concealing economic fluctuations through statistics. 

Reuters:

According to the statistics you just released, the economic growth in the first quarter was better than expected, and previous policies are paying off intially. Do you think there will be fewer policies to stabilize economic growth in the next stage, especially monetary policies, such as cutting interest rates and required reserve ratios?

Mao Shengyong:

First, in the first quarter, economic performance was quite stable and better than expected. Second, for the next stage, the positive factors for economic growth are accumulating and the market outlook is improving. For the next step, a lot of policies will be implemented and effective, cementing the foundation for steady economic performance. Third, we should notice that the downward economic pressure still exists. There are many uncertainties from the external environment, and the growth of the global economy and international trade is slowing down. Domestically, we also have many structural issues. The growth rate of 6.4% is lower than the same period of last year and the whole year. All of these show that we face pressures in terms of economic performance. Particularly, the real economy was faced with issues such as rising costs and a decline in profit-making.

We have rolled out many polices, and most importantly, our departments and local authorities need to implement the major polices made by the Central Committee of CPC and State Council in both letter and spirit, and give full play to these policies, so as to facilitate steady and healthy economic growth and a higher quality for Chinese economy. Thank you.

ShouXiaoli:

Thank you, Mr. Mao. Thank you, all the journalists. That is the end of today's press conference. Goodbye.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:

Liu Yuejin, deputy director of China's National Narcotics Control Commission and counter-terrorism commissioner of the Ministry of Public Security;

Wang Hesheng, deputy director of the National Health Commission;

Chen Shifei, deputy head of the National Medical Products Administration;

Chairperson:

Hu Kaihong, spokesperson for the State Council Information Office of China

Date:

April 1, 2019

   

Hu Kaihong:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to today's SCIO briefing. Today, the "Statement on Adding Fentanyl-related Substances to the Supplementary List of Controlled Non-medical Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances" was jointly issued by China's Ministry of Public Security, National Health Commission, and National Medical Products Administration. This statement means that the Chinese government has officially begun to include all fentanyl-related substances into the control list. To offer more information on the announcement, we are delighted to welcome three officials to update you on the fentanyl-related substances control and answer your questions. They are Mr. Liu Yuejin, deputy director of China's National Narcotics Control Commission and counter-terrorism commissioner of the Ministry of Public Security; Mr. Wang Hesheng, deputy director of the National Health Commission; and Mr. Chen Shifei, deputy head of the National Medical Products Administration.

Liu Yuejin:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning! Now, on behalf of the National Narcotics Control Commission, I read out the "Statement on Adding Fentanyl-related Substances to the 'Supplementary List of Controlled Non-medical Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances' issued by the Ministry of Public Security of the People's Republic of China, National Health Commission of the People's Republic of China and National Medical Products Administration."

In accordance with the provisions of "Regulations for Controlling on Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances" and "Methods for Controlling Non-medicinal Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances," the Ministry of Public Security, National Health Commission and National Medical Products Administration have decided to add fentanyl-related substances into the "Supplementary List of Controlled Non-medicinal Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances."

"Fentanyl" refers to a substance that has one or more of the following chemical structures:

1. Uses other acyl groups to substitute for propionyl;

2. Using any substituted and unsubstituted mono-aromatic groups to substitute for phenyl directly connected with nitrogen atoms;

3. Piperidine ring having substituent groups such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, ester, ether, hydroxy, halogen, haloalkyl, amino and nitro; 

4. Using any other groups (except hydrogen) to substitute for phenethyl.

If the substances listed above are found to have any legitimate pharmaceutical, industrial, scientific research or other legal use, they shall be adjusted in accordance with the second paragraph of Article 3 of the "Methods for Controlling Non-medicinal Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances."

The fentanyl-related substances that have been included into the "List of Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances" and the "Supplementary List of Controlled Non-medicinal Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances" will be supervised and controlled in accordance with the original regulations.

This announcement will take effect on1 May, 2019. 

Ministry of Public Security of the People's Republic of China, National Health Commission of the People's Republic of China and National Medical Products Administration.

Just now, I have read out the announcement that China will include all fentanyl-related substances into the list of controlled drugs, which marks an important and innovative measure taken by the Chinese government in the building of China's anti-drug legal system.

Drugs are a public hazard to all mankind. This issue must be tackled because it concerns the future of mankind. China has knowledge of their harm as we have suffered from serious drug epidemics before. Since the founding of the People's Republic of China 70 years ago, the Party and the government have always attached great importance to anti-drug enforcement. We have consistently pursued and strictly carried out anti-drug policies and adopted the guidelines of comprehensive governance; prevention first; and the four prohibitions of drug abuse, trafficking, cultivation and production. In particular, since the 18th National Congress of the Communist Party of China, General Secretary Xi Jinping has laid out important instructions on drug control many times, stressing that political and institutional advantages should be given full play to improve the drug control governance system, and responsibilities be shouldered and the masses should be mobilized. Governance with Chinese characteristics should be followed to combat drugs and win the anti-drug war in the new era. China National Narcotic Control Committee and all local authorities and relevant departments resolutely implements the decisions of the central government and also take the initiative to tackle the difficulties. Hence, steady progress has been made in controlling drugs. At present, the world is undergoing profound and complex changes concerning drugs and the situation is not optimistic. In particular, new drugs represented by fentanyl-related substances have emerged at an unprecedented rate and have been abused on a large scale in some countries, claiming large numbers of lives and causing serious social problems. Facing this international challenge, the Chinese government has added all fentanyl-related substances into the control list. It is not only an important move to prevent the risks caused by the new drugs, but also a measure to protect people's physical and mental health. It is an important manifestation of China's participation in the global control of illicit drugs and the maintenance of international security and stability.

Adding all fentanyl-related substances into the control list is one of the innovative measures that China is taking to tackle the drug problem, bringing opportunities for us to deepen reform and development in our drug control efforts. The Ministry of Public Security, National Health Commission, National Medical Products Administration and other related departments have closely coordinated on a series of relevant studies, risk assessments, expert evaluations, and suggestions. As a result, they have managed to complete the legal procedures to schedule such substances within four months. In particular, the legal definition of fentanyl-related substances has been scientifically determined, which guarantees an extensive and expandable scope of control while ensuring minimum impact on medical industry, scientific research and other legitimate uses.

After issuing and implementing the announcement to list and regulate the entire class of fentanyl substances, the Chinese government will draft and issue a series of documents as soon as possible. This will also include guidance on applicable laws for handling criminal cases related to fentanyl substances as well as protocols for the filing and prosecution of similar cases. The authorities will push for the construction of laboratories that can examine related drugs, develop universal on-site rapid screening equipment, safety protection equipment, formulate public safety industry standards for the inspection and identification of fentanyl substances, and push for the construction of a monitoring system for fentanyl substances based on suspicious substances and spectrum analysis. It will also reinforce the monitoring, on-site inspection, examination, identification and risk assessment of fentanyl substances. In addition, it will provide efficient technical support for daily supervision and law enforcement, and ensure that the regulation of fentanyl substances falls within law enforcement and judicial practices.

Cooperation creates synergy, and co-governance leads to a win-win result. The Chinese government is willing to share its drug control experiences with the world and tackle the drug problem together. The government also wishes to offer Chinese wisdom to address global drug control issues and contribute to the process of building a community with a shared future for humanity as well as promoting peace and development in the world.

Next, my colleagues and I will answer your questions. 

Hu Kaihong:

Thank you, Mr. Liu. Let's start the questions. Please identify the news organization you represent before asking questions.

CCTV:

As far as I know, China has adopted very strict regulatory measures for fentanyl, and the varieties of control have surpassed the varieties of the United Nations. Why do we need to include all fentanyl-related substances into the control list? Thank you.

Liu Yuejin:

Fentanyl-related substances are new synthetic drugs that have only appeared in recent years and have spread rapidly in countries such as the United States and Canada. Due to its strong toxicity and vast variety , this type of substance has become a major problem for international drug control efforts. In this regard, China's anti-drug authorities have comprehensively adopted a series of measures such as increasing the variety of products under control, strengthening daily supervision, tightening inspections, innovating management and control measures, and strengthening international cooperation. China has already issued and implemented regulatory controls on 25 fentanyl-related substances, exceeding the 21 issued by the UN. These measures have effectively prevented the spread of such substances in China. In particular, we have strengthened supervision over the legal production of fentanyl-related drugs, and adopted a very strict process from production to use, completely eliminating abuse of fentanyl-related drugs produced by legitimate enterprises.

As everyone knows, China was historically suffered from drugs. After the founding of the People's Republic of China, the Communist Party of China (CPC) and the Chinese government rooted out drugs in three years, winning China the accolade of "drug-free country" around the world. With the continued spread of global drug trafficking, the drug problem has resurfaced in our country.

Since the 18th National Congress of the CPC, General Secretary of the CPC Central Committee Xi Jinping has attached great importance to anti-drug work and has given a series of important instructions, calling for joint efforts in global drug governance from the perspective of safeguarding of the health, safety and well-being of all human beings. This is pivotal if we are to build a community with a shared future for mankind. Last December, General Secretary Xi Jinping announced that China has decided to include all fentanyl-related substances into the control list, demonstrating China's commitment to participate in the global governance in drugs. It also demonstrates the Chinese government's firm determination on people-centered development and on safeguarding the health and well-being of all people. The decision has been based on the painful lesson from the United States.

We firmly believe that the decision to include all fentanyl-like substances into the control list will completely block all loopholes – currently abused by simply modifying one or several atoms. We will lay a solid legal foundation for public security, customs, as well as law enforcement and judicial departments such as the procuratorate and the courts, so that they can crack down on such criminal activities. We will also effectively prevent the massive abuse of fentanyl-related substances and illegal drug trafficking and smuggling activities, contributing Chinese wisdom and power to global drug control.

Phoenix Satellite TV:

The United States has accused China of being the main source of fentanyl-related substances. What do you think of this accusation? In addition, this time China will add all fentanyl-related substances into the control list. Do you think this move will be helpful to address the U.S. concern? Thank you.

Liu Yuejin:

The control of fentanyl-related drugs in China is very strict. Fentanyl-related drugs produced by legal manufacturers have never been abused, nor can they flow into the United States. China's law enforcement authorities have investigated and cracked down on several illegal cases of processing and trafficking fentanyl-related substances to the United States. All these cases were committed by both domestic and foreign criminals in collusion with each other. The drugs were transported to the United States in disguise or hidden in international parcels, but the number was extremely limited. It cannot be the main source to the United States. So, the U.S. accusation lacks evidence and goes against the facts.

The Chinese government has always adhered to the principle of strict drug control, earnestly fulfilling its international drug control obligations and actively participating in tackling the global narcotic drug abuse problem with the attitude of a responsible major country. The manufacturing, trafficking and abusing of fentanyl-related substances is an international problem, which is unlikely to be solved by relying solely on the efforts of a single country. It requires the joint efforts of all countries. The Chinese government is willing to work with the international community, including the United States, to study ways of responding to this global problem and controlling the use of psychoactive substances such as fentanyl.

We believe that the abuse of fentanyl-related substances in the United States is due to its own internal issues. The first is due to traditional causes. There is a widespread tradition of abuse of prescription painkillers in the United States, and Americans, who make up 5 percent of the world's population, consume 80 percent of the world's opioids. The second cause is the profit motive of drug companies. In order to maintain considerable profits, large-scale pharmaceutical companies have the tendency to fund experts to do research and conclude that opioids are harmless. Pharmacies are eager to sell them and doctors prescribe excess drugs, all of which form a complete profit chain of overlapping interests. Thirdly, supervision is weak and prescription drugs are not well regulated. Abusers can travel to another state to get more prescription drugs, and doctors can repeatedly prescribe the same drugs without supervision. This is a glaring loophole in the medical system. The fourth cause is cultural in nature. There is not enough publicity about the dangers of drugs. Some people have even linked drug use to "freedom," "personality" and "liberation" and more than half of the states in the U.S. have "legalized marijuana." These factors combine to create a large-scale abuse of fentanyl-related substances in the United States.

I believe that if the United States really wants to solve its fentanyl-related substance abuse problem, it needs to strengthen its work domestically. It should find the causes of the large-scale abuse of fentanyl-related substances, identify the abusing groups as well as the source of fentanyl-related substances and the channels used to smuggle and traffic the drugs. It must identify the crux of the problem and find the right solution. They must also strengthen drug prevention education, starting with reducing the demand and curbing the spread of fentanyl-related substance abuse. While intensifying domestic efforts to crack down on drug-related crimes, they should also carry out international cooperation and strengthen intelligence exchange, evidence sharing and joint investigations, instead of blaming other countries. Thank you.

CNN:

First, I would like to confirm with you the issue of overall control of fentanyl-related substances that you just mentioned. As neither of us are experts in the field, will the new regulation actually be able to block existing loopholes? Will the regulation cover all aspects no matter how illicit drug makers change the chemical compositions or structures? Or is this an open announcement that can be amended to adapt to different situations? I have another question. You must know that U.S. President Donald Trump is very concerned about the issue. In a Twitter post last December, he called for China to impose the death penalty on distributors and pushers of fentanyl-related substances as a means to solve the problem. As a Chinese law enforcer, what is your opinion on this? Finally, some Americans have been concerned that no matter what policies the Chinese central government introduces, local governments may not implement them or even totally ignore them due to corruption? How do you respond?Thank you.

Chen Shifei:

The purpose of drug control, in addition to preventing abuse, is to minimize the impact on legitimate medical needs and safeguard necessary clinical use. Therefore, in the process of argumentation for listing all fentanyl-related substances under control, we have mainly taken following measures: First, we have fully evaluated the varieties of all fentanyl-related substances and their potential legitimate use. Second, we have scientifically identified the scope of fentanyl-related substances, so as to avoid impact on legitimate medical use. Third, we have formulated regulations on exceptions. If any fentanyl-related substance under control is found to have legitimate application in the pharmaceutical, industrial, scientific or other sectors, we will make a dynamic adjustment between the non-medicinal and medicinal categories. Of course, with the gradual improvement of legislative techniques and administrative supervision methods, if we have better legislative methods or control measures in the future, we will make timely adjustments. Thank you.

Liu Yuejin:

The other question you've asked was about U.S. President Donald Trump's tweets regarding China's problems and speculations about the law enforcement process of fentanyl, including new psychoactive substances. Let me answer this question briefly. The Chinese government is resolutely committed to the fight against the drug-related crimes, and we have clear legal regulations on that. We have been highly concerned about new fentanyl drugs before they spread on a large scale. As many as 25 types of fentanyl-related substances and two other fentanyl precursor chemicals have been included onto our control list, exceeding the 21 categories under the UN rules. Moreover, regarding law enforcement, China has always acted strictly in accordance with the law to ensure the strict law enforcement. By scheduling the whole fentanyl-related substances, the Chinese government will crack down on all kinds of criminals in accordance with the law, showing no mercy. Thank you.

CNN:

First, I would like to confirm with you the issue of overall control of fentanyl-related substances that you just mentioned. As neither of us are experts in the field, will the new regulation actually be able to block existing loopholes? Will the regulation cover all aspects no matter how illicit drug makers change the chemical compositions or structures? Or is this an open announcement that can be amended to adapt to different situations? I have another question. You must know that U.S. President Donald Trump is very concerned about the issue. In a Twitter post last December, he called for China to impose the death penalty on distributors and pushers of fentanyl-related substances as a means to solve the problem. As a Chinese law enforcer, what is your opinion on this? Finally, some Americans have been concerned that no matter what policies the Chinese central government introduces, local governments may not implement them or even totally ignore them due to corruption? How do you respond?Thank you.

Chen Shifei:

The purpose of drug control, in addition to preventing abuse, is to minimize the impact on legitimate medical needs and safeguard necessary clinical use. Therefore, in the process of argumentation for listing all fentanyl-related substances under control, we have mainly taken following measures: First, we have fully evaluated the varieties of all fentanyl-related substances and their potential legitimate use. Second, we have scientifically identified the scope of fentanyl-related substances, so as to avoid impact on legitimate medical use. Third, we have formulated regulations on exceptions. If any fentanyl-related substance under control is found to have legitimate application in the pharmaceutical, industrial, scientific or other sectors, we will make a dynamic adjustment between the non-medicinal and medicinal categories. Of course, with the gradual improvement of legislative techniques and administrative supervision methods, if we have better legislative methods or control measures in the future, we will make timely adjustments. Thank you.

Liu Yuejin:

The other question you've asked was about U.S. President Donald Trump's tweets regarding China's problems and speculations about the law enforcement process of fentanyl, including new psychoactive substances. Let me answer this question briefly. The Chinese government is resolutely committed to the fight against the drug-related crimes, and we have clear legal regulations on that. We have been highly concerned about new fentanyl drugs before they spread on a large scale. As many as 25 types of fentanyl-related substances and two other fentanyl precursor chemicals have been included onto our control list, exceeding the 21 categories under the UN rules. Moreover, regarding law enforcement, China has always acted strictly in accordance with the law to ensure the strict law enforcement. By scheduling the whole fentanyl-related substances, the Chinese government will crack down on all kinds of criminals in accordance with the law, showing no mercy. Thank you.

Agence France-Presse (AFP):

The United States recently summoned several Chinese nationals for alleged crimes of trafficking fentanyl-related substances. What's your comment on this? What measures will China take?

Liu Yuejin:

China and U.S. law enforcement departments have been jointly investigating the cases you have mentioned. We work effectively and have a close relationship. So far, the Chinese side has not found any violation of Chinese law on the part of those Chinese nationals. The American side has also yet to present any evidence for their breach of Chinese law. Our cooperative investigation is still underway. However, the American side has already started the prosecution, among other measures, without communicating with us in advance. We regret over such approach, which has undermined our cooperation.

As for law enforcement, we will continue to keep a close eye on the investigation and prosecution enforced by the American side. On our part, we will also investigate these cases and people further. And we are ready to strengthen intelligence information sharing with our U.S. counterparts. Thank you.

China Daily:

What measures will you take to ensure the full and effective implementation for the decision to include all fentanyl-related substances onto the control list? And what will you do in terms of stepping up international cooperation to combat crimes in this field? Thank you.

Liu Yuejin:

In the legislation, after we have included all fentanyl-related substances into control list, the relevant authorities in the Chinese government will take a host of measures to ensure full and effective implementation. The main measures will be taken as follows:

First, we will run thorough investigations. There will be in-depth investigations into suspected bio-medicine bases and chemical parks to eradicate the illicit manufacturing of fentanyl-related substances. Information on the internet relating to drugs will be taken down, and we will cut off online communication and transaction channels for criminals.

Second, there will be an intensified effort to combat drug smuggling and trafficking. We will urge delivery companies to register the sender's real name, conduct out-of-the-box inspections and utilize security machines. More examinations will be done on international parcels in high risk customs clearance zones, and the proportion and frequency of inspections will be increased to prevent fentanyl from being smuggled out of the country.

Third, we will conduct criminal investigations. We will put together special teams to look into the smuggling, manufacturing and trafficking of fentanyl-related substances and other drugs.

Fourth, we will deepen law enforcement cooperation. China will take the initiative to strengthen information sharing and case cooperation with relevant countries to jointly investigate smuggling cases, and take the utmost effort to destroy transnational networks of drug smuggling.

Fifth, we will step up research on technology. More effort will be taken to develop examination and identification technologies, and to work on accelerating onsite investigation technology and developing lab testing equipment. We will develop a rapid assessment system for the fentanyl addiction in line with China's national conditions. 

In the next step, China will work with the international community, including the United States, in a joint response to combat the challenges posed by fentanyl-related substances. Thank you.

Yicai.com:

I have two questions. One is that, after including all fentanyl-related substances under control, will legitimate pharmaceutical companies producing related products see more rigid regulation to avoid their products being used illegally? The other is about industrial hemp that has received much attention recently. We noticed that the National Narcotic Control Committee has issued several statements before. We want to know if the many domestic companies involved in the planting and purification of hemp are acting legally and if there will be more rigid regulatory measures for industrial hemp in the future. Thank you.

Chen Shifei:

The Chinese government joined the United Nations' Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs in 1985. The former health ministry issued measures to control narcotic drugs in 1987, which listed fentanyl, sufentanil, and alfentanil as narcotics for regulation. The government has been taking rigorous measures to control narcotics through the processes of scientific research, production, distribution, use and export. All related scientific research programs require registration and approval. Production is limited to appointed manufacturers with the quantities prescribed. The distribution is also strictly confined to fixed channels to avoid related products entering illegal channels and causing undesirable consequences. A mechanism that involves producers, suppliers and medical institutions has been functioning well and prevented undesirable consequences from happening.

As for the export of narcotic drugs, we handle this with strict approval and control procedures within the framework of the UN. Currently, the amounts of exports are quite small. I think our current regulatory measures for narcotic drugs including fentanyl-related substances are efficacious and adequate. Thank you.

Liu Yuejin:

I will briefly answer the question regarding "industrial marijuana." Here in China, we have rigorous management procedures and total quantity control over the production, plantation, storage, and transportation of "industrial marijuana." All this has proceeded under the strict supervision and control of relevant government departments. Therefore, as far as this problem is concerned, there are no serious violations in our country. Currently, on the premise that many countries have legalized marijuana, China will tighten up its supervision and control over "industrial marijuana," close all loopholes, and improve all kinds of management systems. Thank you.

Financial Times:

Just now, Mr. Liu mentioned the cooperation between China and other countries. Here is my question for you. Are there any countries besides the United States that is concerned with the inflow of the illicit drug smuggled from China? I see lots of representatives from embassies seated here today. Could you please tell us about other countries' concerns, as well as China's cooperative endeavor with them? Thank you.

Liu Yuejin:

Regarding the fentanyl-related substances, the joint efforts in finding clues and the lawsuits involved, the US law enforcement authorities have remained China's major partners while pushing forward the smooth and close cooperation in exchange of intelligence and information, as well as joint detections. The US Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) has been very pleased and complimented the overall cooperation with China's law enforcement authorities. In regards to other countries, especially European countries, China has worked with them in concerted efforts to detect and crack down on the new psychoactive substances other than fentanyl-related substances. These cooperations include exchanging intelligence, sharing information, and coordinating joint detections. The cooperation is also smooth. It should be mentioned that China has cooperated well with the rest of the world, in addition to the United States, in line with its anti-drug endeavor. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

The press conference ends here today. Thanks for our three guest speakers, and thank you, everyone.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:
Norbu Dondrup, a member of the Standing Committee of the Tibet Autonomous Regional Committee of the Communist Party of China and executive vice chairman of the regional government;

Dawa, deputy director general of the United Front Work Department of the CPC Tibet Autonomous Regional Committee;

Luo Jie, director general of Ecological Environment Department of the regional government;

Ren Jingdong, deputy director general of the Development and Reform Commission of the Tibet Autonomous Region and head of the Energy Bureau

Chairperson:
Hu Kaihong, spokesperson for the State Council Information Office of China

Date:
March 27, 2019

Hu Kaihong:

Ladies and gentlemen, good morning. Welcome to this SCIO briefing. Today, the SCIO will brief the media about our white paper titled "Democratic Reform in Tibet - Sixty Years On". We are delighted to welcome the following attendees to today's briefing: Mr. Norbu Dondrup, a member of the Standing Committee of the Tibet Autonomous Regional Committee of the Communist Party of China and executive vice chairman of the regional government; Mr. Dawa, deputy director general of the United Front Work Department of the CPC Tibet Autonomous Regional Committee; Mr. Luo Jie, director general of Ecological Environment Department of the regional government; and Mr. Ren Jingdong, deputy director general of the Development and Reform Commission of the Tibet Autonomous Region and head of the Energy Bureau.

My name is Hu Kaihong, and I am a spokesperson for the State Council Information Office of China. First of all, I will give you an introduction about the white paper.

The white paper released today implements General Secretary Xi Jinping's important exposition on Tibet, by focusing on people-centered development that is innovation-driven, coordinated, green, oriented toward global progress, and beneficial to all. It is guided by Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era and the principles of the 19th CPC National Congress.

In order to make Tibet's development full of vigor and vitality, we have made great efforts to boost its economic and social development; safeguard and improve people's livelihood; promote interaction, communication and integration between ethnic groups; as well as strengthen eco-environment protection and construction. 

The White Paper focuses on the backwardness of Tibet's reactionary feudal serfdom in the past, the historical inevitability and significance of democratic reform in Tibet, the progress made through the reform, and the new look that Tibet puts on in the new era of development. With sufficient facts and a significant amount of data, the White Paper expounds that the democratic reform has been a magnificent revolution in Tibet's history with its great significance and far-reaching influence. The reform fundamentally transformed the social system of Tibet; emancipated and expanded the productive forces, and greatly promoted the overall progress of Tibetan society. It carries great significance in the history of the development of human society. 

The White Paper points out that the 60 years of great progress in Tibet bears testament to the fact that the reform conforms to the developmental path of the time, satisfies the essential needs of the different ethnic groups of Tibet, and is in line with the demands of Tibet's social development. This is an inevitability in Tibet's history of development. If the reform hadn't taken place, Tibet would not have been able to make the historic changes in its society and adapt to the developments of the time. Its residents also would not have been able to live happy lives and have their rights fully protected. 

Democratic reform is a heroic undertaking that has benefited Tibet's different ethnic groups. Through the reform, the people of all ethnic groups in Tibet have become the masters of the country. Deeply rooted in the hearts of the people is their dedication to unswervingly upholding the leadership of the Communist Party of China, the socialist path of development, and the system of regional autonomy for ethnic minorities. Now, under the guidance of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, the people of all ethnic groups in Tibet are striving, together with the whole nation, to create better lives for themselves and to realize the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation. The mission to promote socialism with Chinese characteristics for a new era has been launched and the future of Tibet will grow ever brighter. 

The full text of the white paper is about 25,000 words. It consists of three parts: preface, body and concluding remarks. It has been published in Chinese, English, French, Russian, Spanish and Arabic by the People's Publishing House and Foreign Languages Press. It will be issued across the country by the Xinhua Bookstore.

Now I have briefly introduced the contents, I will give the floor to Mr. Norbu Dondrup to discuss the situation in Tibet since the democratic reform. 

Norbu Dondrup:

Ladies and gentlemen, journalists and friends, good morning. This year marks the 70th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China. It is also the 60th anniversary of the democratic reform in Tibet. Before 1959, Tibet was a feudal serfdom society that was darker and backward than the European Middle Ages. In 1951, the Central People's Government and the local government of Tibet signed the "Agreement on the Peaceful Liberation of Tibet" (referred to as the 17-Article Agreement). Since then, Tibet has shaken off the fetters of imperialist aggression, achieved peaceful liberation, and created a basic premise to achieve common progress and development with other parts of the country.

However, with the support of the imperialist forces, some of Tibet's ruling elite ignored the people's rising demand for democratic reforms. They stubbornly opposed reform and attempted to maintain feudal serfdom and the unity of politics and religion forever.

On March 10, 1959, they publicly tore up the 17-Article Agreement and instigated a full-scale armed rebellion. In order to uphold national unity and safeguard the fundamental interests of Tibetan people, Chairman Mao Zedong and the CPC central committee, led the Tibetan people to put down the armed rebellion. On March 28, 1959, Premier Zhou Enlai signed an order to dissolve the local government of Tibet, ending the dark history of the feudal serf system and the integration of politics and religion in Tibet. 

Under the leadership of the Party, millions of serfs carried out vigorous democratic reforms; and eliminated the political, economic, cultural and social systems that protected the interests of their feudal serf owners. Having shaken off the shackles of being oppressed, exploited and enslaved, the feudal serfs were utterly liberated, becoming masters of their country and their society, and critically, masters of their own destiny. Tibet's democratic reform is the most extensive, profound and greatest social change in the history of Tibet's development. It is an epoch-making and significant historical event for the development of Tibet's society and human rights. It is also of great significance in the history of human civilization and the history of human rights in the world.

We hold grand ceremonies to mark the democratic reform in Tibet, which is a magnificent feat in the history of human civilization. It is of great significance for us to deeply implement the Party's policies on Tibet and put into practice Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era; particularly the principles from General Secretary Xi Jinping's major expositions on governing border areas and stabilizing Tibet as well as a series of major instructions on work in Tibet. It is also of great significance to encourage government officials and the people of all ethnic groups in Tibet to push forward Tibet's rapid development and long-term stability, and thus write a good Tibetan chapter in realizing the Chinese dream of great national rejuvenation.

In 2009, the Second Session of the Ninth National People's Congress of the Tibet Autonomous Region decided to set March 28th as the "Serfs Emancipation Day". The Serfs Emancipation Day was set up to let the Chinese people of all ethnic groups, including the Tibetan people, remember more firmly the great historical event of democratic reform in Tibet, which marks the watershed between the old and new societies; see more clearly the cruelty and darkness of old Tibetan feudal serfdom; see more clearly the reactionary nature of the Dalai Lama clique; cherish more consciously today's hard-earned happy life in Tibet; and work harder to create a beautiful future for new socialist Tibet.

Tomorrow, the Tibet Autonomous Region will have a series of commemorative celebrations. To mark this important day and event, the State Council Information Office today has issued a white paper titled "Democratic Reform in Tibet: Sixty Years On." It is the 14th book on Tibet published by the State Council Information Office.

Using a large amount of historical materials and comparisons between the old and new societies, the white paper exposes the extreme darkness, cruelty and backwardness of the old Tibetan feudal serfdom; reveals the historical inevitability and great significance of the democratic reform in Tibet; and demonstrates the magnificent achievements in Tibet where productive forces have been unleashed and the people have become the masters of their own affairs. It reflects the historical progress of Tibet's political, economic and social development, ecological conservation, freedom of religious belief, and the equality and solidarity among all ethnic groups over the past 60 years.

With irrefutable facts, the white paper once again proves that the past 60 years of democratic reform in Tibet have witnessed the great victory of the Party's ethnic policy; the successful practice of the regional ethnic autonomy in China; and that the Tibetan people feel grateful to the Party and follow the Party.

The publication of the white paper fully reflects that the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core places enormous importance on Tibet and all ethnic groups in the region. It fully reflects the common aspirations of the people of all ethnic groups in Tibet to cherish the Chinese dream and strive for a new era.

Here, on behalf of the CPC Tibet Autonomous Regional Committee, the People's Government of the Tibet Autonomous Region, and the more than 3 million people of all ethnic groups in the region, I would like to express our firm and loyal support to the central government's decisions.

As we all know, serfs and slaves, who made up 95 percent of the total population in old Tibet, were completely deprived of their personal freedom and political rights. With the abolition of feudal serfdom during the democratic reform, the Tibetan people, like the Chinese people of other ethnic groups, became masters of their own country and society, gained the right to participate equally in managing state affairs, took control of managing social affairs in Tibet and their own destiny, and are able to create and enjoy the material and cultural wealth in Tibetan society. People of all ethnic groups in Tibet and other Chinese people live in harmony, and are working to create a wonderful new life together. In the span of a few decades, Tibet went through the democratic reform, the founding of the Tibet Autonomous Region, reform and opening up and other important stages of development. Under the strong leadership of the CPC, Tibet has achieved historic leaps in economic and social development, following the path of socialism with Chinese characteristics. Since the 18th CPC National Congress in particular, government officials and the general public of all ethnic groups have rallied closely around the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core, and held high the banner of socialism with Chinese characteristics. They have earnestly studied and fully implemented Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, and the guiding principles from the 18th and 19th CPC national congresses, as well as the Sixth Central Conference on Tibet, and put into practice General Secretary Xi Jinping's major expositions on governing border areas and stabilizing Tibet, as well as his guiding principles on the work in Tibet. They strive with gratitude and help each other on the way, breaking new ground featuring significant development and long-term stability. At present, Tibet sees the CPC leadership strengthened in all respects, with accelerated economic and social development, greatly improved livelihoods of the people and substantially enhanced capacity in public services. Tibet also boasts a good ecological environment, a stable society, united ethnic groups, harmonious religions and consolidated border areas. People of all ethnic groups show increasing support to the CPC and love to the great motherland, and increasingly cherish their hard-won happy lives, ethnic unity and social harmony. The longing for stability there is stronger than ever before.

The brilliant achievements of democratic reform in Tibet in the past 60 years, especially the historic achievements and changes made since the 18th CPC National Congress, fully demonstrate the unrivaled superiority of the socialist system, the unrivaled warmth of the great motherland and the unrivaled correctness of the CPC's strategy for governing Tibet. Feudal serfdom in Tibet already passed into history, and a new Tibet has been unveiled to the world, with its people now working together with the Chinese people of other ethnic groups to build a moderately prosperous society in all respects and to enjoy a modern life for all people. All these achievements are the result of the strong leadership and kind care of the CPC Central Committee, the strong support of the government departments, ministries and commissions, as well as support from provinces and municipalities, central enterprises and people across the country, plus the joint efforts of CPC organizations at all levels, CPC members, and people of all ethnic groups in Tibet.

We firmly believe that as long as we adhere unswervingly to the leadership of the CPC, follow the path of socialism with Chinese characteristics, uphold the system of regional ethnic autonomy, and implement the CPC's strategy for governing Tibet and General Secretary Xi Jinping's major expositions on governing border areas and stabilizing Tibet, the future of Tibet will be even brighter. Now, the floor is open to questions.

Hu Kaihong:

Thank you, Mr. Norbu Dondrup. Now, the floor is open to questions. Please identify your media organizations before asking questions.

Hong Kong Ta Kung Wen Wei Media Group:

We know that the human rights situation in Tibet Autonomous Region has seen tremendous change since the beginning of democratic reforms 60 years ago. However, some countries and the Dalai group claim that the human rights situation in Tibet is not so good. What is the human rights situation in Tibet like? Are there any violations of human rights in Tibet? Thank you.

Norbu Dondrup:

There is an old Chinese saying: "a resonant drum needs no heavy beating, and a running horse needs no spur." Many people here today are from Tibet and most of them are local officials of ethnic minority groups whose parents suffered from ruthless oppression and exploitation under feudal serfdom. Today, we come to the press conference with a brand-new attitude. The people next to me are both officials of ethnic groups, and so am I. You can see from us the remarkable achievements that the cause of human rights has made. There are abundant historical materials in the white paper released today which provide detailed information on democratic reforms in Tibet and its landmark achievements under the leadership of the Communist Party of China. Therefore, regarding the human rights situation in Tibet, I can tell you that it is not just good, but it's very good. The public's sense of happiness over the development of the cause of human rights and protection of human rights in Tibet is not just strong, but very strong. Some people abroad and the Dalai group cast blame on our human rights, but I believe they have ulterior motives. What I have mentioned about the tremendous changes in political, social and economic aspects in Tibet are exactly the achievements and changes we have made on the cause of human rights development. 

We know very well that before 1959, the millions of serfs in Tibet had almost no words or concepts of "human rights" in their minds. They did not realize the concept of human rights because, in the old Tibet ruled by Dalai, they were entirely deprived under the feudal serfdom. Their basic right to life was absent, let alone their right of development. The last generation of our people to have witnessed this said that it was an extremely dark and cruel society, where millions of the serfs were merely "talking tools." The feudal serfdom regime in Tibet divided people into three distinct social classes and nine ranks. People of the highest rank were literally worth their weight in gold, while people of the lowest rank were worth only the price of a straw rope. There was no equality before the law. Serfs could be sold, transferred and even slaughtered or put into jail. Serfs could be randomly selected to have their skin pulled, their tendons pulled out or even their eyes gouged out. All of this has been mentioned in the white paper. How could people have human rights under those circumstances? There were no human rights at all. Therefore, when the Dalai Lama attacks our human rights today he definitely has motives behind it. His abuse of human rights disqualifies him from talking about the human rights.

Some countries, coaxed or misguided by slanders from the Dalai Lama clique, attack our human rights conditions. Human rights in China are closely integrated with our own national conditions; have answered and satisfied the people's demands; and have been catered for the broad masses of the population and the people of Tibet. In evaluating human rights conditions, one should listen to the people, especially the more-than-3-million Tibetan people, who should have the final say. In my view, the satisfaction and happiness of the people are the best testimony for human rights conditions.

In turn, we now feel that we have been liberated and have been empowered to become masters of the country and society, and have the right to pursue our own destiny. We are therefore proud of it. We are very happy to live in the socialist family under the leadership of the Communist Party of China. Just as what I have mentioned to you, we are not only the offspring of the serfs, but also the living witnesses to six decades of brilliant development of Tibet's politics and economy. We are the real beneficiaries of the achievements of all aspects of social development and human rights in Tibet.

Broadly speaking, human rights can be prioritized in two basic rights—the right to life and the right to development. Compared with old Tibet, Tibet's human rights are an epoch-making leap. Since the democratic reform, under the cordial care of the Party Central Committee, Tibet's human rights and all aspects of Tibet's development have indeed achieved unprecedented and tremendous historical achievements.

First, the Tibetans enjoy the equality of political rights and are able to participate in the administration of regional and state affairs. In the national and local people's congresses and the annual Two Sessions (the National People's Congress and the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference), the deputies are composed by a majority of Tibetans and other minorities from the Tibet Autonomous Region. They are always greatly pleased and highly honored to attend the sessions. In their strikingly embroidered traditional clothes, they speak on behalf of their people. They fulfil the duties entrusted to them by their people and extend the wishes of Tibetans and other minority people as much as they can. 

The Chairman of the Tibet regional government and the Director of the local People's Congress are cadres of ethnic minorities, mainly local Tibetan cadres. Most Party secretaries and county heads of Tibetan cities and counties are also ethnic minority cadres. People here enjoy equal political participation, and representatives are chosen regardless of their ethnic nationality and social status. The right to live is also clearly protected and the Constitution and laws guarantee the lives and property of the general public in Tibet. People can participate in economic and social activities as long as they fall within the law and are free to love, marry, and hold weddings and funerals. The Party and the government have also taken many measures to improve medical conditions, extend the life expectancy of the people of Tibet and improve the health of the people. We have invested a large amount of funds and started many projects in this aspect. There are many endemic diseases in Tibet, such as high-altitude cardiovascular disease and rheumatism, and there are children with congenital heart disease. The Party and the government attach much importance to this and have made great efforts to build a large number of medical institutions at the autonomous region, prefecture and county levels. We now have big hospitals at the autonomous region level, Class A hospitals in the counties, health centers in the towns, and health clinics in the villages — all staffed with many medical professionals. They have worked hard to serve the people and patiently prevent and treat diseases for the general public. Therefore, many people are now freed from the pain of disease and live a happy and healthy life.

Every time there is a big natural disaster, our government is quite concerned about the people in Tibet, and tries the best to help the people there. Saving lives is always the top priority. All ethnic groups in China are united and dependent on each other, and we are as inseparable as fish is to water. Whether you are of Tibetan or Han ethnic group, we are inseparable from each other. Ethnic minorities are also inseparable from each other and when encountering natural disasters, everyone rushes to the front line to help in disaster relief efforts. In the face of disasters, they demonstrate that "when one has difficulties, all others would support" and rescue victims of disasters such as earthquakes and mudslides in a timely manner.

As specified in the white paper, we also enjoy sufficient rights to carry out further development. But what I want to tell you is that there was no decent road in the old Tibet. All materials required for production as well as daily necessities were transported over thousands of miles by people who carried them on their backs, and by mules, horses, cattle and even sheep. The movement of such materials to Tibet relied solely on these forms of transportation. But now our infrastructure, including transportation, water, electricity, communications, etc., extends in all directions. Modern roads in Tibet now stretch over 90,000 kilometers. In the past, millions of Tibetan serfs had never left their villages, never seen a plane or even heard of a car, but now almost every family has their own vehicles, and is free to travel everywhere. Those who had never seen an airplane, now not only can board a plane and go to various places in China, but also have the option to become a pilot themselves. In the past, people lit up their homes with oil lamps, but now homes can be brightly lit by electric lamps with just a flick of a switch. The roads and highways are also all illuminated by lights. It is clear that human rights have developed and progressed in Tibet.

In terms of education, I would like to talk about my own experience. When I first left home, I did not know much about the outside world. We were not educated back then. However, now I am not only fluent in the Tibetan language, but also the Chinese language. I can communicate conveniently with people from the rest of China and other parts of the world.

Besides, in the old Tibet, only 5 percent of the people, mostly feudal serf owners, were entitled to education; and the rest of the people, about a million serfs, did not have the right to education. Now, we are all entitled to education, and the state has founded many schools in Tibet.

As far as I know, there are over 2,200 schools of various kinds in Tibet, and all school-age children can go to school. They enjoy education in a good environment, and can learn a lot of knowledge. They learn the Tibetan language, the Chinese language, and even the languages of many other countries. This is a huge historic breakthrough of human rights in the field of education. The serfs could not even dream about this before, as it would have been totally unimaginable.

In terms of culture, our Party and state pay great attention to the cultural development of Tibet. Many cultural and historical sites in Tibet have been well protected and developed. As many temples are made of wood and mud, the state has spent huge amounts of money to renovate and protect them from weathering and natural disasters. There are 55 national cultural relics protection units and 616 regional cultural relics units in Tibet. Some important historical sites, including the Potala Palace in Lhasa, have entered the UNESCO's world cultural heritage list, and have enjoyed appropriate protection. 

In terms of freedom of religious belief, there is a saying that "seeing is believing." You can go all around Tibet and see that people are free to practice their religious beliefs. The law protects every person's right to freedom of religious belief, and there are no restrictions on religious beliefs. In addition, the state constantly renovates religious buildings, and connects them with running water, electricity and roads, which was unimaginable in the past. Many of the temples in Tibet are built on high mountains, but are now easily accessible by car now. The monks' lives have become more convenient, and they can feel that the Party and the government sincerely care and pay great attention to them.

Tibet has always prioritized ecological protection, and many measures have been taken and many laws and rules issued. We have implemented the concept that fresh water and lush mountains are invaluable assets. The ecological environment in Tibet has been fully protected.

In short, people of all ethnic groups in Tibet can not only take part in the management of state and local affairs on an equal footing, but can also enjoy a peaceful and happy life in which babies can be nurtured, children can be educated, workers can be duly paid, patients can be treated in time and the elderly can be supported appropriately.

People can receive payment for all their work. All people have places to live in and all needy hands can be helped. People of different ethnic groups in Tibet love the CPC and their motherland. They feel content with their happy lives in the big family of the motherland, under the leadership of the Party. And they tend to use all kinds of ways to show their appreciation to the Party. 

For example, every year during the National Day, local people hang the national flag at home to show their devotion to the motherland. In the Spring Festival and Tibetan New Year, they devote the first cup of highland barley wine, the first piece of hada and their first song to the Party, the motherland, the leaders and relatives in other parts of the country. This speaks volumes about the historical achievements of human rights conditions in Tibet, as well as local people's satisfaction with the development and conditions of human rights in Tibet.

CCTV:

My question is about Tibet's poverty alleviation. We know that the Tibet is the only contiguous poor area at the provincial level and a poverty-stricken region of China. So how is the poverty alleviation work going in Tibet? Thanks.

Norbu Dondrup:

As we have said, the old Tibet was a society of feudal serfdom, lacking good geographical conditions and a natural environment for development. For a long time, the Dalai group has engaged in a series of sabotage activities in Tibet. Therefore, Tibet is a poverty-stricken area at large. Through poverty alleviation work, great changes have taken place in Tibet. But compared to other areas of China, we still lag behind. We have more areas with severity poverty. And the cost and efforts for poverty alleviation are huge. At the end of 2015, 590,000 people were registered as households living under the poverty line, with a poverty headcount ratio of 35 percent.

General Secretary Xi has given an eminent place to the poverty alleviation work in Tibet. To lift the people in Tibet out of poverty has always a major concern of his. During the conferences on poverty alleviation held in Fuping, Yan'an, Guiyang, Yinchuan, Taiyuan and Chengdu, General Secretary Xi has put the poverty alleviation work first and pointed out that building a moderately prosperous society in all respects means leaving no ethnic minority group behind.

Therefore, the Party committees and governments at various levels stand firm and take targeted measures to lead the masses combating poverty with a straight forward spirit. Many preferential policies, particularly for the development of Tibet, have been carried out, which do not only greatly push forward the alleviation work but offer another opportunity of historical significance. Tibetans living in poverty appreciate everything General Secretary Xi and the government is doing to lift them out of poverty. They have said that General Secretary Xi is busy with various national affairs, and yet he still cares about the people in the most remote areas. They appreciate General Secretary Xi and the CPC Central Committee with all their heartfelt intention.

The CPC Tibet Autonomous Regional Committee and the regional government have unswervingly implemented the strategy of precision poverty-reduction and poverty-eradication. In accordance with the requirements, we set forth the objective of providing adequate food and clothing while ensuring access to compulsory education, basic medical services and housing. "Providing adequate food and clothing" here means that people in Tibet eat better than before. In the past, people living in the old Tibet don't have enough food and clothes, nor hopes for having more tomorrow. Their lives were miserable.

I came from a rural area. Many officials, including me, have made many visits at the community level in the Tibet Autonomous Region to see the real conditions there, so as to connect more closely with the people, as required by General Secretary Xi. Poverty reduction has achieved great progress in the impoverished areas. People now have access to a variety of food, including beef, butter, drinks and barley wine. In addition, thanks to a series of measures, vegetables can be planted at high altitudes and fresh vegetables are available to the people there. People have new clothes to wear for the New Year, and have more choices. This is what I mean when I said "providing adequate food and clothing."

The medical services and housing are even better. We have a medical insurance system based on free medical services, ensuring the public has access to medical services. If people get sick, they can seek medical services both in villages and townships. The public can receive not only disease prevention services, but also treatment in other regions. The public can even seek medical services in other regions of China by plane. Why can this happen? Because of the government's good policies, which provide the public with something to rely on. Moreover, the improved livelihood of the public allows them to afford greater expenses. All of these are true facts. Regarding the housing safety issue, the residential buildings built in the past were relatively low in quality, however, new buildings are spacious, bright, comfortable and of good quality. You can go to Tibet Autonomous Region to see for yourself. In accordance with the requirements of the central authorities, the CPC Tibet Autonomous Regional Committee and the Tibet Autonomous Regional Government resolutely put poverty alleviation as the top priority and the first livelihood project, and placed it at the top of the "three major battles" (poverty relief, environmental protection and preventing financial risks). The achievements have been fruitful. Party committees and governments at all levels have concentrated more efforts on poverty alleviation, pledging that they will never stop until winning the battle with the belief that if they don't win the battle, it's because they haven't made enough efforts. We work towards poverty alleviation through targeted measures, including: who is the one we need to help? What has caused his poverty? We conduct multiple analysis from various aspects, such as poverty level and cause, before helping. We will continue to make specific plans and measures for poverty alleviation, and provide them with necessary technology, funds and production materials, in a bid to help them get rid of poverty and achieve prosperity as soon as possible. 

We are determined to promote poverty alleviation industry projects based on our strengths. At present, over 2,300 poverty reduction projects have been carried out, lifting 211,000 people out of poverty. You may not understand that it is very difficult to develop the industry in Tibet, especially in places where there are snow and ice, very high altitudes and harsh conditions. However, our Party and government have taken special measures to overcome various difficulties to promote industries in impoverished regions. A large number of crop production, breeding and processing cooperative organizations have been established and they have proved to be very helpful. Moreover, many enterprises participate in the poverty alleviation battle. They have set up their own poverty alleviation contact offices, and developed an array of industries to promote poverty reduction. Due to some severe lack of resources, the high cost for providing access to water, electricity and roads, or extremely poor natural environments, it was really difficult to assist some impoverished people in places they used to live, so we encouraged them to relocate to places with convenient transportation conditions, surplus resources, and a higher level of urbanization so that they can get rid of poverty in a new environment. During this process, we fully respected their willingness, and helped them relocate step by step. We never forced them to relocate. We encouraged people who live in highly and extremely cold pasturing areas, deep mountains and valleys, places with endemic diseases, places with frequent geological disasters and ecologically vulnerable places to move out so that they will have the chance to get rid of poverty and achieve prosperity. Those impoverished people who relocated have moved into very good residences which they could not have imagined before. The relocation sites are all equipped with public services facilities, such as hospitals and schools. Some 266,000 people have showed their willingness to relocate, and 236,000 of them have finished their relocation. We address poverty reduction by carrying out training and teaching skills in a bid to help impoverished population increase confidence in their own ability to lift themselves out of the poverty and see that they can access the education they need. We would hereby like to express our gratitude to the people in other regions of China. The central government has spent a large amount of money and investment to fight against poverty in Tibet. A lot of provinces and cities have provided their assistance to the region, bringing advanced technology, modes of production and management ideas. They have provided training and tought skills for local people who were hindered by traditional thoughts and not market-minded. This has obviously enhanced local people's ability to lift themselves out of poverty. They are on the one hand the objects of the poverty reduction, but on the other hand, they have become the major driver in the battle. Consequently, the public say they have learnt a lot in the poverty eradication process. Remarkable changes have taken place. They say their income in the past was too low, but now, it has increased significantly. Moreover, they can do more things after mastering skills. 

The central government has formulated many policies for us, and we Tibetans have benefited greatly. The autonomous region has pooled funds of more than 40 billion yuan to implement these policies. The central government agencies and the provinces, cities and enterprises which provide aid to Tibet, have invested nearly 50 billion yuan to promote its economic and social development, as well as intensifying poverty alleviation inside Tibet. Meanwhile, with the pair-assistance, Tibetans not only learned about the technology, but also directly gained benefits in fighting against poverty. We persisted in enhancing Party building and promoting poverty eradication. Many officials are stationed to help villagers escape poverty, standing with them throughout the process. Poverty alleviation has had some initial achievements. Since 2016, 55 poverty-stricken counties have been removed from the list of impoverished counties, 4,714 poor villages have been withdrawn from the poverty system, and 478,000 people have been lifted out of poverty. The poverty incidence has dropped from 35.2 percent before 2015 to below 6 percent now. We regard it as a miracle. The general secretary's effective strategy of precision poverty alleviation shows the greatness of our Party and the superiority of the socialist system. Now we still have 19 counties, 662 poor villages and 150,000 people that need to shake off the mantle of poverty. These places experience the most extreme poverty because they live with difficult conditions in the most remote areas at the highest altitude. Poverty alleviation in these places will be very difficult. However, with the warm care of the Party Central Committee, the wise guidance of Xi Jinping Thought on Socialism with Chinese Characteristics for a New Era, the unparalleled superiority of the socialist system and the firm determination of the communists, the selfless assistance of our people throughout the country, and the joint participation of people of all ethnic groups in Tibet, we will surely achieve the goal of getting rid of poverty according to schedule, and we will build a moderately prosperous society in all respects along with the whole country. We have confidence and determination in the poverty eradication of the last 19 impoverished counties and we also have sufficient preparation. Thank you all.

Reuters: 

Why not allow the people in Tibet to decide their own future and conduct an independence referendum?

Norbu Dondrup:

The situation in Tibet has already been fully detailed in the white paper. Tibet has been an inalienable part of China since ancient times, and all ethnic groups in Tibet are members of the Chinese nation. What you mentioned just now, to speak bluntly, was created by the imperialists. We have never recognized the independence of Tibet and no country in the world has ever recognized Tibet as an independent state. Moreover, Tibet now lives happily within the big family of China. I have already spoken at length earlier that we have now become the masters of the country, society and our own destiny. The Government of the People's Republic of China has been recognized as the sole legal government representing the entire Chinese people. The so-called "Tibetan Independence" does not exist. Established by the Dalai clique outside China, the so-called "government in exile" is invalid, illegal and has not been recognized by any country in the world. Under the leadership of the Communist Party of China, we enjoy the warmth of the big family of our socialist motherland and have complete control over our own destiny. Thank you. 

China News Agency:

Traditional Tibetan culture has long been attracting attention from home and abroad, and education is also related to the future development of Tibet. Please give introductions in these two aspects. Thank you.

Norbu Dondrup:

Mr. Dawa, deputy director general of the United Front Work Department of CPC Tibet Autonomous Regional Committee, will give you an introduction on the education in the autonomous region.

Dawa:

Let me introduce the cultural aspect first. The central government always attaches great importance to the protection, inheritance and development of traditional Tibetan culture. The CPC Committee and government of Tibet Autonomous Region always places the protection and development of traditional Tibetan culture as an important part of economic and social development, and supports it with policies, projects, capital, technologies, talents and so on. The autonomous region collected, edited and published seven literature and art compendiums such as, "Compendium of Chinese dramas: Tibetan volume" and "Compendium of Chinese Ethnic and Folk Dance: Tibetan volume". Meanwhile, historical buildings like the Potala Palace have been included in the UNESCO World Heritage List; while the Tibetan opera, the Epic of King Gesar and the Lum Medicinal Bathing of Sowa Rigpa (the Tibetan Medicine) have been included on the Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity. There are also 89 national-level representative projects, 96 national-level representative inheritors, 460 autonomous region-level representative projects and 350 autonomous region-level representative inheritors in the autonomous region. Four organizations including the Potala Palace have been included on the list of National Key Organizations for Protecting Ancient Documents and Anthologies, and 291 ancient books have been included on the list of National Precious Ancient Books.

At the same time, the Central People's Government and the People's Government of the Tibet Autonomous Region have always protected the inheritance and development of minority languages. The regional government, according to relevant stipulations of the Constitution of the People's Republic of China and the Law on Regional Ethnic Autonomy, formulated rules on learning, using and developing Tibetan language; developed the Tibetan language teaching and textbook system from elementary school to high school; and has vigorously supported the production of Tibetan language newspapers, magazines, books, radio and television programs. These have effectively promoted the widespread use of the language. The Tibetan language has become the first Chinese minority language with international standards. Now, the Tibet Autonomous Region publishes over 100 kinds of books in Tibetan language every year. All these efforts make sure the Tibetan language continue to be used in radio broadcasts, television programs, online pages, newspapers and magazines, textbooks and other published books.

As for education, as the previous speakers have mentioned, the vast majority receiving education in old Tibet were children of aristocrats. Serfs, who made up 95 percent of the total population, had no right to education, and the illiteracy rate of young adults was around 95 percent. Since democratic reform, Qamdo Primary School, Lhasa Primary School, Lhasa Middle School and many other schools have expanded rapidly. Middle schools and primary schools were established in various prefectures and counties, with primary schools set up in most townships and some villages. In 1961, Lhasa Normal School, the first school for teachers in Tibet, officially opened, and since then, Tibet University, Tibet Agriculture and Animal Husbandry University, Tibetan Traditional Medicine College and Tibet Vocational Technical College have also been established. A relatively complete modern education system covering pre-school education, basic education, vocational education, higher education, adult education, and special education has been formed in Tibet, and the right to education for all ethnic groups is fully guaranteed.

By 2017, a total of 1,239 kindergartens, 806 primary schools, 132 junior and high schools and seven universities and colleges had been built in Tibet. The number of graduates from all kinds of schools increased from 18,000 in 1959 to over 530,000 in 2017. Other places in China also yielded a fruitful outcome in educating students from Tibet. Now, classes and schools for Tibetan students have opened in 21 provinces and municipalities, which have cultivated over 36,000 graduates with a diploma of technical secondary school or above. In 1985, the country began to cover all food and boarding fees, as well as basic expenses for study, for children of farmers and herdsmen and those from urban families with financial difficulties, and raised the standard 18 times in later years. Since 2012, Tibet has fully implemented the 15-year compulsory education policy and the level of protection has continuously improved. In 2018, the net enrollment rate of primary schools reached 99.5 percent; the gross enrollment rate of middle schools reached 99.5 percent; high schools reached 82.3 percent; and universities and colleges reached 39.2 percent. Each person in Tibet received 9.55 years of education on average. Thank you.

China Daily:

The vice chairman just mentioned there are great changes in the medical industry in Tibet. Can you please give a detailed description of the changes? Thank you.

Ren Jingdong:

As we all know, there were only small-scale government-run medical institutions in the old Tibet, employing less than 100 people. What is worth noting also is that the limited medical resources then were restricted to aristocrats, higher-ranking officials and lamas. A large number of working-class people were unable to get treatment when they contracted diseases. Over the past 60 years, the backward medical services in Tibet have witnessed a fundamental change and have virtually improved and developed in sync with the rest of the country. With steady improvements in medical services, maternal and child health care, Tibetan clinics and medicine, and disease prevention and control, infectious diseases which had severely threatened the public health in the autonomous region had been basically under control by the end of 1970s. The mortality rate and incidence of infectious and endemic diseases had also been substantially reduced. In addition, a number of hospitals have since been renovated and upgraded, including hospitals at the autonomous region level, the prefectural level and 71 medical institutions at the county level. A four-tier medical service system (referring to the autonomous region, cities including prefectures, counties and townships) covering urban and rural areas has been established. Here, I want to stress that, under the special care of the CPC Central Committee, delegations of medical professionals have been dispatched to Tibet in recent years, which include medical staff from 17 provincial and municipal regions involved in a group support program to aid Tibet. Some of them are from renowned hospitals, such as the Peking Union Medical College Hospital, Peking University People's Hospital and Peking University Hospital. Those professionals have strongly promoted the development of the medical industry in Tibet. 

There is a substantial amount of facts and data in the White Paper. This series of facts fully shows that the right to health of all ethnic groups in Tibet has been effectively guaranteed. Thank you.

Economic Daily:

During the past few years, we have observed, that transportation in Tibet has undergone a big transformation. Would you please tell us whether the constructions of infrastructure in such large scales, like, the new railways and new roads, will affect the ecological environment in Tibet?

Luo Jie:

Thanks for your concern regarding the ecological environment in Tibet. As was mentioned by Mr. Norbu Dondrup, Tibet did not have a single decent road until the liberation. The modern roads, including, the Qinghai-Tibet Highway, the Sichuan-Tibet Highway and many other roads that connect Tibet to the surrounding areas were paved at one of the most difficult times in the country. However, since the democratic reform, the transport network, including, Xinjiang-Tibet Highway, Yunnan-Tibet Highway, China-Nepal Highway, has taken shape quickly. At the same time, the Sichuan-Tibet Highway and Qinghai-Tibet Highway were renovated with asphalts. Additionally, a highway connecting Lhasa, capital of Tibet, and Gongga Airport, was also completed. Moreover, in recent years, Tibet's transport system, consisting of highroads, railways and airlines has developed well. The mileage of its highways open to traffic reached 97,800 kilometers. The Qinghai-Tibet Railway and Lhasa-Shigatse Railway have been completed, while the Lhasa-Nyingchi Railway is currently laying rail tracks. There are 92 air routes in Tibet's five airports from both home and abroad.

However, neither infrastructure constructions nor resource exploration will shake Tibet's determination to prioritize environmental protection as its top concern. The major constructions should all abide by the eco-friendly evaluation system, and the counter-pollution facilities should be designed, built and put into use at the same time with the main projects. The Qinghai-Tibet Railway, a project best known for its eco-friendly endeavor, can be one such model.

The Tibet Plateau is located in the core area of the third pole of the Earth. Protecting the ecological environment of the Tibetan Plateau has important strategic significance for safeguarding the global ecological balance. Over the years, the central government and the local government of Tibet have always regarded the protection of the plateau ecological environment as a top priority. In this regard, we have also taken many specific measures:

First, we have increased our efforts to protect the local ecological environment. Tibet has formulated the "Measures of Tibet Autonomous Region's Implementation of Regulations of the People's Republic of China on Nature Reserves" and the "Measures on Supervision and Management of Ecological Environmental Protection in Tibet Autonomous Region." We have issued a number of guidelines concerning ecological conservation, such as, "Opinions on Building a Beautiful Tibet" and "Opinions on Building an Important National Shield for Ecological Security and Accelerating Ecological Progress." Those legitimate the conservation of natural reserves and wetlands, the protection of wild animals, the prevention and control of desertification and the return of farmland to forests and grassland.

Second, the total area of the ecological protection zones continues to expand. Since the establishment of Mount Qomolangma National Nature Reserve in 1988, Tibet has established 47 nature reserves with a total area of 412,200 square kilometers, accounting for 34.35 percent of the region's territorial area. In addition, 22 ecological function protection zones have been built, including one national-level zone. 36 counties have been included in the national key ecological function protection zones; and four national-level scenic spots, nine national forest parks, 22 national wetland parks and three national-level geological parks have been established. China continues to increase investment and implement ecological compensation policies for the costs of ecological environmental protection. Since 2001, the accumulated compensation funds have reached 31.6 billion yuan for forests, grasslands, wetlands and key ecological functional zones.

Third, is the continued restoration of biodiversity. Tibet has successively implemented the ecological security shield protection construction project and the afforestation project in the basins of the Yarlung Tsangpo, Nujiang, Lhasa, Nyangchu, Yalong, and Shiquan rivers. The effect of the ecological protection initiatives has been remarkable. At present, the forest covers 12.14 percent of the whole region, and the forest area is 16.02 million hectares, including forest land, shrub land and other woodland. The comprehensive vegetation coverage of natural grassland in the region reached 45.9 percent, the natural grassland area reached 88.93 million hectares, and the wetland area reached 6.53 million hectares. Tibet has 141 kinds of nationally and autonomous region-protected wild animals, 38 kinds of nationally protected plants, and 22 unique bird species. The important ecosystems in Tibet have thus been effectively protected.

At present, the structure of the various ecosystems in the Tibetan Plateau is stable, the ecological quality is stable and positive, and the quality of water, gas, sound, soil, radiation and the ecological environment are also in good condition. The water quality of major rivers and lakes such as the Yarlung Zangbo River and the Nujiang River is maintained as either Class I or Class II, and the quality of drinking water sources is good. The source areas of big rivers, grasslands, lakes, wetlands, natural forests, water ecology, geological relics and biodiversity are effectively protected. Most of the areas are still in their original state. Tibet is still one of the areas in the world with the best environmental quality. Thank you.

Hu Kaihong:

Today's press conference ends here. Thank you.

.

Read in Chinese

Speakers:
Luo Wen, deputy head of the National Development and Reform Commission;

Lin Shaochun, member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Guangdong Provincial Committee and executive vice governor of Guangdong province;

Matthew Cheung Kin-chung, chief secretary for Administration of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region;

Mi Jian, director of the Policy Research and Regional Development Service of the Macao Special Administrative Region

Chairperson:
Xi Yanchun, spokesperson for the State Council Information Office

Date:
Feb. 28, 2019

Xi Yanchun:

Ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. Welcome to this press conference. "The Outline Development Plan for the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area," recently released by the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) and the State Council, has received a lot of attention. To offer more information about the plan, today we are delighted to welcome four of the involved officials to explain the plan and answer your questions. They are Mr. Luo Wen, deputy head of the National Development and Reform Commission; Mr. Lin Shaochun, member of the Standing Committee of the CPC Guangdong Provincial Committee and executive vice governor of Guangdong province; Mr. Matthew Cheung Kin-chung, chief secretary for Administration of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region; and Mr. Mi Jian, director of the Policy Research and Regional Development Service of the Macao Special Administrative Region. Now, I'll give the floor to Mr. Luo.

Luo Wen:

Ladies and gentlemen, dear friends, Good afternoon!

Thank you for your attention and support to the development of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. Let me take this opportunity to express my sincere thanks to our friends from various sectors of society for their interest, understanding and support for this initiative.

Promoting the development of the Greater Bay Area is a major national strategy that General Secretary Xi Jinping has planned for, made decisions about and promoted in person. On July 1, 2017, he witnessed the signing of the Framework Agreement on Deepening Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Cooperation in the Development of the Bay Area between the National Development and Reform Commission (NDRC), and the governments of Guangdong Province, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and Macao Special Administrative Region, signaling the development of the Greater Bay Area was officially made a national strategy.

General Secretary Xi Jinping subsequently issued a number of important instructions on the development of the Greater Bay Area, clearly setting out the objective of "developing a vibrant and internationally competitive first-class bay area", showing clearly the direction for our future work. Different from other bay areas in the world, the development of the Greater Bay Area faces many new challenges as it will be carried out under the "one country, two systems", involving three customs areas using three different currencies, which is without precedent internationally. Therefore, it is not only an attempt to break new ground in pursuing opening-up on all fronts in the new era, but a further step in advancement of the practice of "one country, two systems". In formulating the outline development plan for the Greater Bay Area, we have always borne in mind the principle of "one country, two systems" and acted strictly in accordance with the Constitution and the Basic Laws, aiming to support the integration of the development of Hong Kong and Macao into the development of the country as a whole, fully leverage their unique advantages, promote cooperation to achieve win-win outcomes, give new impetus to their development, and provide strong support for the implementation of the innovation-driven development strategy and the building of a new system for an open economy. Based on these considerations, the outline development plan attaches special importance to the following four aspects:

First, taking into full consideration the overall development of the country when defining the strategic positioning of the Greater Bay Area. The [latter] plays an important role in China's reform, opening up, and socialist modernization. We have always kept the overall situation in mind, with a global vision in our study, and put forward five major strategic positions, so as to further enhance the Greater Bay Area's supporting and leading role in China's reform and opening up, and better serve the country's development strategy.

The second involves adhering to the principle of "one country, two systems" to maintain the long-term prosperity and stability of Hong Kong and Macao. The outline development plan stresses the importance of implementing the principle of "one country, two systems" and acting in strict adherence to the Constitution and the Basic Laws, with a focus on promoting coordinated and synergistic development of Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao, expanding the development space for the latter two, and enriching the practice of "one country, two systems".

The third aspect concerns fully leveraging the comparative advantages of Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao, and enhancing the region's international competitiveness. The outline development plan underlines the importance of properly leveraging the benefits of the "two systems" to stimulate institutional vitality and the market, and strengthen the core competitiveness of the Greater Bay Area.

The fourth aspect involves deepening reform to give play to the decisive role of market forces in resource allocation. The outline development plan highlights the critical role of innovation, with a focus on removing all institutional and systemic obstacles hindering cooperation and development of the Greater Bay Area. It strives to expedite early and pilot implementation of certain major reform measures in the Greater Bay Area and employ market-oriented, law-based measures to tackle problems in development.

Generally speaking, the main contents of the plan can be summarized as follows: One focus, one vision, seven priorities and four measures. "One focus" refers to supporting the integration of Hong Kong and Macao into the overall national development; "one vision" involves developing a vibrant and internationally competitive first-class bay area and build a role model of high-quality development; the "seven priorities" define the seven major areas for development, including building a globally influential international innovation and technology hub, and expediting infrastructural connectivity; the "four measures" involve strengthening organizational leadership, pressing ahead with the major tasks, preventing and mitigating risks, and broadening social participation.

In fact, we have been working with Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao, as well as relevant departments to advance development of the Greater Bay Area in an orderly way. For example, the infrastructure connectivity of the Greater Bay Area has been enhanced. The Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Bridge has officially opened to traffic, and the Hong Kong section of the Guangzhou-Shenzhen-Hong Kong Express Rail Link has also started operation. Construction of an international innovation and technology hub is progressing steadily, with the development of the "Guangzhou-Shenzhen-Hong Kong-Macao" innovation and technology corridor. Progress has been achieved in investment facilitation, trade liberalization and facilitation of the flow of people and goods, and the extent of market integration in the Greater Bay Area has been greatly enhanced. Policies and measures facilitating Hong Kong and Macao residents to live and work on the Chinese mainland have been introduced, and the sense of fulfillment and well-being of residents in the Greater Bay Area has been greatly enhanced.

Next, we will act in accordance with the decisions and plans of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council, step up communication and coordination, meticulously organize the implementation, and carry out the follow-up analysis and evaluation, so as to fulfill all tasks set in the outline development plan.

We firmly believe that, under the strong leadership of the CPC Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at the core, we will advance the development of the Greater Bay Area step by step and move toward the objective of building it into an international first-class bay area with the joint efforts of various areas, all departments and different sectors of society.

Thank you!

Xi Yanchun:

I'll give the floor to Mr. Lin Shaochun.

Lin Shaochun:

Ladies, gentlemen and friends of the media, hello everyone! I'm glad to meet with you here. Thanks for everyone's attention and support for the efforts made by Guangdong province to advance the construction of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. Now, I will give a brief introduction of the latest progress of the initiative.

A mechanism of coordination has been established. A steering group of Guangdong province to promote Greater Bay Area construction was established, with provincial Party secretary Li Xi and the provincial governor, Ma Xingrui, assuming the roles of director and executive deputy director. In addition, six special task forces were assembled to coordinate work in key areas. The province also formulated a series of matching policies implementing the Outline Development Plan for the Guangdong-HongKong-Macao Greater Bay Area with systematic approaches.

Scientific and technological innovation and cooperation have been deepening in the Greater Bay Area. Phased work on the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Technology Innovation Cooperation Zone has been progressing smoothly. The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology has set up a branch campus in Nansha district of Guangzhou city. In Shenzhen a total of 6 higher education institutions from Hong Kong have set up 72 scientific research facilities. A total of 151 programs were jointly built by Guangdong and Hong Kong to offer financial aid to promote innovation. Policies were issued to offer guidelines for the overseas use of Guangdong provincial financial funds for scientific research.

Significant growth has been seen in infrastructure construction and interconnectivity. The Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Bridge opened to traffic last October. The Guangzhou-Shenzhen-Hong Kong Express Rail Link has been put into use and offers a co-location arrangement at West Kowloon Station. The Shenzhen-Zhongshan Link is under construction. And the entry port of Hengqin in Zhuhai started to provide 24-hour customs clearance services.

The local business environment has been shifting to meet growing needs. Guangdong province opened 153 service industry sectors to Hong Kong and Macao compatriots, accounting for 95.6 percent of the 160 categories classified by the World Trade Organization. The procedures for opening a business now take no more than 5 working days.

Interconnectivity in the finance sector is steadily advancing. China UnionPay's Quick Pass application mode has reached Hong Kong and Macao. WeChat Pay Hong Kong started to provide local users with mobile payment services in the Chinese mainland. And for the first time, Guangdong and Macao jointly set up a 20 billion-yuan (first phase) fund for cooperation and development.

Residents of Hong Kong and Macao now enjoy increasing convenience when working and living in Guangdong through 53 measures issued to facilitate the construction of the Greater Bay Area. Fifty higher education institutions in the province have been enabled to enroll students from Hong Kong and Macao. The number of medical facilities with Hong Kong and Macao investment has now reached 48. The number of accepted applications for residence permits for Hong Kong and Macao residents has reached 90,000.

In the future, Guangdong will deepen its understanding of General Secretary Xi Jinping's expositions on the construction of the Greater Bay Area, position the project as the main driving force of reform and opening-up in the province, and fulfill the important duty of the construction of the Greater Bay Area. Guangdong expects to make its due contribution to integrate the development of Hong Kong and Macao into the overall development of the country and to facilitate the quality economic growth of the country.

Thank you all!

Xi Yanchun:

Now, let's invite Mr. Matthew Cheung Kin-chung to give us an introduction.

Matthew Cheung Kin-chung:

Ladies and gentlemen, friends,

The development of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area (Greater Bay Area) is a national strategy that was planned, arranged and promoted by President Xi Jinping in person. It is not only an attempt to break ground by pursuing opening up on all fronts in the new era, but also a further step in pushing forward the practice of "one country, two systems." By further deepening cooperation, it aims to promote coordinated economic development in the region, to make use of the complementary advantages of the three places, and to further enhance the Greater Bay Area's supporting and leading role in the nation's economic development and opening up policy.

"One country, two systems" is the advantage of Hong Kong in the Greater Bay Area, and serves as an important foundation for the Greater Bay Area to go global. Chinese leaders commonly reiterate the principle of "one country, two systems," under which the people of Hong Kong govern themselves with a high degree of autonomy. Promoting the development of the Greater Bay Area enriches the practice of "one country, two systems," which is conducive to maintaining Hong Kong's long-term prosperity and stability. It will not blur the boundary of the "two systems" like some people fear, nor will it affect Hong Kong's status as a separate customs territory.

Under the "one country, two systems" policy, Hong Kong enjoys unique dual advantages. Even as part of the country, it has its own economic, legal and social systems. It is a highly open and international city with an inviting and convenient business environment and excellent professional services. We can join these advantages of Hong Kong to the vast market, complete industrial system, strong technological presence and other advantages of the nine mainland cities in the Greater Bay Area. By promoting the coordinated development of the Greater Bay Area, Hong Kong will further enhance its status as an international financial, shipping and trade center, as well as an international aviation hub.

Hong Kong will be an active participant, facilitator and promoter. It can share its rich experience in international connections with the mainland and help introduce foreign investors. It can also work with mainland enterprises to jointly explore overseas markets and seek out development opportunities, and consequently, to promote the economic growth of both sides and achieve mutually beneficial results.

Xi Yanchun:

Thank you, Mr. Zhang. Now, Mr. Mi Jian, please.

Mi Jian:

Good afternoon. I'm going to talk about our understandings of the outline development plan from the perspective of the Macao SAR.

Firstly, the outline development plan bestows Macao with a new historic mission and new responsibilities. We find there are 49 items in the outline development plan concerning the Macao SAR, highlighting the importance of Macao during the development and construction of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. Let me summarize this aspect under four headings.

First, it lists Macao as one of the four principal cities involved in the development and construction of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, making it a "core engine" for regional development. For a small area like Macao to undertake such a significant role shows the central government's trust in us and its sense of anticipation.

Second, the 12th and 13th Five-Year plans clarified Macao's roles as a global tourism and leisure center, as well as an economic and trade cooperation platform between China and Lusophone countries. This has been stressed again in the outline development plan.

Third, it calls on Macao to develop into a base for exchange and cooperation where Chinese culture is the mainstream but co-existing with diverse cultures. This reflects a high appreciation of the historical position and distinctive culture of Macao, as well as the successful co-existence of diversified cultures.

Fourth, one of the key goals of the outline development plan is to pursue the development of the "Guangzhou-Shenzhen-Hong Kong-Macao" innovation and technology corridor, where Macao becomes one of the supporting points. These four aspects summarize the positioning and the mission given to Macao, reflecting its responsibility as well as the challenges it faces.

In addition, the release and implementation of the outline development plan will bring a once-in-a-thousand-year chance for Macao's development. If Macao can seize this opportunity, proactively participate in the development and construction of the greater bay area, it will surely achieve "leapfrog development" of itself, and diversified economic and social development in this process. This would create conditions and lay a solid foundation for the prosperity and stability of Macao as well as ensuring better lives for future generations. That's a social and historical responsibility the Macao SAR government must undertake. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

Thank you, Mr. Mi. Now, the floor is open to questions. Please identify your media organizations before asking questions.

CCTV:

Under the practice of "one country, two systems," Hong Kong and Macao have different social and legal systems than Guangdong. They are separate customs territories. So, the Greater Bay Area faces various challenges in its development. What measures will be taken to promote the development of the area given the policy of "one country, two systems?" Thank you.

Luo Wen:

Thank you for your question. The biggest difference between the Greater Bay Area and other international first-class bay areas is that under the practice of "one country, two systems," it is recognized that Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao are three separate customs territories with three different currencies and legal systems. This means there are both advantages and challenges in its development. Hong Kong and Macao are developed market economies and free trade ports. Their economic performance, social governance, rules and standards, and government administration are more in line with international practice. Guangdong is the largest provincial economy on the Chinese mainland and also a forerunner of reform and opening up. Hong Kong, Macao and Guangdong, forming the bay area, however, do share the same cultural roots. Their people also have close ties and similar customs. Each of them has their own advantages in terms of economic development. Synergy is bound to be achieved as long as they can foster close cooperation. Meanwhile, the Greater Bay Area is also confronted with challenges in regard to scientific and technological innovation, the flow of production factors, and the alignment of systems and mechanisms.

Looking forward, we will focus on the following areas in our work to promote the development of the Greater Bay Area.

First, we need to uphold the principle of "one country, two systems." What has happened fully demonstrates that "one country, two systems" is the best institutional arrangement to ensure long-term prosperity and stability of Hong Kong and Macao. It is imperative to fully and faithfully implement the policies of "one country, two systems," "the people of Hong Kong governing Hong Kong," "the people of Macao governing Macao," and a high degree of autonomy being granted to the two regions. It is also imperative to maintain a strategic resolve, enhance confidence, unswervingly implement the policy of "one country, two systems" and make sure that it is fully applied without being bent or distorted in any way.

Second, we have to act in accordance with the law. The Greater Bay Area has a unique developmental environment and great policy sensitivity. We will act strictly in accordance with the Constitution and the basic laws of the two special administrative regions, particularly respecting their social and legal systems and the high degree of autonomy granted to them. When handling issues related to Hong Kong and Macao, we will solicit and adopt constructive suggestions from figures from SAR governments and all the other sectors of society, to ensure the legitimacy of procedures, the integration of power and responsibility, and the compliance with laws and regulations.

Third, it is necessary to fully leverage the role of the market. We will ensure it plays a decisive role in resource allocation, and we will continue to free our minds and reduce administrative intervention. We will make greater use of market mechanisms to allocate and integrate quality resources around the globe, in an effort to create a stable, fair, transparent and predictable business environment. We will deepen mutually beneficial cooperation among Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao, in such fields as trade, business, technology, education, personnel exchanges, youth development, infrastructure connectivity and platform building.

Four, we intend to promote innovation in institutions and mechanisms. We will utilize the systemic strengths of "one country, two systems," the unique strengths of Hong Kong and Macao, as well as the strengths displayed in the early and pilot implementation of reform and opening up in Guangdong, to properly handle possible obstacles resulting from the differences of the "two systems." We will attach importance to innovation, explore ways to enhance synergy of different systems, build "bridges" connecting policies, so as to facilitate the flow of resources and production factors, as well as the integrated development of the markets among Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao.

Matthew Cheung Kin-chung:

Hong Kong has a special advantage under the "one country, two systems" principle. We have sound rule of law and extensive international connections. We are an international financial center, enjoy a predominant geographical position and have a free and open market. We come out top in rankings on international competitiveness. Hong Kong has been ranked as the world's freest economy for 25 consecutive years. The "one country, two systems" practice is an asset for Hong Kong in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, as well as a key for the bay area to connect with the international community. The Hong Kong SAR government will continue to implement the principle of "one country, two systems" and do its utmost to contribute to the construction of the bay area. Hong Kong will integrate the country's needs with its own strengths, and let the market play its full role. Keeping in view the bigger picture of the country's development, Hong Kong will also seek new growth points for its economy and provide a better life and development opportunities for its citizens. The outline development plan makes clear that Hong Kong's role as an international financial, shipping and trade center as well as as an international aviation hub will be cemented and strengthened. In addition, according to the plan, innovation and high technology will be encouraged here, and the city will establish itself as the center for international legal and dispute resolution services in the Asia-Pacific region. All of this will help Hong Kong build itself into a more competitive global metropolis.

Thanks.

Mi Jian:

You've raised a core question and it is not the first time we have been asked this. Indeed, we will have to address the "one country, two systems" arrangement during the economic integration process in the bay area, otherwise it will impact everything. It took a long while for the outline development plan to roll out, and a lot of study about Macao has been done along the way. How do we practically address this quite complicated issue now that the outline development plan is released? At present it seems the best way out is to simplify, but as to how to simplify is still under discussion.

As to the answer to your question, you can find it in President Xi's remarks at his meeting with the Hong Kong and Macao delegations on last year's event marking the country's reform and opening-up. The essential ideas are: first, Hong Kong and Macao played an irreplaceable role in the Chinese mainland's reform and opening-up process; second, the biggest reason behind their irreplaceable role was exactly the "one country, two systems" principle; and, third, Hong Kong and Macao are expected to continue to contribute to the country's new round of reform and opening-up, and the precondition of this is, of course, "one country, two systems." Therefore, the key to the success of this round of reform and opening-up is to continue practicing "one country, two systems." The new round of reform and opening-up is actually closely related with the construction of the bay area. You don't have to be too worried about this.

The Southern Daily:

Here is my question: Hong Kong and Macao are home to numerous research and higher educational institutes, where there are plenty of talented young people desiring innovative jobs or eager to establishing start-ups in the mainland. At the same time, the Outline has stipulated that the Greater Bay Area should support young people from Hong Kong and Macao to get employed or establish their own businesses. Therefore, I would like to know what achievements Guangdong province has made in shaping up incubator facilities backing innovation and entrepreneurship? What measures are in the pipeline? Besides, how can the governments of Hong Kong and Macao SARs assist their young people to seize the opportunities emerging from development of the Greater Bay Area?

Lin Shaochun:

Thanks for your questions. Young people from Hong Kong and Macao have always been welcome to work or start their own businesses in Guangdong province. According to incomplete statistics, over 360 start-up teams of young people from Hong Kong and Macao have settled in Nansha of Guangzhou, Qianhai of Shenzhen, and Hengqin of Zhuhai, since the establishment of relevant support platforms. These start-up teams are involved in cyberspace development, finance, science and technology, biology and medicines, and they have created job opportunities for nearly 4,000 people and made significant achievements. From now, the Guangdong government will upgrade the platforms and improve relevant policies on stimulating start-ups and increasing the number of jobs available. To be specific, we will improve platform functions in the following aspects: First, we will establish a base at provincial level in the Greater Bay Area for young people from Hong Kong and Macao to work for innovation concerns or start their own businesses. At the same time, we are seeking insightful exploration of the existing platforms in Qianhai, Nansha and Hengqin, summarizing their operational experiences to offer more precise services in future. We'll expand the platforms to other six cities within the Greater Bay Area. Therefore, there will be 12 platforms in total to help young people from Hong Kong and Macao to develop their careers.

Meanwhile, our policies are designed to improve relevant backup services. First, Guangdong province is addressing employment and start-up services with supportive policies and positive fiscal measures, targeting all young people from Hong Kong and Macao working in the Area. We plan to buttress the policies for encouraging local young people to seek jobs or start their own businesses in the province, which can also be applied to the young people from Hong Kong and Macao, and we will offer our support as long as they abide by the laws. Second, we will create a convenient business environment, streamlining administrative registration and providing a one-stop service for them, as we find they are unfamiliar with how to handle their tax obligations or apply for bank loans. Third, we will continue to review the supportive policies concerning their accommodation, medical insurance and taxation. In this regard, we are conducting holistic analysis and thorough research. All in all, young people from Hong Kong and Macao are welcome to seek employment or carry out a business in Guangdong, where we offer our all-around support to them. We hope they can make great achievements here.

Thank you!

Matthew Cheung Kin-chung:

The Hong Kong SAR Government attaches great importance to the development of young people, who are nothing less than our future and our hopes. We hope that young people in Hong Kong will carry the concept of the country, love for Hong Kong, and a vision for the world. We also hope that they can aim high and look far, exploring opportunities outside of Hong Kong.

We encourage Hong Kong youth to participate in the development of the Greater Bay Area, and we strive to provide more space for development and opportunities for Hong Kong's innovative and entrepreneurial young talent. We strive to make the Greater Bay Area a world-class international platform for innovation and entrepreneurship, while promoting the upward mobility of Hong Kong youth and enabling them to participate in the overall development of the Greater Bay Area and the country.

The Hong Kong SAR Government will integrate the innovative and entrepreneurial resources in the Greater Bay Area and build a sustainable ecosystem to support Hong Kong youth's innovation and entrepreneurship, using the region's youth innovation and entrepreneurship base as its core.

Specifically speaking, the Hong Kong SAR Government will work with non-government organizations to provide entrepreneurial Hong Kong youths with subsidies, support, counselling, guidance and incubation services, as well as work with the Guangdong provincial government to set up a Greater Bay Area Hong Kong Youth Innovation and Entrepreneurship Base Alliance, and to build a one-stop publicity and compatible platform to support Hong Kong entrepreneurs to develop and settle in the Greater Bay Area.

Thank you.

Mi Jian:

The Macao SAR Government attaches great importance to youth work. This is not only a topic in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, but has also been a key task for us for a long time.

As a department that provides advice to the Chief Executive for decision-making and government administration, we are deeply aware of the SAR Government's input in this regard. When the Chief Executive led a government delegation to visit nine cities in the Greater Bay Area last year, he took a special youth delegation along to follow the government delegation on their tour in the region.

Last year we also held a youth forum in the Greater Bay Area. At the forum, young people from the region were given the opportunity to exchange ideas, and in particular, the forum made the young people from Macao realize the demands and challenges facing them on the advent of the Greater Bay Area.

More than a hundred years ago, there was a saying by Liang Qichao that everyone in the room knows: "When young people are strong, China will be strong." We also pointed out at the forum that the future Greater Bay Area is the Greater Bay Area of the youth. So if the young people in the Greater Bay Area are strong, the Greater Bay Area will be strong.

In this regard, the SAR Government has done a lot of work. First, we have implemented the "Thousand Talents Plan" which allows young people to participate in exchanges and study in the mainland, so as to prepare them for innovation and entrepreneurship. The young people in Macao are largely accustomed to staying in their comfort zone and are unwilling to step out. Now we will tell them, you must face this era and embrace the era of the Greater Bay Area.

Second, we have implemented the youth's Greater Bay Area innovation and entrepreneurship program. Third, we provide an interest-free business loan with a ceiling of 300,000 yuan to support young people's enterprises. Many young people rely on this government policy to go to Hengqin and other cities in the Greater Bay Area to start their businesses.

Fourth, for several consecutive years, the "Macao Youth Entrepreneurship & Innovation Delegation" has been organized to study innovation and entrepreneurship experiences in the mainland. Fifth, we have set up a one-stop youth innovation and entrepreneurship platform in Zhongshan. In addition, Governor Lin said just now that we provide practice platforms for young people in Hengqin, Nansha and Qianhai. There are many specific tasks involved that I won't elaborate at this time.

Ta Kung Pao:

The outline development plan calls for strengthening strategic emerging industries and nurturing particular major industry projects such as 5G technology. We wonder if the 5G technology will be commercially used first in the Hong Kong and Macao regions? Thank you.

Luo Wen:

5G is regarded as one of the core technologies representing the new round of technological revolution and industrial transformation. It is also the strategic information infrastructure for the Internet of Things and human-machine interaction. China has placed great importance on the development of 5G technology and is stepping up the commercial use of this technology. In accordance with the requirements of high-quality development, relevant departments are improving coordination and enhancing policy guidance, so as to make a primary plan to promote 5G research and its commercial application, which relies on the dominant role of enterprises and focuses on industry development. We support the enhanced synergy and exchange between enterprises of the Greater Bay Area and encourage them to share their achievements. We encourage telecom operators in Hong Kong and Macao to make commercial use of 5G technology and make the technology better serve the residents there. In the next stage we will, together with other involved departments, proactively advance the work in this regard. Thank you.

Xinhua News Agency:

We know that the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area is actively building an international science and technology innovation center. Presently, the Outline Development Plan lists this center as one of specific tasks in the first chapter. My question is why the central government is supporting Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao to jointly build this innovation center? What is the next step in the project, and how will the three places move it forward? Thank you.

Luo Wen:

Thank you for your question. General Secretary Xi Jinping once described the vision of the construction of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area: It will be a dynamic and internationally competitive first-class bay area and a model for high-quality development. To achieve this, building an international science and technology innovation center is a top priority, a key of all keys, and this is one of the most agreed-upon and advantageous parts of the construction of the Greater Bay Area. It shoulders the historical responsibility of setting a new high point for innovation and development in our country, and driving the Pearl River Delta region to take the lead in achieving innovation and transformation. The reason why the central government should support Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao to jointly build an international science and technology innovation center is mainly based on the following three aspects:

First, there is an urgent need to improve the overall layout of China's regional innovation and to accelerate the shift of economic development to becoming innovation-driven.

The Greater Bay Area's science and technology innovation center follows the examples set by the two science and technology innovation centers in Beijing and Shanghai, and has been planned, arranged and promoted by General Secretary Xi Jinping in person.Through the construction of the science and technology center, we can fast-track the full integration of scientific and technological innovation into the real economy, modern finance and human resources. We can also promote the economic aggregates of these three massive urban clusters — Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei, Yangtze River Delta, and Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area — which account for nearly 40 percent of the country's economy, to be built into an innovative economy, in turn leading the transformation of China's economy as a whole into one that is driven by innovation.

Second, we will give full play to the comparative advantages of Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao and maintain the fundamental requirements for long-term prosperity and stability in Hong Kong and Macao. Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao complement each other powerfully in terms of innovation. By co-constructing the science and technology innovation center, Hong Kong and Macao's advantages in basic research, talent cultivation, modern finance and knowledge-intensive services will be amplified. This will then interact with Guangdong's real economy, extending the industrial chain and innovation chain, opening up broad market space and maintaining long-term prosperity and stability in Hong Kong and Macao.

Third, we will make use of Hong Kong and Macao's internationalization, and drive the Greater Bay Area to accelerate their incorporation into the global innovation network. Hong Kong and Macao are two of the world's free trade ports, with flexible market mechanisms and a high degree of internationalization. They have established extensive innovation connections with major countries and regions around the world. By co-constructing the science and technology innovation center, they will attract high-level innovative talent, enterprises and scientific research institutions to gather in the Greater Bay Area, which will encourage the enterprises, technologies and standards of the Greater Bay Area to venture out and deeply integrate into that global innovation network.

In the next step, based on the decisions and deployments made by the central government, the National Development and Reform Commission (NDRC) will coordinate with other relevant departments, as well as with Guangdong province, Hong Kong and Macao, to build a splendid scientific and technological innovation center for the Greater Bay Area in the following aspects:

First, we need to establish an appropriate working mechanism. According to the deployment of the State Council, the NDRC will set up a team designated to work for the scientific and technological innovation center under the leadership of the Greater Bay Area Construction Leading Group. It will coordinate the work on how to chart roadmaps, develop policies, distribute assignments and allocate resources. With the support from relevant departments and local governments, the innovation center can be run jointly from top to bottom.

Second, we will devise coordinated policies. We support the pilot operations of innovative cooperation zones in Shenzhen and Hong Kong, in Zhuhai's Hengqin, and in Guangzhou's Nansha, spearheaded in the policies designed to protect Intellectual Property Rights, supervising markets, developing scientific and technological finance, creating talent pools and encouraging high-tech applications. We will establish cross-border platforms to facilitate the flow of various elements, facilities, creative development and people-to-people interconnectedness, bringing deepened innovation-centered structural reform not only to the Greater Bay Area but also the country as a whole.

Third, we want to ensure that the major programs run well. Based on the scientific and technological innovative corridor comprising Guangzhou, Shenzhen, HK and Macao, we plan to make good use of central governmental, regional and social resources, spending them on a number of infrastructure developments for major scientific and technological projects, interdisciplinary research platforms and frontier high-tech innovation centers. We want to bring about a batch of high-quality innovations, establish a host of highly internationalized sci-tech centers, leading more regional and social investment and attracting top-end higher educational institutes, research and R&D centers to develop in the Greater Bay Area, upgrading the scope and prominence of regional sci-tech centers.

Fourth, we intend to deepen reform and cooperate for expanded innovation. We want to remove the obstacles that affect the easy elemental flow of talents, technologies, funds, facilities, information, data and samples and support deepened cooperation among Guangdong, HK and Macao. The reform at the pilot zone level can be escalated to a higher standard and expanded to more extensive spectrums so that the communication, exchanges and innovative cooperation of the three regions can take on a new shape. We will fully adhere to the internationalization drive, grasping and making full use of global resources, to support the enterprises, standards, technologies and products to go abroad and expand the dimensions of innovation, cooperation and openness.

Lin Shaochun:

As far as I know, scientific and technological innovation in the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area is not only a necessity to lead economic development, but also for strengthening areas of weakness. The Greater Bay Area covers an area of 56,000 square kilometers, has a population of more than 70 million, and an aggregate economy now valued at more than US$1.5 trillion.

Compared with other bay areas in the world, such as the San Francisco Bay Area, there are shortcomings in our technological innovation. Key laboratories and scientific and technological institutions in Stanford University, University of California, Berkeley and the University of California are highly developed. The Tokyo Bay Area, where the University of Tokyo is located, is also home to many Nobel Prize winners.

The Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area enjoys special favors from nature, and has a large population, an industrial system complete with all necessary departments, and a very well-developed manufacturing sector. From a strategic perspective, the central government has put science and technology in first place to lead local development, which is, I think, very much to the point.

Guangdong still has a long way to go, and I would like to explain this point in more detail. While implementing central government decisions, the province will promote the establishment and improvement of cross-border scientific research cooperation systems. Guangdong has its own advantages, as do Hong Kong and Macao. Guangdong's advantages include a complete range of scientific research and industrial application systems, which can pool resources to get the big jobs done. The advantages of Hong Kong and Macao's include high-end scientific research forces and high-level internationalization and marketization. So, how can we combine the advantages of all partners?

First, we will establish a cooperative mechanism to bring the various advantages into full play. We will organize and guide all the major enterprises, research institutes and universities in the Greater Bay Area to deepen their basic and applied basic research, and to participate in the key projects launched in Guangdong. According to General Secretary Xi Jinping's instructions to Guangdong, the projects will cover nine aspects – generation of new information technology, equipment manufacturing, biomedicine, a green low carbon approach in development, the digital economy, new materials, the marine economy, engineering technology and seedling industry of modern agriculture.

Second, we will work in close cooperation with Hong Kong and Macao to build a science and technology innovation corridor linking Guangzhou, Shenzhen, Hong Kong and Macao. The project will focus on accelerating the building of the necessary technological infrastructure and frontier subject research platforms. At the same time, we will build the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Science and Technology Innovation Cooperation Zone, the Sino-Singapore Guangzhou Knowledge City, the Nansha-Qingsheng Science and Technology Industrial Park, and Hengqin Traditional Chinese Medicine Industrial Park as the bases to speed up the commercialization of R&D achievements.

Third, we will explore ways to strengthen resource sharing and promote the exchanges of innovative elements. We will no longer impose restrictions on financial research funds in Guangdong. That means financial funds in Guangdong to support scientific research can be used across the border to Hong Kong and Macao. Moreover, scientific research institutions and laboratories in Guangdong will be fully open to Hong Kong and Macao compatriots. If Hong Kong and Macao universities and research institutes need to use the equipment in Guangdong, they can simply apply. For example, Dongguan's spallation neutron source will be fully open to research institutions from Hong Kong and Macao.

In the next step, under the leadership of the CPC Central Committee, we will further strengthen communication with Hong Kong and Macao, and do more research on supportive policies and measures in scientific and technological innovation. Thank you.

Matthew Cheung Kin-chung:

Hong Kong possesses world-class universities, a strong research capacity, a sound judicial system and intellectual property rights protection system. Hong Kong can make use of its international business environment to pool resources from the mainland and other parts of the world. While attracting international innovation enterprises into the Greater Bay Area, we will also help mainland technology start-ups to "go global," in an effort to promote the development of an international innovation and technology hub. This HKSAR government attaches great importance to innovation and technology, and has earmarked HK $100 billion, or 86.1 billion yuan, for this work. Hong Kong is ready to play an important role in building the Greater Bay Area into an international innovation and technology hub. The HKSAR government sincerely thanks the Central Government for supporting Hong Kong's development of innovation and technology. In the instructions made by President Xi Jinping last May, he said that Hong Kong has a strong science and technology foundation and a large group of high-tech talents; and he praised the contributions made by the Hong Kong sci-tech community to the development of the SAR and the country. He also affirmed support for Hong Kong's development as an international innovation and technology hub. In the past year, the Central Government introduced a number of concrete measures to support Hong Kong, including cross-border allocation of national research foundations, and the decision to set up schools and institutions affiliated with the Chinese Academy of Sciences, as well as placing some of its research institutes at the two innovation and technology platforms established in the Hong Kong Science Park.

Looking ahead, we will intensify our efforts to promote the development of an international innovation and technology hub. The following are the specific measures: first, to support the development of the Hong Kong-Shenzhen Innovation and Technology Park in the Lok Ma Chau Loop; second, to establish a base for research and cooperation by attracting first-class Chinese and foreign companies, research institutes and universities; third, to actively advance the establishment of two innovation and technology platforms on "medical technologies" and "AI & robots" in the Hong Kong Science Park. Our efforts to encourage technological innovation focus on four sectors, namely: biotechnology, AI, smart city and FinTech. The HKSAR government will continue to develop the necessary innovation and technology infrastructure, attract talents, facilitate R&D and promote "re-industrialization," and increase support for the scientific community. I would like to emphasize that the past year has seen remarkable improvement in the innovation environment of Hong Kong. Thank you.

Mi Jian:

Earlier I was introducing Macao's role in the construction of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area and I mentioned a "corridor" of international technological innovation linking Guangzhou, Shenzhen, Hong Kong and Macao that is envisioned in the Outline Development Plan for the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. It makes us proud that Macao is seen as an important link of the corridor.

Macao's situation may not be able to compare to what was described by Mr. Lin and Mr. Zhang. However, the city is home to four State key laboratories and this is something special among the city clusters in the Pearl River Delta, especially in the cities along the western banks of the river. Now, the Macao Special Administrative Region government is seeking to enhance cooperation with other cities in the Greater Bay Area via the four laboratories, and exploring cooperation plans.

The Macao SAR government has placed the project in a very important position. Last year, it established a working committee for the construction of the Greater Bay Area. This year we have created a special task force for technological innovation and smart city development, which will be responsible for a series of technological innovation programs to be carried out in the future.

The development of technological innovation carriers and platforms will be accelerated, including the Traditional Chinese Medicine Science and Technology Industrial Park of Co-operation between Guangdong and Macao, located in the Hengqin New Area of Zhuhai, and the platform for development of TCM science and technology industrial park.

Investment in the higher education sector has been taking up a sizable portion of Macao's entire GDP. In recent years, the SAR government has invested heavily in both higher education and scientific research, and it plans to increase input to help higher education institutions and research facilities to actively participate in the development of the Greater Bay Area.

Macao now plans to strengthen cooperation with the Ministry of Science and Technology and the China Association for Science and Technology. By utilizing the technological strengths of the mainland will enable Macao to fulfill its historic responsibility of constituting the envisioned international technological innovation corridor in the Greater Bay Area.

My answer to the reporter's question is that it is in line with the trend of the times for the Outline Development Plan for the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area to make international scientific and technological innovation a core aspect. We may say that the Outline Development Plan reflects a deep insight of the global trend. Everyone can see from the recent changes of the world that future socioeconomic development cannot do without the development of science and technology. Only through continued efforts in scientific and technological innovation can our country realize fast growth in manufacturing and the real economy and present a stronger image on the global stage.

Thank You.

Radio Television Hong Kong:

I would like to know how you plan to ease the pressure on Hong Kong and Macao in the process of integration while developing the Greater Bay Area, and what measures will be taken to ensure Hong Kong and Macao residents participate in the development of the Greater Bay Area without concerns? Thank you.

Luo Wen:

Thank you for your question. General Secretary Xi stressed the importance of formulating and improving policies and measures to make it more convenient for Hong Kong and Macao residents to pursue career development on the Chinese mainland, and develop "one-hour living circles." This is the very response to the people's expectations and their pressing need. These measures will continue to address people's growing needs for a better life.

There is a special chapter in the development plan regarding development of a quality circle for living, working and traveling in the Greater Bay Area. It calls for active construction of the "one-hour living circle." In this regard, we will adopt three specific measures:

The first is infrastructure construction. We will promote establishment of an infrastructural network with a rational layout, comprehensive functions, smooth connections and efficient operations, so as to achieve an average one-hour commuting between the major cities in the Greater Bay Area.

The second is customs clearance facilitation. We will continuously raise the level of convenience in the use of the Mainland Travel Permit for Hong Kong and Macao residents through the means of digitalization and informatization. We will increase the number of automatic clearance channels for inbound and outbound travelers at major land control points, so as to achieve 24-hour customs clearance at more ports. We will also enhance collaboration between Mainland customs authorities and those of Hong Kong and Macao to further enhance efficiency of cross-border logistics.

The third is about public services. We will enhance the dovetailing of cross-boundary public services and social security, and facilitate reductions and even removal in long-distance and roaming charges for mobile phones in Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao. We will also enable eligible children of Hong Kong and Macao residents to enjoy the same rights as Mainland residents regarding compulsory education and senior secondary education, and improve the linkage mechanism for emergency medical rescue services to provide residents in the Greater Bay Area with timely, efficient and convenient public services.

Mi Jian:

I understand the point of your question from the Macao perspective. First, there is a need to face the increasingly open trend of the times. No city can progress if it closes itself off, and we have to deal with some pressure from this process. In recent years, Hong Kong and Macao have seen the entry of large numbers of tourists. I noticed that Macao was full of people during the Spring Festival, and Hong Kong faced similar pressure; however, as I have often discussed with young people, the reason why Macao is where it is today is that it is an open and international city. The same applies to Hong Kong. Therefore, we must mentally prepare ourselves for the pressure brought by the flow of people with development of the Greater Bay Area. However, that does not mean we will do nothing about it and let it continue unchecked. This must be avoided, and requires the wisdom of government departments. It is also necessary for the three places to cooperate. However, all in all, it is a trend that we must face. Thank you.

Xi Yanchun:

The development plan aims to enable the people of the three regions to live a better life. It will also take into account the needs of the three places in various aspects.

TDM:

The outline plan mentioned that Macao is required to work together with adjacent cities on disaster prevention. My question is how that work, which involves Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao, is going so far. Thanks.

Lin Shaochun:

Thank you for the question. In the Greater Bay Area, Guangdong and Macao share close cooperation in this regard. I believe you must be aware of the typhoon in 2017, which led to two days of blackouts and seawater encroachment in the area. The challenge is how to prevent natural disasters. We have made efforts as follows. First, we have built a meteorological information sharing system to forecast inclement weather. The three places have joined this system, which can accurately forecast weather disasters and related information.

Second, we have formed a mechanism that requires us inform each other of pertinent and timely information before disasters occur. That is to say, Guangdong must keep related departments in Hong Kong and Macao advised of relevant information, and vice versa. By this process, the three locations need to collaborate with each other to resolve disaster prevention problems together. We discuss the issues together.

Third, more specifically, we have installed a two-circuit electrical supply in Macao, improving the reliability of Macao's electricity through underground cable. Additionally, you may be interested in the tide gates. Fernando Chui, chief executive of Macao, cares profoundly about this issue, and he came to Ma Xingrui, Guangdong's provincial governor, to talk about it. Guangdong supports Macao initiating the work. After the project is approved, the two sides will assess its ecological and environmental influences and conduct accurate monitoring and measuring of astronomic tide data, in a bid to roll out an effective prevention and control method. We are building these mechanisms and will continuously improve relevant facilities, working together to effectively prevent and control natural disasters. Thank you.

Mi Jian:

Let me supplement by talking about some of the work done by Macao. Your question relates to Typhoon Hato on Aug. 23, 2017, which caused the loss of life and property in Macao. The disaster shook the special administrative region, and offered a profound lesson to the SAR government. Consequently, within three months, the design of the tide gate was approved. Chui, the chief executive of Macao, has been involved in the entire process, collaborating with Ma Xingrui and Lin Shaochun, Guangdong's provincial governor and vice-governor. The project is supported by the Ministry of Water Resources, and has demonstrated high efficiency in regional cooperation.

As for now, the draft of our 10-year disaster prevention and reduction plan has undergone six revisions. A critical component is the tide gate, which has come to the phase of technological verification. Although the tide gate's basic plan is workable, it still requires comprehensive analysis of astronomical and meteorological data, as well as tides and water supply, to determine whether it can be built and managed effectively. It is a very complex project. But you can send a message to Macao citizens that they can rest assured that the Macao SAR government is treating this with the utmost importance, and will not allow Macao to experience another situation like Typhoon Hato of Aug. 23.

China Business Network:

My question is related to the capital markets. There are two major stock exchanges in the Greater Bay Area in Hong Kong and Shenzhen. I would like to know, in the process of the construction of the Greater Bay Area, how can the two exchanges contribute to its development. Another concern is the future reform of the growth enterprise market of the Shenzhen Exchange, as we know both Shanghai and Hong Kong have made some institutional breakthroughs in supporting technology innovation enterprises to be listed. What will be the key point of Shenzhen Exchange's reform in the future? Thanks.

Lin Shaochun:

Thank you for the question. As you said, finance is very important in the construction of the Greater Bay Area, and the financial industry is of great significance to the economic development of Guangdong, whose gross domestic product reached 9.72 trillion yuan last year, with more than eight percent contributed by the financial industry's added value. I think we should make efforts in the following aspects to promote the development of financial industry while constructing the Greater Bay Area.

First, the finance must be stable and free of problems. If there is something wrong with finance, the influence upon the whole economy is unacceptably great. So, we must abide by the State's relevant financial policies to boost the development of financial industry in the Greater Bay Area. Second, you mentioned that Shanghai has transformed its approval system to a registration system regarding technology and innovation-based enterprises' application for stock market listing. We are also seeking support from the central department for this. Currently, we are following the central government's requirement and improving the relevant conditions. Third, we follow the central government's requirements to strengthen supervision in preventing financial risk. Among the three difficult battles involved, the first is to prevent and control financial risk. In future, we must ensure the financial industry serves economic development, and healthy development of the financial sector. Thanks.

Economic Daily:

Accelerating the connection of infrastructure facilities is an important support element for construction of the Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao Greater Bay Area. But apart from the hardware connections, society also expects more convenient management measures to facilitate the exchanges of people and transport vehicles, so as to promote the flow of production factors. My question is: what consideration, if any, is being given in this regard.

Luo Wen:

Thank you for the question. The efficient flow of production factors is not only a foundation for market integration and Greater Bay Area construction, but also an issue society cares about and that should be solved. General Secretary Xi Jinping has pointed out that we should strengthen the "soft connection" of mechanisms and "hard connection" of infrastructural facilities. We must implement his important guiding spirit to promote the efficient flow of production factors. Specifically speaking, we need to do two jobs well.

First is the "hard connection" of infrastructural facility construction. We should plan it as a whole and expedite planning of construction of inter-city railways and connection of the infrastructural facility construction in the Greater Bay Area, among which the connection of the Mainland with Hong Kong and Macao, and the connection between the east and west banks of the Pearl River are key jobs. We should further improve the network of major railways in the Greater Bay Area, and construct an express inter-city transportation network consisting of high-speed railway, inter-city railways and high-speed roads. We need to improve the Pearl River Delta port cluster's international competitiveness, and accelerate the construction of a world-class airport cluster.

Second is the "soft connection" of institutions and mechanisms. The work should be led by the construction of an international science and technology innovation center, a focus on science and technology innovation, personnel exchanges and some other key areas, and promoting the rollout of systematic pro-innovation policies to facilitate the flow of science and technology talent and research cooperation.

We should strengthen collaboration among the customs departments and ports in Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao, to expand and improve their functions, and facilitate customs clearance in the three places according to law, so as to make it more convenient for personnel exchanges between the Mainland and Hong Kong and Macao. We are working to optimize policies allowing Hong Kong and Macao single-plate registered automobiles to enter the Mainland, and exploring the possibility of letting Hong Kong and Macao residents living and working in Guangdong, to enjoy the same welfare level in education, medical care, pension, housing and transportation as their Mainland counterparts. Thanks.

Xi Yanchun:

I'd like to thank our four speakers for attending this news conference. Thank you all. That's the end of today's event.